Gold and silver jewelry and related objects

CATA LOG U E O F !■'. G YPT LA N , A Kl' IQ L! TIES

y;' ,f ^

i

l*''s*^'>

£L%r^'

irt‘

?Sw^Yv:

t',*'>.

•>< ’Vt^

■»\>|h ■

^ - -• V5

'' . 'V^v ;

■^:Vf :^ 1 ',,*^ ,f.-^

■.• ' • •' ■ - ■ •^i'

.!£S'

‘-y’ ^

-W •

; vilify- 1 ’• '•

i;

# •»

^ i A-;.- .: ■ .J - ■ : *>

H*

' -' f ■ j :. ’• . * *

.* >♦,- :jii, f

5^4 t

>l/

« ,

iv V .• ^

fc\ V .V •■

I ♦>.

k T

H-

SS

.U

■. -Il*

-Wi

''-i-i*.%*i''-

• ' ' ■ ‘^.' -■ f

-J- ,,- ;

j‘U ' 'i -

. - -.^f. - ,K

***.r*< ,'r

• %*,'■;■•<.• J

■V .

'*k i'r Ji

>= *...••

■^.Zt

TW^’ :'^r .t , 1

;.._ AV ■■

‘ • “r >il^F ,<•'" ^

^i

j

J*/.’ -, . i

.'(-s' i-’.*'* , I

»' r* y- -

Si,.’*''

^.1 •

p£H

illM"

• s

'i

'■ V:^'']vA 4 '

. ‘ ^ \. •

x**** ■« - ' A - » »■’■.•

• .at ■..■•* 4 _ t . * » •

'I

" V

9

yr''.'.;''^^ V,

' '*#«'

v-;^'

■ i&'rri.-.'. ■’' .V-^'.. . -a .• • '-•

Sup!^&v.-v .; _„■,/

vZA iii ■ x», . .- . ' ^ ‘^it^

U 2 kkl

liL ,.

CATALOGUE OF EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES

Gold and Silver Jewelry and Related Objects

,V”

THE NEW YORK HISTORICAL SOCIETY

CATALOGUE OF EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES

Numbers 1-160

Gold and Silver Jewelry
and Related Objects

BY

CAROLINE RANSOM WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Litt.D.

SOMETIME ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR OF ART AND ARCHEOLOGY IN BRYN MAWR COLLEGE;
FORMERLY ASSISTANT CURATOR IN THE EGYPTIAN DEPARTMENT OF
THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART; HONORARY CURATOR
OF THE EGYPTIAN COLLECTIONS, THE NEW YORK
HISTORICAL SOCIETY

NEW YORK
1924

PREFACE

This first part of the exhaustive catalogue of the New York Historical Society’s
Egyptian collection is intended to serve a number of purposes. It will make avail¬
able to Egyptologists and Classical Archaeologists the jewels of the old Abbott collec¬
tion of antiquities from Egypt, of which some pieces are widely, but inaccurately,
known, through the older publications, and others appear in these pages quite unher¬
alded. The book also offers a contribution to the history of metallurgical science in
Egypt in the analyses of alloys published and to the history of the jeweler’s craft in
the record of the technique, which has been studied with the aid of a binocular micro¬
scope magnifying 15, 28, and 45 diameters, supplemented by practical experiments, and
is explained here in part by means of a sampler and photomicrographic enlargements.
The book aims, further, to render Egyptian jewelry more accessible to craftsmen and
manufacturing jewelers interested in the history of jewelry or seeking hints for novel
and beautiful designs. To this end, not only its plates, but the chronological list of
outstanding jewels, accompanied by a bibliography, should be useful. New York
users of the book will find the publications cited in the Oriental Room of the Public
Library and in the library of the Metropolitan Museum of Art; among them are a
surprising number of colored plates, enabling the student to appreciate the colorful
designs marking jewels from the Nile Valley. Probably nowhere outside of Cairo
may Egyptian jewelry be studied more advantageously than in New York, for the
collection of original material in the Metropolitan Museum of Art is large and
representative, embracing one lot of magnificent royal jewels of the nineteenth cen¬
tury B. C., and the treasures of its Egyptian “Gold Room” are supplemented by
these pieces of the present catalogue, some of them of rare interest, which are
now exhibited and labeled with special reference to their technique. Not that I
would be understood to recommend the direct copying of Egyptian Inlaid pectorals
or winged goddesses chased in gold, which Invariably look bizarre and exotic taken
over into modern jewelry. But a wealth of minor motifs of great charm, derived
from Egyptian plant and animal life, has been little utilized by modern designers,
many an effective technical process of the ancients has become obsolete, and, above
all, the satisfying lines, the balance in the use of mass and color, the excellence of
craftsmanship, in the best of these jewels may well quicken the modern creative
impulse.

A question which in many Egyptological publications dealing with material from
scientific excavations happily does not need to be considered has in the present
volume considerable prominence, and that concerns the date of the respective pieces.
It is indicative of the advances which have been made in the eighty years since the
first catalogue of the Abbott collection was written that today no one acquainted with
Egyptian subjects would think of dating the ring containing in its inscription the
name of the builder of the Great Pyramid (No. 34) in the Fourth Dynasty. To
catalogue a series of objects torn completely from their ancient context, and datable
only on internal evidence is also a test—provided that the cataloguer Is reasonably

[v]

competent—of the state of present-day knowledge of ancient Egypt. One great
task of scientific excavation is to establish the chronological sequence and limits of
the various kinds of material remaining from antiquity—a task, which in Egypt was
not even begun in Dr. Abbott’s time, but which today may be said to be accom¬
plished in the large, although still in progress with respect to details. Confronted
with an unusual object dissociated from external data, or even with an object not so
unusual, one still often must piece together scattered and all too meager evidence in
the endeavor to interpret and place it. But thus, gradually, with the help of the
ever-growing number of exact records of well-conducted excavations, the details of
Egyptian archaeological science are being worked out.

The statements of provenience under the different catalogue numbers are taken
from the old catalogues of the Abbott collection and are given for what they are
worth, except in a few instances when contradicted by the evidence of the objects.
The old records are silent, however, about the find-spots of many objects. Es¬
pecially unexpected, is the presence among the Abbott jewels of the Greek originals
(Nos. 85-9) of some of Haller von Hallerstein’s drawings published long ago by
Fraenkel. I have not included in the text dimensions which are quite, or nearly,
as accurately given in the plates as they can be measured with a rule. In the spell¬
ing of Egyptian personal names I have followed the standards set in Professor
James Henry Breasted’s various books, with which, of all writings on Egypt, Ameri¬
can readers are most familiar. The dates given for the dynasties are in agree¬
ment with the convenient chronological table at the close of Breasted’s A History
of Egypt, second edition, fully revised. New York, 1909. I would point out, how¬
ever, that the dates for the earlier dynasties represent a conservative minimum, and
that in a system of chronology elaborately worked out by Dr. Ludwig Borchardt
they are pushed back much farther: Die Annalen und die zeitliche Festlegung des alten
Reiches der dgyptischen Geschichte, Berlin, 1917. Any eventual consensus of opin¬
ion on this difficult subject will no doubt take into consideration Professor Breasted’s
recent discovery of the names of ten predynastic kings who ruled over a united
Egypt before the unification under the southern king Menes. These kings are listed
on the Cairo fragments of the early annals known as the Palermo Stone.

Phrases and passages from ancient texts are quoted usually in Professor Breasted’s
or Dr. Alan H. Gardiner’s excellent translations; always a footnote gives the refer¬
ence for the translation and commonly also for the Egyptian text.

Many specific obligations are acknowledged in the course of the text, but I take
much pleasure in thanking here those who have helped me repeatedly: Professor
Adolf Erman and Dr. Hermann Grapow, who have given me data from the files
of the Berlin Dictionary of Egyptian; Mr. F. LI. Griffith for the loan for study pur¬
poses of photographs from the Oxford excavations in Nubia; M. Jean Capart for
a copy of the section of his bibliographical fiches which concerns jewelry; many mem¬
bers of the staffs of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, and the Museum
of Fine Arts, Boston; Professor Breasted and Dr. T. George Allen for the use
of the library and files of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago; Mr.
Herbert P. Whitlock, Curator of Mineralogy, in the American Museum of Nat¬
ural History, New York. For opportunities to see something of modern processes
in working gold and silver I am indebted to the following firms: Cartier, Fifth
Avenue, New York; The Gorham Company at their factory. Providence, R. L;

[vi]

Handy and Harman, Gold St., New York; Mr. Charles R. McLeod, New York,
and Mr. Daniel Froeschauer, Brooklyn, gold-beaters; The S. S. White Dental Manu¬
facturing Company, Prince Bay, Staten Island.

The analyses published under Nos. 35, 45, and 81 and that of silver of the period
of Ramses II on page 29 were made as a courtesy to the New York Historical
Society by Dr. J. Edward Whitfield of the firm of Booth, Garrett and Blair, Ana¬
lytical and Consulting Chemists, Philadelphia. For the composition of a specimen
of prehistoric silver, published page 28, I am indebted to M. Capart, whose col¬
league, Professor Huybrechts, of the University of Liege, was so kind as to make
the analysis. All the other analyses given in the book are the work of Mr. W. A.
Nyland of Columbia University who used the microchemical method, since this method
has the advantage that it is possible to analyze small quantities of metals by study¬
ing their compound formations (in crystalline form) with aid of the microscope.
The specific gravity tests were accomplished by the method of weighing in air and
water with correction for temperature.

The line drawings reproduced in Plates X and XI were made by Mr. Lindsley
F. Hall of the Egyptian Expedition of the Metropolitan Museum with the kind
permission of the Director of the Expedition, Mr. A. M. Lythgoe, and I owe to
the courtesy of Mr. Lythgoe and Mr. Hall also the drawings of the hieroglyphs used
in the text of No. 34. The photographs in the size of the originals published
in the plates were taken by Mr. Peter A. Juley. The photomicrographs of Plate I
were made in the American Museum of Natural History; all the other photomicro¬
graphs were done by Mr. A. Tennyson Beals, who even took the trouble to go to
Boston with his apparatus to photomicrograph the gold wires from the tomb equip¬
ment of the Second Dynasty king Khasekhemui (Plate XXII), published here by
kind permission of the authorities of the Boston Museum. The modern sampler in
brass (Plate XXXVIII) is almost exclusively the work of Mr. Paul W. Hoffmann,
the able preparator responsible for cleaning and mounting all the jewels, from whom
I received help particularly in the beginning of my study of technique. Nos. 47 and
70 of the sampler, however, and Plate XXXVII (except H) represent the results of
experiments on the part of Mr. John P. Heins, of the Department of Fine Arts of
Columbia University, who, as a practical worker in gold and silver and teacher of
metal-crafts, has been my main stay in the study of the technique, giving my text
on this subject valuable criticism and trying out for me in actual work many de¬
batable questions. The collotypes and photolithographic plates of the volume were
executed by Mr. E. O. Cockayne of Boston.

Caroline R. Williams.

Toledo, Ohio
December i, 1922

[vii]

NOTE ON ABBREVIATIONS

All personal names and titles of books and journals are cited once in full, after¬
wards in abbreviations readily understood by readers familiar with the literature
of Egyptology and Classical Archaeology. The full citation may be located by refer¬
ence to the General Index under the abbreviation.

ly

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

Preface . v

Note on Abbreviations .ix

Introduction . i

Catalogue.45

A. Various Earlier Pieces.47

B. Scarabs .71

C. Finger Rings.76

D. Earrings . ..112

Addendum to C and D. Jewelry found on the Island
OF Ithaca in 1812.147

E. Late Amulets.154

F. Statuettes of Gods.194

G. Tools.198

H. Miscellaneous.210

I. The “Menes Necklace AND Earrings”.221

The Early Catalogues and Concordances of Old Numbers . . 229

Chronological List of Outstanding Jewels from Egypt and the

Upper Nile Valley, with Selected Bibliography.237

General Index. .245

[xi]

INTRODUCTION

The craft of jewelry-making had an importance in ancient Egypt which is hardly
paralleled in modern life. Not only were women then quite as fond of personal
adornment as they are at the present time and not only were men more accustomed
to wear jewels than they are today, but the ancient Egyptian jeweler had other
patronage. He must exercise his very greatest skill in the service of the gods and he
must prepare jewels of all degrees from the cheapest to the best for burial with the
dead. Very naturally, too, in the era before the invention of coinage, much of the
metallic and mineral wealth of the country was wrought into jewelry and the rewards
bestowed on the successful soldier and administrator by his king were frequently
articles of jewelry.

Many of the foregoing statements in their bearing on Egypt, and other facts to be
commented on presently, are well-documented in the texts and vividly illustrated in
the art of the country.^ A local magnate of the First Cataract, Sebni, received
from the Sixth Dynasty king, Pepi II (about 2500 B. C., or earlier), for a suc¬
cessful expedition into Nubia, together with other rewards, the gold of praise.^
The insci'iption does not say in what form the gold was delivered to Sebni, but
two centuries earlier, in King Sahure’s and King Nuserre’s funerary temples, on
the walls of the storerooms where treasure was kept, had been depicted, in reliefs
preserved in part to this day, the formal presentation of royal gifts of jewelry—
bead collars of several varieties, diadems, and a cylinder seal; the recipients are
shown in humble attitude of expectation, or carrying in the hand, and fastening
on the person, jewels already received, and the scenes are labeled: The receiving of
gold.^ The noblemen in like manner bestowed gifts of jewelry upon their depend¬
ents; one such scene, a relief from a private tomb, now in the Louvre, bears the
legend. The giving of gold* Later on, two heroes of the war of the expulsion of

1 The literary passages and the pictorial material have never been worked through systematically in connec¬
tion with surviving Egyptian jewelry. M. Capart in Lemons sur Vart egyptien, Liege, 1920, p. 472, expressses
regret that no one has yet collected the pictorial evidence about the jewelry of the brilliant period of the
XVIIIth Dynasty. Suggestive of the discoveries to be made in the texts is Professor Kurt Sethe’s essay “Hith¬
erto Unnoticed Evidence Regarding Copper Works of Art” in The Journal of Egyptian Archaeology (pub¬
lished by the Egypt Exploration Fund, since 1919 the Egypt Exploration Society; cited hereafter as J.E.A.),
London, Vol. I (1914), pp. 233-6. We ourselves have gathered much material both from the monuments
and texts, but out of space-consideration we abandoned our first intention to include in this Introduction an
historical sketch of the development of Egyptian jewelry.

2 Hieroglyphic text: Sethe, Urkunden des alien Reichs. I (Vol. I of Vrkunden des dgyptischen Altertums,
edited by Georg Steindorff), Leipsic, 1903, p. 139. Translation: Breasted, Ancient Records of Egypt, His¬
torical Documents from the Earliest Times to the Persian Conquest, Collected, Edited, and Translated ^ith
Commentary, Chicago, 1906, Vol. I, §372.

2 Borchardt, Das Grabdenkmal des Konigs Sahu-re, Vol. H, Die Wandbilder (26te wissenschaftliche Veroff-
entlichung der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft), Leipsic, 1913, pp. 60-64, 121, Pis, 52-4 and Borchardt, Das
Grabdenkmal des Konigs Ne-user-Re {qte Veroffentlichung. D. O. G.), Leipsic, 1907, p. 76, Fig. 51.

4 Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, p. 63, Fig. 9 = Fig. 13, p. 25 in: Luise Klebs, Die Reliefs des alien Reiches {2q8o-
24.ys Chr.), Material zur dgyptischen Kulturgeschichte {Abhandlung der Heidelberger Akademie der
Wissenschaften. Philosophisch-historische Klasse), Heidelberg, 1915. Cf. the Cairo archaistic relief of
the second half of the 4th cent. B.C., with legend “The giving of gold” in Le Musee Egyptien. Recueil de
monuments et de notices sur les fouilles d*Egypte, published by G. Maspero, Vol. H, Pt. 2, Cairo, 1906,
Pis. XXXV, XXXVI; also Borchardt, op, ciu, Fig. lo.

[I]

the Hyksos (sixteenth century B. C.) in their inscriptions were explicit as to the re¬
wards given them, Ahmose, son of Ebana, saying,^ I was presented with gold seven
times in the presence of the whole land, and enumerating, besides, in detail, the oc¬
casions when he received the gold of valor or gold in double measure, and Ahmose-
Pen-Nekhbet, telling the form in which the gold came into his possession ®—from
Amenhotep I, of gold, two ringsf^ two necklaces,^ a bracelet,^ a dagger, a diadem,
a fan, and a mekhtebet; from Thutmose I, of gold, four rings,'^ four necklaces,^
one bracelet,^ six flies,^^ three lions,^“ of gold, two axes; finally, his rewards under
Thutmose II, of gold, four rings,six necklaces,^ three bracelets,^ a mekhtebet;
of silver, two axe-blades. Around 1400 B. C., and subsequently for many years,
the king, often accompanied by the queen and royal children, when about to be-

® Text: Sethe, Urkunden der 18. Dynastie (Part IV of Steindorff, Urkunden), Leipsic, 1906, pp. i-ii. Trans¬
lations: Breasted, Records, II, §§ 6-i6, 39, 80-82; (into German), Sethe, Urkunden der iS. Dynastie. I.
Bearheitet und uhersetzt, Leipsic, 1914, pp. 1-6.

®Text in Sethe, Urkunden, IV, 32-9; translations: Breasted, Records, II, §§ 20-25, 4i> 42, 84-5, 124, 344;
Sethe, Urk. iibersetzt, pp. 17-21; in particular pp. 38-9 of text and §§ 21-4 of Breasted’s translation; the
list of awards exists in three ancient copies varying slightly among themselves. Cf. the analogous lists
in Sethe, Urk., IV, 892-3; Breasted, Records, II, §§ 585, 587.

terminates with a picture sign of a plain hoop or ring.

This XVIIIth Dynasty word

therefore does not denote a signet ring nor ring with ornate bezel; Professor Breasted interpreted it as
a “bracelet.” All that the phonetically written and pictorial parts of the word together convey is the
idea of a “reward” or “present” in the form of a plain ring. It might then refer to plain hoop finger
rings or hoop bracelets, but our guess is that it was a name for the rings so frequently depicted in scenes
of weighing, which to a considerable extent took the place of ingots of compact form, and which are
known to have been used as a medium of exchange. We think it extremely probable that these rings had
their origin in primitive jewelry. On the hieroglyph representing them, occurring on stone weights used
in weighing gold, see Heinrich Schafer, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Spraclie und Altertuinskunde, (hereafter
cited as A.Z.), Leipsic, Vol. 43 (1906), pp. 70-71.

® The pictorial part of the writing here, at least as autographed, is not quite decisive as to whether a
broad collar, or single-string necklace, or bracelet is intended, but in Sethe, Urkunden, IV, 893, 1 . ii, a
well-known type of necklace of large lenticular beads is clearly shown.

9 The Egyptian word is not the generic “bracelet” but the name of a particular form of bracelet well
indicated here in the writing, represented often in Egyptian art, and known in extant specimens of gold;
one of the actual bracelets is in the treasure of Queen Ahhotep. See Emile Vernier, Bijoux et orfhvrcries
{Catalogue genhal des aniiquites egyptiennes du Musee du Caire, cited hereafter as Cairo Catal.), Pt.
I, Cairo, 1907, (cited hereafter as Bijoux, I), No. 52073, PI. X. Cf. Schafer, with collaboration of Georg
Moller and Wilhelm Schubart, Agyptische Goldschmiedearheiten (Vol. I of Mitteilungen aus der dgyp-
tischen Sammlung, Berlin Museums), Berlin, 1910, p. 24 and Fig. ii.

Professor Breasted did not translate the word nor did Professor Sethe in the German rendering of this
passage, but in a footnote Sethe referred to the final picture sign as that denoting “stone,” possibly having
in mind an ingot of one of the semi-precious stones as the meaning of the word. The question is compli¬
cated by the ambiguity of the Egyptian text, as it is uncertain, especially in the list of Thutmose Fs gifts,
where “gold” is repeated before “axes,” whether or not all the gifts, except the silver axe-blades are to be
understood as wholly of gold. Dr. Grapow, Uber die Wortbildungen mit einem Prd fix m- im Agyptischen
{Abhandlung der Konigl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Phil.-hist. Klasse), Berlin, 1914, p. 27,
defined the word as an “Art goldenes Schmuckstiick” and Professor Sethe earlier {A.Z., Vol. 48, 1910, p.
143) had rendered it with “Platten.” Following this last suggestion, we should like to see in the final sign,
not the usual rectangular determinative of “stone,” but a bar or ingot of gold, or a rectangular piece of
sheet gold—again as in the “rings,” the gold as unworked material, which could be used to buy land and
goods or could be wrought into vessels and jewelry.

See under Nos. 4 and 5 and the following note.

12 Sethe, A.Z., Vol. 48, p. 143, who cites: Jean Francois Champollion, Monuments de VEgypte et de la Nubie:
Notices descripilves conformes aux manuscrits autographes redigh sur les lieux, Vol. I, Paris, 1844, p. 528,
tomb 36 at Thebes, reproducing an ancient picture of a man wearing two figures of standing lions sus¬
pended from the neck and a broad collar, including in its make-up two large flies.

stow jewelry, appeared in a second-story loggia of the palace, from which he threw
down the giftsd^ These occasions were of great moment in the life of the courtiers
and became a stock subject of tomb decoration at Tell el-Amarna and Thebes,
and even formed the theme of a casual drawing on a limestone flake modern in¬
terest in them is enhanced by the recent fortunate discovery of parts of the actual
audience balcony of Merneptah’s palace at Memphis.^®

The station of jewelers and gold-workers in Egyptian society is a fascinating
subject. Certainly in the New Kingdom (1580-1150 B. C.), and possibly as early
as the Old Kingdom (2980-2475 B. C., or earlier), in common with other artists
and craftsmen, they belonged to an independent middle class. Below them in the
social scale at all times were the peasant serfs attached to the soil; above them in
the older periods were the landed nobility, and in the New Kingdom, after the
disappearance of the landed nobility, the higher government officials, whose lower
ranks were often recruited from the middle class.Makers of jewelry in particu¬
lar are seldom mentioned in the texts, but the comprehensive title Goldsmith (nby)
is a common one, and several of the goldsmiths of Thebes under the New Kingdom
were affluent enough to secure rock-hewn tombs and others were able to provide for
themselves and relatives a burial equipment, of which some pleasing art-objects have
survived to modern times. Such are two statuettes in Berlin, representing the gold¬
smiths Simut and Siese,^^ kneeling with hands raised in the ritualistic position for

See briefly Life in Ancient Egypt, described by Erman, translated by H. M. Tirard, London, 1894, p. 182,
now superseded for readers of German by Aegypten und aegyptisches Leben itn Altertum by Erman, revised
by Hermann Ranke, Tubingen, 1923, pp. 8o-8i.

See Mr. N. de Garis Davies’ enumeration of instances in The Bulletin of the Metropolitan Museum of Art,
New York, July, 1920, Part II, p. 30, Figs. 3, 4, and the references for one of the scenes at Amarna given in
our note ii, p. 77.

Schafer, Jahrbuch der Konigl. Preuszischen Kunstsammlungen, Berlin, Vol. 37 (1916), p. 41, No. 66, Fig. 21
and Amtliche Berichte aus den Preuszischen Kunstsammlungen, Berlin, Vol. XL, Dec. 1918, Fig. 22. Also
Davies, loc. cit.. Fig. 5.

16 By Mr. Clarence S. Fisher. See preliminary account. The Museum Journal (University of Pennsylvania),
Philadelphia, Vol. VIII (1917), p. 222. On the longer known actual loggia in the palace of Ramses III at
Medinet Habu, Thebes, see: Uvo Holscher, Das hohe Tor von Medinet Habu (12. wissenschaftliche Verof-
fentlichung der D. O. G.), Leipsic, 1910, p. 50 and Schafer, Amtliche Berichte, XL, col. 43, Fig. 23.

17 Breasted, History, p. 85.

16 Breasted, op. cit., pp. 245-6. But for the scorn which the Egyptian scribe felt for all workmen who labored
with their hands, to whom, for lack of learning, a career as an official was closed, see Erman-Ranke,
Aegypten, p. 533, quoting a passage of Middle Kingdom poetry which is directed in particular against
workers in metal.

19 Gardiner and Arthur E. P. Weigall, A Topographical Catalogue of the Private Tombs of Thebes, London,
1913, Nos. 114, 165, 169, 189. They are not, to be sure, among the more imposing tombs, as three are
entirely unpublished and Mr. Davies describes No. 165 as “a small chamber, less than 12 feet by 6 and
only man’s height, . . . with decoration of a very summary character.” See Five Theban Tombs (XXIst
Memoir. Archaeological Survey of Egypt, a branch of the Eg. Expl. Fund, edited by F. LI. Griffith), Lon¬
don, 1913, p. 40. Mr. Lindsley F. Hall was so kind as to visit the other three and reported to us that
they conform to the usual type “of a transverse chamber after the vestibule or wide-jambed entrance, then
a longitudinal chamber with sculptured walls, and another transverse one.” No. 114 is about 10 meters
from entrance to back, No. 169 rather more than 10 m. In No. 114, the only decoration is about the en¬
trance and in the first chamber. No. 169 is now part of a native residence; the first chamber has the ceiling
cut out in the shape of a barrel vault, decorated in color, but little evidence is left of the original state of
the side walls; the longitudinal chamber has a flat decorated ceiling and offering bearers painted on its
north wall; there is a niche and pit (descending to the burial chamber) in the back room. No. 189 is a
rather well sculptured tomb.

26 Inventory numbers 2312 and 2314; Ausfiihrliches Verzeichnis der aegyptischen Altertiimer und Gipsab-
giisse, Berlin, 2nd ed., 1899 (cited hereafter as Berlin Verzeichnis) , p. 142; Gunther Roeder, Aegyptische

[3]

uttering a hymn of praise; inscribed on stelae before them are the words which they
are conceived to be chanting, in the one instance in praise of the Sun-god at his set¬
ting, in the other, acclaiming the morning Sun. Indeed, a long list of names of
ancient Egyptian goldsmiths could be compiled from their extant monuments,and
from scenes in which they are represented and identified by legends,but in no in¬
stance is it possible to associate the name of any one of them with the actual
products of his art. Three of the men who acquired rock-hewn tombs were in the
employ of the eminent Theban god Amon, bearing the title Chief of the Gold-Work¬
ers of the Estate of Amon and being thus accredited, each in his day, as the most
skillful workman in decorating with gold the god’s cultus shrines and barks, in making
articles of adornment for his cukus statues, and the like. The Theban Baki of
Tomb 18 of the modern numbering, if one may judge by his title Chief Servant
Who Weighs the Silver and Gold of the Estate of Afnon, was an administrative offi¬
cer, not a craftsman. Other officers high in the realm were over such as Baki in
the control of supplies: one Wersu, Superintendent of the Mountain Lands of Gold
of Amon; and, bearing the same title, Huy, Viceroy of Kush, in the late Eighteenth
Dynasty under Tutenkhamon (about 1350 B. C.), and the Viceroy of
Kush (Ethiopia) who became the later king Seti II (about 1209 B. C.).^^ One
of the Theban goldsmiths was also a Portrait Sculptor, but the ‘‘portraits” he
made were perhaps wrought or cast of precious metals, rather than carved in stone
or wood; such a portrait figure of a young boy in electrum, dating from about
1550 B. C., a piece of considerable artistic merit, was found by the late Earl of
Carnarvon at Thebes,long before his great discovery which excited the world in
the winter of 1922 to 1923. Let us not think of these Egyptian goldsmiths as
organized Into guilds; rather, a man’s occupation was an affair of family, handed
down from father to son, and very likely many a secret of technique was kept within
a given family from generation to generation, much as In modern times the best
method of preparing gold-beater’s skin has remained the possession of the Partridge
family in London. The Louvre Museum has an inscribed stela naming two gold¬
smiths, father and son,^® and other similar examples could be given. In the allied

Inschriften aus den Koniglkhen Museen zu Berlin, Vol. II, Pt. i, Leipsic, 1913, p. 51; Alexander Scharff,
Aegyptische Sonnenlieder iibersetzt und eingeleitet, Berlin, 1922, pp. 76, 75. On this class of statuettes, in¬
terpreting their pose: H. E. Winlock, J.E.A., Vol. VI (1920), pp. 1-3.

21 At the moment we can lay our hands on: (a) Thenena, who dedicated a very fine little copper figure of
his brother, one now in the Athens Museum; see F. W. von Bissing, in Mitteilungen des Kaiserlich Deut-
schen Archdologischen Instituts. Athenische Abteilung, Athens, Vol. XXXVIII (1913), pp. 239 ff.; (b)
Amenhotep, a Chief Goldsmith of Amon, whose name is preserved on an especially handsome amulet of
green felspar; see J. E. Quibell, The Ramesseum, (Ilnd Publication. Egyptian Research Account, 1896),
London, 1898, p. 21, PI. XXX A, 4 and Annales du Service des Antiquites de VEgypte (hereafter, cited as
Annales), Cairo, Vol. XI (1911), p. 172.

22 So the goldsmith [Amen]emhab, see p. 64 note 6 of: The Tomb of Amenemhet (No. 82), Copied in Line and
Colour by Nina de Garis Davies and with Explanatory Text by Gardiner (First and Introductory Memoir,
the Theban Tomb Series, Edited by Norman de Garis Davies and Gardiner, published under the auspices
of the Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1915.

23 Griffith in J.E.A., Vol. II (1915), p. 6.

24 Of tomb 165, see above n. 19.

25 Frontispiece and p. 75 in: The Earl of Carnarvon and Howard Carter, Five Years' Explorations at Thebes.
A Record of Work Done IQ07-1911, London, 1912; see also p. 103, No. 2, PI. XV in: Catalogue of an
Exhibition of Ancient Egyptian Art (Burlington Fine Arts Club), London, 1922.

26 Paul Pierret, Recueil d'inscriptions inedites du Musee Egyptien du Louvre, Pt. II (Etudes igyptologiques,
Pt. 8), Paris, 1878, p. 51, C 83.

[4]

crafts, too, whole families were united, as seen in the famous “Tombeau des
graveurs”. No. i8i at Thebes, about which Mr. N. de Garis Davies has written
pointing out that no evidence exists here for an organization of artists in guilds or
schools, but that the two artists celebrated in this tomb were the successive hus¬
bands of one woman, who presumably was the moving spirit in the double tomb-
memorial; the brother of one of the men was also an artist. We think of Egyptian
artificers as often working in their own houses, just as did the makers of amulets
in the compound of necropolis workmen excavated at Amarna.^® In the instance of
the goldsmiths, however, the value of the property involved must usually have led
to their activities being transferred to the palace or temple, where their ma¬
terials and products could be guarded; in the temples, they often worked in the
House of Gold, a combined treasure house and workshop, to which reference is
frequent.-^ We have reason to suppose also that a particularly adept craftsman some¬
times traveled from temple to temple, as one of these men, an engraver, enumerated
in his inscription thirty cultus statues in various places on which he had worked.

Egyptian art affords many a glimpse of craftsmen, including the jewelers and gold-
workers,^^ at their tasks. These animated pictures transport us into the very spirit of
the ancient workshops. We see the men shield their faces from the heat, as the tongues
of flame dart about the crucible, we sense the force and swing of the gold-beaters’

27 BulL December 1920, Part II, p. 34.

28 C. Leonard Woolley in J.E.A., Vol.'VIII (1922), p. 56.

20 Schafer, Die Mysterien des Osiris in Ahydos unter Konig Sesostris III nach dem Denkstein des Oher-
schatzmeisters I-cher-nofret im Berliner Museum {IJntersuchungen zur Geschichte und Altertumskunde
Agyptens, edited by Kurt Sethe, IV, 2), Leipsic, 1904, p. 15, n. 3; Davies-Gardiner, Amenemhet, p. 58, n. i,
citing the data given by Schafer.

80 Schafer, Mysterien, loc. cii. The New York Historical Society possesses a large limestone relief of the
Eleventh Dynasty king Senekhkere, found at Hermonthis, which is so similar in style to another relief of
this king discovered one hundred and thirty-five miles to the south on the island of Elephantine as to re¬
quire us to assume that the same artists executed the two sets of temple relief. See The Ne^-York His-
torical Society. Quarterly Bulletin,Yoxk^ Yo\. II (1918-19), pp. 17 ff.

81 Old Kingdom (2980-2475 B.C.) : scenes conveniently listed, with bibliography, in L. Klebs, Reliefs, pp. 84-6.
Middle Kingdom, Dyn. XII (2000-1788 B. C.) ; Percy E. Newberry, Beni Hasan, Pt. I ( 1 st Memoir. Arch.

Survey of Egypt), London, 1893, PI. XI; Beni Hasan, Pt. II (Ilnd Memoir), 1894, Pis. IV, XIV; also
Sir J. Gardner Wilkinson, The Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians, revised and corrected by
Samuel Birch, London, 1878, Vol. II, p. 234. In the proof we add a reference to Klebs, Die Reliefs und
Malereien des mittleren Reiches (Abhandl. der Heidelberger Akademie. Philosophisch-histor. Klasse),
Heidelberg, 1922, pp. 108-113.

New Kingdom, Dyn. XVHI (1580-1350 B. C.). Scenes in the tomb of Rekhmire: in full, in line cuts,
Ph. Virey, Le tombeau de Rekhmara {Memoires publies par les membres de la Mission Archeologique
Franqaise au Caire, cited hereafter as Memoires. Mission, Vol. V, Pt. i), Paris, 1889, Pis. XHI—XVI;
Newberry, The Life of Rekhmara; Vezir of Upper Egypt under Thothmes HI and Amenhetep H {circa
B.C. 1471-14.48), Westminster, 1900, Pis. XVII, XVHI; in part in colors in the older publications,
Frederic Cailliaud, Recherches sur les arts et metiers, Paris, 1831, Pis. 6 B, 10; I. Rosellini, Monumenti
deW Egitto e della Nubia, Atlas Vol. II, Pisa, 1834, Pis. L, 2 a-c, LII, 4, 5 = Champollion, Monuments
de PEgypte et de la Nubie, At\2i^Wo\.ll,P2iXis Pis. CLXIH, 2-4, CLXV, 4, CLXVI, 2; Prisse d’

Avennes, Histoire de Part egyptien d' aprh les monuments. Atlas Vol. II, Paris, 1878, section “Pein-
ture,” Pis. 10, II; excerpts. Vernier, La bijouterie et la joaillerie egyptiennes (cited hereafter as
Bijouterie) = Vol. H of Memoires publies par les membres de ITnsiitut Franqais d’ Archeologie
Orientale du Caire, cited hereafter as Memoires. Institut, Cairo, 1907, Figs. 2-5; Wilkinson, Manners
and Customs, ed. Birch, Vol. H, pp. 235 (No. 415), 312, and elsewhere frequently. Scenes from other
tombs: V. Scheil, Tombeaux thebains de Mai, des graveurs, etc., {Memoires. Mission, Vol. V, Pt. 4),
Paris, 1894, in “Tombeau des graveurs,” PI. II; Davies, The Tomb of Puyemre at Thebes, Vol. I (M. M.
A. Robb de Peyster Tytus Memorial Series, Vol. II), New York, 1922, pp. 71-6 and references in foot¬
notes, Pis. XXV-XXVII; excerpts, Davies, Bull. M.M.A., Dec., 1920, Pt. II, pp. 37-40, Figs. 8-11.

Late period (after 1000 B.C.): see the references of n. 16, p. 200.

[5]

blows, from the accompanying legends we catch snatches of the conversation, as
one workman says. It is very beautiful^ comrade, or another is admonished. Hurry,
make it ready, or Beat hard! In the period of the Old Kingdom, dwarfs are oc¬
casionally represented busying themselves with jewels. In those days pygmies im¬
ported from the upper Nile regions occupied a position in the Egyptian court
affording points of comparison with that of the seventeenth century dwarfs Im¬
mortalized by Velasquez. The nobleman aped his royal master in attaching, if pos¬
sible, one of these droll and curious beings to his person.The dwarf’s offices
perhaps Included that of taking care of the master’s jewels and sometimes he was
employed In the lighter tasks of jewelry-making, as in assembling the parts of a
bead collar,but he was never given such heavy work as gold-beating.

In the materials employed ancient Egyptian jewelry differs from nearly all pres¬
ent-day jewelry. Platinum as a separate metal was unidentified and therefore in
the more valuable jewels gold or silver was invariably used, whether alone,
as in the lovely gold circlet catalogued here as No. 2, or inclosing gem-stones,
which were always semi-precious, rather than precious. Glitter and highly-reflecting
surfaces were absent, as the gold and silver were given a matt, not a brilliantly
polished, finish, and the stones were never faceted. Besides semi-precious stones,
especially after 1500 B. C., glass imitating these stones with varying success, was
set In gold of high carat (Nos. 18, 19) ; garnets were so well imitated by Egyptians
and Greeks (No. 85) as often to escape detection; carnellan, also, was well re¬
produced in glass (No. 19) and so was turquoise—according to some authorities at
a very early time (compare page 22) ; lapis lazuli was less well imitated because of
the mineral Inclusions velning the natural rock, which usually were not rendered
in glass, although the characteristic deep blue color was caught (Nos. 19, 24). No
such sharp distinction between the value of stones and the value of glass was felt
as at the present time and In the Egyptian use of glass the jewels were seldom
cheapened In effect. The aim was to produce a beautiful pattern of color and al¬
ways the gold enriched and harmonized the whole. Carnelian, turquoise (or ama¬
zon stone), and lapis lazuli, inlaid in gold, were a frequent combination, or,
omitting the red, the light blue and dark blue were combined with gold as in No. 104
or red and dark blue with yellow as in No. 3. The Egyptians never introduced

32 These legends, very difficult of translation, are treated in: Erman, Reden, Rufe und Lieder auf Grdher-
bildern des alien Reiches {Abhandlung der Preuss. Akad. der IVissenschaften, iqi8. Phil-hist. Klasse, No.
15), Berlin, 1919, especially §§ 24, 27, 28.

33 A letter written by the child-king Pepi II, expressing eagerness to see a dancing dwarf and giving

directions for his safe transportation, is preserved at the First Cataract of the Nile in the tomb inscriptions
of the noble to whom it was addressed; text: Sethe, I, 128-31 ; translation: Breasted,

h §§ 351-45 see also Breasted, History, pp. 140-1, Fig. 75. The practice of keeping dwarfs at court origi¬
nated before 3000 B.C., for deformed bones of dwarfs have been found in royal tombs of the 1 st and Ilnd
Dynasties.

34 The dwarf is seen In the reliefs standing next the master’s chair, sometimes with pet animals, or accom¬
panying the master out of doors, when the latter usually is borne in a litter and the dwarf follows on foot
with the dogs or monkeys on a leash, etc. See L. Klebs, op. cit., pp. 32-3.

3^80 Griffith in The Tomb of Ptah-hetep, copied by R.F.E. Paget and A. A. Pirie (Egypt. Res. Acc., 1896),
London, 1898, p. 27, PI. XXXV; but cf. L. Klebs, loc. cit., who interprets all the scenes of dwarfs handling
jewels as scenes of manufacturing.

33 J. de Morgan, Recherches sur les origines de VEgypte, Vol. I, Paris, 1896, cut on p. 199 = Klebs, op. cit.,
Fig. 68 = Breasted, History, Fig. 41 = Bull. M.M.A., Vol. XIII (1918), cut on p. 287.

37 We use the word “jewel” in this book in its early sense as a “costly ornament,” one which ma^ consist only
of gold or silver or may contain a gem-stone.

[6]

amethyst Into their multiple-colored jewels, as its color does not combine well with
the colors of the other stones which they possessed, but, especially in the Twelfth
Dynasty (2000-1788 B. C.), they used amethyst much for beads, and often set It
off by gold caps; haematite was similarly employed. Also garnets were used for
beads and were introduced sparingly into complex pieces, as for the eyes of the
gold cobra, which was worn on the king’s brow. Many pleasing adornments were
produced wholly, or partially, of glazed steatite (No. 20) and even of glazed pot¬
tery. In the Classical period. Oriental pearls became common (Nos. 56, 67), and
also were Imitated In glass (Nos. 59-61), and a few precious stones became known;
emerald was now very popular and this gem, too, was reproduced in glass (No. 65).
In late Roman times, a beginning was made in faceting stones, although the older
cabochon cut was more in favor (compare under No. 43). Engraved gems, very
rare in Pharaonic Egypt, were among the greatest specialties of Greek and Roman
jewelry, in Egypt as elsewhere (Nos. 88, 89).

The principal articles of jewelry in ancient Egypt were diadems or circlets to
confine and ornament the hair or wig, broad collars, necklaces, armlets, bracelets,
finger rings, and girdles, worn by both men and women,^® and anklets, usually re¬
stricted to women’s adornment.Earrings were introduced from abroad compara¬
tively late. Brooches and pins, which in the colder climates of the north were so
important for fastening the clothing,^® were exceedingly rare in Egypt and very

Some differences of practice on the part of men and women there were, of course. We cannot go into many
details here but may note as an illustration that the king’s girdle was an elaborate creation worn on
public occasions and was of a design appropriate to his exalted royal station; the woman’s girdle of
various distinctive patterns was worn over the unclothed body, publicly by dancing women and serving
maids, and in the privacy of the harem possibly by ladies (so Winlock, in Ancient Egypt, London, 1920,
pp. 80-84). the Vth Dyn., bracelets seem to have been confined to women’s use; in the Vlth Dyn. and
later, men, too, regularly wore them. Excavators have sometimes observed in a series of graves a greater
elaboration in the ornaments given to women than in those given to men, thus in: R. Randall-Maciver
and A. C. Mace, El Anirah and Abydos, i8qq-iqoi, (special extra publication of the Eg. Expl. Fund),
London, 1903, p. 49, dealing with predynastic material, we find the statement that beads “were essentially
the ornaments of women and children, were very rarely found with men, and when they occurred in a man’s
grave were always of the most valuable materials.” We have been unable to trace any difference in the
forms of finger rings, broad bead collars and their accessories, bead bracelets and pectorals, as worn by
men and women. In Capart, Une rue de tombeaux a Saqqarah, Brussels, 1907, PI. 93, a man and wife
who lived about 2500 B.C. are decked with exactly the same type of diadem.

But see Edouard Naville, The Temple of Deir el Bahari, Pt. IV (XIXth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), Lon¬
don, 1901, PI. Cl for anklets worn by the male divinity Amon.

In Egypt, in prehistoric times, pins of copper were used to fasten goat-skins about the body; so W. M. F.
Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva (XXth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1901, p. 24. Cf., however,
Petrie, Prehistoric Egypt (XXXIst Publication. British School of Archaeology in Egypt and Egypt. Res.
Acc., XXIIIrd Year, 1917), London, 1920, p. 26. But in historic times, shawls and mantles were simply
thrown about the figure and other garments were usually cut, pleated and sewed into convenient shapes;
often attenuated ends were dexterously tucked under or over another part to secure them and, in the older
period, shoulder straps and girdle ends were tied in a reef knot; Borchardt, Statuen und Statuetten von
Konigen und Prwatleute?i im Museum von Kairo (Cairo CataL), Pt. I, Berlin, 1911, Nos. 27, 113 etc., see
cuts in text; cf. the interpretation as loop and button in Hans Bonnet, Die dgyptische Tracht (Vol. VII,
Pt. II of Sethe, Untersuchiingen), Leipsic, 1917, pp. 40-41, PI. VI, 37-8. The more elaborate garments in
favor after 1500 B.C. were sometimes tied at the throat and were often confined at the waist by sashes;
see B. M. C[artland], Bull. M.M.A., Vol. XI (1916), pp. 211, 212. Thus the Egyptians usually dispensed
with pins and had no special incentive to develop fibulae or other jewelry of the kind.

“Pins” are mentioned occasionally in excavator’s reports, but often are not of the kind used for fastening
clothing. Thus in De Morgan, Foiiilles a Dahchour en 18Q4-1895, Vienna, 1903 (cited hereafter as
Dahchour, II), p. 48, we find: “Vers la ceinture, j’ ai rencontre une plaque d’argent et quelques epingles
du meme metal”; these pins were probably from girdle clasps or from the princess Ita’s bracelets, as she

[7]

few ornamental hairpins and combs have been found, although they were worn
to some extent. Such barbarous ornaments as nose-rings, occurring in neighboring
lands,are almost unknown from Egypt.^"^ Particularly characteristic of Egyptian
jewelry are the elaborate pendants worn suspended from the neck, for which the
Egyptological term is “pectoral”; sometimes these were balanced by a dorsal
ornament of the same or a different form, nearly or quite as elaborate as the pec¬
toral; also other necklaces and broad collars often had at the back some form
of pendant, such as the menat or menkhet,'^^ which served the double purpose of

is reported (top of p. 54) to have had bracelets of the type of those of Nebheteptikhrod, which, like our
No. 3, required pins to secure the clasps; see De Morgan, Fouilles a Da/ichour. Mars-Jiiifi, 18^4, Vienna,
1895, (cited hereafter as DahcJiour, I), PI. XXXVIll, A, B, D. On the other hand, “toggle pins,” although
surely not an indigenous piece of jewelry, have been found in Egypt. From the upper Nile Valley and a
comparatively late period, Professor Reisner reports the occurrence of “Ram’s head brooches” {Museum
of Fine Arts Bulletin^ cited hereafter as Boston Bulletin, Vol. XVI, 1918, p. 72) ; and such a piece as the
following may have been used on clothing: Petrie, The Royal Tombs of the Earliest Dynasties, igoi. Ft.
II, (XXIst Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1901, p. 23, PI. V A (supplementary vol.). No. 7.

^2 See, however, for the early period, Petrie, Prehistoric Egypt, PI. Vlll and for later times, Schafer,
Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. 25, No. 20, PI. 7, and possibly the two ivory pins of Petrie, Ehnasya, J904,
(XXVIth Memoir, Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1905, No. 14, p. 4; Nos. ii, 12, PI. IX a. In a scene on a
coffin of the Xlth Dyn. {ca. 2100 B.C.) a long pin with ornamental head is clearly shown in the fingers of
the maid who is dressing her royal mistress’hair; published: Georges Benedite, Objets de toilette, Ihe
Partie, Peignes, etc. (Cairo Catal.), Cairo, 1911, Pis. I-II; interpreted in Erman-Ranke, Aegypten, p. 251
as used temporarily in curling the hair, not as an ornament. Cf. also Benedite, op. cit., pp. 15-19, Pis.
VIII-IX.

Practical combs for combing the hair, usually of wood, and with teeth on one or both sides, have been
preserved from ancient Egypt (Benedite, op. cit., pp. 1-7, 10-15, Pis. IV, V, VII) but combs which were
intended also to ornament the hair seem to be confined to a very early period (Petrie, Prehistoric Egypt,
pp. 29, 30, PI. XXIX; Benedite, op. cit., PI. VI), before wigs and elaborate diadems came in. The later
Egyptians, on occasion, strewed rosettes all over the wig; see Arthur C. Mace and Herbert E. Winlock,
The Tomb of Senebtisi at Lisht (M.M.A., Egyptian Expedition), New York, 1916, cited hereafter as Seneb-
tisi, pp. 59, 60, Pis. XV, B, C, XXI, XXVIII, F, D; also J.E.A., Vol. V (1918), p. 172, No. 10. For possible
lavish wig ornaments of another type, see Bull. M.M.A., Dec. 1919, Pt. II, p. 12, n. i and Guy Brunton,
Lahun I. The Treasure (XXVIIth Publication, Brit. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. and Egypt. Res. Acc. XXth Year,
1914), London, 1920, pp. 27-8, “The Gold Ring-beads.” The wig was less well adapted than the natural
coiffure to hold a comb and the circlet or diadem, the usual ornament, so dominated the head as to satisfy
all desire for a display of jewelry on that part of the person.

Genesis XXIV, 47; Isaiah III, 21; Georges Ptvvot isnd C\\2iv\ts C\\\\i\tz, IIistoire de Vart dans I*antiquite,
Vol. IV, Judee. Sardaigne. Syrie. Cappadoce, Paris, 1887, pp. 446-8; F. H. Marshall, Catalogue of the
Jewellery, Greek, Etruscan, and Roman, in the Departments of Antiquities, British Museum, London, 1911,
p. 167, Fig. 48 (Cypriote statuette).

The woman buried at Abydos in the XXIInd Dyn. with her nose-ring in position may have been a for¬
eigner; T. Eric Peet, The Cemeteries of Abydos. Part II, igu-igi2 (XXXIVth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund),
London, 1914, p. 47, S 29, PI. IX, Fig. 4, top right corner.

This way of mounting the pectoral is well authenticated for the period of the mid-XVIIIth to early
XIXth Dynasties (1475-1250 B.C.): Sethe, Urkunden, IV, 870, 1 . 16, 871, 1 . 9, 873, 1 . 8; G. Daressy,
Annales, Vol. II (1901), pp. 1-13; George A. Reisner, Amulets (Cairo Catal.)^ Cairo, 1907, Nos. 12196-
12201, 12216-17; G. Elliot Smith, The Royal Mummies (Cairo Catal.), Cairo, 1912, p. 37, describing the
mummy of Amenhotep II: “In the resin covering the fifth dorsal spine there is the distinct impression of
a series of beads arranged in the pattern of the well-known pectoral ornament”; Champollion, Moww-
Atlas Vol. IV, PI. CCCCXXXII, with name of Thutmose IV; A. St. G. Caulfeild, The Temple of
the Kings at Abydos {Sety /.) (Vlllth Publ. Egypt. Res. Acc. Vlllth Year. 1902), London, 1902, PI. XVI,
I, 3. See also the combination of leopard’s head and ordinary pectoral connected by rows of beads repro¬
duced in: Prisse d’Avennes, Ilistoire de Bart, Atlas Vol. II, section “Art industriel,” PI. 15. But in the
XVIIIth Dyn. the pectoral was mounted and worn sometimes by itself, suspended on strings of beads, as
in the example pictured in the tomb of Huy; see Erman-Ranke, Aegypten, p. 238, Fig. 87, after Richard
Lepsius, Denkmdler aus Agypten und Athiopien, Berlin, 1849 ff., Pt. HI, PI. 115. Cf. below, n. 71.

47 See p. 176 and PI. XXVII, 107.

48 Pictured separately in Pierre Lacau, Sarcophages aiiterieurs au Nouvel Empire (Cairo Catal.)y Cairo, Vol.

[8]

a counterweight and an ornament. The forms of Egyptian jewels were undoubtedly
Influenced by the fact that during the Old Kingdom when, as the culmination of
centuries of development, a characteristic national stamp was given to jewelry, the
fashion still prevailed of wearing very little clothing on the upper part of the body;
even the woman’s dress suspended by one or two shoulder straps left the breast
and shoulders largely free; royal personages and members of the nobility then adorned
themselves with jewels extending down on the breast and back and in part cover¬
ing the arms.

In construction much of the Egyptian jewelry falls Into two classes: hoop
jewelry, that is, articles which consist essentially of a hoop of metal, whether or
not elaborated by inlaid or appllqued ornament, and bead jewelry.^® To the first
class belong nearly all finger rings and circlets for the head, and many armlets, brace¬
lets, and anklets; to the second class, necklaces, girdles, the large majority of wide
collars, and also many armlets, bracelets, and anklets. Indeed, the elaboration
of bead jewelry was one of the most prominent contributions of Egypt to the
development of personal adornments in antiquity. Never was a people fonder of
beads or more ingenious and skillful in combining them; compared with Egyptian
bead jewelry, modern bead bags seem trivial, and even the present-day necklaces of bet¬
ter materials are usually of less interesting, and less organized, designs. Other
ancient folk of the Mediterranean basin and of Babylonia, too, made much use of
beads, generally, however, so far as is now evident, unless influenced from Egypt,^^
only in the form of single strings, however many such strings they wore! It was
in Egypt that the colorful combining and intricate threading of beads of precious
materials reached a high art. One of the principal pieces in a set of bead jewelry
was the wide, flat collar, which extended from the base of the neck out over breast
and shoulders and was composed largely of cylindrical beads strongly threaded into
a flexible whole; the lengths of the cylindrical beads were varied, and by placing
them radiating from the neck, the shorter ones toward the back, it was possible
to narrow the collar and bring all its threads Into semi-circular end-pieces, or pieces
having the outline of falcon heads the designs worked out in the shapes and
arrangement of the beads were accentuated, or further elaborated, by the rhythmic
distribution of masses of color.^^ Much use was made in bracelets and necklaces of

I (1904), PI. LII, Nos. 440-43, and in position, hanging behind, in Borchardt, StatueUy I, Nos. 33, 56, 83,
i39> i53> 208, etc., cuts in text.

We are aware that some diadems, such as the one of interlacing wire of Mace and Winlock, Senebtisiy
Fig. 28, PI. XXI and those of De Morgan, Dahchour, II, PI. X, also gold chains, and a few other items
are not covered in this classification, but pectorals hung on strings of beads, the majority of amulets, and
ornamental seals, may be regarded as elaborated beads.

Probably this bead jewelry should be regarded as characteristic of northeast Africa, rather than solely of
Egypt, since in early Egyptian reliefs (Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, Pis. i, 5-7) the Libyans and Puntites wear
it, but even so, the Egyptians, as apparently the most highly civilized people of that part of the world, must
have had the chief part in developing it.

Gold bar spacers of twenty holes which bear evidence of some elaborate bead jewelry known to the
people of strata II-V, Troy, were found by Schliemann. Were they importations from Egypt? See
Hubert Schmidt, Heinrich Schliemanns Sammlung irojanischer Altertiimer, Berlin, 1902, p. 236, 21 (Nos.
765, 766) and Alfred Gotze in Wilhelm Dorpfeld, Troja und Ilion, Athens, 1902, Vol. I, p. 361, Fig. 303, f.

52 Pictures of these wide collars may be found in Lacau, Sarcophages, I, PI. LI, Nos. 426-32.

53 Perhaps the reader should be reminded that the strings of Egyptian beads sold by dealers rarely give a
correct notion of the merit of ancient bead jewelry, being made up usually of the commoner beads in an
arrangement entirely modern and often including units of widely varying periods and diverse original
use. Especially frequent on the market are strings of late glazed cylindrical and disk beads from shrouds,

[9]

“dividers” or “spacers,” that is, bars of gold pierced with holes, through which the
various threads passed and thus were prevented from spreading or becoming
tangled; also beads soldered together one above the other acted as spacers. This
advance over the single-thread bead bracelets of predynastic days seems to have been
made in the court ateliers of the First Dynasty, as two of the royal bracelets of
that time included spacers of three holes each.^^ In the Third or Fourth Dynasty
we find a certain private person of the region of El Kab furnished for the next life
with a bracelet composed of gold and carnelian beads in alternating rows on five
threads, with gold bar spacers of five holes.In the Fifth and Sixth Dynasties, as
representations in relief sculpture abundantly prove,the rows of beads were eight
to sixteen in number and the spacers sometimes elaborated with decoration; very
charming actual examples of such spacers, inlaid and chased, have come down to
us from the Twelfth Dynasty,and there are many others extant.

Unfortunately much valuable archaeological evidence about Egyptian jewelry, as
about other classes of material, was wasted in the earlier days of excavation. Thus
less is known of the designs of the princesses’ jewels from Dashur^^ than we should
know, had they been taken care of by the minute and exact methods practised in
the field today. Yet even with the most punctilious and efficient recording, the con¬
dition in which jewels are found often leaves many questions unsettled. Most, tombs
—and with few exceptions, extant Egyptian jewels are from this source—were rifled
in antiquity and the modern scientific excavator must needs cherish the leavings
of the ancient robbers; even when an untouched tomb cache, such as that rare one
of Lahun, is found, the jewel boxes may have fallen apart and the threads of
the bead jewelry have rotted, with the result that the designs of some of the pieces
remain in doubt. Occasionally, however, as in the ornaments of the baby princess
Mai't of the Eleventh Dynasty and in the jewelry of the lady Senebtisi of the
Twelfth,®^ the exact order of the beads has been recovered, and always the repre¬
sentations of jewelry in Egyptian art are a potential aid for putting together dis¬
jointed units.

One of the first queries in dealing with these pieces of jewelry buried with the
dead—whether placed on the mummy or deposited in various situations in the tomb
—is how far they have been worn in life, how far made expressly for burial.

of blue, yellow and other colors, but occasionally one comes on the more desirable early collar beads of
varying lengths, referred to above. But even these, and also the funerary bead collars (cf. p. ii) pre¬
served in museums, are more monotonous in design and colors than the wide collars worn in life, as we
may study them in ancient reliefs and paintings.

See our list of outstanding jewels, p. 237, under a.

Quibell, El Kab (Illrd Publ. Egypt. Res. Acc. Illrd Year, 1897), London, 1898, p. 7, St. 2; on date, p.
138 in Reisner, The Early Dynastic Cemeteries of Naga-ed-Der, Pt. I (University of California Publica¬
tions. Egyptian Archaeology, Vol. II), Leipsic, 1908, cited hereafter as Naga-ed~Der, I.

56 For Vth Dyn. see: Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, PI. 18 left, bracelets with 14 rows of beads showing between
spacers, anklets with 16; PI. 22, anklets with ii rows between spacers; Ne-user-re, PI. 16, 8 rows
visible on goddess’ anklets and a suggestion of figures ornamenting spacers. Such jewelry was made for
the statues of divinities, but see Capart, Rue de tombeaux, Pis. XX, XXI, for bracelets of 13 threads
controlled by spacers, worn by a Vlth Dyn. nobleman.

57 See references for Dashur and Lahun jewelry, p. 238.

5 ® See preceding note and Mr. Lythgoe’s remarks in Bull. Dec. 1919, Pt. II, p. 22, n. 3. The con¬

dition of the jewelry from Tutenkhamon’s tomb is not yet known as we go to press, but we look forward to
very interesting revelations when it does become available.

59 P. 237, under e.

Mace and Winlock, op. cit.

[10]

Some pieces reveal themselves at once as undoubtedly in the latter category, be¬
cause too unsubstantial to endure wear; such pieces are our Nos. 23 and 38. In
addition, some other funerary jewels placed on the mummy are not merely inap¬
propriate in their materials and technique for actual use, but also in their form; such
are the broad collars of beads which cover only the breast and shoulders of the
mummy in front, without passing around the neck, and which have no means of
fastening; in them the semi-circular end-pieces, to which we referred above and
which worn by the living rested on the shoulders behind,®^ are in view from the front;
and again funerary anklets and bracelets are found held only by the bandages and not
completely encircling the ankles or wrists.Critical judgment must therefore be ex¬
ercised when examining these exclusively funerary pieces in an effort to visualize the
normal jewelry of the Egyptians and to estimate the merit of their accomplishment
in the designing and making of jewelry. Surely one would be in error to infer from
Senebtlsi’s wide collar of sheet copper covered with gold foil, or from Hapi-Enekhtifi’s
of wood covered with gold,®^ that in the Twelfth Dynasty, in life, a woman or man wore
collars made out of sheet gold all in one piece, for the funerary collars mentioned
are chased with a design representing the usual bead collar and were mere substi¬
tutes for such collars, perhaps conceived as composed entirely of beads of gold. At
this point, we may call attention to the legends accompanying pictures of jewelry on
coffins of about 2000 B. C. which occasionally read. Ornaments of the Nether
World, that is, laconically suggest the purpose of the ornaments;®^ the more usual
legends refer Imaginatively to the rich materials or characteristic designs of the
royal jewels with which, magically, by virtue of these pictures, the deceased was
provided (compare pages 158, 161-4, 192-3).

But it was also customary among people who could afford it to deposit some
substantial jewelry with the dead. Often, as is evident in their worn condition, these
were jewels which had seen use in life; such are our Nos. i, 59, 60, 96, 123, and
125.^® But we conjecture that good jewelry was acquired also expressly for the
tomb, perhaps by the person himself during his older years or by survivors at his
death, if his store of jewels was not yet adequate for a burial befitting his station.
It would seem that chance conditions or Individual preferences must often have con¬
trolled the composition of the set of jewelry and other valuables which a given
person, following Egyptian thought, carried into the next life. Why else should
the Dashur princess Ita have been provided v/lth a substantial dagger having a beau¬
tiful inlaid handle of precious materials and her contemporary Khnumit, also of the
royal house, whose tomb equipment in general was even richer than hers, have had
only a dummy dagger of gilded wood?

Known from representations of collars in position on statues and statuettes; see the ushebti pictured
in the New York Historical Society’s Quarterly Bulletin, Vol. I (1917-18), p. 95; evident also in the
shapes of the collars as drawn anciently. Cf. p. 9, n. 52.

^'2 So the funerary pieces in Senebtisi’s equipment.

63 Mace and Winlock, op, cit., p. 66. The question of these collars is quite apart from that of the construc¬
tion of vulture collars, or that of the earliest occurrence of such hinged collars of sheet gold as the late
example found by Professor Reisner in Nubia (see under 1 , p. 242).

64 Lacau, Sarcophages, Vol. II, Cairo, 1906, p. 44, Nos. 36, 46; p. 62, No. 99; cf. Vol. I, p. iii. No. 34.

65 For other legends consult Lacau, op. cit., Vol. II, Index, pp. 156 ff., and the legends and literature cited
by Mr. Mace in Senebtisi, Ch. IV.

66 So also the pendant of Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiteri. No. 13.

67 De Morgan, Dahchour, II, p. 51, No. i, PI. VI, and p. 55. Ita’s dagger was placed by her mummy and
Khnumit’s with her staves outside the coffin, and neither lady appears to have had a second dagger.

[II]

In the study of Egyptian jewelry the criterion provided by the marks of wear
has been little used. Let us consider for a moment the two ‘‘pectorals” of the Lahun
princess, who lived In the nineteenth century These jewels have correspond¬

ing designs, one including the name of Sesostris II, possibly the princess’ father, the
other the name of Amenemhet III, perhaps her nephew, and the current theory
requires us to believe that they were gifts made to the princess by the kings named,
at some time In their respective reigns. Now thirty-eight years Intervened between
the death of the one king and the accession of the other, and according to this theory,
nearly forty years, at the very least, would have separated the one gift from the
other. If then the pectoral with Sesostris’ name was really acquired during the
princess’ youth, and worn by her during those forty odd years, before, in her old age,
she was given the second pectoral, we should expect the older piece to show far more
evidence of wear; the loops by which It was suspended might well be almost worn
through (compare No. 96). The publication of the Lahun jewelry makes only the
following very general statement: “The ornaments show signs of wear, and where
inlay Is now missing, it was no doubt lost anciently,” and the two pectorals have
not, to our knowledge, been compared especially with respect to the indications of
wear; so far as one can judge, however, by the half-tones representing them from the
reverse,the loops on the supposed older pectoral certainly look in quite as good
condition as those on the supposed later piece! The manner in which these pectorals
were mounted and worn is not known.

In ancient Egypt, fashions in jewelry were set by the king and his household. This
dominating influence may be traced even as early as the First Dynasty, long before
3000 B.C. One of the royal bead bracelets of that early time Is composed largely
of barrel-shaped beads of which the surfaces are ornamented with spirals In a style
which was in vogue by the time of Menes,'^^ founder of the Egyptian state; one other
such bead of blue glaze, dating from the same early period, was found at Abydos,*^^
and a dozen and more of gold were discovered at Naga-ed-Der, opposite Girga.’’'®
Again, the beads of another of these royal bracelets imitate the form of the Horus
name of the king, even to the falcon-hieroglyph by which this name was introduced.
At Abydos, similar beads, one of lapis lazuli, one of ivory, from two other pieces
of jewelry,"^® were recovered, and some three hundred miles away to the north, near
the Great Pyramid of Giza, in a tomb dated by a sealing to the reign of Zet (Atotis),
a nearly complete bracelet of the same style came to light; its units all have two

68 Literature given p. 238, also following note.

66 Brunton, Lahun I, p. 42.

■^oBrunton, op. cit., PI. VI.

71 No satisfactory evidence is as yet available for the Xllth Dyn., but see above, n. 46, for the two ways—
with and without a corresponding dorsal ornament—characteristic of the XVIIIth Dyn., ways which
may have come down from earlier times. Mr. Winlock has drawn our attention to the fact that the two
Lahun pectorals w^ere found somewhat separated, each with its own lot of beads (Brunton, op. cit., pp.
24-5, PI. XII), a circumstance which apparently forbids regarding one of them as a dorsal ornament to be
worn simultaneously with the other, a pectoral.

72 No. 52,009 as catalogued in Vernier, Bijoux, I; cf. p. 237, under a.

76 De Morgan, Recherches, Vol. II, Ethnographic prehisiorique et tomheau royal de Negadah, Paris, 1897,
pp. 195, 197, Fig. 744; Vernier, Bijouterie, p. 114, Fig. 137.

74 Petrie, Royal Tombs. II, PI. XXXV, 75.

75 Reisner, Naga-ed-Der, I, PI. 7, Nos. 6, 9, and 10, from grave N 1532, dated p. 14 to this period of the
1 st Dyn. kings Zer and Zet, but on p. 119 to the close of the dynasty.

76 Petrie, Royal Tombs. II, pp. 17, 37. Ph XXXV, 81.

[12]

threading holes, the terminal pieces resemble roughly the gold cones of the royal
model, and it was once tied in like manner to the arm, but the material is only blue-
glazed pottery; the whole was an inexpensive imitation which had to suffice for a
mere retainer buried far away from his lord.'^'^

The style of adornments adopted by the monarch influenced not only the jewelry
of his subjects but the visualization of the Egyptian gods and consequently their
material property, including jewelry.'^® Many gods were conceived as rulers or young
princes and so were represented in art with the royal appurtenances of the Pharaoh
and his sons. A common title of goddesses was Mistress of Heaven and what more
natural than to imagine a god’s consort as looking much like the Pharaoh’s queen?
But the gods had also certain attributes original to themselves—headdresses inher¬
ited from primitive times when particular local gods, later among the great divini¬
ties of Egypt, wore towering crowns of feathers and horns, or objects carried in the
hands, which originally symbolized their gifts to the king. Therefore in Egyptian art
we see the gods wearing the royal crowns of Egypt and carrying the king’s scepters,
and we also see the Pharaoh, impersonating one of the gods, wearing the headdress
peculiar to this or that divinity. This inter-influence is such that it is often difficult to
discover the origin of a particular attribute, whether first proper to a human king or
to a god.

The rich treasure of the temples, including jewelry actually placed, during the
services, on the statues of the gods, was largely the gift of the king, in the earlier
periods perhaps an evidence of real piety, later certainly, after the rise of a power¬
ful priesthood whose support the king needed, to a large extent political in purpose.
Various lists of king’s gifts to the gods have come down to us—beginning as early as
the twentieth century B.C.,"^^ and most impressively represented by the great Harris
papyrus,®® which enumerates the benefits conferred by Ramses III (1198-1167 B.C.)
upon all the principal temples of the land. Besides these royal documents, inscrip¬
tions of the officers who carried out the king’s purposes contain references to the
jewels bestowed on the gods. In the mortuary stela of Mentuhotep, vizier under
Sesostris I (1980-1935 B.C.), we hear of collars of real turquoise (not imitation
turquoise, the narrator would have one understand), and of bracelets of every kind
of costly stone given to the temple at Abydos.®^ And the chief treasurer of Sesos¬
tris III (1887-1849 B.C.), Ikhernofret, set up a monument®^ on which the king’s
letter, commissioning him to go to Abydos and look after the royal works there,
was copied. In this important inscription, which also gives some hints about the con¬
duct in Ikhernofret’s day, of the religious drama of Osiris’ death and resurrection,

77 Petrie, Gizeh and Rif eh, (Xlllth Publ. Egypt. Res. Acc. and Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. Xlllth Year), London,
1907, p. 6, PI. III.

78 In section E we shall have occasion to take up the influence of royal jewelry on the equipment of the dead.

79 Breasted, Records, I, § 500; Daressy, Annales, Vol. IV (1903), pp. 101-102, No. 2. Cf. Sethe, Urkunden,
IV, pp. 22-4 (text) and Breasted, Records, II, §§ 29-32 (translation) for a list of the first half of the
16th cent. B.C., containing items such as “gold seals,” “necklaces of gold and silver, combined with lapis
lazuli and turquoise,” etc.

80 S. Birch, Facsimile of an Egyptian Hieratic Papyrus of the Reign of Ramses III, novj in the British
Museum, London, 1876.

81 Breasted, Records, I, § 534. In this passage and others quoted subsequently we have substituted “tur¬
quoise” for “malachite” in the translation.

82 Now in Berlin. Text, translation into German, and important discussion: Schafer, Mysterien des Osiris in
Abydos; Engl, transl.: Breasted, Records, I, §§ 661-70.

[13]

we learn that the chief treasurer represented the king at the consecration of a new
statue of the god,®^ and with his own hand decked the god with lapis lazuli and tur¬
quoise ^ electrum{?) and every costly stone, as ornaments of the limbs of the god.
Perhaps the reader by this time has inferred that the king’s gifts of jewels were made
in royal workshops at the capital city. This may well have been true respecting his
gifts to his subjects, but apparently he did not usually send, or present in person,
gifts of finished jewels, except some foreign pieces, won in the wars or acquired as
tribute.®^ Rather, there are indications that the jewelry of the gods was made in
temple workshops, as we have already noted (page 5), and that the king’s patron¬
age usually consisted in furnishing the unworked materials for the jewelry,in
keeping control through his officers of the supplies possessed by the various tem¬
ples and of their further needs, and perhaps in sending royal artificers. The king
Neferhotep of the Thirteenth Dynasty, however, boasted that he went to Abydos and
himself superintended the work on the god’s cultus statue,and certain inscriptions
have been interpreted to indicate that Thutmose III actually designed cultus objects
for the god Amon.®^

In his care for the appropriate adornment of the gods, from the Egyptian point of
view, the king was returning to them a part of what they had bestowed on him.
During the Old Kingdom and earlier, lesser folk presumably received solace and help
from their particular city gods, but the prominent gods of the land cared solely for the
king! Many brought to him the supreme gifts of life, health, endurance, good for¬
tune, millions of years, but one in particular, Nekhbet, tutelary divinity of the South,
had in her right,^® the gift of metals. In a relief from the funerary temple of
Sahure,®^ she addresses the king: [/ give to thee to mine{?)~\ gold and to wash silver,
in other words she promises him control over the regions where these metals were
obtained, a promise which we may associate in thought with the sea expedition sent
forth in Sahure’s reign, around 2740 B.C.,or earlier.

Actually, in predynastic times, materials for jewelry which were not obtained in
the deserts of the lower Nile Valley may have reached the borders of Egypt by trade
routes, handed on from one people to another, and this kind of commerce, centering
in border towns, such as the one at the first Nile cataract and the chief port on the
Red Sea (near modern Koser?), obtained also down through Egyptian history.®^

So Aylward M. Blackman in Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics, edited by James Hastings, New York
and Edinburgh, Vol. X (1919), p. 294, in article “Priest, Priesthood.”

S'* See Breasted, Records, II, § 654.

S 5 Schafer, op. cit., p. 15.

ss Eventually certain of the regions of Nubia which yielded gold were officially recognized as belonging to
the Theban god Amon; cf. the title quoted on p. 4.

See, for instance. Breasted, Records, I, §§ 607, 610.

ss Breasted, Records, I, § 764; Schafer, loc. cit.

Even these gifts in which Thutmose III took so personal an interest (Breasted, History, p. 310) and which
are depicted in a relief at Karnak (see especially Sethe, Urkunden, IV, 633, 637), according to the
legends in Menkheperreseneb’s tomb were actually made in the workshops of the temple of Amon (Breasted,
Records, II, § 775).

Evidence cited by Sethe in Borchardt, Sahti-re, II, p. 93; but, on occasion, other divinities, too, who pre¬
sided over the regions of the mines, promised the king metallic wealth; cf. Breasted, Records, III, p. 81,
n. e.

Borchardt, op. cit., PI. 18.

Professor Reisner has pointed out that not even a beginning has been made in gathering the material on
which a study of the ancient trade routes must be based: Boston Bulletin, Vol. XIII (1915), pp. 82-3. The

[14]

But soon after the organization of a united Egypt under Menes, the kings began
to send expeditions to secure foreign supplies, probably first of all to the copper and
turquoise mines in Sinai, where the series of inscrlptional records commences with
Semerkhet of the First Dynasty, vividly designated by Professor Breasted as “the
earliest known mining promoter”! These inscriptions continue Into the Twen¬
tieth Dynasty, that is, range from a time not later than 3200 B.C. to about 1150
B.C.^^ Only the resources of the king’s government could make possible the exploita¬
tion on a large scale of the wealth of the desert mountains and even then the difficul¬
ties were very great, as mining equipment, food, and often water, must be transported
long distances on donkey back, and the attacks of hostile tribes must be guarded
against. Echoes reach us In contemporary documents of the hardships endured; one
official’s workmen complained of the excessive heat of the evil simmer season dur¬
ing which, contrary to the usual practice, an expedition had been sent to Sinai, but,
despite the difficulties, their commander claimed: I led my army very kindly, and I
was not loud-voiced toward the workmen. Counsellors confer with the king Ramses
II, suggesting the necessity of digging for water, a proposal actually successfully car¬
ried out on the desert route in question.Ramses’ father, Seti I, himself journeyed
out two days on another desert road to inspect conditions and established one or
more wells on this road.^"^

Undoubtedly, too, it was the lure of gold which was the main incentive for the
conquest of Nubia. Professor Reisner has found evidence of the presence of Egyp¬
tians as far south as the third Nile cataract (at the northern end of the present Don-
gola province) even as early as the time of the Old Kingdom and of the Egyptian
administration of that region during the Middle Kingdom.^® And many inscriptions
testify to the frequent expeditions sent southward by the kings of Egypt. To some
extent the kings themselves mined the gold of the northern Nubian deserts; largely,
however, they exacted gold and minerals as tribute from the conquered tribes. An
interesting commentary on these exactions may be read In the papyrus Roller of the
close of the Nineteenth Dynasty, a papyrus containing sample letters to be copied by
school-boys, for the sake of learning clear writing and elegant style. The third of
these letters purports to be from an Egyptian governor of the land of Ethiopia,
writing to one of the local chieftains urging him to increase his tribute. It gives an
idea of one source of the king’s wealth in the gold wrought into dishes, refined gold{?)
in bushels {?), good gold, red jasper, amethyst {f), and crystal, not to quote the

conditions essential for commercial relations between peoples are discussed in a paper, “Early Communica¬
tion Between China and the Mediterranean,” submitted to the American Philosophical Society, Philadel¬
phia, April 21, 1921, by Wilfred H. Schoff.

The Scientific Monthly, New York, Vol. IX (July-Dee. 1919), p. 569.

Gardiner and Peet, The Inscriptions of Sinai. Part I. hitroduction and Plates (Eg. Expl. Fund. XXXVIth
Memoir, for 1913-14), London, 1917, p. 5.

95 The Wadi Alaki, cf. p. 16. Seti I, in the same undertaking, had stopped just short of reaching water.

96 The Redesiya road, see below, p. 16.

97 See the fuller presentation of this material in Breasted, History, pp. 190, 191, 416, 421-2, with footnote
references to the sources, published in translation in the same author’s Records.

A.Z.y Vol. 52 (1914), pp. 36, 49, Boston Bulletin, Vol. XII (1914), p. 23. Cf. Excavations at Kerma, Pt.
I (in Harvard African Studies, Vol. V), Cambridge, 1923, p. 4.

99 Gardiner, Egyptian Hieratic Texts, Series I: Literary Texts of the Nevif Kingdom, Pt. I, The Papyrus
Anastasi I and the Papyrus Koller, Together vj'ith the Parallel Texts, Leipsic, 19H, pp. 40-42; Erman and
Fritz Krebs, Aus den Papyrus der Koniglichen Museen (Handbiicher der Konigl. Museen. Berlin), 1899,
pp. 96-7; Erman, Die Literatur der Aegypter, Leipsic, 1923, pp. 263-4.

[15]

other southern products, expected as tribute, and of the manner of its delivery in per¬
son by the southern chieftain, who is described as journeying to the Egyptian court,
accompanied by a retinue with fans of gold and feathered headdresses, there to be re¬
ceived by the king, appearing above in the audience balcony: Be mindful of the day
when the revenues are brought^ and thou passest into the Presence beneath the Bal¬
cony; the nobles ranged on either side in front of his Majesty, the chiefs and envoys
of every land standing gazing and looking at the revenues. Thou art afraid and
shrmkest {?), thy hand grows feeble, and thou knozvest not whether it be death or life
that lies before thee! As a consequence of the Asiatic conquests of the Eighteenth
and Nineteenth Dynasties, the kings derived from Asia also gold, silver, and gem¬
stones, as spoils of war and as tribute. Lists of this treasure are to be found in
the royal annals and many a pictorial record of the arrival of foreign tribute bear¬
ers, from all quarters of the ancient world, is contained in the paintings on the walls
of Theban tombs.

We turn now more particularly to the geographical sources of the materials rep¬
resented in the objects of the present catalogue. Foremost among these materials is
gold, known from Egypt first in the flourishing Second Predynastic period, around
4000 B.C., or earlier, having come into use apparently later than copper, and in the
same general period with silver, lapis lazuli, turquoise, garnet, amethyst, and haema¬
tite.^®^ The gold regions nearest to Egypt are in the Eastern Desert between the Nile
Valley and the Red Sea, nearer to the sea. Their northern limit is about the twenty-
eighth parallel of north latitude, that is the latitude of Beni Hasan and the south¬
ern tip of the peninsula of Sinai, their southern limit the eighteenth parallel,which
passes somewhat south of Suakin on the Red Sea and the region of the Fourth and
Fifth Cataracts of the Nile. Throughout this territory, given by the late Professor
William Gowland as about two hundred and fifty thousand square miles,the gold is
contained principally in quartz veins of the crystalline rocks and must be mined.
In the ancient texts alluded to on pages 14 to 15, we hear of the gold mines accessi¬
ble from the Koptos-Koser road and from the Redesiya-Gebel Zebara route, leaving
the Nile near El Kab, and of those in the Wadi Alaki in the northern Sudan—or
Nubia, to use the common geographical term. All these, at one time and another,
were worked by the Egyptians themselves. From around 1230 B.C., a map of one

Translation of Gardiner, op. cii., p. 42.

Breasted, Records, II, §§ 431, 435-6, etc.; 790; III, §§ 106, in, 151.

So in the tomb of Puimre, recently published in full by the Metropolitan Museum of Art; Davies, Puyemre,
I, Ch. V, Pis. I, XXX ff. For translations of the accompanying inscriptions and bibliography of the avail¬
able publications of the paintings of this character, see Breasted, Records, II, §§ 385-7, p. 159, notes c, g;
§§ 760-61, p. 294, n. a; § 773, p. 300, n. a; §§ 1028-38, p. 420, n. a.

loathe available evidence is only for certain villages of Upper Egypt: Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva,
pp. 24-5, 29, and diagram PI. IV; Edward R. Ayrton and W. L. S. Loat, Pre-Dynasiic Cemetery at El
Mahasna (XXXIst Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1911, pp. ii, 16, 30; Petrie, Prehistoric Egypt,
pp. 27, 43-4.

104 w. F. Hume, The Topography and Geology of the Peninsula of Sinai {South-Eastern Portion), Survey De¬
partment, Egypt, Cairo, 1906, p. 117.

^05 Stanley C. Dunn, Notes on the Mineral Deposits of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, Khartoum, 1911, p. 13.
The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London, Vol. XLII
(1912), p. 255, in an important paper “The Metals in Antiquity.”

But for alluvial deposits, see Dunn, Mineral Deposits, pp. 47, 48, 51, 62; these are apparently for the
most part “deep level,” or “ancient, placers,” in contrast to the numerous “shallow placers” of the
southern Sudan.

of the gold regions is preserved, which hitherto has been valued chiefly as the oldest
map known to geographers! Scholars have not yet come to an agreement about the
locality shown, but Dr. Gardiner has made progress in translating its legends and in
proving that what formerly was supposed to be two maps comprises really the parts of
one, and he has pointed out the need of a new edition of this unique document.^®®
Thus far, inscriptions in situ and other Egyptian texts have been the means of identi¬
fying only a few ancient gold mines, but in the surveys carried out by the Egyptian
government and especially in the prospecting done for private mining companies,
numerous ancient workings, together with the houses of the small mining towns near
them and the apparatus used in extracting the gold, have been located.^®® Mr. S. C.
Dunn writes that at least eighty-five old workings which may certainly be attrib¬
uted to the Egyptians or Mediaeval Arabs prior to the tenth century after Christ, lie
within Sudanese territory, north of the eighteenth parallel, north latitude. The ac¬
counts available of old workings are tantalizing, however, in the range of possible
date given and we have no definite list of those gold mines which can be proved to
have been worked by the Pharaohs.The roll of modern mining companies which
have attempted to reopen the old mines is a long one,^^^ but generally the companies
have not achieved financial success and one by one have given up their concessions.
Various writers have mentioned, in addition to the difficulties of transport and of
obtaining water with which also the Egyptians of old had to contend, the absence of
that abundant forced labor which enabled the ancients to work poorer veins than
can be mined profitably today.^^® Certainly, now, in much of this region, the gold is
in minute particles, invisible to the unaided eye,^^^ although no doubt the outcrops
and superficial deposits of auriferous bodies exhausted in antiquity were richer in gold.

108 “Xhe Map of the Gold Mines in a Ramesside Papyrus at Turin” in The Cairo Scientific Journal, Vol.
VIII, Alexandria, 1914, pp. 41 ff. Efforts to locate the mines of this map: H. T. Ferrar, C.S.J., Vol. VII,
pp. 247-51; E. S. Thomas, C.S.J., Vol. VII, pp. 158-60. Original publication: J. Lieblein, Deux papyrus
hieraiiques du Musee de Turin, Christiania, 1868. Re-edited by Franz Joseph Lauth, “Die alteste Land-
karte nubischer Goldminen” in Sitzungsh eric hie der Konigl. bayerisclien Akademie d. JVissenschaften,
Munich, 1870, Vol. II, pp. 337-72 and “Die zweitalteste Landkarte,” 1871, Vol. I, pp. 190-238. Excerpts
reproduced in Erman, Life in Anc. Eg,, p. 467; Erman-Ranke, Aegypten, p. 557; Gowland, Journ. Royal
Anthr. Inst., Vol. XLII, p. 255; Schafer, Von dgyptischer Kunst, besonders der Zeichenkunst, 2nd ed.,
Leipsic, 1922, p. 181, Fig. 151.

John Ball, The Geography and Geology of South-Eastern Egypt, Survey Department, Cairo, 1912, pp. 30,
31, 352; Charles J. Alford, “Gold Mining in Egypt” in Transactions of the Institution of Mining and
Metallurgy, nth session 1901-02, London, Vol. 10, pp. 11-12; cf. T. Barron and Hume, Topography and
Geology of the Eastern Desert of Egypt. Central Portion, Geological Survey Report, Cairo, 1902, pp. 43,
226. Dunn, Mineral Deposits, especially pp. 45, 48, 50, 55-6, 62. The older literature on the Eastern
Desert is given in detail in the bibliographies of the volumes issued by the Egyptian Government’s Survey
Department. For a vividly written popular description, see Weigall, Travels in the Upper Egyptian Des¬
erts, Edinburgh and London, 1909.

Mineral Deposits, p. 13.

m Mr. Dunn, op. cit., p. 25, remarks on the absence of hieroglyphic inscriptions in the Sudanese mines;
probably, then, the Pharaohs did not themselves work mines situated south of the Wadi Alaki.

1^2 Ball, op. cit., p. 28; especially Dunn, Mineral Deposits, with map of the various mining concessions,
and the statement, p. 13, that “owing to the difficulties of transport and the absence of water in sufficient
quantities, only one mine, Om Nabardi, is at present (1911) being worked”; cf. pp. 8-9, and 38 ff. The
standing of the “Sudan Gold Field,” the company which worked this mine, was still being given in the
Monthly Mining Handbook vjith Price Lists, etc., London, Mid-July, 1921, pp. 50-51. Cf. further G.
Schweinfurth, Annales, Vol. IV (1903), pp. 268-80.

Ball, op. cit., p. 352; Alford, Trans., Vol. 10, p. 4; Gowland, Journ. Royal Anthr. Inst., Vol. XLII, p. 255.

11^ Ball, op. cit., p. 352. Cf. Alford, Trans., Vol. 10, p. 24; Barron and Hume, Eastern Desert. Central
Portion, p. 260.

At the mines the gold ore was first broken into larger fragments which were
rubbed with stones on rubbing mills into pieces no bigger than a pea, then ground to
powder between two circular grindstones; this powder was washed on sloping boards,
when the heavier metal remained behind on the boards. The water for the washing
was sometimes obtained from natural basins in the mountains, where it gathered dur¬
ing the occasional heavy rains, oftener by driving wells.At many mines the gold
concentrates were melted and the earthy matter slagged off for the purpose of getting
the metal into a more concentrated and easily portable shape. But melting went on
also at convenient points where the roads from the mines emerged in the valley. Ore
from the Om Nabardi mine, to the south of the Wadi Alaki, was perhaps melted in
antiquity near Kerma at the Third Cataract, where large mounds of slag and broken
crucibles testify to this industry of earlier days.^^*^

The Egyptians obtained gold also from parts more distant than the Eastern
Desert. Gold was fetched as early as the reign of Sahure (2740 B.C., or earlier) from
the land of Punt,^^® usually identified with the Somali coast, to the southeast of
Abyssinia, and in the days of Queen Hatshepsut (about 1475 B.C.) the green gold
of Emu, procured in Punt, was highly prized.Still other regions which come into
consideration are the Sudan from somewhat south of the twelfth parallel to the bor¬
ders of Abyssinia, with its alluvial deposits, and portions of western Asia Minor
with streams bearing alluviai gold. Gowland cited the stela of Sihathor, assist¬
ant treasurer under Amenemhet II, as proving that the washing of alluvial deposits
in the Sudan was a flourishing industry in the twentieth century B.C. But in our
view, Sihathor’s words, I forced the {Nubian) chiefs to wash gold, do not necessarily
apply solely, or even chiefly; to the recovery of alluvial gold. The same idiom
occurs in the inscriptions of the temple on the Redesiya road.^^^ On the Kubban
stela,it is used with reference to the extraction of gold in the Wadi Alaki, and it
may well have denoted the tedious, but essential, process of washing the powdered
ore on sloping tables, the more so as the Egyptians had a parallel expression to
zvash silver (p^g^ 14) • Even in the absence of definite inscriptional proof, how-

On these processes see: Gowland, Journ. Royal Antlir. hist., Vol. XLII, pp. 256-7; Dunn, op. cit., 17-25;
Alford, Trans., Vol. 10, pp. 11-12; Erman, Life in Anc. Eg., pp. 463-4; Erman-Ranke, op. cit., pp. 553 ff.
Dunn, Mineral Deposits, pp. 8, 24, 46; Alford, Trans., Vol. 10, pp. 7-8, 13-14, 29; Wilkinson, The
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, London, Vol. II (1832), pp. 38, 39, 42, etc.
Reisner, A.Z., Vol. 52 (1914), p. 36; Dunn, Mineral Deposits, p. 23; both these authors refer to the
“smelting” of gold ore in the Nile Valley, but do not particularize as to the process they suppose to have
been used. Mr. Kenneth B. Lewis of the Morgan Construction Co. has pointed out to us that the wash¬
ing described above would presumably yield the gold in the form of dirty dust after which no process
properly called smelting was required, but only melting in crucibles to slag away the dirt.

Sethe in Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, p. 126. Cf. Breasted, Records, I, § 161.

ii^Naville, Deir el Bahari, Part III (XVIth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1898, PI. LXXIV; Breasted,
Records, II, § 265.

Journ. Royal Anthr. Inst., Vol. XLII, p. 254. Cf. Breasted, Records, I, § 602.

121 Breasted, Records, III, §§ 192-3.

122 Breasted, op. cit., Ill, § 286.

123 Referring to the silver mines at Laurion in Attica, of later, but ancient, times, Gowland noted that
“much of the ore apparently was poor and required concentration to free it from impurities and gangue.
This was effected by a series of washings wdth water, the cisterns of which are very numerous on all the
sites of the old mines”; see his paper “Silver in Roman and Earlier Times. 1 . Pre-historic and Proto-
historic Times” in Archaeologia or Miscellaneous Tracts Relating to Antiquity, Vol. LXIX, for 1917-18
= Second Series, Vol. XIX, London, 1920, p. 149, citing also, p. 146, Edouard Ardaillon, Les mines du
Laurion, Paris, 1897. It would seem that these processes of concentration by washing were taken by

[18J

ever, the likelihood that Egypt may have obtained a part of her gold from the
regions of the Blue Nile is considerable^-^

Whether or not Egypt received also alluvial gold from Asia Minor as early as the
time of the First Dynasty, or at any time, can hardly be decided under the present
lack of data bearing on the question. Professor Petrie and Dr. J. H. Gladstone
influenced by the reputation of Asia Minor for yielding electrum, suggested this
source for certain specimens of gold taken out of early Egyptian tombs which were
found by analysis to be high in silver, but although such a possibility is not to be de¬
nied, the strength of their opinion depends on the assumption that gold high in silver
was not readily obtainable from the desert immediately east of Egypt, or from the
south, which is much to postulate.The expressions Asiatic and Ketem

goldy^^^^ found in texts subsequent to 1300 B.C., have not been localized; they refer
to gold brought to Egypt from Asia, some of which may conceivably have been ex¬
tracted in Africa and sent to Asia to return as tribute or spoils of war I

Alluvial gold, because of the ease of its recovery, is often thought to have at-

the Egyptians as typical of all the processes which went on at the mines. Cf. also Herbert Clark Hoover
and Lou Henry Hoover, Georgius Agricola. De Re Metallica, translated from the first Latin edition of
1556, London, 1912, p. 279, note 8; the Egyptian scenes and their legends, however, which the authors,
following Wilkinson, suppose to refer to the concentration of gold by washing have a different signifi¬
cance; they are workshop scenes of the utilization of gold after its extraction had been completed; the
preceding metallurgical processes did not interest the artists of the Nile Valley and are never represented
on Eg}^ptian monuments. In this note the authors cite also the evidence preserved by Strabo (HI, 2, 10)
that, previous to the Christian era, in the mines of Spain, lead-silver ores were concentrated by five suc¬
cessive washings, during which the ore was handled in sieves.

124 Professor Reisner, who writing in 1914 (see p. 18, n. 117), suggested the Om Nabardi mines as the
probable source, or at least one source, of the gold found abundantly at Kerma, later, in 1915 (p. 14,
n. 92), quoted Mr. Dunn as considering the alluvial deposits on the Abyssinian border the most prob¬
able source of this gold; cf. Breasted, History, pp. 136 ff. With reference to the conveying of the
southern gold as far as Dongola, an observation of the Austrian mining expert, Russegger, has interest,
inasmuch as modern conditions in backward countries are often a continuation of what has been going
on for ages. At the request of Mohammed Ali, Russegger was sent in 1838 into the gold regions of the
Blue Nile, and he reported the natives of the Dul range and neighboring mountains as under the in¬
fluence of Dongolawi, to whom they much looked up, and with whom they carried on a trade in gold
(Dunn, Mineral Deposits, p. 29).

Royal Tombs. II, p. 40; Ancient Egypt, 1915, p. 15.

126 In Petrie, Dendereh. l8g8, (XVIIth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1900, pp. 61-2.

127 Analyses of gold obtained in modern times from Egyptian and Sudanese sources have not been accessible
to us. Moller in the Orientalistische-Literaturzeitung, Leipsic, Vol. 18 (1915), col. 79, in a paper proving
the Hittite word for silver to be derived from the Eg>^ptian word for the same metal, referred to Nubian
gold as “fairly high in silver”; cf. Gowland’s suggestion, spoken of on our p. 21, involving a belief that
Nubia yielded gold alloys high in silver. Mr. Dunn, Mineral Deposits, pp. 9, 28, 30, 34, reported the
gold of the southern Sudan to be of a high degree of purity. But the French mineralogist Cailliaud,
writing in the early part of the last century, said that two qualities were to be distinguished: that of
Qamamyl was the better; the other from the neighborhood of Mount Taby was alloyed with silver and
had a greenish-yellow color; see Voyage a Meroe, au Fleuve Blanc, au deld de Fazoql, dans le midi
du royaume de Senndr, a Syouah et dans cinq autres oasis; fait dans les annSes 1819, 1820, 1821 et 1822,
Vol. Ill, Paris, 1826, p. 19. And what was the “green gold of Emu” if not a gold-silver alloy?

128 Breasted, Records, IV, § 26; time of Ramses III. The files of the Berlin Dictionary, so Dr. Grapow in¬
forms us, include a passage from the Luxor temple in which Asiatic gold is mentioned, and this text is of
the time of Ramses 11 .

i 2 J>Erman, Life in Anc. Eg., p. 464; Breasted, op. cit., p. 117, note d, citing Diimichen, A. Z., Vol. X (1872),
pp. 44-5. We learn from Dr. Grapow that “Ketem gold” is heard of first in the great Harris papyrus
and subsequently only in texts of the Ptolemaic and Roman periods.

130 qp. Kirke Rose, The Metallurgy of Gold, 6th ed., London, 1915, p. i, quoting Gowland; Berthelot, An-
nales, Vol. II (1901), p. 157, in an article: “Sur For egyptien.”

[19]

I

i

T

: 5

r ■

I

tracted man’s attention before gold or other metals were mined, but the earliest
Egyptians of whom we have knowledge lived after the men of their world had
learned the art of smelting and probably had begun to mine metals. For, simultane¬
ously with gold, silver made its appearance in Upper Egypt and since silver is

unlikely to be found in any quantity native in surface deposits, and its extraction
presupposes mining operations, we may reasonably infer that the earliest known gold
from Egypt, also, may have been mined in parts of the Eastern Desert accessible
from the Koptos-Koser road, near the Nile Valley terminus of which it was found.
Over the same road, quite possibly, silver, too, first entered Upper Egypt. Gowland
expressed the view that silver from the first was probably extracted from ordinary
lead ores, or from silver ores associated with lead ores, involving two processes, one
to free the argentiferous lead and a second tedious process to extract the silver from
the lead.^^^ On account of the more difficult mining and metallurgical operations
thus necessary for obtaining silver, as compared with those employed to free copper
and gold, the question of the place of origin of the earliest examples of this metal
from Egypt has a special interest. Are we to think of the Egyptians, or of more dis¬
tant peoples, as the leaders in these practical arts? The amount of silver which
was deposited in the predynastic cemeteries of the villages along the Nile, even when
allowance is made for its liability to be converted into silver chloride, and in this
form to be overlooked by excavators, is still markedly less than that of gold. Its
relative scarcity has led to the opinion that from the time of its earliest occurrence

^81 Unlike Crete, where, at Knossos, a great neolithic accumulation underlies the deposits of the Bronze
Egypt’s Neolithic period has left no readily accessible traces. Copper occurs sparingly in Egyptian
graves of the earliest known type, although not by any means in all these graves, and Professor Petrie
even denies that Egypt ever had a neolithic culture {Journal of the Manchester Egyptian and
Oriental Society, IQ18-19, Manchester, 1920, p. 13). Professor Breasted, however, believes that its later
products are yet to be recovered from cemeteries underlying the cultivation at the outer edge and that
its earlier stages are in part represented by pottery found in boring down through the alluvium at
Memphis and Heliopolis {The Scientific Monthly, Vol. IX, pp. 307-11).

^32 Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, pp. 24-5, 29, and diagram, PI. IV; Petrie and Quibell, Naqada and
Balias, London, 1896, pp. 45-6, 48, PI. LXV; Ayrton and Loat, El Mahasna, pp. 16, 30; Petrie, Prehistoric
Egypt, pp. 27, 43, including “silver in fused buttons.” See also reference to silver in Maciver and Mace,
El Amrah and Abydos, p. 49. Cf. below, n. 134.

Archaeologia, Vol. XIX (1920), pp. 121-3. He regards the possibility that silver was discovered native
in any quantity by early man or extracted by one smelting from keragyrite (silver chloride) as almost
negligible. Pertinent to the discussion is the fact that both lead and its principal ore galena occur in
predynastic Egyptian graves, although the former is not plentiful (Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva,
p. 25; Naville, The Cemeteries of Abydos. Part L, XXXIIIrd Memoir, Eg. Expl. Fund, London, 1914, pp.
17, E 370, E 381 and 28, tomb 86; Petrie, Ancient Egypt, 1915, pp. 16-17, and Prehistoric Egypt, pp. 27,
43). The problem is clearly defined in H. C. and L. H. Hoover, Agricola, p. 390, note 23, but the writers
were without sufficient data from Egypt.

^34 Gowland in Archaeologia, Vol. XIX, pp. 135-6 rightly emphasized this relative scarcity, but his enumera¬
tion of examples of silver from Egypt is far from exhaustive, even for examples which have been pub¬
lished, and takes no account of the presumable existence in various collections of unpublished pieces, such
as the two silver rings of the XVIIIth Dyn., now made available in this catalogue as Nos. 26-7. Since his
article was written some silver jewelry has been found with the mummy of the baby princess Mait of the
Xlth Dyn., see p. 237, under e. And we have a long list of occurrences of silver in the Xllth Dyn.
Moller listed twelve early occurrences of silver known to him, ranging from the Second Predynastic
period to the beginning of the HIrd Dyn. {Orientalistische Literaturzeitung, Vol. 18, col. 78), which in¬
clude nearly all the examples of our n. 132 above, and in addition: Quibell, Archaic Objects (Cairo
Catal.)y Cairo, 1905, Nos. 14514-6, PI. LVHI; Petrie, The Royal Tombs of the First Dynasty, iqoo. Part
I (XVIIIth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1900, p. 28, “traces of silver objects” in the tomb of
Mersekha; and silver beads published by Mace, The Early Dynastic Cemeteries of Naga-ed-Der, Part

[20]

in Egypt silver was an Asiatic product.But this relative scarcity might be due to
a relatively limited near supply of the metal, or to the fact that an immense amount
of ore must be mined to yield a very little silver.^^® The late Professor Georg
Moller made the suggestion that unimportant silver mines may have existed in
Nubia in early times, which, then, were exhausted before the Eighteenth Dynasty
when the Egyptians began regularly to derive silver from Asia; his opinion was based
on texts of the Ptolemaic and Roman periods naming silver as one of the products
of Nubia—texts which he regarded as derived from earlier sources. But since the
mines have not been located in the country, one may question whether silver really
was mined there, or only reduced from native alloys of gold and silver, after the
ancients had learned to part the two metals (compare, however, below, note 174). In¬
deed, Gowland at one time entertained the thought that the earliest known silver
from Egypt might have been reduced from Nubian electrum; but at that time he
was under the impression that no silver antedating the Eighteenth Dynasty had been
found in Egypt. Perhaps of value for this discussion is the fact that “old work¬
ings’’ of lead ore were discovered by Mr. Alford about forty miles north of Koser,
where silver was present In the ore In the proportion of three ounces to the ton and
that lead ore has been found also at Gebel Rossas, sixty-eight miles south of
Koser we seem, therefore, hardly warranted in excluding the possibility that the

silver of earliest date found in archaeological excavations In Egypt came from the
near Eastern Desert. According to a hypothesis of Mr. Ernest A. Floyer,^^^ cited
by Mr. Dunn,^^^ In primitive times, desert tribes whose chief occupation was mining
lived in the mountains near the Red Sea. If this was so, then the “Bedouins” pictured
in a relief on a rock wall of the Wadi Maghara of the Sinaitic peninsula as smitten by
the Egyptian king Semerkhet (compare page 15) may have been similar local tribes
of miners. Not until the beginning of the Fifth Dynasty is silver mentioned in surviv-

II (Univ. of Calif. Publications. Egypt. Arch., Vol. Ill), Leipsic, 1909, pp. 26, 48, PI. 48 b. Further,
Moller called attention in Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, under No. 7, to “silver oxide” on parts of a
cylinder seal of the IVth Dyn. and we doubt not that such evidence of the use of silver has often escaped
notice.

135 Petrie, Ancient Egypt, 1915, p. 16 and Prehistoric Egypt, p. 27.

136 In predynastic times, if ever, gold was available in the Eastern Desert in abundant deposits and then, if
not later, the yield may have been large in proportion to the amount of ore mined. Cf. above, p. 17.

137 Orientalistische Literaturzeitung, vol. 18, cols. 78-9. Whether Moller had in mind mines of slight extent or
those containing only low-grade ore is not made clear.

138 Cf. Sethe in Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, p. 93, giving the ancient sources.

^^^Journ. Royal Anthr, Inst., Vol. XLII, p. 269.

Trans., Vol. lo, p. 14; Barron and Hume, op. cit., p. 259. The percentage of silver found is very low
(cf. Gowland, Archaeologia, XIX, pp. 122, 148), but one must consider the possibility that in antiquity
ores richer in silver than any now known may have existed in these regions. Mention may be made also
of the occurrence in the copper mines of Lake Superior, often close to the surface, of nodules of native
silver enveloped in native copper; see Frank Wigglesworth Clarke, The Data of Geochemistry (United
States Geological Survey, Bulletin 695), Washington, 4th ed., 1920, pp. 653, 661. We are not aware,
however, that native silver has ever been found with the copper of the Sinaitic peninsula or with that of
the Eastern Desert.

i**! Hume, Catalogue of the Geological Museum, Cairo, 1905, pp. 8, 27.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, London, Vol. XXIV (1892), pp. 811 ff., in a paper “The Mines of
the Northern Etbai,” especially pp. 822-3, 833. One may entertain Mr. Floyer’s main contention without
following him in supposing that these desert tribes were negroid in their racial characteristics. Cf.
Alford, Trans., Vol. X, p. 5.

143 Mineral Deposits, p. 13*

[21]

Ing Egyptian Inscriptions; then it was procured from some country reached by the
king’s sea-faring vessels, whether possibly from a port along the Red Sea coast, or,
as Professor Breasted suggested, “from Cilicia in Asia Minor.”

Among the gem-stones represented in the objects of the present catalogue, tur¬
quoise is the one about whose source we are best Informed. This gem was mined in
the peninsula of Sinai and is known to occur in two places, Gebel Maghara and Serabit
el-Khadim,^^® about six days’ journey on camel-back from Suez. In 1919, Mr. Feet,
who is collaborating with Dr. Gardiner in editing the Sinaltic texts, delivered an ad¬
dress “New Light on Ancient Mining in Sinai” before the Manchester Egyptian and
Oriental Society, in which, as summarized later In technical journals,he said that
natural turquoise Is seldom found in Egyptian jewelry; it was used freely in the extant
royal bracelets of the First Dynasty,^^® but he was unacquainted with indubitable
examples from later periods and he reported M. Vernier, who catalogued the Egyp¬
tian jewelry in the Cairo Museum, as being “uncertain,” even with reference to the
princesses’ jewels from Dashur, “whether the turquoise is natural, or made of ground
turquoise and glass-moulded.” Mr. Peet referred to the tendency of turquoise from
Sinai to deteriorate, saying further that probably “the Egyptians used It chiefly as a
colouring matter for their glazes and paints, after crushing it down.” Interest there¬
fore attaches to Mr. Whitlock’s verdict that the lighter colored inlays of our No. 104
consist of the mineral turquoise.It is to be hoped that in time M. Vernier’s ob¬
servations will be supplemented by examination on the part of mineralogists of sup¬
posed examples of turquoise scattered in Egyptian collections, until a consensus of
opinion is reached; thus far the identity of the turquoise in the Lahun jewels, which,
like the jewels from Dashur, date from the nineteenth century B.C., has not been
questioned. Further, an authority on turquoise, Mr. J. E. Pogue, after mention¬
ing the reputation of the Nishapur stones for permanency of color and those from
Sinai for fading, added: “In general, however, each locality has furnished stones of
permanent color, as well as those that soon altered.” The question of imitation
versus real turquoise is given additional importance by its bearing on the history of
the making of glass in Egypt. The tendency of recent opinion is to carry back the
origin of glass as distinct from that of vitreous glazes to very early times, indeed
into the fourth, if not the fifth, millennium B.C. Professor Petrie, who in 1910 wrote
that “there does not seem to have been any working of glassy material by itself, apart

Cf. above, p. 14. To the scene described is to be added the legend giving the material, “silver,” of vessels
pictured in Sahu-re’s funerary temple; Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, p. 126, PI. 61 e; also a legend on a relief
from the Sun-temple at Abu Gurob, mentioned by Moller, loc. cit.

History, p. 94.

Barron, The Topography and Geology of the Peninsula of Sinai {Western Portion)^ Survey Department,
EgyP^ Cairo, 1907, p. 209; Joseph E. Pogue, The Turquois (National Academy of Sciences, Washington,
Vol. XII, Part II, 3rd Memoir), 1915, pp. 8, 28-9; Petrie, Researches in Sinai, London, 1906, pp. 36, 49,
61, 69-70.

Journ. Manchester Egypt, and Or. Soc. igiS-iQiQ, 1920, pp. 21-2; more briefly, J. E. A., Vol. VI (1920),
p. 284.

Cf. p. 23, n. 154.

Mr. Whitlock tells us also that he has examined Egyptian scarabs which consisted of the mineral tur¬
quoise.

150 ( 9 ^^ fi/., p. 24. We should, perhaps, not fail to mention Mr. Pogue’s suggestion (p. 30, note 3) that some
of the turquoise from ancient Egyptian tombs may have come from Persia, a suggestion made on the
assumption that lapis lazuli was derived from Persia and that turquoise may have traveled equally far.

[22]

from a base of stone or pottery, until after 1600 in 1920 described a blue

glass head of Hathor from the Predynastic period,and Professor Newberry, also
in 1920, published a paper in which he discussed the history of glass and accepted
M. Vernier’s verdict that some of the sky-blue beads of the early bracelets mentioned
above were made of glass imitating turquoise,and cited a few other objects of early
date which he believed to be glass. The frequency with which in Egyptian texts the
name of a gem-stone is accompanied by the adjective real, as in the passage quoted on
page 13, is plausibly explained by the practice of using side by side with the minerals
good artificial substitutes for the minerals, but we need further information about the
beginnings of this practice.

Unlike turquoise, which is confined to a few localities on the earth’s surface, car-
nelian (Nos. 3, 89), a form of quartz, is abundantly distributed. The Egyptians
may have got a part of their supply close at hand on the desert, another part may have
been procured from Arabia, whence today much of the carnelian worked into beads
in the Netherlands and sold in New York is reported to come; and Cailliaud men¬
tioned picking up carnelian as well as onyx (No. 84), another compact form of
quartz, in the Nubian desert near Abu Simbel. Jasper, belonging in the same cate¬
gory of minerals, was mined in antiquity in the Wadi Hammamat, reached from the
Koptos-Koser road, where the supply today is of good quality but small in quan¬
tity; whether, however, our specimen. No. 88, came into Egypt in ancient or mod¬
ern times is uncertain. Steatite (Nos. 17, 20)^^'’^ was obtainable in the Eastern Desert
and presumably green felspar or amazon stone (No. 23),^^® too, was mined there.
Mr. Whitlock informs us that garnet may occur in almost any granitic rock and it has
actually been reported as present in a number of localities of the Eastern Desert and
of Sinai.Early in the last century a notable specimen was published which Cailliaud

The Arts and Crafts of Ancient Egypt (The World of Art Series), Chicago, pp. 119-20.

Prehistoric Egypt, p. 43.

163 Glass Chalice of Tuthmosis III’’ in J, E. A,, Vol. VI, especially p. 159, with n. 3.

154 In Bijoux, I, M. Vernier, cataloguing these bracelets, inclined to consider the large majority of the blue
beads of No. 52008 as pate de verre, although to deny the existence among them of some made of the
mineral he thought would be rash; with respect to the light blue beads of No. 52009, he hesitated; those
of Nos. 52010-11 he designated simply as “turquoise,” referring the reader, however, for the last number,
to his remarks under 52008.

155 Poyage a Voasis de Thebes et dans les deserts situes a Vorient et a ^Occident de la Thebdide, fait pendant
les annees 1815, 1816, 1817, et 1818, edited by M. Jomard, Paris, 1821, p. 80.

156 Barron and Hume, Eastern Desert. Central Portion, pp. 52, 261, 266. But the Wadi Hammamat was
presumably not the only, although it may have been the earliest, source for jasper. Cf. our p. 15 and
Gardiner, Anastasi I, p. 41, n. 10, also G. A. Hoskins, Travels hi Ethiopia above the Second Cataract of
the Nile, London, 1835, pp. 27, 35, 266. In modern times jasper has been observed in the Wadi Saga of
the Egyptian Eastern Desert and “old workings” of jasper have been found in the region of Gebel Hadra-
bia; see Barron and Hume, op. cit., pp. 221, 228.

157 In Ball, South-Eastern Egypt, p. 348, the occurrence of “old mines” of steatite near parallel 25° N. is
mentioned, but this is unlikely to be the only source of supply of so common a mineral and Mr. Ball named
some other deposits.

158 The abundant use of this mineral in Egyptian jewelry bespeaks for it a near source of supply, presumably
among the pegmatitic occurrences in the Eastern Desert. The only deposits to which we have found refer¬
ence are at Gebel Migif, somewhat south of parallel 25° N. See Ball, South-Eastern Egypt, p. 272, refer¬
ring to “crystals of green microcline, similar to the well-known Pike’s Peak mineral.”

159 Hume, A Preliminary Report on the Geology of the Eastern Desert of Egypt Betvoeen Latitude 22^ N. and
25° N., Survey Department, Cairo, 1907, pp. 44-5; Barron and Hume, op. cit., pp. 170, 218; Hume, Sinai
{South-Eastern Portion), p. 173.

[23]

had bought at Elephantine and in the accompanying account of his travels he
states that he often saw perfect crystals of garnet for sale among the natives at
Elephantine and at Assuan, but could not learn from what region the stones were
procured, although he did not suppose their source to be far distant. Emerald, imi¬
tated in the pendants of No. 65, was mined near Gebel Zebara on the Red Sea, some¬
what south of the twenty-fifth parallel. The ancient mines were discovered by
Cailliaud,^®^ who was sent out in 1816 by Mohammed Ali to search for them; Mo¬
hammed Ali did not, however, succeed in exploiting them. More recently Mr. Alford
expressed a favorable opinion of the chances for mining there and for a time min¬
ing was resumed in the ancient workings.

Lapis lazuli, included in Nos. 3, 16, and 104, is not known to occur in nature
nearer to Egypt than Persia. The Egyptian name, Tefroret, later Tefror, of the
region from which it came is preserved, but the location of Tefroret is still undeter¬
mined.^®^ Lapis lazuli is less common in Egyptian jewelry than carnelian and ama¬
zon stone, being more often represented by substitutes. In Senebtisi’s jewels, beads

of genuine lapis lazuli occur only in her finest girdle,although her other jewels

contain genuine carnelian and amazon stone; in some or all of the latter pieces, the
color of lapis lazuli was represented by a composition, apparently not glass. Com¬
paratively rare and expensive as it always remained, lapis lazuli was not late in reach¬
ing Egypt, but was available there in the Second Predynastic period, and sporadi¬

cally even earlier, a fact of importance for our conception of the amount of inter¬
course, direct or indirect, which was going on between peoples of the Near East and
of northern Africa in the fourth or fifth millennium B.C. Indeed, all consideration
of the geographical sources of the materials of Egyptian jewelry is of greater inter¬
est in its relation to economic and cultural conditions than in bringing forth isolated
pieces of information! But, as Mr. Peet gave warning,much caution is necessary
in using such evidence; a substance supposed to be absent from a given region may
later be discovered there, and only cumulative evidence of this kind may be trusted.
These larger relations of the subject of jewelry and its materials would take us be¬
yond the limits which must be set to this Introduction and we leave them, referring the
reader, however, for the early period, to Professor Breasted’s engaging picture of
Egypt as El Dorado of early man, where many of the practical arts were first devel¬
oped,^®® and to a paper by Professor M. Rostovtzefi,^®^ which, as characterized by

Cailliaud, Voyage d l^oasis de Thebes, PI. IX, Fig. 7; p. 80, referring to garnet also in the region of
Gebel Zebara. These statements and the references of the preceding note render unnecessary Mr. Mac-
Iver’s view that garnet w^as perhaps obtained from afar, Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Abydos, p. 49.
Jomard in Voyage d I'oasis de Thebes, p. XI, and Ch. II with Cailliaud’s notes.

Trans., Vol. 10, p. 15.

163 Hume, Catal. Geol. Mus. Cairo, p. 27.

164 Gardiner, J. E. A., Vol. IV (1917), p. 37, with n. 4. Just as Egypt was famous for its gold, so the coun¬
tries of the Near East had an abundant supply of lapis lazuli. In the correspondence preserved in the
Amarna letters, the kings of Babylonia and Mitanni mention gifts of lapis lazuli which they are sending
to the Egyptian king and beg for return gifts of gold. See J. A. Knudtzon, Die El-Amarna~Tafeln {Vor¬
der asiatische Bibliothek)y Leipsic, 1915.

165 Mace and Winlock, Senebtisi, pp. 68-9.

166 Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 27, diagram PI. IV; Moller, Mitteilung der D. O. G., Berlin, No. 30
(1906), p. 20; Petrie, Prehistoric Egypt, p. 44.

167 In a paper “Early Relations of Eg>’pt and Asia,” Journ. Manchester Egypt, and Oriental Soc., 1915, p. 32.

168 “Xhe Origins of Civilization” (Lectures on the William Ellery Hale Foundation) in The Scientist
Monthly, Vol. IX, pp. 289-316, 416-32, 561-77, Vol. X (Jan.-June, 1920), pp. 86-105, 182-209, 249-68.

169 “Xhe Sumerian Treasure of Astrabad,” J. E. A., Vol. VI (1920), pp. 4-27.

[24]

Mr. Griffith/’^^ “seems to point to a culture spread widely in the nearer East and
differentiated gradually in the various centres during the fourth millennium B.C.”

We come now to a consideration of the alloys of gold and silver found in ancient
jewelry from Egypt. The general use of “fine,” or pure, gold is often attributed to
the Egyptians, although the color of the earlier jewelry is against such a view. Until
a late time the Egyptians used, not fine gold, but in their better jewelry, gold of high
carat, from about seventeen to twenty-two,and even such gold has a rich lovely hue
and a beauty of surface which give a special charm to the personal ornaments made
of it. The Egyptian practice is in contrast to that of the present day when fourteen
carat is a good standard quality, eighteen is used comparatively little, and any orna¬
ment of gold exceeding eighteen carat must be made as a special order. The Egyp¬
tians employed, however, also gold of lower carat. Just what qualities are covered by
the term “base gold,” occasionally found in the writings of Egyptologists,^"^" awaits
determination by analysis. But the present catalogue includes a number of pieces of
which the gold certainly falls below seventeen carat, as may be seen in the following
approximate determinations,expressed in carats: 9.6 (No. 31); 12.0 (No. 33);

12.6 (No. 28) ; 13.3 (No. 115) ; 17.0 (No. 45); 19.7 (No. 81) ; 20.1 (No. 29) ;

20.7 (No. 25) ; 21.3 (No. 34).

E. A., Vol. VI, p. 283. Professor Rostovtzeff himself, however, in Iranians and Greeks in South Russia,
Oxford, 1922, Ch. II, places his ‘‘copper age” culture in the Illrd millennium B.C. This estimate for the
Egyptian material involved is later than the most conservative dating current among Egyptologists.

171 We have calculated the carat from all the published analyses of gold found in Egypt on which we could
lay our hands. We tabulate the results here, giving references for the publication of each analysis and in
parentheses the name of the analytical chemist.

A. 1 st Dyn.: three gold-silver alloys, 19.i, 20.15, 20.2 carat (Gladstone) ; Petrie, Royal Tombs, II, pp. 39-40.

B. Vlth Dyn.: two gold-silver alloys, trace of copper in second, 18.7, 19.6 carat (Gladstone); Petrie, Den-
dereh, pp. 61-2.

C. Vlth (or Xlth?) Dyn.; two gold-silver alloys, 22.12, 22.15 carat (Berthelot) ; Annales du Service, II, p.
158; Jotirn. Royal Anthr. Inst., XLII, p. 253; Annales de chimie et de physique, 7th series, Paris, Vol. XXI
(1900), p. 203; Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances de VAcademie des Sciences, Paris, Vol.
CXXXI (1900), p. 462.

D. Xllth Dyn.: six gold-silver alloys, 18.5-22.2 carat (Berthelot) ; Annales du Service, II, pp. 158, 160. *

E. Xllth Dyn.: two gold-silver-copper alloys, 19.9, 20.6 carat, 0.5 per cent, of copper in the first, 0.3 per
cent, in the second (Berthelot) ; De Morgan, Dahchour, I, p. 145; Annales de chimie, Vol. IV (1895), pp.
572 - 3 *

F. XVIIIth Dyn.: three gold-silver alloys, 17.5, 21.5, 23.1 carat (W. B. Pollard) ; three gold-silver-copper
alloys, 17.3, 19.75, 19.79 carat, containing respectively 13.i, 1.5, 8.9 per cent, of copper (Pollard) ;
Quibell, Tomb of Yuaa and Thiiiu (Cairo CataL), Cairo, 1908, pp. 78-9.

G. XVIIIth Dyn.: two gold-silver alloys, time of Amenhotep II, 19.46, 20.03 carat (Gladstone). The
Chemical Nevos, London, Jan. ii, 1901, and Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland, Edin¬
burgh, Vol. XXX (1896), p. 33.

172 See reference p. 96, n. 93; also Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 25; Petrie, Royal Tombs. II, p. 23.

173 The percentage of gold in Nos. 45 and 81 was obtained by quantitative analysis. For all the other num¬
bers it was calculated by Mr. Nyland from the specific gravity, making use of the results of Matthiessen as
given in William T. Brannt, The Metallic Alloys, 3rd ed., Philadelphia, 1908, p. 79. The Matthiessen
tables indicate the slight contraction which takes place in alloying gold and silver. We are indebted to
the Bureau of Standards, Washington, for the warning that it does not appear to be possible to arrive at
an exact determination of the carat by the density method. The Bureau made some density determinations
on samples of gold alloy, and the gold content as determined by that method and by the assayer varied
by approximately one carat. A certain margin of error is therefore to be reckoned with in the different
carats enumerated above. The Bureau of Standards informs us that the method of analyzing gold by
means of the spectrum is difficult of application to ancient objects because it is not certain that the standard
samples available today are at all comparable with the composition of the ancient alloys. On this method,
see Scientific Papers of the Bureau of Standards, No. 44.4.; Practical Spectrographic Analysis, Washing¬
ton, 1922.

[25]

That fine gold is not found in the earlier Egyptian jewelry is due, we doubt not,
to inability on the part of the earlier metallurgists to separate the silver generally
present with the gold in nature. Eventually a method of parting became known
which depended upon the action of chlorine contained in common salt on the silver
of native gold to form a silver chloride, from which the silver could be separated
later by a second operation, one of smelting.^”^^ These processes in their essential
action continued in use down to modern times and Agatharcides’ slight description
of them,^'^^ as carried on at the mines in Nubia, which was written with only a lay¬
man’s understanding of such matters, has been elucidated by Gowland’s account of the
technique of the processes as he found them surviving in Japan as late as
Whether the Egyptians, or others, first learned to part gold and silver is unknown.
The earliest recorded specimen of fine gold from Egypt is of the Persian period,
and the four determined in our collection (Nos. 38, 40, 97, 143) are all very late,
although No. 38 may somewhat antedate the time of the Persians. The Egyptians
had a term {nb nfr)^ however, which Lepsius first proposed to regard as meaning
fine gold, and which has often been so translated by Professor Erman and Professor
Breasted. Dr. Gardiner in the passage which we quoted from the papyrus Koller kept
to the more literal and non-committal translation good gold. The term occurs first
in the time of Ramses and if it really signifies fine gold, the process for part-

Some difference of opinion exists as to whether the ancients recovered the silver or whether it passed into
the slag. On this point, see Moller, Orienialistische Literaiurzeitung, Vol. i8, col. 79, and Rose, The
Precious Metals, Comprising Gold, Silver and Platinum, New York, 1912, p. 128, referring to F. Hoefer,
Histoire de la chimie, Vol. I, Paris, i866, pp. 117-18. Gowland assumed that the silver was recovered; cf.
our p. 21 and Archaeologia, Vol. XIX, pp, 136, 137.

As given in Diodorus III, 14. The process was described also by Strabo (III, 2, 8) and Pliny (XXXIII,
25).

Archaeologia, Vol. XIX, pp. 137-8 and briefly, Journ. Royal Anthr. Inst., Vol. XLII, p. 257. Cf. Berthelot,
Annales, II, p. 157; Rose, Precious Metals, pp. 5-6, Metallurgy of Gold, 6th ed., p. 436. Moller, loc. cit.,
supposed the parting to have been accomplished in late antiquity by melting with antimony sulphide, but
in H. C. and L. H. Hoover, Agricola, p. 458, note 21, the various methods of parting known in the Mid¬
dle Ages are reviewed, and the statement made that no ancient text has been found which seems to refer
to the sulphide processes; in the view of these authors cementation with salt is the only process certainly
alluded to by Greek and Roman writers; “the Romans amalgamated gold with mercury, but whether
they took advantage of the principle to recover gold from ores we do not know” (p. 297, note 12).

It has interested us to find that at the International Exposition held at Philadelphia in 1876, the exhibit
of Etruscan jewelry was divided into groups of “primitive” jewels of “uncupellated gold” and orna¬
ments of “pure, cupellated gold”; see: Special Catalogue of the Collection of Antiquities Exhibited by
Signor Alessandro Castellani of Rome in Rooms U, V, IV, Memorial Hall, Philadelphia, 1876.

^77 Berthelot, Annales du Service, II, p. 158; Annales de chimie, 7th series, Vol. XXI, p. 204; Comptes ren-
dus. Academie des Sciences, Vol. CXXXI, p. 463. The sample of gold foil or leaf analyzed contained 99.8
per cent, of chemically pure gold, equalling a quality of 23.95 carat. Modern “fine” gold, that which is
called “commercially pure,” is never quite pure chemically, but often attains to 99.98 per cent, of the
chemically pure metal. The purest gold used in antiquity may well have been that refined for coinage.
Barclay V. Head in The Numismatic Chronicle and Journal of the Numismatic Society, London, 3rd
Series, Vol. VII (1887), p. 303, reported a gold stater of Croesus as having a specific gravity of 20.09,
above that of ordinary fine gold, which is 19.3. The compression due to striking the coin and other
factors may have influenced the density of the metal. Cf. also G. F. Hill, A Handbook of Greek and
Roman Coins, London, 1899, P- 73 i references there given. Mr. Hill cites examples ranging in con¬
tent from 95.8 to 99.8 per cent, of pure gold, none quite equal to modern fine gold. We do not overlook
Gowland’s suggestion in the Journ. Royal Anthr. Inst., Vol. XLII, p. 253, that even Berthelot’s sample may
possibly have been of vein gold. All authorities agree, however, that native gold containing as much as
98.8 per cent, of pure gold is of very rare occurrence: cf. Clarke, Data of Geochemistry, p. 648.

178 It was not used before the XXth Dyn., according to the evidence of the Berlin Dictionary (communication
of Dr. Grapow).

[26]

ing gold and silver must have been known in the twelfth century B.C., but we must
take account of the possibility that the term refers merely to the richer grades of
native gold. In order, possibly, to determine when a process of separation came in,
it is desirable to obtain a series of analyses of reliably dated gold from the period
between the Eighteenth and Twenty-seventh Dynasties (1350-525 B.C.). Dated
gold objects representing this period, except from the Nineteenth Dynasty, are not
all too plentiful, but now that, by the microchemical method, gold may be tested accu¬
rately without injuring appreciably the object from which the minute sample is taken,
there is more hope that such analyses may one day be made.

The metallurgical methods in use in antiquity were inadequate to eliminate the
hard, white metals of the platinum group sometimes present in very small quantities
with native gold.^^^ Cailliaud, in the last century, called attention to the occur¬
rence of “platiniferous gold,” yellow-gray in color, in the southern Sudan, but it
would seem that platinum and kindred metals occur too frequently uncombined, as
minute grains, associated with native gold, to admit of any successful attempt to
locate the source of the ancient gold containing these impurities. Rarely, the
Egyptians even obtained a native platinum alloy in a quantity to be beaten into
sheet, for Berthelot found a narrow strip of such an alloy inlaid in a metal case
for an ivory tablet; its resistance to tests was not only greater than that of
gold, but greater than that of pure platinum, and he considered it a complex
native alloy, containing several of the metals of the appearance of platinum,
and even some gold; it was perhaps thought to be a kind of silver by the
Egyptians. Presumably the specks of white metal in ancient gold have been noticed
by many observers, but they have seldom been referred to in archaeological writings.
We have seen only Professor Petrie’s references'®^ to osmiridium as occurring in
gold dated to the Twelfth Dynasty and Mr. Pollard’s remark that no evidence of
platinum was found in the samples of gold from the tomb of Queen Tiy’s par¬
ents.^®® White metallic particles were found of late abundantly present in the gold
of a remarkable Greek bowl dated to the seventh century B. C.^®^ and we noticed
similar specks of white metal in a gold earring of the type of our No. 44, from Mem¬
phis, now in the University Museum, Philadelphia. Many gold objects of the pres¬
ent catalogue, in all about two dozen, contain such particles; the specks vary in size
from those noticeable to the unaided eye down to those so small as to be visible
only with a microscope; usually, however, after one’s attention has been called to
them, they are seen without the microscope. These impurities are perhaps of im¬
portance with reference to the subject of forgeries. To say that their presence
in its material is proof of the antiquity of an object would be hazardous, since they
have been known to occur sometimes in modern commercially refined gold,^®® and

Gowland, The Metallurgy of the Non-Ferrous Metals, 3rd ed., London, 1921, p. 254; Clarke, Data of
Geochemistry, p. 648 under C, D, E.

Voyage a Meroe, Vol. Ill, p. 19.

181 “Sur les metaux egyptiens. Etudes sur un etui metallique et ses inscriptions,” pp. 121-41 in: Monu¬
ments et memoires (Fondation Eugene Piot), Vol. 7, Paris, 1900; also in Archeologie et histoire des sci¬
ences, Paris, 1906, pp. 25 ff. Cf. Vernier, Bijouterie, p. i.

Ancient Egypt, 1915, p. 23; Naqada and Balias, p. 66.

183 In Quibell, Tomb of Yuaa, p. 78.

181 In the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, published by Mr. L. D. Caskey; Boston Bulletin, Vol. XX (1922),
pp. 65-8.

185 Rose, Metallurgy, 6th ed., p. 435.

[27]

their absence must not be taken as condemning a piece, but it is perhaps not too
much to assert that their presence in the gold of an object of doubtful authenticity
is reassuring and should have weight in considering its claims to be accepted as
ancient.^®®

Thus far, our discussion has started from alloys in which gold predominates. We
turn now to silver, and give first the analysis of a sample taken from the silver
beads found in a predynastic tomb at El Mahasna, which were presented to the
Musee du Cinquantenaire in Brussels.This sample is probably the earliest silver
utilized by man to be analyzed, dating as it did from at least the fourth, if not
the fifth, millennium B. C. The analysis, kindly made by M. Huybrechts, profes¬
sor of analytical chemistry in the University of Liege, follows:

“Silica (Si02). 2.55 per cent.

Metallic silver. 4.07 “ “

Ferric oxide (Fe203). 2.55 “ “ (corresponding to

1.67 “ “ of iron, Fe)

Some traces of calcium in the form of the carbonate.’’

The 90.83 per cent, remaining consists of compounds resulting from the alteration
of the silver, notably of chloride of silver (soluble in ammonia, out of which it
can be precipitated by sulphuric acid) and a little carbonate of silver (the coating
of the beads effervesces with the acids). The amounts of silica and of ferric oxide
are actually the same, but this is mere chance, for in the unaltered object the iron
was present not in the state of ferric oxide, but in the state of metallic iron of
which the weight is 0.7 of that of the oxide; the proportions of iron and silica in
the metallic silver, consequently, were not equal.”

It is not within our province to judge whether the absence of lead from this earliest
Egyptian silver is unfavorable to the view previously mentioned, that from the first,
silver was reduced from lead ores. But however this silver was obtained, it would
seem that Egypt may never have gone through the stage of using coarse alloys of
silver and lead such as those found much later in Cyprus in the Second Bronze
Age (about 2000-1500 B. C.).^®® Further, three samples of silver from objects of
the nineteenth century B. C., analyzed by Berthelot,^^^ were without lead; and a
sample of silver of about 1400 B. C. analyzed by Mr. Pollard, contained 8.4 per
cent, of gold, and 4.3 per cent, of copper present with the silver, but no lead.^^®
Among the silver alloys represented in our pieces, four, to be sure, contain lead,
but only in very small quantity: Nos. 26, 30, 32, and 151. The late ring shank. No.
21, is apparently of fine silver, dating from a time when, probably, metallurgical

186 Only, however, when distinctly irregular in form. As explained to us by the United States Assay Office
at New York, there is little possibility, if any, of these crystals occurring in gold refined by the electrolytic
process used in all our government refineries, although they may occur in the sulphuric acid method of
parting. We had noticed a bright white spot in one of our modern experimental pieces made of rolled
gold and with reference to this were told: “Where refined gold is subjected to mechanical treatment such
as rolling, there is always danger of contamination. Gold rolled out on rolls which have previously been
used on silver or platinum will very often show bright spots of these metals no matter how much care has
been used in cleaning the rolls. A drop of nitric acid will readily determine silver.”

187 Ayrton and Loat, El Mahasna, p. 30, G.

188 John L. Myres, Handbook of the Cesnola Collection of Antiquities from Cyprus (M.M.A.), New York,
1914, p. XXIX.

189 De Morgan, Dahchour, I, p. 146; Annales de chimie, Vol. IV, pp. 573-4.

190 Quibell, Tomb of Yuaa, p. 78.

[28]

methods were equal to freeing the silver not only of lead, but of all other impurities.
The silver alloy of No. 35 contains 10 per cent, of gold. Hitherto unknown from
Egypt is a silver-tin alloy, No. 27, in which the tin is present to the amount of
15.2 per cent. Strangely, even fewer analyses of silver from Egypt have been pub¬
lished hitherto than of gold; we have seen only the four mentioned above and In
view of this dearth give the following analysis of a sample which we owe to Mr.
Lythgoe’s Interest in this Investigation and which was taken from a fragmentary sil¬
ver vessel of the time of Ramses II (1292-1225 B. C.) :

Weight as received. . . .
“ of gold found.

“ “ silver “ .

“ “ copper “ .

“ “ lead “ .

0.48312 grams

0.00648 “ = 3.24 per cent.

0*18493 “ =92.46 “ “

0.00770 “ = 3.85 “ “

0.00090 “ = 0.45 “ “

Of this alloy. Dr. Whitfield, who analyzed it, wrote to us: “It Is without doubt a
gold-silver alloy with the copper and lead added for strength and hardness, and it
compares well with one variety of the modern ‘White Gold’.’’

Dr. Whitfield’s opinion that in this ancient silver alloy the copper and lead were
deliberately added brings us to another problem, one of great interest for the study
of man’s progress in the Industrial arts, and that problem concerns the time when al¬
loys made by man and adapted to specific purposes were introduced. Undoubtedly
for centuries, possibly for millenniums, only alloys found native were In use. Un¬
doubtedly the first experiments were made in combining these alloys, long before
man was In possession of the pure metals; indeed, at the present day, alloys are
not always put together exclusively of commercially pure metals, but other alloys may
enter into the new combination. Some ancient alloys put together by man may be
indeterminable as such, because approximating to combinations found in nature.
This, we presume, is the reason why Berthelot, after querying whether or not
certain alloys of the nineteenth century B. C., which contained gold, silver, and
copper, were man’s work,^^^ gave only an inconclusive answer.^^^ But it should
be possible to trace the coming in in Egypt of alloys identifiable by their compo¬
sition as the products of human experiments and this has not been thoroughly done.
Dr. Gladstone was of the opinion that native alloys were used exclusively until
into the Eighteenth Dynasty,^^^ but none of the analyses he published revealed
more than a trace of copper. The earliest alloys of gold, silver, and copper,
known to us, which contain copper in such a quantity as to render it improbable that
they were found native do indeed date from the Eighteenth Dynasty, around 1400
B. Berthelot’s three analyses of silver of about 1900 B. all revealed the

presence of copper, of which the highest percentage was 2.18, but we take it that
this amount of copper would not be surprising in silver found native or reduced

See references, n. 171, above, under E.

1^2 cf. Gotze in Dorpfeld, Troja und I lion, Vol. I, p. 366, who pointed out that no investigations had been
made, which would enable one to decide whether the electrum of strata II-V at Troy was native or
artificial.

The Chemical News, Jan. ii, 1901.

See above, n. 171, under F.

195 See above, n. 189.

[29]

from lead ores.^®® The alloys determined in the present catalogue do not solve the
question, for none among them, except possibly the late No. 35, is of a character to
compel the view that it was artificially made.

An exhaustive study of Egyptian gold-silver alloys would require the considera¬
tion of the terms used in Egyptian texts for different varieties of gold. We have
already commented briefly on the term good gold and wish here to touch on only
one other, that still supposed, outside the ranks of Egyptologists, to be connected
etymologically with the Greek word asemos, and, like it, to be about equivalent in its
principal meaning to that other vague word for a gold-silver alloy, electrum, which
has come down from Greek through Latin into our modern vocabulary. When
Richard Lepsius long ago wrote the valuable monograph which has remained
the point of departure for all study of the literary and inscriptional evidence about
the metals and gem-stones used by the ancient Egyptians, the word in question
was supposed to contain the consonants wsm; Lepsius vocalized the word asem and
in this form it occurs frequently in the writings of Berthelot and others who have
interested themselves in the history of the metals in Egypt. But the earlier read¬
ing of the hieroglyphs with which the word is written has been proved to be in-
correct,^®® therefore the supposed derivation of asevios from the ancient Egyptian
word falls to the ground. The supposed meaning of the Egyptian word, “electrum,’’
also probably is not correct. It seems indeed sometimes to be appropriate, but the
distinction between the word nb, gold, and this one, dCitt, which is the subject of our
remarks, probably has nothing to do with composition or color. The one is the
common prose word for gold, the other a poetical, even at times, affected, word also
for gold,^^^ Presumably through many centuries both words could be applied to all
gold-silver alloys which were not pale enough to be called preferably white
(metal),that is, silver; there is, however, a rare term white gold,^^^ which occurs
in the Harris papyrus, and which it would seem, must mean electrum.

In order to indicate roughly the apparent relative character of the alloys of
the present catalogue which have not been submitted to chemical analysis—as
these alloys appeared to our eyes after being freshly cleaned with mineral oil

Gowland, Archaeologia, Vol. XIX, p. 131, says that native silver has been found to contain up to ten per
cent, of copper, and on p. 143 he speaks of copper as universally present in cupelled silver and gives an
analysis of silver, supposedly obtained from argentiferous lead by cupellation, which contained 3.23 per
cent, of copper.

Die Metalle in den aegyptischen Inschriften (Abhandlung der Kbnigl. Akad. der IVissenschaften zti Berlin,
18/1), Berlin, 1872.

Gardiner in A.Z., Vol. 41 (1904), pp. 73-6; Sethe, A.Z., Vol. 44, p. 132.

199 Gardiner, Recueil de travaux relatifs a la philologie et a Varcheologie egypiiennes et assyriennes, Paris,
New Series, Vol. II (1912), p. 205, apropos of Sinuhe 308; p. 154 in Erman, Aegyptisches Glossar, Berlin,
1904, now superseded by Erman and Grapow, Aegyptisches Handnuorterbuch, Berlin, 1921; see p. 219.

200 xhe noun to which “white” applies is not expressed; we do not see the necessity of supposing it to be
“gold,” as many commentators have done, for the whiteness of silver is a striking enough characteristic
to have given a name to the metal, without implying a comparison w'ith gold, and it is entirely uncertain
whether in Egypt gold was known before silver. Like the writing of the word gold, that of silver termi¬
nates with a picture of an archaic bead necklace, which may have been conceived as made entirely of
silver, even if the supply of silver was inadequate to the production of very many such necklaces. We
are, however, ignorant of economic conditions in the north of Egypt in the early time vs'hen these terms
came into existence.

201 It is not, however, of late origin, but occurs in the Old Kingdom, as Dr. Grapow has informed us, citing
Petrie, Medum, London, 1892, PI. 13. Cf. now, Erman-Ranke, Aegypten, p. 554.

202 A mineral oil dissolves sulphide of silver which is the chief ingredient of the ordinary tarnish on silver.

[30]

and pure grain alcohol—we have used the following terms: gold, pale gold, electrum,
silver. “Gold” is confined to the pieces of high carat of which the color is a rich
yellow; when the color is actually that of fine gold we have said so in our text.
“Pale gold” indicates a somewhat paler yellow, and “electrum” an alloy only
slightly tinged with yellow, intermediate in color between “pale gold” and “silver.”
The surface appearance of gold is sometimes affected by foreign matter adhering to
it In a very thin film, and such matter is especially liable to be present on jewels which
were once In contact with the mummy or on foil once gilding an object by means
of an intermediate layer of plaster.^^^ Dr. Gladstone, on the other hand, found
on samples of ancient gold a tarnish attributable to chemical change, of which he
wrote as follows: “Some of the foil is much tarnished, and this I found to be due
to the formation of chloride of silver, which of course turns dark in color when ex¬
posed to the light. As this appears as a superficial crust, we seem here to have an
instance of the slow diffusion of one part of the alloy—the silver—till it reaches
the outside surface where It meets with the chlorides that exist in the sands of the
desert.” But even after jewels have been cleaned In the manner named above, a
slight red-brown to dark discoloration may gradually creep over the whole or part
of their surface, especially over those of the lower carats. This was the cause, one
time, of a mistaken conviction on our part, that some of the pieces of the present
collection contained copper. Mr. Whitlock kindly tested one of them. No. 114,
In a flame, when copper, if present, would have Imparted a greenish tinge to
the flame, and this test which resulted adversely to the presence of copper, was later
confirmed by Mr. Nyland’s analysis of the gold of the companion piece. No. 115.
We are Indebted to Mr. Nyland for the following statement: “I do not know what
the reddish color may be due to. I feel sure it is no separate metal, but It may be
that Interference colors on a thin film of impurity (grease, moisture) produce this.
If the Egyptians used a flux in soldering (like a chloride salt) as in the gold diadem
(No. 2), the alloy may have changed a little by this action. These are two sugges¬
tions which are both plausible to my mind.”

The last subject to be considered in a general way in this Introduction is that of
the technical processes represented in the jewels of the present catalogue. We
shall, indeed, leave the majority of these processes, such as chasing, engraving, cast¬
ing, striking in dies, and gilding, to be taken up incidentally, so far as they are il¬
lustrated in our gold and silver objects, but about a few of them, the inlaying of
gold, the production of granulated decoration, soldering, coloring, wire-making, and
the making of artificial pearls, some discussion here Is desirable.

Moller called attention to an amulet case of the First Dynasty as affording the
earliest known example of gold inlaid with another substance.The exact nature
of the inlay has never been determined, although the description of it as a “dark
blue paste” suggests that it may have been worked in a soft state into the depres¬
sions prepared for it. The characteristic Egyptian inlays for gold, however, which
are well Illustrated here in Nos. 3 and 104, were semi-precious stones, which were
fitted to their destined positions by grinding. When glass was used instead of

203 So Berthelot in Annales du Service, II, p. 159.

204 xhe Chemical Nevos, loc. cit,

205 In Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. 61, n. 2; original publ.: Reisner, Naga-ed-Der, I, pp. 31, 143, PI. 6,

No. I.

[31]

gem-stones it was made ready In the same way, by grinding the cold, hard glass
into pieces of the required shapes; and glazed pottery was similarly employed.^®®
The Egyptians were very skillful in utilizing glass by this method, for some marvel¬
ous portrait heads have survived which have been patiently worked out of pieces
of a glass found In nature, obsidian.The term “cloisonne work” may be
applied to the inlaid jewelry from Egypt without doing violence to its derivation,
since the cloisons are present in the Egyptian work, but It really connotes quite a
different technique. In genuine cloisonne work, the cells are filled with enamel, a
vitreous substance, which is put into them In powdered or sand-like form and then
fused into place, when it fills the cells completely and unites very firmly with the gold;
finally the visible surface is ground smooth.^®® No heat was applied to the great ma¬
jority, if to any, of the comparable Egyptian jewels after the gold shell with Its
cells had been completed (No. 98 b), nor was the visible surface ever given the
smoothness and continuity of modern cloisonne work. The Egyptian Inlays were
held in place principally by the bed of cement in which they were laid; in the

better pieces they fitted closely enough to be held also, in small part, by the gold

walls of the cloisons, but they never filled the cells so completely as does the

enamel of cloisonne work. The Egyptian technique was invented In the Old King¬
dom or earlier, for it is found imitated in dummy ceremonial vessels from the
funerary temple of the Fifth Dynasty king Neferirkere; also in many of the pic¬
tures of royal adornments on coffins of the period around 2000 B. C., which had
their Inspiration in the king’s jewels as developed by the close of the Old Kingdom,
it is suggested in their form, colors, and materials (given in legends).Mr. Marc
Rosenberg has commented on the fact that this technique of Inlaying gold and sil¬
ver with stone and glass Is only one branch of a technique much practised in ancient
Egypt, which included the similar inlaying of wood, stone, and other materials.
He has also discussed some other, less well understood, Egyptian inlays, those

which were not ground out in one piece from solid material, opposing the theory
that they constituted true enamel,although he would regard them as forerunners
of enamel, and suggesting that they consisted of powdered substances mixed with

206 Good examples in Schafer, op. cit., No. 92.

207 Notably a head of Amenemhet III, formerly in the MacGregor collection, which in 1922 passed for the
sum of £10,000 into a private collection; see Burl. Fine Arts Club, Caial. Egypt. Art, 1922, PI. I; J. E. A.,
Vol. IV (1917), PI. XIV. Another example of lesser merit is in the Metropolitan Museum of Art; see
Mace, The Murch Collection of Egyptian Antiquities (Supplement, Bull. M. M. A., Jan. 1911, reprinted
1916), p. 26 and Fig. 17.

208 'j'hg technique as practised by modern craftsmen is described in Herbert Maryon, Metalwork and Enamel¬
ling. A Practical Treatise on Gold and Silversmiths* Work and Their Allied Crafts, London, 1912, Ch.
XXIII and H. Wilson, Silverwork and Jewelry. A Text-Book for Students and Workers in Metal (No.
II in “The Artistic Crafts Series of Technical Handbooks,” edited by W. R. Lethaby), 2nd ed., New York,
1912, Ch. XXIV; Henry Cunynghame, On the Theory and Practice of Art-Enamelling upon Metals, West¬
minster, 1899. A fuller treatment from the historical point of view is contained in Marc Rosenberg,
Zellenschmelz II. Technik (in Geschichte der Goldschmiedekunst auf technischer Grundlage)^ Frankfurt
am Main, 1921.

209 Borchardt, Das Grabdenkmal des Konigs Nefer-ir-ke-re (iite wissenschaftliche Veroffentlichung der
D. O. G.), Leipsic, 1909, pp. 59 flF., Pis. I, IV; also Breasted, Ancient Times, a History of the Early
World. An Introduction to the Study of Ancient History and the Career of Early Man, Boston and New
York, 1916, frontispiece.

210 Evidence exists also in Old Kingdom representations of contemporary jewelry.

Aegyptische Einlage in Gold und Silber, Frankfurt am Main, 1905.

Zellenschmelz I. Entstehung, 1921.

[32]

a binder, which were pressed into the cells to give them the right shape and then
taken out and heated,or, within the cells, perhaps, were subjected to a low
heat,^^^ not sufficient to fuse them. Even the enameled bracelets from Meroe,
dating from the first century after Christ, differed from the eventual developed
cloisonne enamel in not having smoothly ground surfaces,although their cells were
filled by fusing powdered glass into them. Mr. Rosenberg has also discussed cer¬
tain metallic inlays in Queen Ahhotep’s jewelry, which he regards as the earliest
known niello. All this subject of the inlays other than gem-stones, glass, and
glazed pottery, appearing in Egyptian jewelry,^^'^ requires further investigation,
and a study of the new, abundant material from the royal ateliers of the late
Eighteenth Dynasty, of which the newspaper reports are just appearing as our text
undergoes its last revision, may be expected to clear up definitely many of these
questions.

The subject of granulations, such as those which form the main, or subsidiary,
decoration of Nos. i, 19, 64, 69, 82, 83 and 95, has been much discussed—in recent
years, especially by Mr. Rosenberg and Mr. C. Densmore Curtis; to the important
monographs of these authors we refer the reader for a general treatment of gran¬
ulated work and for references to the earlier writings on the subject. Mr. Curtis,
who had the opportunity to examine the entire series of Egyptian granulated jewels
preserved in the Cairo Museum, and brought to this study an intimate acquaintance
with other ancient granulated work, has commented in a valuable and informing way
on the technique and varying artistic merit of the several pieces. We have not had
the opportunity, nor ever the purpose, to go into the subject in the same compre¬
hensive manner, but the presence in the Abbott collection of one granulated piece
(No. i) which is apparently as old as any in Cairo, and, indeed, as any piece known
from antiquity, has led us, in accordance with the general plan of this catalogue, to
inquire how the granulations were made.

This inquiry includes two main questions: first, how the grains of gold were
produced, second, how they were fastened in a pattern to the object to be dec¬
orated. The first question is comparatively unimportant, because the tendency of
molten metal to gather and then solidify in spherical form may be taken advantage
of in very many ways. Our preparator readily produced grains found when tested

Zellenschmel% I, p. 7 and p. 8, n. i.

cit., p. II. Cf. summary of development leading to true cloisonne enamel on p. 44.

Op, cit., p. 42.

Geschichte der Goldschmiedekunst. Abteilung: Niello, Darmstadt, 1907, p. 3. Cf. our p. 239, also M.
Vernier’s account of a kind of niello of Dyn. XXVI, discovered by Berthelot, in Bijouterie, p. 30. This
was found in the tablet case mentioned by us on p. 27, with references to Berthelot’s discussion of it.

217 Of great interest in this connection are the parts of a bead collar found at Enkomi on the island of Cyprus,
of which the units are strikingly Egyptian in design, but the technique is different from that of any
work actually found in Egypt thus far studied. Here, as described by Mr. Rosenberg, the cells are filled
with enamel, but are defined not by strips of gold sheet but by wires which project on the surface above
the level of the enamel. Authorities are not agreed as to whether these pieces were made in Cyprus
under Egyptian influence or imported from Egypt. See: Rosenberg, Zellenschmelz I, pp. 12-14, 44; Mar¬
shall, Jenvellery, No. 581, and the references given there. Cf. M. Vernier, who recognizes that Egyptian
inlaid work requires further study: Bulletin de Vlnstitut Yranqais d*Archeologie Orientale, Cairo, Vol.
VIII (1911), pp. 39 - 40 -

218 Rosenberg, Geschichte der Goldschmiedekunst. Abteilung: Granulation, Frankfurt a. M., 1918. Curtis,
Ancient Granulated Je<v:elry of the Vllth Century B.C. and Earlier (in Vol. I of the Memoirs of the Ameri¬
can Academy in Rome)^ Bergamo, 1917; also an earlier paper “An Early Graeco-Etruscan Fibula” in The
Journal of Roman Studies, London, Vol. IV (1914), pp. 17-25.

[33]

with a micrometer caliper to be as small, and when compared under the micro¬
scope to be about as well formed, as those of the amulet No. i; he made these grains
by cutting sheet gold into tiny rectangles, which he then arranged on a charcoal block
and melted by directing a blow-pipe flame vertically upon them. Another technique,
that used by Mr. Heins, will be described presently, and in the literature of the
subject many possible ways of obtaining the grains are suggested. Probably during the
many centuries and in the many countries in which ancient granulated decoration
was produced, more than one procedure for fastening the grains to the gold object
was developed. Whatever the variations in the details, however, all methods re¬
duce to two principal ones, that of fusing, or sweating, the grains in place and
that of soldering them to their ground, and for both these ways some kind of ad¬
hesive matter was usually necessary to hold the grains in position until a metallic
union could be effected. The majority of the experiments attempting to discover the
secrets of the ancient processes have been made with solder. So far as the Castel-
lani firm revealed their methods of making the ‘‘Etruscan jewelry”, once so popu¬
lar, their process of attaching the grains was one of soldering.^^^ Mr. A. H. Smith,
in the article “Jewelry” in the eleventh edition of the “Encyclopaedia Britannica”,
went so far as to imply that the Castellanis solved the problem which so long had
puzzled students of ancient jewelry; but this is too much to say for their work.^^^
Mr. Rosenberg illustrated side by side, in the size of the originals and enlarged, an
ancient head of Pan and the Castellani reproduction of it, showing how the grains
of the modern piece are half embedded in the solder, in contrast to the ancient grains
which are free over about three-fourths of their surface, and how in other particu¬
lars the modern piece fails to reach the high standard of the ancient work. Mr.
Rosenberg suggested that the ancient grains were fused in place and expressed the
view that this fusing was made possible by an absorption of carbon into the grains
while they were being manufactured, which enabled their surfaces to melt at a
slightly lower temperature than that of the gold to which they were to be attached.

219 One searches the writings of Augusto Castellani in vain for the slightest hint of how he really operated;
Thomas B. Wigley in The Art of the Goldsmith and Jeweller, 2nd ed., London, 1911, p. 122, remarked:
“Unfortunately, Signor Castellani has not revealed to us the methods and processes he adopted, so that any
further attempt to imitate the Etruscan style of jewellery must be preceded by a thorough study of the sub¬
ject.” But Alessandro Castellani (see passage quoted by Marshall, Jewellery, p. LIV, n. 4) speaks of
“substituting arseniates for borax as solvents and reducing the solder to an impalpable file-dust.” Nor
have the methods used by Messrs. Tiffany and Company in reproducing jewelry from the island of
Cyprus ever been described. Mr. H. W. Kent and Miss Winifred Howe kindly called our attention to a
passage in the Annual Report of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, for the year ending May i, 1878:
“Messrs. Tiffany and Company, of this city, w'ere authorized to make reproductions of some of the finest
specimens of old jewelry; and the necklaces, bracelets, rings and other beautiful w’orks in gold which they
have made in facsimile have been widely scattered, conveying in many directions the ideas and instruc¬
tion of Phoenician and Grecian artists.” In the years 1877 and 1878 many pieces of jewelry were tempo¬
rarily committed to their care for precise study and reproduction. These reproductions awakened much
interest at the Paris International Exposition of 1878. No doubt, for many years, the demand in New
York for the so-called Etruscan jewelry, referred to in Mrs. Wharton’s The Age of Innocence, Ch. XII,
was partially met by these American-made jewels, inspired by ancient Cypriote pieces!

220 The Castellani brothers never claimed so much. Mr. Rosenberg cites Augusto Castellani as saying in
1862 in his DelV oreficeria antica (a rare pamphlet published in Florence of which the New York His¬
torical Society possesses a copy) that they had solved the problem only “in massima parte,” and Alessan¬
dro Castellani in the passage referred to in the preceding note, after telling of the achievements of his
workmen from the Abruzzi, continued: “Nevertheless, we are convinced that the ancients had some special
chemical process for fixing these strings of small grains of which we are ignorant; for, in spite of all
our efforts, we have been unable to reproduce some exquisitely fine workmanship. . . .”

[34]

Mr. Curtis, commenting on Rosenberg’s suggestion, said that the method of fusing
could not have been generally used because in examining ancient granulated work
under magnification, one is able constantly to see the solder, and in his discussion
of individual ancient pieces of granulated work, he referred again and again to the
solder. When we first examined with a microscope the most elaborately granulated
jewel of the present collection, the amulet No. i, we, too, thought we saw the
solder. But Mr. Heins has taught us that after grains have been fused in place
their appearance when magnified may be the same as if they had been delicately sol¬
dered, that is, they are held to the ground and in many instances to one another,
by bridges of metal which one would readily suppose to consist of solder.

We have no intention to generalize as to how ancient granulated work was
done, but think it may be useful to show that Mr. Heins did secure, in experi¬
ments here, by the method of fusing, a close approximation to the appearance of the
ancient work on our Egyptian amulet. Three of his small experimental pieces are
reproduced in their actual size in our Plate XXXVII, B to D, and the piece D is
given in the same plate, at A, enlarged to the scale of the double row of grains
on Plate II, g. The plates fall far short of being as convincing as is an examina¬
tion of the actual pieces, in various positions, by daylight, with the help of a
microscope, because in the plates only a single illumination of each piece is caught,
and we must ask the reader in part to take our word for it that the resemblance of
the experimental pieces to the ancient work is very close. The piece D is actually
a more successful job, as the amount of connecting metal is less than in our ancient
example. The piece B is more nearly of the quality of the decoration of our amu¬
let, but as the photomicrograph of it was less successful than that of piece D, we have
reproduced the latter. For the piece B, Mr. Fleins made the grains in depressions
in a block of charcoal and afterwards used only the ordinary flux, borax, to hold
them in place until they could be united with one another and the ground by
fusing. The technique of the piece D and Mr. Heins’ explanation of it, we give
in his own words: ‘‘Through careful manipulation of the blow-pipe, a thin sheet
of high carat gold may be heated to such a degree that merely the surface will
melt, without causing the metal to shrivel or blister. Since it is possible to liquefy
the surface layer of the gold, it is quite obvious that the molten metal may act as
solder. The grains of this experimental piece all range between 0.0175 and 0.0180
inches in diameter and their gold is of twenty-two carat. They were made in the
following way: first, small pieces of equal length were cut from very fine wire
and placed on the curving walls of a large hollow in a charcoal block; from the
bottom of the hollow a hole had been pierced downward through the block, and
the snippets of gold, immediately on becoming globular under the blow-pipe flame,
by which they had been brought to a white heat, rolled down toward the hole and
fell through it, plunging into a cup of water, placed below the block to receive
them. The movement of the hot grains helped to conserve their spherical form
which was then solidified by the sudden cooling; the grains were now pickled and
afterwards well rinsed in water. No flux wa used because gold of high carat forms very
little ‘oxide’, and borax, the usual flux, would have had the effect to hold the grains
to the charcoal block as they formed, preventing them from rolling. I have found
by comparison under the microscope that grains made in this way are more nearly
spherical and smoother of surface than those made in minute depressions in a char-

[35]

coal block. A small piece of sheet gold, 0.042 inches in thickness, was next placed on
a charcoal block and to the surface of the gold was added a drop of gum tragacanth.
The grains were put into the gum where they assembled in a mass, after which excess
gum was removed with a blotting paper, and the grains were pushed with a wire
until arranged after the manner of one of the zigzags on the ancient amulet, with
every grain, except those at the ends, touching four others. The gold was now
heated from above with a small blue flame—gently at first, to dry the gum; had
it been heated rapidly the sizzling gum would probably have displaced the grains.
The heating was continued until both the sheet and the grains reached a brilliant
light-orange hue, or until the surface metal began to shimmer and glisten. Too
much heat will cause the grains to run together and to combine with the sheet, but
if the work is brought to just the right degree of heat, the molten metal from the
surfaces of the sheet and grains flows by capillary attraction to the points of
contact, as if it were solder, and the grains become ‘fused’ to one another and
the sheet. The difficulty of fastening grains to a cylindrical surface may be obviated
by first fusing the grains together into a ‘beaded’ wire, and then carefully bending
this beaded wire to conform with the contour to which it is to be applied (Plate
XXXVII, C) and fusing it in place; this method requires close attention because
the grains are submitted to two heatings, and the spaces which should remain open
may very easily become filled with excess metal, ruining the appearance of the work.
Large numbers of grains completely covering a given area can be fused in posi¬
tion in one heating. Joints, too, if the gold is of high carat, can be fused to¬
gether, and wires and bezels, if also of high carat and to be applied to gold of the
same, or of only slightly varying, high carat, can be fused in position by the same
operation of heating as that employed for the grains. Thus the craftsman has
the opportunity to create a limitless number of designs. The advantages of fusing
are the ease with which it can be done and the uniformity of color which it in¬
sures to the work.” To this account we may add that although soldering is without
question the most practical way to unite larger pieces of gold, when numerous min¬
ute grains are to be soldered, the operation is no longer a simple and easy one; the
technical books for craftsmen give detailed directions for a somewhat troublesome
process of soldering to be employed in the case of grains which are not so small
as our ancient ones. Mr. Heins, at least, thinks it impossible by soldering to keep
the work as delicate in appearance, with as much of the surface of the grains left
free, as is possible by fusing.

In the course of writing this catalogue, we have often been asked whether the
ancient craftsman had magnifying glasses and if not how he was able to do such
minute work. There is no evidence from Egypt of the use of magnifying glasses
in antiquity. Glass lenses utilized as bull’s eyes and belonging to the Roman period
have been found,^-^ and, conceivably, men of earlier times may have chanced upon
pieces of rock crystal which would magnify, but we doubt if any such ancient use
of rock crystal was ever, at the most, more than accidental and exceptional. In¬
deed there was far less need of magnifying glasses than the casual observer thinks.
The experimental pieces of our Plate XXXVII were made without any such aid. We,

221 wigley, op. cit., p. 124; Maryon, Metalnvork, pp. 64-6; cf. on soldering very fine twists of wire, R. LI. B.

Rathbone, Unit Jefwellery, London and New York, 1921, p. 237.

222 Petrie, Hawara, Biahmu, and Arsinoe, London, 1889, p. 12, PI. XX, 9, 10.

[36]

truly, endeavoring to find out how the ancient work was done, are helped by see¬
ing it magnified, but it was not necessary to see its details so clearly in order to
produce it. Well practised routine processes were employed in its manufacture and
by these, many effects were obtained which the ancient craftsman did not see so
well as do the modern students of his work. He was led to use such tiny units
because he instinctively liked the resultant refinement of style. Accordingly, our
Plate XXXV, “Ancient Mishaps and Repairs,” is somewhat unfair to him! As
we have magnified his mischances, they never looked to him and his contemporaries,
but the purpose of the plate is to make easily evident that the ancient workman did
not always reach the high pinnacle of perfection to which he is sometimes supposed
to have attained, and to show what some of his occasional troubles were. In No.
3 d we see a panel of solder which was heated only enough to make it stick to
the gold loop, while the joint below, which it should have closed, gaps wide open;
in No. 9 c we observe where a panel of solder melted, to be sure, but instead of
closing the joint, gathered in a little oval mass outside it; the other enlargements
illustrate the patches of sheet gold which, at least as early as the Eighteenth Dy¬
nasty, were skillfully soldered, or fused, over burned places; and in No. 86 b, fur¬
ther, the wires are seen to be buried in an excess of solder—or in their own once
molten metal, if, in this piece, as we think possible, the process of fusing was used
unsuccessfully.

From the preceding discussion, it will be evident that we are by no means in
a position always to distinguish between soldered and fused joints. A modern
jeweler relies upon fine finish to render the joints unnoticeable; in an overlapping
seam all the visible solder may be polished away and in a contact joint, as in the
shanks of finger rings which have had to be altered, it may be reduced to a fine
hair line of paler color which the ordinary observer entirely overlooks; but the
ancient craftsman did not so much value a minute, smooth finish to his soldered
work and often left it in what would be called today the “first stage”.The per¬
tinent evidence, then, in ancient work is not entirely obliterated. Sometimes, es¬
pecially in less prominent situations, when a distinctly paler hue is observable in the
joint—and the present writer has seen this difference of color again and again in
Egyptian jewelry—we may be reasonably certain that the joint was soldered. When
the color is uniform throughout the work, however, we are not to infer that nec¬
essarily its seams were fused; instead, the work may have been soldered and then
submitted to some coloring process to eat out the baser metal from the surface
and thus to leave a film of fine gold over the entire piece; the chief methods for
coloring suggested by modern writers as having been used in antiquity are that of
cementation and that of immersion in an acid bath. M. Vernier even expressed
the opinion that the Egyptians regularly “colored” their jewelry to bring the solder

223 We called attention to this point in the Bull. M. M. A., Vol. X (1915), p. 118.

224 This method, an application of the method for parting gold and silver, was suggested with reference to
electrum coins which often show a fine gold color in depressions which have not been subject to wear;
K. B. Hofmann, Numismatische Zeiischrift, Vienna, Vol. XVI (1884), p. 55. Cf. Rosenberg, Geschichte
der Goldschmiedekunst auf technischer Grundlage. Einfiihrung, Frankfurt a. M., 1910, p. 37, with n. 2,
and prescription No. 25 in the Leyden papyrus X, as translated and interpreted in: Berthelot, Collection
des anciens alchimistes grecs, Paris, 1887-88, Vol. I, pp. 35, 57-8; also Gowland, Journ. Royal Anthr. Inst.,
XLII, p. 253, commenting on Barclay V. Head’s conclusions from color and specific gravity, given in The
Numismatic Chronicle, 3rd Series, Vol. VII, pp. 298-308.

[37]

to a like hue with that of the surfaces joined, and he brought out the idea that the
coloring process is similar in nature to “pickling” by which the burned flux and the
oxides which gather on work in soldering are removed, although in coloring, the
agents used are stronger and attack the alloy itself. In M. Vernier’s opinion, vine¬
gar served the ancient Egyptians as pickle, but for coloring they had nearly all the
agents employed in modern times —until the process was superseded by electro-gild¬
ing, in which a layer of fine gold is superposed over the alloy. There seem, how¬
ever, to be simpler possibilities with regard to ancient methods of coloring. Gowland
pointed out that the Japanese effected the same result with the juice of unripe
plums and the Egyptians may have had some fruit acid strong enough to utilize in
like manner. Then the “fire skin” which modern craftsmen occasionally produce
may have had its parallels in ancient Egypt. As described to us by Mr. Heins, the
piece of jewelry is heated to a dull red, then allowed to cool somewhat, after which
it is dropped into a cold sulphuric acid pickle, consisting of about one part of acid to
twelve of water. This procedure is gone through with many times in succession,
and with each heating some of the alloy forms an oxide on the surface, and with
each acid bath this oxide is removed, until eventually the work may be brought
nearly, or quite, to the color of fine gold.^^'^^ We do not intend to suggest that the
Egyptians had sulphuric acid, which would have been difficult for them to store,
even if they ever discovered it, but they may have come empirically to the knowl¬
edge that they could improve the color of their work by continued alternation of
heating and quick pickling—in vinegar or whatever else they used; the method takes
advantage of the fact that the oxides of silver and copper may be reduced by a weaker
agent, one more commonly at hand, than that necessary to attack the silver and
copper in a gold alloy.

At the present time the use of solder is systematized. In the various grades,
metals are combined in fixed quantities and the melting points of these alloys are def¬
initely known. The Egyptians for many centuries can only have used as solder,
alloys found native, and, guided by experience, have judged by the color and sur¬
face feeling what ones would be suitable for given pieces of work. Professor Petrie
considers the units of the royal bracelets of the First Dynasty, which he discov¬
ered, to be soldered together with marvelous skill on the other hand. Pro¬
fessor Reisner refers to pieces of the Naga-ed-Der gold find,^^® also of the First
Dynasty, as fused; and it is interesting to note that Mr. Richard Seager, in the early
gold objects from the small island Mochlos, situated off the northeastern coast of
Crete, found not a single instance of soldering; he refers to the delicate links of

Bijouterie, pp. 71-5; M. Vernier mentions saltpetre, salt, and alum, or again saltpetre, salt, and ammo¬
nia, and refers to saltpetre (nitrate of potassium) as obtainable in abundance in Egyptian territory.
Here we would call attention to the notes on the salts known to the ancients, contained in H. C. and L. H.
Hoover, Agricola, Bk. XII, footnotes. For the commercial processes of “dry” and “wet” coloring, in
general use a generation ago, see Wigley, Art of the Goldsmith, Ch. XVII. In “wet” coloring, hydro¬
chloric acid w'as used with saltpetre and salt, instead of alum.

Loc. cit.

227 Cf. Maryon, Metalwork, p. 24, who advises boiling the soldered piece in a solution of eight parts of water
to one of nitric acid; by this method the nitric acid acts directly on the alloy, etching out the silver or
copper from its surface.

228 References given p. 237, under a.

^-^Explorations in the Island of Mochlos (American School of Classical Studies at Athens), Boston and Hew
York, 1912, p. 12. These ornaments are from the periods Early Minoan II and III, corresponding to a
large part of the Illrd millennium B.C.

[38]

small chains as ‘‘welded’’ together. We have seen larger pieces of fine gold welded
together by a modern jeweler and have also seen gold, as it were, soldered together
with small cuttings of the same gold, in the manner described by Mr. Rosenberg,^^^
but we believe that the usual methods in antiquity were soldering with another alloy
and fusing. Nothing is known of the fluxes used by the Egyptians, but according
to M. Vernier it is not impossible that they had borax.^^^ We have been unable,
even by the microchemical method, to obtain analyses of Egyptian hard solder, for
it is difficult to isolate it with certainty from the alloys united by it, but we may
draw attention to the analysis of the soft solder of the late earring. No. 55, which
confirmed the results of previous investigations, that in Classical antiquity tin was
used as a soft solder.^^^

How early the Egyptians systematized and reduced to writing the accumulated
results of experience in all technical methods employed in jewelry-making is difficult
to say. The Leyden Museum owns in Papyrus X of its collection a book of
goldsmith’s recipes dating from the third century after Christ, but actually a com¬
pilation of older material of varying and uncertain age. The book was intended for
the use of a cheating goldsmith, but is of great interest in the extended practical
knowledge of alloys to which it affords evidence. It has been chiefly and quite
rightly studied as one of the earliest documents bearing on the history of alchemy;
the ideas of mediaeval alchemy are rooted In the soil of earlier Egyptian beliefs
about magic, but this book has only a few and very slight suggestions of mystical
beliefs, and it may well be a late survival, the only one which has come down to us,
of a long line of Egyptian goldsmith’s prescription books. Just as the physician
had his technical literature, so worthily represented In the Edwin Smith papyrus, a
treasured possession of the New York Historical Society, so, we suppose, the gold¬
smith and jeweler were not without their books of directions.

The question has long been a mooted one whether or not the Egyptians knew how
to draw wire.^^^ Professor Petrie once declared that he had seen from ancient
Egypt only wires which were faceted by hammer blows and he is now well known
as an advocate of the view that in antiquity all wire was produced by hammering;
on the contrary, M. Vernier argued that the drawing of wire is too much of a com¬
monplace In jewelry-making conceivably to have been unknown to the Egyptians and,
further, stated that he had seen evidence of many kinds of Egyptian drawn wire—
solid wires and tubes of round section and hollow wires of sections other than

Einfiihrung, p. loo, n. i.

231 Bijouterie, pp. 70-71. Cf. H. C. and L. H. Hoover, Agricola, p. 560, note on “Borax,” according to whom,
for a long time, the borax of Europe was imported from central Asia.

232 Gisela M. A. Richter, Greek, Etruscan and Roman Bronzes ( M, M. A.)y New York, 1915, p. XXII, and
the authorities there cited.

233 In addition to Berthelot’s publication of this papyrus cited in n. 224 above, see Edmund O. von Lippmann,
Entstehung und Ausbreitung der Alchemie mit einem Anhange: zur dlteren Geschichte der Metalle, Ber¬
lin, 1919, pp. VIII, IX, 1-27, and the further literature given there; also Hastings, Encyclopedia of Reli¬
gion and Ethics, Vol. I (1908), article “Alchemy,” p. 288.

231 The earliest known wire seems to be a gold wire ring from the Second Predynastic period; copper wire
also occurs before the 1 st Dyn.; see Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 25, and Petrie, Prehistoric
Egypt, p. 27, § 62. The 1 st Dyn. jewelry listed on p. 237 includes some wire, and as an example from
the Old Kingdom we may cite two filigree ornaments of copper wire published by Petrie and Mace, op.
cit., p. 37, PI. XXV, D 7, now in Philadelphia. From later periods wire is fairly plentiful in extant
jewelry.

235 Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 25; cf. Petrie, Arts and Crafts, pp. 85, 86, 90.

[39]

round.Moller published gold wires of the First or Second Dynasty which were
pronounced by technical experts in Berlin to be drawn wires, and he called attention
to later hollow wires, not round in section, which, following Vernier, he supposed to
have been made with a draw-plate.^®'^ We care to consider the question only so far
as the present collection may offer some contribution to the discussion.

Our collection includes some wires of small gauge and remai'kably even diam¬
eter which it is difficult to believe could have been produced by hammering and sub¬
sequent burnishing. It includes also one clear instance of tubes (Plate XXII, 8o b)
of such small diameter that their existence presupposes the employment of some kind
of a draw-plate, for there is no other known means by which they could have been
made. A microscopical examination of our ancient wires, however, shows in every
case a very different surface from that of modern commercial drawn wire (Plate
XXXVII, H). Prominent in a large number of these ancient wires is a seam which
lies in the long axis of the wire; it may turn in places at a slight angle to the long axis,
but it does not wind around the wire. This longitudinal marking of the wire, of which
examples are shown in the photomicrographs of Plates IV, 2 d (on small wire),
XXII, A, D, and XXX, 143 b, must be taken account of in any working theory as
to the way the wires were produced. If we assume that they were hammered and
burnished we must suppose that the marking was made by some roughness in the
burnisher, or by grit that got drawn along with it; the same I'oughness or grit might
be postulated also for a draw-plate; but the longitudinal markings are too persistent
and regular a characteristic to be satisfactorily explained as having a fortuitous
origin.

Let us consider for a moment present-day methods of wire production. Modern
commercial drawn wire, which is always solid, is rolled hot from a rectangular, or
square, usually to a round, section, and then cold-drawn through metal dies by power
driven machinery to the desired size and section; if it is to be of very small gauge,
it is transferred to a machine equipped with a series of ruby, sapphire, or diamond
draw-plates. Craftsmen, when they do not use commercial drawn wire, often hammer
wire out from a strip of gold or silver cut from heavy sheet, as we were once taught
to do, and then pass it through the successive holes of a draw-plate to give it an
even surface and to reduce it further. It is to be noted that in these modern methods
the wire is drawn down from solid metal of larger section, involving, to reduce it, a
violent contortion of the crystalline structure of the metal, and, in consequence, a
heavy strain on the draw-plate.

The commercial methods have only become possible with the introduction of
modern machinery and something similar to the craftman’s method has been assumed
as the ancient way of drawing wire by those who believe that in antiquity wires were
produced with the aid of the draw-plate.^®® No actual draw-plates have been recog¬
nized among ancient objects, but M. Vernier visualized these presumable ancient
tools as comparable to the draw-plates used commercially today for the finer grades

236 See especially Bull, de VInst. Fran^., Vol. XII (1916), pp. 40-41 and Vol. VIII (1911), p. 29; also
Bijouterie, pp. 58-62.

237 In Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, p. 14, note i, and p. 26, No. 21.

238 Xhe earlier discussions of ^gean wires of the Bronze Age and Greek and Roman wires are cited and
their conclusions summarized in Hugo Bliimner, Technologie und Terminologie der Ge^erbe und
Kiinste bei Griechen und Romern, Vol. IV, Leipsic, 1887, pp. 250-51. Cf. also Gdtze in Dorpfeld, Troja
und llion, Vol. I, p. 369.

[40]

of solid wire, that is, as consisting of hard stones pierced with holes of the appro¬
priate section.Undoubtedly the Egyptians had stones hard enough for this pur¬
pose and were accustomed to drill them in making beads, but as yet there is no
proof that they applied this technique to the making of draw-plates, and, in our
opinion, even though one grant that many of the ancient wires of smaller gauge prob¬
ably were drawn, it does not necessarily follow that the draw-plates used were of
stone.

Mr. Heins has a suggestion to make about the way the smaller ancient solid wire
may have been produced which we regard as very illuminating, inasmuch as it accounts
for the longitudinal seam and involves only a moderate strain on the draw-plate. He
has made a sampler illustrating several stages of this technique which is exhibited with
the Abbott jewelry, although we received it too late to include it in the plates of this
book. For such solid wire a strip of gold is cut wider than would be necessary for
a tube of the same desired diameter; the wide strip is next converted into a larger tube
by pressing it around a rod of suitable size or by drawing it at once through one of
the holes of the draw-plate; then one edge of the sheet is deliberately guided under
the other, and in further reducing, the sheet coils on itself, forming a spiral in cross
section, and, gradually, as the work of the draw-plate continues, the interstices are
diminished until the wire becomes solid. If the material is gold of high carat the
exterior edge may be flattened out and merged with the surrounding gold, disappear¬
ing altogether, but in other instances this edge is not obliterated and may be traced
continuously, or here and there, running roughly parallel with the length of the wire.
In his experiments Mr. Heins secured some wire made in this way,^^^ which when cut
transversely had lost all traces of the convolutions and looked quite as solid as do
the wires of the circlet No. 2 at the breaks, where we have had them lifted for a short
distance to bring the cross section into the light.To make solid wire by this
method exerts far less strain on the draw-plate than to reduce it from solid gold of
larger section, because as long as the metal sheet has room for lateral movement and
has not yet become a solid mass, there is little lengthwise contortion of its internal
structure; and it reaches the desired diameter soon after a real strain beginsif
reduced at all after the wire has become actually solid, at least the amount of strain
is less than when from the beginning of the operation the wire is drawn down from
a metallic rod already greatly compressed. Mr. Heins’ method also obviates the
necessity of first producing hammered wire as a preliminary stage in making drawn
wire! For this kind of work, draw-plates of bronze, or even of bone or hard wood,
would suffice, and if less durable than steel or hard gem-stones, they are very quickly
and easily made.

Mr. Heins’ first experiments were carried out with great exactitude; the strips
of sheet were cut with nicety to secure uniform width and straight, parallel edges and

Bijouterie, p. 59; cf., however, p. 61 where for large hollow wires he supposes the draw-plates to have
been of bronze or iron.

240 The thickness of the modern sheet used by Mr. Heins was 0.0041 inches (0.1041 mm.). From a piece
0.3125 inches (7.938 mm.) wide, except at the tapered end, and 1.75 inches (4.45 cm.) long, a solid wire
about 4.5 inches (11.43 cm.) long and 0.0252 inches (0.640 mm.) in diameter was secured by the method
of drawing described above. The wire became to all appearances solid, before the external seam entirely
disappeared.

241 This has been done since the photomicrograph of PI. IV, 2 d was made.

242 Some “cold working,” causing a modification of the metallic structure in a lengthwise direction, there is,
for the resultant solid wire is considerably longer than the initial strip of sheet. Cf. n. 240 above.

[41]

the greatest care was used in drawing them into wire; but later he experimented with
scraps of sheet and with more casually cut single strips and manipulated them in the
draw-plate with less attention, thus securing serviceable wires in which various surface
irregularities similar to a few observable on the plain wires of the circlet No. 2 were
to be seen. Two seams would appear along one section of the wire, the result of
the sheet folding over on itself instead of coiling spirally; or again two seams were
occasioned by the use of two strips of sheet; and the single seam would undulate
because of curves in the visible edge of the strip used. If, as we think possible, the
method described above was the principal one used in antiquity for making smaller
solid wires of the precious metals, such occasional variations in the surface appear¬
ance of ancient wires are to be expected; wire was necessary for jewelry in consider¬
able quantities and was no doubt made rapidly, without superfluous exactitude in the
method; the seams were not noticeable to the unaided eye and therefore irregularities
in them were not felt to be defects.

We have referred above to our one certain example of hollow wire. No. 80,
which is of the late period. In addition to the open end visible in Plate XXII, there
are two other openings at breaks, into which, under the microscope, it has been pos¬
sible to insert a fine fibre or hair, and one opening in the surface may be detected
where the seam has parted. Generally, however, the wire ends are closed, for in
cutting hollow wire into short lengths suitable for appliques, the very process of
cutting presses the walls together when severed, closing the openings, and, further, in
soldering or fusing these fine wires to the gold ground both the ends and surfaces of
the wires often become somewhat coated, obscuring their original appearance. Thus
it is difficult to detect fine hollow wire unless a break, subsequent in date to the mak¬
ing of the piece of jewelry, can be found, and even the breaks, when the wire is still
in position are not readily studied. It is possible that some of the other wires which
have longitudinal seams are hollow rather than solid; the chain of the late earring
No. 55 appears to us to be composed of tubing, and in the ring shank No. 38, also
of late date, we have an indubitable instance of a larger tube of fine gold which was
burnished or drawn down until the seam is no longer visible on the exterior, although
it was at one time clearly evident through a break, overlapping within the tube in a
lengthwise direction; but Nos. 18, 19, 23, 24, and 143 cannot be adequately exam¬
ined. It is to be hoped that other observers will be on the lookout for definite
proof whether the earlier Egyptians to any extent made use of fine tubes instead of
solid wires. To make what a craftsman calls a tube is an entirely easy and
simple process and economy is effected in the use of material. The coil of modern
hollow brass wire reproduced in Plate XXXVIII at A, which is finer than any ancient
wire of our collection, was drawn from a strip of sheet brass, and gradually reduced
in an improvised draw-plate also of sheet brass, made simply with a pointed small nail

^^3 On Plate XXX, which was made before the completion of our text, the wires No. 143 are labeled “hol¬
low,” followed by a question mark; since we have found that the wires of No. 2 are solid, we incline to
the view that these, too, may be solid, or nearly so.

244 So Wilson, Silver^'ork and Jewelry, pp. 42-4, who describes the process of drawing a strip of sheet into
a “tube”; also Maryon, Metalwork, pp. 46-7, who employs both the terms which we have adopted,
“hollow wire,” and “tube.” Mr. Kenneth B. Lewis has kindly explained to us that in the technical lan¬
guage of commercial steel production “when a flat strip is curled up by drawing through a die so that the
edges meet for welding, the product is called ‘pipe.’ The term ‘tubing’ or, as it is sometimes called,
‘seamless tubing,’ implies that a billet was pierced and then lengthened by true wire-drawing to produce a
tube which not only shows no seam but never had one.”

[42]

and a hammer. By driving the nail to varying depths in the sheet brass and then grind¬
ing off the resultant bosses produced on the reverse, our preparator secured a gradation
of holes and in such draw-plates, made a series of lengths of hollow wire or tubing,
corresponding in diameter to many of the sizes of a Brown and Sharpe gauge.

In Plate XXII, A to F, are represented gold wires from the tomb of the Second
Dynasty king Khasekhemui, which, if we are right in suggesting them to have been
made in the manner described above, carry the technique of drawing wires from
strips of sheet gold back at least to 3200 B.C. The wires are much incrusted, and
we cannot attempt to say whether they are solid or to some extent hollow, but,
despite the incrustation, places where the seams parallel with the length of the wire
are visible may be found; these seams are especially evident in D and in the end of
the wire in focus in C, also just above the letter A. These wires, which tie down the
gold sheet cover of a dainty toilet vase of stone, are of interest also because they
afford the earliest known instance of right- and left-handed twists placed side by side
to make a braided pattern,a motif much used in wire appliques down through the
history of Egyptian jewelry into Greek and Roman times. Just above them on Plate
XXII we have placed an example of Greek Hellenistic work, perhaps of the third
century B.C., in which the right- and left-handed twists appear; this is the No. 80
referred to above because of its hollow wire. The same motif is to be seen in an
Eighteenth Dynasty (?) ring of Plate X, 19 b, and in pieces of jewelry of the last
centuries before Christ, illustrated in Plates XVIII, E, XXIII, 87 c, XXVI, 95 a,
XXIX, 95 c, and XXXV, 86 b.

Other kinds of wires, too, are represented among the later pieces of our collec¬
tion; these are made of one (Plate XX) or two (Plate XIX) strips of gold, twisted
in some cases over a slender rod which was afterwards removed (compare Plate
XXXVII, E-G“^®), in other instances, when the sheet was necessarily somewhat
heavier, without such support (see sampler, Plate XXXVIII, D^^'^-F). The last-
mentioned variety is often marked by the prominence of the seams and the buckling
of the coils inward (Plates XXIII, 87 c, at left, XXIX, 95) or again by an over¬
lapping seam (Plate XXIII, 87 c, at top right). Characteristic of these wires made
without the draw-plate is the way the seam coils around and around the long axis of
the wire. This coiling seam sometimes shows very clearly and regularly, as on the
individual wires of Nos. 72 and 83 (Plate XX), or it may partially disappear; per¬
haps effort was made in some cases to obliterate it. In the experimental pieces of
Plate XXXVII, E to G, the seam may be followed in piece E, but has disappeared
partially in piece F, and entirely in piece G; the means used was that of fusing;
these experimental pieces were also made to taper slightly, corresponding to a special
ancient variety of this kind of wire sometimes used in earrings (Plate XIV, 74 b;
compare XXXVIII, B, C). We are acquainted with wires made of twisted strips
of sheet gold only in jewelry of Greek and Roman style, and it is a matter for further

245 Single twists are seen in the first example of wires cited above in n. 237 and in the wires on two tiny
vases of the now dispersed MacGregor collection; Burl. Fine Arts Club, Catal. Egypt. Art, 1922, p. 5, No.
19, p. 6, No. 28, PI. XXIV. For the modern craftsman’s use of twists to form a braided pattern, see Rath-
bone, Unit Jewellery, p. 242, Fig. 99, and the accompanying text.

246 In Plate XXXVII, we were unable to eliminate the photographic background of pieces E-G, because of
the deep shadow on one side of each wire.

247 With the slightly twisted section to the left of the strip D, cf. the 4th cent. Greek diadem No. 1607 in
Marshall, Jewellery, PI. XXVII; also the early gold ornaments of Seager, Mochlos, Figs 8, 9 .

[43]

investigation whether or not they originated earlier and are to be found in jewelry
of pure Egyptian design and workmanship.

Several of the late earrings (Nos. 59-61, 66) are set with imitation pearls of
glass and Dr. Gustavus A. Eisen, whose valuable studies of ancient beads and glass
are well known,has been so kind as to write the following account of the pearls:
“With the possible exception of No. 59 these are blown beads with a reflecting
layer. They possess the following surface characteristics: the outer surface is striated
in the longitudinal axis of the bead; the ends of the beads are rounded off but the
region around the opening of the bead core is slightly drawn out, so that the bead
appears to have a very low neck at each end; this form is partly due to the necessity
of preventing the two layers of the bead from separating. The interior character¬
istic is a layer of silver or electrum, which is seen under the surface of the beads but
not under the ends. And it is important to note that the reflecting layer leaves the
edges of the bead free so that these are covered only with glass. The technique
of this bead type was as follows: first, a narrow tube was drawn and its surface was
covered with leaf silver or electrum by means of some adhesive, probably albumen
or balsam; when dry, the whole was inserted in a similar tube of plain glass but slightly
larger, so that the surface of the metal touched the inner surface of the outer glass
tube; the two tubes were now heated to slight fusion and while in this state the future
beads were marked off and the tube contracted by pinching with some suitable instru¬
ment at each marking, thus forming a continuous row of beads which only needed to
be broken off at the markings from each other to become separate beads. The con¬
striction of the bead ends was absolutely necessary, otherwise the two tubes would in
time separate from each other and the inner one fall out, or the wall of the outer
one would split and fall off in pieces, as often happened. The technique, which in¬
cluded the similar use of gold leaf (No. 149) and enamel, was invented in the time
of the Ptolemies, became fashionable in the time of Augustus, retained its promi¬
nence until the end of the second century after Christ, and remained in favor to the
eleventh century after Christ. The later beads of the sixth to tenth centuries were
made with added caps at the ends to keep the two layers from falling apart.”

Art Bulletin (Quarterly of the College Art Association of America), Providence, Vol. II (1919-20),
pp. 87-119, with selected bibliography; for Roman beads with layer of gold, silver, or enamel, see espe¬
cially pp. 93, 113.

2^9This one Dr. Eisen regards as a plain glass bead; it has now somewhat deteriorated.

[44]

CATALOGUE

A.—Various Earlier Pieces

Very few pieces of jewelry antedating the period of the Egyptian Middle
Kingdom have survived to modern times and in the New York Historical
Society’s collection, as in many other collections, pieces made in the late period,
after Egypt’s great days were past, are comparatively numerous. Some
jewels of a time earlier than 663 B. C., the beginning of the Saite or Twenty-
sixth Dynasty, are catalogued in the following sections B to D, but others which
do not fall within the scope of those sections and which include several of the
Society’s most valuable and beautiful examples of Egyptian jewelry are de¬
scribed here. Among them, No. i is an admirable specimen of Middle King¬
dom work and No. 2 a unique and striking creation of the New Kingdom.

No. 1 (Plates I, a-e, II, XXXVIII, h, i; compare Plates I, A, B, XXXVII, A-D). Cylin¬
drical case and two rough-cut garnets found in it.

Outer case, gold; originally provided with an inner strengthening cylinder of
copper or bronze. Second half of the Twelfth Dynasty, nineteenth century
B. C. From Sakkara. Weight (including garnets, before repairing), 49.50
grains (3.208 grams). Length, 1.89 inches (4.8 cm.).

Points of interest: The piece is one of the earliest examples of granulated
work in existence; the significance in antiquity of the class of objects to which
it belongs has not hitherto been determined; it is, further, the most ancient of
the jewels published here and one of the most precious, affording an illustra¬
tion of the delicate workmanship characteristic of some royal adornments in
the period of the highest attainment of the Egyptian jeweler’s craft.

Plate I a shows the appearance of the case at the time when the present
catalogue was undertaken. The entry in the old catalogue (see below under
Bibliography) indicates that it came into Dr. Abbott’s possession in a damaged
condition. The preparator was able to smooth the crumpled walls, to find one
fit in the edges, determining the length of the entire object, and to insert a
shellacked wooden cylinder to hold the two gold parts in position (Plate I b).
Within, when his work began, so caught in the oxidized inner cylinder that
they presumably belong to its original contents, were the two garnets of Plate
I b. The number of grains now on the object is by actual count 691, and 4
others are preserved detached; by calculation there must once have been more
than 1400 to complete the pattern of 7 zigzags and 8 triangles; 3 detached
grains were sacrificed to secure a microchemical analysis, which proved the ab¬
sence of copper from the alloy and the presence of silver to an amount not less

[47]

than 5 per cent. Five of the original 7 detached grains were in condition to
be measured with a micrometer caliper and the measurements secured were as
follows: 0.0190 inches (0.4826 mm.); 0.0188 inches (0.4775 mm.); 0.0173
inches (0.4394 mm.) ; 0.0172 inches (0.4369 mm.) ; 0.0169 inches (0.4293 mm.).
The diameters of these five grains, representative of the large majority on the
case, were thus found to be just under 1/50 of an inch, and between the
largest and the smallest of them, the difference detected was only 21/10,000
of an inch! But the case does exhibit a few grains which stand out as
markedly smaller than the average; such an especially tiny grain may be seen
in Plate II, i f, toward the top and a little to the left of the center.

We have discussed the technique of granulated work in our Introduction,
pages 33 to 36, and the treatment of this individual example therefore may be
brief. A rectangular piece of sheet gold was cut out and then folded over a
cylindrical mandrel and soldered together; the vertical joint may be fol¬
lowed readily; it is somewhat jagged where the solder flowed unevenly be¬
tween the two edges and the upper edge was afterwards trimmed. That the
grains were attached to this curved surface, rather than to the sheet before it
was converted into a cylinder, is clear from the fact that they cross and re-cross
the seam. We do not think the grains were first fused together and bent to
the curve, as Mr. Heins has found it possible to do, because in the midst of
many of the zigzags adjacent grains are seen to be unconnected. We conclude
that a few grains were fused on at a time, and that as fast as the work pro¬
gressed it was given a protection of loam or clay to avoid injuring the finished
parts of the decoration or causing the seam to open. The photomicrographs
of Plate I reveal a peculiar and hitherto unnoted condition of the surface
where grains have dropped off. Understandable is the nearly circular small
area of which the surface is slightly rough and has the appearance of a break;
this is where the metallic union between the gold ground and the lost grain
was ruptured. But what is the nature of the outer oval or circular marking
which in diameter is about two-thirds to three-fourths of the diameter of a
grain? At first we supposed these markings to be the outer edges of de¬
pressions made by pressing a sharp instrument of bronze or flint into the
sheet of gold while it was still flat, in order to lay out the pattern of triangles
and zigzags, and it is tempting to regard them as constituting a preliminary
sketch for the decoration. But it has been suggested to us that they were
formed in some way under the intense heating of the metal incident to the
process of fusing. Whatever their origin the markings occur quite consis¬
tently over the cylinder wherever grains have dropped off, and Mr. Heins has
been unable to reproduce them, encountering the same difficulty which Mr.
Rosenberg mentioned ^ with respect to ancient grains, that of being unable to
pry loose his experimental grains without injuring them and the surface to
which they had been attached.

1 Granulation, p. 8.

[48]

The way the caps were made is evident; each consists of two parts cut
from heavier sheet than that composing the gold cylinder; of these the cir¬
cular top, about 0.315 inches (8 mm.) in diameter, was soldered on the large
end of the second part, itself formed from a piece of sheet of the shape shown
in the sampler, Plate XXXVIII at i h and i. It is not to be supposed that
the ancient jeweler found the curves by mathematical calculation, but rather
that he cut them by eye, fitting the part in place and trimming the edges, as
indeed the lack of symmetry suggests. At one end, the loop by which the
object was suspended, made of a strip of gold 0.354 by 0.079 inches (9 by
2 mm.) in size, is soldered to the middle of the cap. This loop is now some¬
what thinner and narrower at the top as the result of wear during the life¬
time of its ancient owner.^ The hard solder, paler than the gold, is dis¬
cernible to the practised eye in the one side seam of each cap and about the
loop, but the joint between the circular part and the other was scraped and
burnished until almost invisible; this difference in color in the visible solder
is in contrast to the uniformity of hue of all parts of the granulated dec¬
oration, The gold cylinder having been adjusted over the inner strengthen¬
ing cylinder, the caps were pushed on; they were not soldered, and we did
not find any certain evidence that they were cemented, in place, although it
would seem that this must have been necessary. These caps were probably
not intended to be removed when once the case had been filled.

No agreement has yet been reached as to the original purpose of cylindrical
articles similar to this one. Two found at Dashur,® were published as re¬
ceptacles for eye-cosmetic. Professor Petrie in his work on Egyptian amu¬
lets * classed them under “charm cases,” meaning thereby cases for written
charms, an interpretation perhaps derived, so Mr. Mace has suggested to us,
from the tiny leather charm cases that the modern Arab uses. Professor
Petrie designated the examples from Dashur, the earliest which he mentioned,
as “imitation charm cases,” thus implying for this period or an earlier one the
existence of the thing imitated, cases which really held a magic formula writ¬
ten on papyrus, although nothing of the kind is preserved. Professor Gar-
stang, to be sure, seemed to have reached the same solution when he announced
of each of the two pieces he found ® that it contained a tiny roll of papyrus.

2 For a more striking instance of wear, see below under note 9.

3 (a) De Morgan, Da/ichour, I, p. 70, No. 55, PI. XXIV; Petrie, Arts and Crafts, p. 90, Fig. loi. From the
burial equipment of the “King’s daughter, Mereret,” a gold case such as the one published here, decorated
with granulations in a pattern of zigzags and triangles. Both caps are now removable and the case empty
(communication of Mr. Quibell). 19th cent. B.C. Length, 2.08 inches (5.3 cm.). Wt., 138.89 grains (9
grams). In the Cairo Museum, (b) De Morgan, op. cit., p. 70, No. 56, PI. XIX, cylinder made of gold,
lapis lazuli, and amazon stone in horizontal disks, also from the treasure of Mereret. Length, 1.97 inches
(5 cm.). In the Cairo Museum. Cf. below, n. ii a.

^Amulets. Illustrated by the Egyptian Collection in University College, London, London 1914, p. 29.

® (a) John Garstang, El Ardhah: A Cemetery of the Middle Kingdom (Vlth Publ. Egypt. Res. Acc. 1900),
London, 1901, pp. 4, 29, PI. I, tomb 108. An electrum case, made of sheet of sufficient thickness to render
an inner case unnecessary. The cylinder extends the full length of the object and the caps are slipped over
it covering the two ends. The exposed part of the cylinder is decorated with forty larger grains set at
equal intervals in four rows running lengthwise; each grain is elevated above the surface of the cylinder;

[49]

The specimen which he discovered at El Araba is now in the Museum of the
University of Pennsylvania, and the Curator of the Egyptian collection, Mr.
Clarence F. Fisher, kindly permitted the writer to examine it and was instru¬
mental in furnishing the photograph® reproduced in Plate I at A. The case
does not contain a papyrus but has at each end of the cylinder, where the
caps are loose, a plug of clay, 0.079 to 0.118 inches (2-3 mm.) long, which
on hasty examination might conceivably be taken for a tightly rolled bit of
papyrus. The case was from a disturbed tomb, and it would seem that its
original contents had been lost and damp clay had lodged and hardened in
the injured ends. M. Lacau and Mr. Quibell, who were so kind as to look
at some of the pieces in Cairo for us, report of the case from Beni Hasan:
“We did not see any papyrus; Garstang may have, though!”'^

Through the courtesy of the late Professor William H. Goodyear we were
able to examine and we reproduce here (Plate I, B) still another case,® the
property of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. This one has an in¬
ner bronze or copper cylinder of which both ends are now open; lodged in
one end is a garnet which is larger than either of the two garnets from the
Abbott case and must originally have fitted closely; now it is held still more
firmly by the oxide from the inner cylinder. The Brooklyn case and our
own, then, were unquestionably containers for garnets, and Mrs. Richard¬
son tells us that she saw a third case still retaining a garnet in the collection
of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago.

In addition to the gold cases,® there exist solid cylinders of various stones,^®

the solder is hidden and the case further decorated by twenty short lengths of wire, five to a row, coiled each
about a pair of grains. The loop for suspension with the top of one cap has been lost; the other cap may
now be readily removed. From a tomb dated by the excavator to the Xllth or Xlllth Dyn., but w^e believe
it to be even later, perhaps of Dyn. XVIII. (b) Garstang, The Burial Customs of Ancient Egypt as Ulus-
trated by Tombs of the Middle Kingdom, Being a Report of Excavations Made in the Necropolis of Beni
Hassan during lQ02-s-g., London, 1907, pp. 113, 226, Figs. 104-5. ^ case decorated in granulated work,
found in tomb 487, that of a private woman named Senb. In the Cairo Museum.

® We are indebted also to Miss McHugh, secretary of the Museum, for the final photograph used.

^ Mr. Quibell wrote further: “A rod apparently of metal, dark-coloured, can be seen inside the sheath of gold
which carried the incrustation of globules.”

8 Peet and W. L. S. Loat, The Cemeteries of Abydos. Part III. iQi 2 -igrs (XXXVth Memoir. Eg. Expl.
Fund), London, 1913, pp. 27, 28, PI. VIII, No. ii, from the plundered tomb D 303. A pale gold case dec¬
orated with five plaits in relief running lengthwise. Parts of both caps are preserved but are out of posi¬
tion; the end of the cylinder opposite the garnet has a plug of clay such as those observed in the case in
Philadelphia.

® Mrs. A. S. Richardson, Assistant Curator in the Egyptian Department of the Metropolitan Museum, has
called our attention to another example published in A Catalogue of the Egyptian Antiquities in the Pos¬
session of F. G. Hilton Price, London, 1897, No. 1184, as a ‘‘pendant, a hollow cylinder, intended to hold
some small talisman, furnished with a cap at one end to which is attached a loop, now worn through with
use.” The decoration, consisting of six rows of twelve grains each, reminds one of the example from
El Araba (Plate I, A). Material, silver.

^0 (a) De Morgan, Dahchour, I, p. 61, No. 16, Fig. 131, PI. XVIII. Solid rod of lapis lazuli tapering a little
toward the top; wdth gold caps and suspension-loop. From the treasure of the “King’s daughter, Sit-
Hathor.” 19th cent. B.C. Length, 1.38 inches (3.5 cm.). Cairo Museum. (b) Carnarvon and Carter,
Five Years* Explorations, p. 53, PI. XLV, D. From the plundered tomb 24, a “green stone cylinder mounted
in gold.” It was found with the other contents of a small jewel box, which had escaped the robbers’ atten¬
tion, and probably dates from the close of the Xllth Dyn., early in the i8th cent. B.C. (c) Carnarvon and
Carter, op. cit., PI. XLV, E, “a broken agate cylinder mounted in gold,” found with b.

[50]

provided with gold caps at the two ends and with a loop for suspension, which
are similar in size and form to the cases; no one could doubt that they bear
some relationship to the cases. They have been most frequently designated as
“pendants,” a term carrying with it possibly an implication of an exclusively
ornamental use. Finally, examples are known of beads of gold and stone or
faience strung on a wire and provided with caps and one loop,“ which are
approximately of the size and general appearance of the cases and stone
cylinders. Of these the specimen found at Diospolis Parva was published
as an “imitation amulet case,” the others as “pendants.”

It is further to be noted that no certain instance is on record of one of
these objects being found in a man’s funerary outfit. Some were recovered
from disturbed tombs containing burials of both sexes, but the determinable
instances are of ownership by women. Two princesses of the royal blood,
the well-to-do lady Senb of Beni Hasan, an unnamed woman buried at
Abydos,’^ and possibly Senebtisi of Lisht,^® whose equipment for the next
life has been shown to bear many resemblances to that of the Dashur princesses,
all possessed one or more of the little cylindrical objects.

The one general explanation which would account for all these pieces
—cases, solid cylinders of stone, and assemblages of beads—seems to us to be
that the gold and stones composing them had an amuletic value. The
faience beads, too, may have been properly amuletic, or may have been
cheaper substitutes, which their owners’ anxious desire endowed with all the
magical value of the real amulets. Data might be given for the magical

(a) The piece of n. 3 b above belongs in this category; Mr. Quibell wrote of it: “It is probably solid, a
rod with rings of two kinds of stone and gold slipped over it. Were the rod hollow, the space would be
minute necessarily.” The condition of the object precluded thorough examination. (b) Hilton Price
Catal., 1897, p. 136, No. 1430 a. A piece with gold caps and cylinder made of alternating amethyst and
gold parts, probably of about the same date as the one described under a. (Reference given us by Mrs.
Richardson), (c) Sale Catalogue of the MacGregor Collection of Egyptian Antiquities, London, 1922, p. 185,
a similar object in lot 1422, PI. XXXIX, “formed of circular gold, turquoise, and lapis lazuli beads threaded
on a metal pin, 1]/% inches (2.86 cm.) long.” From Dashur. Caps missing, (d) Petrie and Mace, Dios^
polis Parva, p. 43, PI. XXVII. From a plundered tomb, W 38, Xllth Dyn., “a wire with beads of coloured
stones (imitation amulet case).” The illustration shows it to have caps and a loop for suspension, (e-g)
Garstang, Burial Customs, p. 113, Figs. 104-5. The lady Senb, mentioned above in n. 5 b, possessed in
burial also “three specimens of the characteristic pendants formed by a number of varicoloured beads
threaded on wire, with caps of gold to complete each: the beads are carnelian, green and black glaze, and
gold.” (h) Mace and Winlock, Senebtisi, p. 75, No. 4: “Five cylindrical beads which had originally been
strung on copper wire.” No caps are preserved and we may or may not be right in conjecturing that this
piece is analogous to the preceding ones; 20th cent. B.C.

12 Peet, Cem. of Abydos. II, p. 45, No. 44; PI. IX, Fig. 2. A “small cylindrical object, made of a spiral of
fine silver wire on a matrix of black material,” accompanying a female burial of “about the Xllth Dyn.”
It has lost the cap from one end. Ashmolean Museum, Oxford.

13 Mace and Winlock, op. cit., pp. 21, 75j No. 6 and PI. XXVI, A. An object of silver, once wholly or par¬
tially gilded, possibly a case or solid cylinder of the nature of those described above. When found it had
lost one cap and an extraneous broken bead had become attached to the cylinder, which had apparently
been converted into silver chloride; 20th cent. B.C. Cf. above, note ii h.

1^ The princess Sit-Hathor (cf. above, n. 10 a) had such an object composed solely of gold, namely a short
gold chain provided with gold caps and loop. De Morgan, op. cit., p. 61, No. 17, PI. XVII. Length, 1.38
inches (3.5 cm.). Cairo Museum. In our opinion the gold cases, as well as their contents, were regarded
as having magical properties, that is, the entire object was an amulet.

[51]

properties ascribed by Classical authors to various stones and to gold, and for
the superstitions gathered about them in post-Classical times, but we must limit
the discussion in this catalogue to the contemporary evidence of two Egyptian
documents.

Of these, the Westcar papyrus^® was written perhaps shortly before the
Eighteenth Dynasty, but contains folk-tales which originated as early as the
Twelfth Dynasty. In one of these tales, the scene is the palace lake. The
king, Snefru, for the story is set in the olden time, is watching twenty beauti¬
ful maidens rowing, when suddenly the rowing ceases because one of the
maidens has dropped into the water her turquoise jewel in the form of a fish.
The king bids her proceed, he will replace the jewel; all in vain—she is ob¬
durate, and finally a magician is summoned, who parts the waters and recovers
the treasured piece. The girl’s terror and obstinacy are plausibly accounted
for by the assumption that the jewel was an amulet and the particularity with
which in the various passages (V, i6, 21; VI, 2, 5) it is stated to be of tur¬
quoise suggests that its potency lay not only in its form, but also in its ma¬
terial. Further, characteristic pieces in women’s graves of the period of the
Twelfth to Eighteenth Dynasty are small jewels, presumably amulets, in fisb
form,^'^ some composed of gold, silver, or electrum, some with body of amazon
stone, turquoise, or other stone, and the fins and tail of one of the precious
metals, and still others carved entirely out of stone.

The second document is the Berlin papyrus No. 3027 containing a series
of magical texts for the benefit of mothers and their children.^® It dates from
the first half of the Eighteenth Dynasty but the contents are a compilation of
older material. The incantation of verso II, 2 to 7 is to be spoken over beads{?)
of gold, rings of amethyst, a cylinder, a crocodile, arid a hand. Another charm
includes these lines to be addressed by the mother to her child: Thy protec¬
tion is a protection of gold, thy protection is a protection of the ibheti (an
unidentified semi-precious stone) (verso IV, 7), and the last incantation is to
be recited over seven rings of the same stone and seven of gold, strung on

seven linen threads, seven times knotted, the whole to be put about tlie child’s

On the amuletic virtue of garnets and other stones, see Petrie, Amulets, p. 52. See also the interesting

account of an Egj^ptian pebble-amulet in gold setting, of uncertain date, by the late Mr. Oric Bates in

Varta Africana II {Harvard African Studies, II), Cambridge, 1918, pp. 316-17. Cf. ideas associated with
certain stones in Eg>^ptian texts of the Ptolemaic and Roman periods, referred to by Grapow, pp. 24-5 in:
Vergleiche und andere bildliche Ausdriicke im Agyptischen (Der alte Orient, 21st Year), Leipsic, 1920.

16 Erman, Die Mdrchen des Papyrus Westcar (Konigl. Mus. zu Berlin. Mitteilungen aus den orientaliscJien
Sammlungen, V, VI), Berlin, 1890; Erman in Papyrus, Handbook, Berlin Mus., pp. 30 ff.; Sir G. Maspero,
Popular Stories of Aticient Egypt, translated by Mrs. C. H. W. Johns (A. S. Griffith) from the 4th French
ed., and revised by Maspero, New York and London, 1915, p. 28, n. 2; Erman, Literaiur, pp. 67-9.

17 Examples: Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 43, PI. XXVII, from tombs W 32, 38; Garstang, Burial
Customs, p. 113, Figs. 104-5, from the tomb of Senb, and El Ardbah, p. 4, PI. I; Schafer, Goldschmiedear*
beiten, under No. 22. Mr. Mace tells us that he found one at Lisht which is composed of gold and
turquoise.

18 Facsimile of cursive text: Hieratische Papyrus aus den Kbfiigl. Mus. zu Berlin, Vol. Ill (1911), pp. 26-34;
hieroglyphic transcription, translation, and commentary: Erman, Zauberspriiche fiir Mutter und Kind.
{Abhandlung der Konigl. Preuss. Akad. der Wissenschaften), Berlin, 1901; see also Erman in Papyrus,
Handbook, Berlin Mus., pp. 76-81.

[52]

neck and body. It is clear from these texts that in the simple faith of Egyptian
mothers of the period of the Eighteenth Dynasty and earlier, gold and vari¬
ous stones had magical properties of protection and healing if the right charm
were spoken over them.“ We may perhaps go even farther and recognize in
the word translated above cylinder, which occurs also in four other incantations
(verso II, 7-III, 3; III, 3-7; III, 8-IV, 2; IV, 2-6), the very subject of our in¬
vestigations. To be sure the sign pictures and commonly denotes a cylinder
seal, but at least the question may be raised whether it may not have been ap¬
plied also to the woman’s cylinder-amulet,^® which would seem a more likely
object for the mother trying to guard her baby to hang about its neck
(as the directions in the papyrus stipulate) than the cylinder seal, en¬
countered elsewhere chiefly as worn or owned by officials. There is no great
unlikelihood involved in a supposed mention of our amuletic cylinders in ex¬
tant Egyptian literature. Professor Erman began the identification of the active
elements to which these incantations gave efficacy by calling attention to ancient
knotted cords from Egypt; Professor Schafer connected the passage of verso,
II, 2 to 7, referred to above, with a scarab-seal having the device of a croco¬
dile and a hand; while Dr. Gardiner saw in the “crocodile” and “hand” a ref¬
erence to small amulets in the shape of crocodiles and human hands, of which
there are specimens extant.^®

The age of our piece, fixed by its likeness to the granulated gold case
belonging to one of the princesses buried at Dashur,®^ is about thirty-eight
hundred years, and, further, the extraordinary intricacy and nicety of its work¬
manship favor the view that it, too, was made in the king’s workshops.
Probably it was a royal gift to some woman of high position and, having been
her pride and stay during life, was buried with her in the Sakkara ceme¬
tery, that in the next life she might not be deprived of its magic help.

Unfortunately it is not possible as yet to establish the range of date for
the entire class of objects to which this amulet belongs. Only a few pieces
are approximately dated to the twentieth, nineteenth, and eighteenth centuries
B. C. by the conditions of their discovery,®® and others because of their re-

Cf. Gardiner, article “Magic (Egyptian)” in Hastings, Encyclopedia, Religion and Ethics, Vol. VIII
(1916), especially p. 266 under “The Manual Rite.”

20 Professor Breasted, with whom we consulted, thought the idea alluring and worthy of mention tentatively;
its correctness would depend on the original root meaning, whether referring to shape or the act of seal¬
ing; if the former, the word might well have denoted also other cylinders than the cylinder seal. Pro¬
fessor Erman first translated the word simply “Cylinder” {Papyrus. Handbook), but changed in Zauher*
spriiche to “Siegel” and Dr. Gardiner, too {loc. cit.), gave the translation “seal.”

ZauherspriicJie, p. 31. Cf. those pictured in Petrie, Amulets, Pis. XVH, XVHI.

22^’. Z., Vol. 39 (1901), p. 88.

23 Loc. cit.

2“^ See reference above, n. 3 a. The present difference in the weight of the two pieces is largely accounted for
by the deterioration of the inner strengthening cylinder of our amulet; the Dashur piece is a trifle longer
and accordingly has nine zigzags instead of seven, and two rows of grains encircling the cylinder above
the upper triangles; the angle of slope of the caps differs in the two amulets, but despite these minute
variations one from the other, to be expected in hand-made objects, they seem as alike as two peas!

25 Those of notes 3 a, b, 10 a-c, ii h, 13, above.

[53]

semblance to these pieces may be assigned with confidence to the same cen¬
turies.^® This leaves a few specimens which are not of the type of the
various approximately dated designs. Some or all of them may well be later,
and it would not be surprising if these women’s amulets lasted at least until
the mid-Eighteenth Dynasty (1500 B. C.) when so many changes in Egyptian
provisions for life before and after death set in. If they fell into disuse at
that time, they may possibly have been revived in the late period, to judge
by some apparent late examples found outside Egypt. Of these, we may
mention first two small solid cylinders, respectively of red jasper and “quartz”,
with gold caps at both ends and loop for suspension at the upper end, which
were discovered in far-away Susa,"® in a woman’s grave, dating from the sixth
to the fourth century B. C.; these pieces are quite in the style of the earlier
Egyptian examples. But Professor Reisner found at Meroe, in position on
the breast of a child, in a part of a cemetery contemporary with the reign
of Aspalta (about 573-543 B. C.), a hollow cylinder of gold, which is shorter
and has a greater diameter than the pieces previously under consideration,
but was suspended in like manner by a loop soldered to a gold cap; when
found it was empty."®®’ Another gold case of similar proportions is in the
Metropolitan Museum of Art, belonging to the Murch collection, and con¬
tains only caked mud.®® One would like to believe that these late cylinders
belong in the tradition of the earlier period, but it is necessary to await more
abundant evidence, especially the finding of late specimens in and out of
Egypt, before the interpretation and chronology of all these amulets can be re¬
garded as determined.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue,®® editions 1853 fif.. No. 1025; edition 1915,
No. 1021.

No. 2 (Plates III, a-c, IV, d; compare XXXVIII, e). Circlet for the head.

Gold. Nineteenth Dynasty, around 1275 B.C.(?). From Sakkara(?). Cir¬
cumference, 20.625 inches (52.38 cm.). Width of band, 1.02 inches (2.6 cm.).
Thickness of plain part of band, 0.0061 inches (0.1549 mm.). Weight, 825.00
grains (53.460 grams).

Points of interest: This is the first actual circlet probably of the period of
the Eighteenth to Twentieth Dynasties to be published; its design has not been

26 Those listed above in notes 5 b, ii b-g.

27 Listed above in notes 5 a, 8, 9, and 12.

28 De Morgan, Recherches archeologiques (Delegation en Perse. Memoires. Vol. VIII, 3rd series, 1905),
Paris, p. 56, PI. IV, 10, ir.

28 “ This cylinder is still unpublished and we are indebted to Professor Reisner for permission to mention it
here.

28 Accession No. 10.130.1536. Length, 0.845 inches (2.4 cm.); diam., 0.512 inches (1.3 cm.).

86 Titles in full, pp. 230-31.

[54]

represented hitherto in Egyptian jewelry; it illustrates especially well the tech¬
nique of appliqueing wires, as practised by the Egyptians.

Except for a slight breakage near the soldered joint and insignificant in¬
jury to the wires, the piece is in excellent condition. Its provenience from
Sakkara is open to question, as other objects were included with it under the
old catalogue number.

The method of production was probably about as follows: a stock bar of
gold, which had been cast in an open mould and was shorter and thicker than the
desired band, was beaten, and thus stretched chiefly lengthwise, until it had
approximately the right length and width.By polishing and burnishing, the
traces of casting and subsequent beating were removed and the band was now
of remarkably uniform thickness, for the measurement 61/10000 of an inch
may be obtained repeatedly. Working over a yielding bed, the ancient crafts¬
man chased lengthwise a guiding line, dividing the band into an upper and
lower part; this line shows in slight relief on the reverse where not obliterated
by the following process and is also visible on the obverse, here and there,
where the border of appliqued wires has slipped out of position. The band
was then turned over and the papyrus design, exclusive of the inner drawing,
was executed with small punches, four in number, one for the stems, one each
for the larger and smaller umbels, and one for the disks. We reach this
conclusion from the small variations in the relative positions of umbels and
stems everywhere observable, variations which would repeat themselves in
a definite order, were the design produced in a die. The free-hand work
was continued on the obverse of the band by chasing in the details of bracts,
filaments, and ties, for in this particular also, no two umbels are precisely
alike. Further, from the obverse, the relief of the stems, umbels, and disks
was emphasized by punching down the ground about their outlines, and the
openings in the pattern and the upper edge were cut out by chisel strokes;
the ragged edges with burr were afterwards left untouched. To the band were
now soldered^ not solidly, but at intervals, long strips of sheet gold orna¬
mented with wire appliques, which form the borders of the burnished lower
part of the circlet; and to give a finish comfortable for wearing, the lower
edge of the band was burnished over the bottom edge of the lower border. A
practical way of imitating the ornament of wires is illustrated in our sampler,
Plate XXXVIII, at 2 e, but on the ancient circlet, as investigation subse¬
quent to the printing of the plate has proved, solid wires were used and they
were not soldered directly to the circlet; rather, as we indicated above, the
appliques had been separately prepared in long strips, each with its own un¬
derlying ground of sheet metal; the strips were possibly cut of uniform width
but in the process of soldering the twists and plain wires to them, the visible
wire work became slightly variable in width, and all projecting edges of
the underlying strips were afterwards burnished upwards over the plain wires.

31 Or the jeweler may have had in stock sheet metal of the right thickness from which he cut the band.

[55]

The method of making the individual wires has been discussed in our Intro¬
duction, pages 40 to 42; the greater prominence of the seams on the wires of
the two twists in each border is perhaps due to the strain incident to the
twisting. To the best of our judgment, and in this Mr. Heins agrees, the
plain wires are not pieced, but were made long enough to go around the cir¬
clet; the wires exhibit under the microscope a few long diagonal markings, but
these seem more like folds or overlaps without solder than like joints, and
we have offered on page 42 an explanation of them. Nor have we found any
certain instance of a spliced wire in the twists, although there, in places, the
furrows in the wires as magnified are more suggestive of soldered joints and
it would not be surprising if these twisted wires were not units throughout
their entire length. Finally, in making the diadem, the band was bent into
circular form and soldered together; on the inner face of the joint, where the
flame was applied, are some splotches of solder, but the exterior was care¬
fully finished and its present rude appearance at the joint is due to later partial
tearing open. A microchemical analysis proved the gold to contain some silver,
but no copper, lead, zinc, tin, or mercury.

The circlet is a form of personal ornament which may be traced in Egypt,
worn by both men and women, from the First Dynasty down through the his¬
torical periods. The earliest extant specimen, one of about 3200 B. C., is a
plain narrow hoop of gold.®^ But in the third millennium, the characteristic
Egyptian form was developed. This form was possibly a translation into metal
of a ribbon of flexible material tied in a bow-knot;^® it consisted of a broad
and ornate hoop of metal, adorned further with one or more bows and
streamers which were also of metal with colored inlays. Such circlets, known
from the Pyramid Age only in representations, are seen to be of metal by the
way people are pictured handling them and by their presence in scenes of
goldsmith’s products.’”’ The next period, around 2000 B. C., is that from which
the greatest number of actual circlets and coronets have come down to us, some
of the stereotyped design developed earlier,”® others of novel and charming
forms,”^ which are generally marvels of cunning craftsmanship. The type

32 Reisner, Naga-ed-Der, I, pp. 31, 144, PI. 9, Fig. 54, found in contact with a part of the skull.

33 This may be inferred from some of the earlier representations of such circlets. In the scenes of the award
of jewelry in the Vth Dyn. pyramid-temple of Sahure, as well as in a relief from a private tomb of the
Old Kingdom, the bow-knot form is unmistakable; see Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, Pis. 53-4, Fig. 9, p. 63.
Usually, however, the two loops were stylized as papyrus umbels, later sometimes as lotus flowers. For
representations of what seem to be flexible head-bands, tied in a bow-knot, or in a knot with single loop,
see Petrie, Medum, PI. IX, and Borchardt, op. cit., Pis. 5 ff. Other head-bands of obviously utilitarian
purpose were tied in a reef knot; Borchardt, Statuen, I, Nos. no, 114, text cuts.

34 Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, Fig. 9 = Klebs, Die Reliefs des alien Reiches, Fig. 13, design with two bow-knots.
De Morgan, Recherches, I, cut on p. 199 = Klebs, op. cit.. Fig. 68 = Breasted, History, Fig. 41, design with
three bows. The commonest design, that with one bow at the back, is found by the beginning of the Vih
Dyn.; Borchardt, op. cit.. Pis. 35-7.

35 Borchardt, op. cit.. Fig. 9, Pis. 53-4; De Morgan, loc. cit,

33 (a) De Morgan, Dahchour, I, p. 112, No. i, PI. XXXVIII, G, F, found in position about the skull;
Rosenberg, Aegypt. Einlage, Fig. 10; (b) De Morgan, op. cit., p. 100, PI. XXXVIII, C, E; (c, of slightly
later date) first item under g, p. 239.

37 (a) Lythgoe, Bull. M. M. A., Dec. 1919, Part II, Fig. 6; Brunton, Lahun I, pp. 26, 27, 42, PI. V, a deriva-

[56]

with bow and streamers lasted well into the subsequent great period of the
Eighteenth to Twentieth Dynasties (1580-1150 B. C.), to judge by its repeated
occurrence in paintings and sculpture.®* But especially frequent at this time
are diadems of equally broad bands without the bow and streamers,
which most commonly have an ornament of inverted lotus sepals and petals;
some of these are complete hoops,®* like our circlet; others pass about three-
fourths of the way around the head and are tied on;^® occasionally an addi¬
tional piece joined with the circlet in front follows the part in the wig partially
or entirely over the crown of the head.^^ And most elaborate of all, are tall
erections on the head composed in large part of nodding flowers on slender
sterns.^®

The circlet under consideration probably belongs somewhere in the last-
mentioned period, certainly not earlier. The clues for dating it are to be
sought in an analysis of its design and in the quality of its workmanship.
The circlet, as we have seen, is complete and almost uninjured and no mark
on it suggests that it ever had bows, streamers, or other ornament attached to
it. We may note first the resemblance of the lower part, the plain burnished
band bordered by wire appliques, to certain bracelets of Queen Ahhotep
(about 1580 B. C.). The openwork pattern of alternating tall and short pa¬
pyrus umbels, however, is unprecedented among extant Egyptian jewels, al¬
though it has a familiar look, because of its frequency in wall-decorations, in

tive of the type with bows and streamers, (b) Mace and Winlock, Senebtisi, pp. i8, 58, 59, Fig. 28, Pis.
XV, A, B, and XXI, found in position on the wig. (c) De Morgan, Dahchour, II, p. 61, No. 19, Pis. IX,
X; Breasted, History, Fig. 97. (d) De Morgan, op. cit., pp. 61-2, No. 20, Pis. X, XI; Breasted, History,

Fig. 98. (e) De Morgan, op. cit., barely mentioned p. 74. (f) The character of the “gold fillet” which

“clasped” the wig of plaited hair of a mummy of the close of the Xllth Dyn., excavated at Thebes by the
late Earl of Carnarvon, is not apparent, for lack of illustration or further description; Carnarvon and
Carter, Five Years* Explorations, p. 55.

38 For instance: Davies and Gardiner, Amenemhet, PI. XI, top row; XVIIIth Dyn. Perrot and Chipiez,
Histoire de Fart, Vol. I, L’Egypte, Paris, 1882, Fig. 474 = E. A. Wallis Budge, The Mummy. Chapters on
Egyptian Funereal Archeology, Cambridge, 1894, cut on p. 41; XIXth Dyn.

39 For example, on a wooden statuette in Cairo, pictured: Walter Wreszinski, Atlas zur alt'dgyptischen Kul-
turgeschichte, Leipsic, 1914 ff.; text to Pi. 39, No. 8; also statuette of Nai in the Louvre, with gold leaf pre¬
served on the circlet, proving that the circlet was conceived as made of gold; Maspero, Egyptian Art.
Studies, translated by Elizabeth Lee, New York, 1913, pp. 172-3.

^9 Frequently seen in wall-paintings, as those of Wilkinson, Manners and Customs, ed. Birch, Vol. I, p. 440,
No. 213, p. 476, No. 242, etc.

So the circlets represented on two ushebtis of the N. Y. Hist. Society’s collection, pictured in the Quar^-
terly Bulletin, Vol. I (1917-18), p. 95; in Yui’s circlet the piece following the part in the wig is joined to
the hoop also at the back; in that of the ushebti in the dress of life, the circlet, still covered with gold leaf,
has the shorter additional piece joined to the hoop only in front; in both these instances, and often, this
piece following the part of the hair represents stalks of lotus with flower and buds drooping over the
forehead.

42 Wreszinski, Atlas, PI. 25a = Maspero, Art in Egypt (Ars una: species mille. General History of Art),
New York, 1912, Fig. 289, XVIIIth Dyn.; Schafer, Die altdgyptischen Prunkgefdsse mit aufgesetzten
Randverzierungen. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Goldschmiedekunst (Vol. IV, Pt. i in Sethe, Unter-
suchungen), Leipsic, 1903, Fig. 25 = Prisse d’Avennes, Histoire de Fart, Atlas Vol. II, “Peinture,” PI. 21,
time of Ramses II; Schafer, op. cit.. Fig. 53 = Champollion, Monuments, PI. 200, i = Prisse d’Avennes,
op. cit., Atlas Vol. I, PI. 45, time of Ramses III.

43 Vernier, Bijoux, I, PI. X, 52074.

[57]

somewhat more extended form, as the background of sporting scenes/^ But in
the instance of our circlet this formalized papyrus thicket has the addition,
on the taller umbels, of disks, which are probably an abbreviated rendering of
flowers, such as often occur in this period standing erect on the rims of large
and elegant gold and silver vessels or on the towering coronets of precious
metals,^® to which we made reference above. These wonderful and intricate
creations of the goldsmith’s and jeweler’s art have all vanished, but some rec¬
ord of them is contained in wall-paintings, where the same conventions rule
as in the relief of our circlet; and the flowers are drawn, as if seen
from above, with circular outline and inner parts conventionalized to a rosette,
while only the stems are shown in profile; in other instances'*'^ some.flower
stems are hidden, as here, by the plants in front of them. Regarded in
this way, our design becomes comprehensible. The origin of the disks
as flowers, however, may not have been clear to tbe maker of tbe circlet,
since in contrast to the papyrus umbels the disks are left without inner de¬
tails. The two horizontal lines below each papyrus umbel may have been
taken over from the ties on columns representing a cluster of papyrus plants,
for these ties had become a frequent, though illogical, addition to representa¬
tions even of single papyrus stalks. Altogether, there is a lack of clarity
in the design, pleasing as it is, which seems to accord with the artistic taste
of the dynasties immediately following the Eighteenth. Moreover, compar¬
ing the wire appliques on the circlet with available dated examples of the same
ornament, we find them much more even and carefully made than those on
Ahhotep’s bracelets and very nearly resembling in quality the appliques on
the sumptuous bracelets of tbe time of Ramses II (1292-1225 B. C.), which
are in the Cairo Museum.^® In the royal jewelry of the close of the Nine¬
teenth Dynasty, about 1200 B. C., there was retrogression in technical skill
and wire appliques were even rudely imitated in repousse.^® Accordingly we
suggest 1275 B. C. as possibly about tbe time when our circlet was made.

The circlet was presumably found in a tomb, but is substantial enough to
have been worn in life. If actually so worn, its smallness indicates that it
must have belonged to a somewhat petite individual, perhaps to one of the

Good examples of the XVIIIth Dyn. represented in colors in Norman de Garis Davies, The Tomb of Nakht
at Thebes (M. M. A. Robb de Peyster Tytus Memorial Series, Vol. I), New York, 1917, PI. XXIV and in
Nina de Garis Davies and Gardiner, AmenemhH, PI. I A. See also Breasted, History, Fig. 156.

Schafer, Prunhgefdsse, Figs. 35, 50-52, 77, 78, loi, and 113.

See references above in n. 42.

Schafer, op. cit., Figs. 53, 55.

See pp. 240-41, third item under i.

Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52577, PI. XX; Theodore M. Davis’ Excavations, The Tomb of Siphtah; the
Monkey Tomb and the Gold Tomb, London, 1908, plates “Silver Bracelets of Queen Tauosrit.” The quality
of work in the earrings of the XXth Dyn., pictured in Vernier, op. cit., PI. XXVII, is hardly equal to that
of our piece, although here actual appliques are used. If it be objected that the quality of work is an
unsafe criterion of date, that good work and poor work w^ere done in every age, we acknowledge the gen¬
eral objection, but regard comparisons made exclusively between pieces of Egyptian jewelry produced
under royal patronage as nevertheless possibly of some value, since such pieces presumably were up to
the level of the best w'ork of their respective periods.

[58]

numerous princesses of the royal house. To be sure, it has none of the insignia
of royalty sometimes seen in jewels belonging to members of the ruling family,
but its intrinsic value and artistic merit would lead one to ascribe it to a per¬
son of considerable position.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥., included under No. 1037;
edition 1915, under No. 1033.

No. 3 (Plates V, a, b, XXXV, c, d). Part of a clasp from a piece of jewelry.

Gold, carnelian, and lapis lazuli. Probably Eighteenth or Nineteenth Dynasty,
about 1580-1300 B. C. From Sakkara. Thickness 0.12 inches (3 mm.). Pres¬
ent weight, 22.76 grains (1.475 grams).

Points of interest: It affords a good example of the method of inlaying
gold with other materials practised in the sixteenth to thirteenth centuries
B. C.; it is an illustration of one of the earliest types of clasps known in the
history of jewelry.

Except for the loss of the inlay surrounding the central bosses and some
denting of the gold, the piece is in good condition.

The main part is a shallow box of sheet gold with side walls partly in
one piece with the bottom, partly soldered on. Within the box, strips of gold,
curved, or bent at a sharp angle, were soldered on edge to outline each lotus
leaf and stem and to form the cylindrical pedestal on which each round boss
is set. The bottom piece shows on the reverse in relief the impress of the
walls of the cloisons thus formed. Each of the bosses we suppose to have been
made by pressing sheet gold into a carefully executed shallow depression in
a stone or wooden block. The four loops consist each of a strip of gold about
0.138 inches (3.5 mm.) wide and 0.236 to 0.276 inches (6-7 mm.) long, sol¬
dered in place with little dexterity, as compared with the fastening of the sides
of the box, for here the solder is readily seen, an unmelted minute panel of
it even remaining in one place, and the lower loop at the right had to be
strengthened subsequently by a tiny piece of thin gold. That the patch is not
a later repair, is clear from the fact that one end, soldered against a cloison
wall, extends down into the box where it could have been fastened only before
the inlaying of the piece began. When the frame was ready the cells were
filled to more than half their depth with a cement, composed, it appears to
us, in part of wax; in this bed thin slices of carnelian and lapis lazuli were
laid, of which the former were used for the red stems of the lotus and the
latter for the leaves. Only two of the cloisons are filled with a single stone;
in all the others, there is somewhat clumsy piecing, and the inlays depend on
the cement and not at all on exact fitting®® to hold their position; indeed, the
inlaid work of this period, although effective, compares in technique unfavor-

50 For this type of inlaid work, cf. Rosenberg, Aegyptische Einlage, Figs. 16, 17, and description p. 8.

[59]

ably with the beautiful and finished work of the nineteenth century B. C.
and with some later work (see No. 104; also our Introduction, pages 31 to 33).
The gold has the color of fine gold.

This piece originally interlocked with two others, each of which had a
single loop. On the one side a pin passing through the three loops was per¬
manently fixed; the pin on the other side was removable, to permit opening
and closing the bracelet or necklace. The permanently closed side, we may re¬
mark, was one of the forerunners of a kind of hinge still in common use among
craftsmen, in which the several parts are made of drawn tubing connected by
a pin.®^ Back of it, in ancient Egypt, lay a long struggle with the special prob¬
lem of how to fasten pieces of jewelry. A set of bead bracelets from about 3300
B. C. shows the earliest court jewelry of history to have been executed with¬
out a knowledge of clasps, for these various bracelets either were fastened by a
loop and button or were tied on the arm.®® In the succeeding period of the
third millennium B.C. there is no clear evidence of the invention of clasps;
end-pieces into which were gathered the several threads of bead collars were
elaborated and given artistic form; from these the threads issued in a single
twist and were tied in the reef or square knot, which the Egyptian river-folk
employed at a very early date.®^ This knot, in time, was imitated in a two-
piece gold sliding clasp, of which the earliest surviving example dates from
shortly after 2000 B.C.®® Numerous sliding clasps, beautiful in design and
elaborately and skillfully made, have come down to us from the nineteenth cen¬
tury B.C.®® Some of these require a certain amount of room in which to
operate, that is, as has been pointed out,®’^ the piece of jewelry must be drawn
in for an instant in order to slide tbe tenon on the one part of the clasp into the
corresponding groove in the other; this characteristic was no drawback for a
necklace or a girdle, but was inconvenient for a close-fitting bracelet or throat-
band. Accordingly in the same century we find another type of sliding clasp
used for bracelets; here the sliding part is an additional separate piece slipped
from above or below into two other pieces into which it dovetails. Also in this
period the clasp such as ours, which was like the three-piece sliding clasp in
requiring no overlapping of the jewelry in fastening, came into favor ®® and

Will the newly found examples from the tomb of Tutenkhamon cause a revision of this statement?

52 Wilson, Silver^ork and Jewelry, pp. 134-5, Figs. 71-4; cf. Mdixyon^ Metalwork, 149-155.

53 See p. 237, first item under a.

51 For representations of jewelry as worn tied on, showing the reef knot, see Borchardt, Statuen, I, text cuts
accompanying Nos. 139, 269.

55 Mace and Winlock, Senehtisi, p. 62 under 4, Pis. XXII, XXIII, XXVIII, A-C. Now in the Metropolitan
Museum of Art.

56 Vernier, Bijouterie, p. 88, Figs. 82-3, Pis. X, 2, 3, 5, 6 and XVI, 2, 3; Bijoux, I, p. 18, Fig. 19, PI. VIII,
52019-19 bis, 52041-2, 52044-5; De Morgan, Dahchour, I, Pis. XV, XVI, 2, 3, 13, 14, XVII, 8, 9, XX, 15,
16; Dahchour, II, PI. V, 9, 12, etc. Lythgoe, op, cit., Fig. ii (below) = Brunton, op, cii., pp. 34-5, Pis.
IV, XIII. Petrie, Arts and Crafts, p. 91.

57 By Mr. Winlock in Ancient Egypt, 1920, p. 84.

58 De Morgan, Dahchour, I, PI. XXXVIII, A, B, D, i8th cent. B.C. Von Bissing, Ein thebanischer Grab-
fund aus dem Anfang des neuen Reichs, Berlin, 1900, Pis. V, 2, 4, VII, 3 = Vernier, Bijoux, I, PI. IX,

[60]

soon nearly superseded the sliding type.®® It is uncertain when the simple hook
and eyelet represented in a few earrings of this collection (Nos. 67, 83, 84, 88,
89) first appeared in Egypt; the oldest example known to the writer is of the
early years of the sixteenth century B. C.®®

The range of date which we have given for this number is suggested by
the jewelry of Queen Ahhotep in the Cairo Museum,®^ which includes inlaid
work of similar technique, and earrings in the Berlin Museum ®® which show
an analogous combination of gold scales (similar to the bosses here) and col¬
ored inlays.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1029; edition 1915,
No. 1025.

Nos. 4, 5 (Plate V, a, b). Beads in the form of flies, from a piece of jewelry.

Thin gold exteriors with sandy (?) filling to give strength. Eighteenth Dyn¬
asty, about 1400 B.C., or later (?). Thickness at head, 0.079 inches (2 mm.).
Present weight of No. 4, 1.94 grains (o. 126 grams); of No. 5, 2.14 grains (0.139
grams).

The gold is worn through on prominent parts revealing the dark filling and
No. 4 has lost the tip of the left wing. No trace remains of the “piece of
enamel let into their backs,” which is mentioned in the old catalogue.

Each fly was made in two parts; the obverse and sides in one piece were
formed by pressing sheet gold into a die having the design in intaglio. The
gold is so thin that the filling of fine dark sand(?) mixed with a binder must
have been put in before removing it from the die. The filled upper parts
were closed on the bottom by flat pieces of the thin sheet; the solder joining
the two parts is invisible but there are marks of burnishing where the seams
were worked smooth. Two round threading holes were pierced through the
neck after each fly had been put together. The work is simple but is exe¬
cuted with remarkable skill.

Small flies occurred as units in strings of beads even in predynastic
times ®® and were quite usual in the Twelfth to mid-Eighteenth Dynasties,®^

52069, 52070-71 = Vernier, Bijouterie^ Pis. IV, i, 3, X, 7, early i6th cent. B.C. Bijoux, II, PI. XVIII,
S 2 S 7 S-^\ Bijouterie, PI. VII, 2; Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, loc, cit. = Bijoux, II, PI. XX, 52577-8, 13th
cent. B.C.

59 For a comparatively late Egyptian sliding clasp, see C. C. Edgar in Maspero, Le Musee Egyptien, Vol. II,
Pt. 3 (1907), p. 105, PI. LIII, from Tell Basta, 13th cent. B.C.

69 Von Bissing, op. cit., col. 9, PI. VI, 2.

61 Von Bissing, op. cit.

62 Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten. No. 92, Pis. la, 14.

63 Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 34, cf. p. 26, of lapis lazuli with gold head. Many of less valuable
material have been found.

64 Petrie, Amulets, p. 12, PL II; Reisner, Boston Bulletin, Vol. XIII (1915), p. 81, Fig. i6. No. 18, silver flies
with gold heads, around 2000 B.C. Von Bissing, Bin thebanischer Grahfund, PI. VI, col. 10, Nos. 3a, 3b,
gold and electrum, early XVIIIth Dyn., about 1580 B.C. Also two undated sets of gold flies: Moller,

[61]

2000 to 1500 B.C. But later specimens are known also and bear more resem¬
blance to these pieces than do the earlier flies. There are several of gold in
the treasure of Queen Tewosret®* from the close of the Nineteenth Dynasty,
about 1200 B.C., which are inferior in workmanship to the present specimens,
but similar in design, that is, the markings are few and confined to the body.
Some close parallels found on the island of Cyprus and probably importa¬
tions from Egypt have been attributed to the “Later Bronze Age” (following
1500 B.C.)®^ and to the “Mycen$an Age.” ®® The dark filling is known to us
in jewels of the second half of the Eighteenth Dynasty (Nos. 46, 47) and in
later economically made gold objects (Nos. 8, 9).

The motif of the fly is to modern taste a curious one. In Egypt it prob¬
ably often had amuletic or symbolic significance, although we are far from
thinking that every small bead-fly of the type of these specimens was so re¬
garded; in Egypt, as elsewhere, many art-motifs originally symbolic were
used eventually without thought of their original meanings. It hardly seems
possible, however, that the Egyptians, any more than the Greeks,®® could have
missed noting the appropriateness of the fly as a symbol of persistent and un¬
tiring attack, and it may be mere accident that the fly does not occur in figures
of speech in surviving Egyptian literary texts; other insects, the honey bee,
the dung-beetle, and the grasshopper have been found used figuratively.’'" There
is inscriptional evidence, to which Professor Sethe has called attention,'” that, in
the early Eighteenth Dynasty, the gold given as a reward for military prowess
was sometimes wrought into the form of flies; perhaps these military rewards
were of large size as only a few flies—two and six in the recorded instances—
were given. Yet the most splendid of surviving Egyptian gold flies, three in
the Cairo Museum,''^ which measure each 3.66 inches (9.3 cm.) in length,
were the possession of a woman, the queen Ahhotep, and thus are more likely

Amtliche Berichte, Vol. XXXIV (1912), pp. 22-3, Fig. 6 and C. L. R[ansorn], Bull. M. M. A Vol. X
(1915)? PP* 117-20. The 2nd and 3rd references are to examples somewhat larger than the ordinary fly-
beads.

The latest of the Egyptian series known to us is that on a knotted cord from Kafr Ammar, Dyn. XXIII-
XXV; Petrie, Amulets, Pi. XVIII, 131 e. The motif of the fly was used also outside of Eg}pt in jewelry
of the Greek and Roman periods: Marshall, Je^'ellery, Nos. 2628, 2840 and Catalogue of the Finger Rings,
Greek, Etruscan, and Roman, in the Departments of Antiquities, British Museum, London, 1907, PI. XXVI,
No. 1014.

Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, p. 39, No. 13, plate “Amulets and Rings.”

Myres, Handbook. Cesnola Coll., p. 376, Nos. 3057-9 = 1. H. Hall^ A Descriptive Atlas of the Cesnola Col¬
lection, New York, Vol. Ill (1903), PI. IV, Nos. 14, 16.

Marshall, Jev:ellery, No. 663, PI. V, = A. S. Murray, A. H. Smith, and H. B. Walters, Excavations in
Cyprus, London, 1900, PI. VIII, 14 gold flies from Enkomi; wt., each, 1.5 grains (o.io grams).

Mdller, loc. cit., called attention to the Homeric passage, II. XVII, 570.

Grapow, Vergleiche, pp. 5, 7.

A. Z., Vol. 48 (1910), pp. 143-5. Cf. passage quoted on our p. 2.

*^2 Von Bissing, op. cit., PI. VI, col. 9-10, No. 2 = Vernier, Bijouterie, PI. XIV, p. 97. Cf. Maciver and
Woolley, Buhen (Univ. of Pennsylvania. Egypt. Dep. of Univ. Museum. Eckley B. Coxe, Jr. Expedition
to Nubia. Vols. VII, VIII), Philadelphia, 1911, PI. 51, No. 10,347, pp. 175, 225, two flies, 4.33 inches (ii
cm.) long, electrum and ivory; XVIIIth Dyn., sex of burial not given. In the proof, w'e add a reference
to Reisner, Kerma, Pt. IV {Harvard African Studies, Vol. VI), 1923, p. 131, whose examples of the Middle
Kingdom include two pairs of larger flies found with bodies of men wearing swords.

[62]

to have been amulets or mere decorative pendants than symbolic military deco¬
rations.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue/® 1843, p. 35, under No. 54. Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1853 Nos. 1070-71; edition 1915, Nos. 1066-7.

No. 6 (Plate V, a, b). Bead in the form of a crocodile.

Gold. Mid, or late. Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-1330 B.C. (?). Weight, 9.18
grains (0.595 grams).

Across the bottom may be seen the impress in relief in the soft gold of the
cord or wire on which the bead was once strung.

It was made hollow, in two parts, of sheet gold heavy enough to require no
filling and to admit of being chased on the upper part, which had first been
impressed in a die. The longitudinal markings were chased in first, followed
by the cross-markings, which are less deep and have a burr overhanging the
previously cut, long channels. The soldered joints were finished to invisibility
along the animal’s neck, but are to be seen elsewhere. Except for high lights
due to wear, the bead has a pleasing matt surface produced by polishing with
some fine sand or other abrasive. It is one of the most exquisitely wrought small
pieces in the collection.

The animal represented appears to us to be a crocodile rather than a
warren, as stated in the Abbott catalogue. The body, it is true, is somewhat
pudgy, but this is due to the conventionalization, bringing the tail unnaturally
close to the body, to make a compact, approximately rectangular bead. The
markings on the back are surely those of the crocodile.'^^ Except for one or
two questionable examples the warren has not been identified among Egyptian
figures, but the crocodile, owing to its significance as the embodiment of an
Egyptian water-god, was an ever-popular motif.

We have suggested the middle, or latter part, of the Eighteenth Dynasty
as the time from which the bead dates, because in delicacy of conception and
workmanship it is analogous to numerous small amulets and seals in animal
form which enrich the minor arts of those years.'^®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1072; edition 1915,
No. 1068.

No. 7 (Plate V). Pendant in the form of the minor goddess, Teweret.

Pale gold. From Sakkara. Nineteenth Dynasty, about 1200 B.C. (?). Height,
including eyelet, 0.748 inches (1.9 cm.). Weight, 10.20 grains (0.661 grams).

Title in full, p. 229.

74 In J. Anderson, Zoology of Egypt: Repiilia and Batrachia, London, 1898, cf. PI. I {Crocodilus niloticus)
and PI. XVIII {Varanus niloticus).

75 Newberry, Scarabs. An Introduction to the Study of Egyptian Seals and Signet Rings, London, 1906, pp.
87-8.

[63]

The pendant is hollow and made in two parts of which the front was im¬
pressed in a die. The eyelet is a bent-over strip of sheet, 0.049 inches (1.25
mm.) wide, probably cut separately'^® and soldered to both main pieces. The
form was sketchily rendered in the die, but some supplementary markings were
added to the hippo body from the obverse with a sharp punch. Under the
figure’s jaw is a small vent hole, necessary during the process of soldering the
two parts together; the soldered seams are well finished.

Representations of Teweret which antedate the Eighteenth Dynasty are
rare,’^ but during the Eighteenth Dynasty this goddess’ grotesque form, usually,
as here, that of a hippopotamus walking erect on her hind legs with her fore
legs humanized as arms, adorned mirror handles, furniture, and all manner of
household articles and became a frequent motif in jewelry. Teweret, like
the equally ugly and cheerful god Bes (Nos. 10, ii), was very close to the
hearts of the common folk; often she supports before her the hieroglyph
meaning protection, an indication of her supposed usefulness to mankind,'^®
and she was appealed to by women for succor in childbirth.'’® We have sug¬
gested a date about 1200 B.C. for this piece because of its stylistic resem¬
blance to pendants in the treasure of Tewosret.®®

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 47. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1075; edition 1913, No. 1071.

No. 8 (Plate V, a, b). Pendant representing the lioness head of a goddess, Sekhmet or
Bast.

Gold. Twenty-second to Twenty-third Dynasty, 943-718 B.C. (?). From
Sakkara. Weight, 13.22 grains (0.986 grams).

The muzzle is crushed in; other surfaces are somewhat dented, and the eye¬
let is broken off.

The animal head and collar were impressed in a die from a single piece
of sheet gold. The lower edge of the collar was turned under and hammered

Often in making such amulets the eyelet was cut in one piece with the flat reverse, as in Nos. 91 and 92.
See: Ancient Egypt, 1916, p. 53, for a supposed representation of Teweret from about 3400 B.C.; A
Catalogue of the Egyptian Antiquities in the Possession of F. G. Hilton Price, Vol. II, London, 1908, p.
41, PI. XXXIV, for a typical figure of about 2000 B.C. engraved on a funerary boomerang of ivory;
Boston Bulletin, Vol. XII (1914), p. 20, Fig. 22; p. 40, eight Teweret figures from Nubia, Hyksos period,
about 1650 B.C.

78 Erman, A Handbook of Egyptian Religion (translated by A. S. Griffith), London, 1907, p. 76; Die
dgyptische Religion (Handbuch der Konigl. Museen zu Berlin), 2nd ed., 1909, p. 91; a 3rd German
edition is in preparation. May not the so-called Typhonic couch from the tomb of Tutenkhamon be
supported rather by modified figures of Teweret? In this connection the Amarna tablet No. 14 is of
high interest; according to Knudtzon’s critical edition, it contains an inventory of presents sent by the
Egyptian king to the Babylonian king, including (Col. II, 19) “a bedstead, overlaid with gold, of which
the supports are protective divinities.’^ On this goddess see also: Thomas George Allen, A Handbook
of the Egyptian Collection (Art Institute), Chicago, 1923, p. 57, where the goddess’ name is rendered
Toeris. Cf. now Carter and Mace, The Tomb of Tut-Ankh-Amen, Vol. I, London, 1923, PI. XXVIII.

79 Moller, A.Z., Vol. 54 (1918), pp. 138-9.

Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, p. 38, No. 10, plate “Amulets and Rings of Queen Tauosrit.”

[64]

down to give a smooth finish, but its short upper edges were left ragged.
The hollow of the head was given the support of a sandy (?) filling, held
in place by a rectangular covering of sheet gold, to which the eyelet, now torn
away, thus revealing the dark filling, was once attached. This closing piece
was neatly soldered on. The gold is of the color of fine gold.

The most important dated parallel for this and the succeeding number is
a large gold pendant in the Louvre, bearing the names of a king and queen
of the Twenty-second Dynasty.*^ Other pieces have been found under condi¬
tions which enabled the excavators to assign them to the period of the Twenty-
second to Twenty-third Dynasties.®”

Although during the later dynasties, the lioness head when surmounted by
the sun’s disk (as in No. 9) seems properly to belong to Sekhmet,®® it is
doubtful if the Egyptians themselves, at this time, always distinguished con¬
sistently their two chief goddesses of feline form,®^ for Sekhmet of Memphis
and Bast of Bubastis, and Mut of Thebes, were more or less assimilated to
one another.®® Professor Petrie has published a similar pendant with the
human head and double crown of Mut.®® Perhaps the prominence of the local
goddess of Bubastis under the Bubastite dynasty®'^ brought this design into
special regard. Its significance is obscure,®® but let us note that it was regularly
placed as an attribute in the hands of Bast in a well-known type of figure in
which she appears cat-headed and clad in a patterned and fringed gown. Here,
according to considerations advanced by one authority,®® the goddess is carry¬
ing an image of herself.

The combination, in the design of this pendant, of a head and broad collar
is peculiarly Egyptian and is seen constantly from the mid-Eighteenth
Dynasty on. It is not an unpleasing solution of the artist’s problem how to
finish a head below, when it is undesirable to represent the related body. The

51 Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de Vart, Vol. I, p. 834, Fig. 569 = Vernier, Bijouterie, PI. XIX, No. i.

5 2 So Petrie, Hyksos and Israelite Cities (Xllth Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. and Egypt. Res. Acc.
Xllth Year), London, 1906, Pis. XIX E, XXXII. Cf. Petrie, Amulets, p. 42, giving the limits XXIInd-
XXVIth Dyn. for this type of amulet, and No. 195 g, Illahun, XXIInd Dyn.

ss As in the well-known statues from Karnak; see Lythgoe, “Statues of the Goddess Sekhmet” (Pt. II, Bull,
MM.A. for Oct. 1919).

8^ Even in the Vth Dyn., Bast was lioness-headed, though without the disk, but with the epithet “sekhmet”
(“the mighty”) suggesting an early association with Sekhmet; see Borchardt, Ne-user-re, p. 94, Fig. 72.
The Abbott collection includes a late inscribed statue of a priest of Bast (No. 150, Catal. 1915) holding
a shrine containing an image of his deity in relief; also here Bast is lioness-headed without the disk.

85 See, for instance, Erman, Religioti, Engl, ed., p. 56; 2nd Germ, ed., p. 71. Again, just these three
goddesses are associated on the stela of a high-priest of Memphis of the XXIInd Dyn.; The Bulletin
of the Cleveland Museum of Art, Vol. V (1918), p. 68.

Amulets, PI. XXXV, 195 g.

87 The XXIInd.

88 According to Schafer, A.Z., Vol. 43 (1906), pp. 68-9, when a funerary amulet, it replaced an actual broad
bead collar.

8® Hermann Kees, Der Opfertanz des aegyptischen Konigs, Leipsic, 1912, p. 21. Such a bronze figure of
Bast was published in the Society’s Quarterly Bulletin, Vol. II (1918-19), p. 47, Fig. 4; another, Schafer,
Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. 55, Fig. 39; see also Wilkinson, Manners and Customs, ed. Birch, vol. Ill, p. 35.

80 So, to mention two examples: in the adornment of chairs, Davis’ Excavations, The Tomb of louiya and
Touiyou, London, 1907, PI. XXXIII, and in the prow and stern ornaments of vessels, Naville, Deir el
Bahari, Pt. V, (XXVIIth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1906, Pis. CXXII, CXXVI.

[65]

mind reverts to the herm and bust, the solutions offered later by the Greeks
and Romans.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1030; edition 1915,
No. 1026.

No. 9 (Plates V, a, b, XXXV, c). Pendant representing the lioness head of a goddess,

Sekhmet or Bast.

Gold. Twenty-second to Twenty-third Dynasty, 945-718 B.C. (?). Weight,
9.29 grains (0.602 grams).

The eyelet for threading, with a portion of the back plate to which it was
attached, is torn off.

The pendant was made in two parts, a front impressed in a die, filled with
a sandy(?) composition, and chased on the obverse to bring out sharply the
details of the collar, and a flat back soldered to the front. The soldering was
not accomplished with entire success, as about one-third of the joint along the
lower curved edge of the collar is open and in the view of the reverse a
minute lump of once-fused solder may be seen, below, on the right, where it
collected, instead of performing the office of closing the joint! Tiny particles
of white metal are observable on the sun’s disk and the back of the amulet. The
color is that of fine gold.

On the identity of the goddess represented and the dating of the piece, see
under No. 8.®^

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 996; edition 1915,
No. 992.

No. 10 (Plate V, a-c). Pendant in the form of the minor god Bes.

Pale gold. Latter part of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-1350 B.C. (?). From
Thebes. Weight, 60.34 grains (3-910 grams).

Its main part is made hollow in two halves, impressed in dies, and soldered
together down the sides. The side joints have been worked over, but not ren¬
dered invisible; they even gap in some places. The loop for threading is
compound, having four soldered seams. Presumably the procedure was first
to cut a strip of thin sheet gold about 0.039 inches (i mm.) wide, rub it with
a burnisher lengthwise, converting it from flat stock into a half-round in sec¬
tion; then it was wound about a mandrel as in making links for a chain, cut,
and the parts were soldered together, and the whole loop finally was soldered
to the top of the figure. The tail, beaten out separately, is soldered near the
tip to the figure’s left heel and again to the body where the end is trimmed

Other similar amulets of precious metals but undated: Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, No. 42; C. L.

R[ansom], Bull. M.M.A., Vol. X (1915), pp. 117-20; Petrie, Amulets, Pis. XXXV, 195 f, XLV, 195 e.

[ 66 ]

and flattened out; an unmelted panel of solder remains at one side. Minute
particles of white metal, visible with a magnifying glass, are especially abun¬
dant on the figure’s back.

The figure of the god Bes, a ludicrous being, partly leonine, partly human,
whose attitude toward men was kindly and whose protection from evil beasts
was eagerly sought, came into great vogue after 1580 B.C. as a motif in
the minor arts, and this Bes-pendant is of a well-known. Eighteenth Dynasty
type in which the god is represented without headdress or other accessories
and with his hands resting on his hips.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, under No. 46. Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1044; edition 1915, No. 1040.

No. 11 (Plate V, a-c). Pendant in the form of the minor god Bes.

Electrum. Latter part of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-1350 B.C.(?). From
Sakkara. Weight, 34.09 grains (2.209 grams).

Made as No. 10 except that the loop is of a single strip of metal with rills
chased in and the tail where it joins the body is not flattened out, nor is it
soldered a second time near the tip. The side seams are better finished than
in No. 10. A coppery tinge is noticeable in the solder on the top of the head.
On design and date, compare No. 10.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, under No. 46. Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 1043, edition 1915, No. 1039.

No. 12 (Plates V, a, XI, b, c). Bead.

Pale gold. Eighteenth Dynasty, about 1500 B.C., or later (?). From Sakkara.
Diameter, 0.236 inches (6 mm.). Weight, 2.00 grains (0.130 grams).

The bead is hollow, having been made in two halves, which were then sold¬
ered together. Sheet gold was beaten into a die to form each of the halves.
The soldered joint was well finished, but not quite to invisibility. The thread¬
ing hole was pierced by an instrument of round section which was drawn back
and forth and twirled about to work a good edge; inside, the jagged edges of
the torn sheet may be seen.

The only clue to its date which occurs to us is a resemblance in shape to
certain blue faience beads, usually larger and coarser, which are common in
the Eighteenth Dynasty.®®

92 Examples: Petrie, Tell el Amarna, London, 1894, PL XVII, 290; Davis’Excavations,awii Touiyou^
PI. XXXV and plate opp. p. 37, at bottom.

93 See Maciver and Mace, El Amrali and Abydos, PI. XLVI, D 102. Cf. the smaller gold beads of a mid-
XVIIIth Dynasty necklace, R. Engelbach, Riqqeh and Memphis VI, (XXVIth Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in
Eg. and Egypt. Res. Acc. XIXth Year, 1913), London, 1915, p. 15, Pis. I, 10, XI, 4; also Marshall,
Jewellery, No. 787, PI. VIII.

[67]

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., No. ion; edition 1915,
No. 1007.

No. 13 (Plate V). Bead.

Gold. From Sakkara. Twelfth to Eighteenth Dynasty, 2000-1350 B.C. (?).
Length, 0.433 inches (ir mm.). Weight, 2.50 grains (0.162 grams).

One side is somewhat crushed, the other uninjured.

The bead was made hollow in two halves and soldered together; compare
the technique of No. 12. The seams run lengthwise and the solder appears to
be of the same color as the gold, which has the hue of fine gold.

Such isolated small pieces of geometrical form as this and the preceding
number are especially difficult to place chronologically. Hollow gold beads
were pressed out in two parts and united by solder from very early times.*'*'
Beads of the shape of this one are frequent in stone and metal in the period
to which we have assigned the piece.**®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif., under No. 1021; edition
1915, under No. 1017.

No. 14 (Plate V). Pendant representing a seated figure in a frame of the sky supported
by mas-pillars. ,

Gold. From Sakkara. About Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 712-663 B.C. (?).
Weight, 18.63 grains (1.207 grams).

The piece has been misused and is worn and scratched.

Probably it was made of several parts beaten out separately and then united
by solder. Stars were roughly suggested by three grains flattened by hammer
blows and then soldered to the top piece. The loop for threading was made
of a separate strip of metal soldered on the reverse to the head of the figure.
The gold contains many minute particles of white metal.

In size, general composition, the a jour technique, and the summary render¬
ing of the figure, our pendant resembles certain gold and silver amulets which
are especially numerous from the period around 2000 B. C.,**® but occur also
later,**^ and we believe that its design is a derivative from the same category of
ideas as the designs of those pieces. In the usual amulet, a standing or seated
figure bears in each hand a stripped, notched palm-rib. It was in this form that

See Vernier, Bijoux, I, p. 13, Fig. 15.

95 De Morgan, Dahehour, II, PI. VIII and Carnarvon and Carter, Five Years* Explorations, PI. XLV, 2 H.

96 For instance: Ayrton, C. T. Currelly and Weigall, Ahydos. Pari III. igo^. (Special extra publ. Eg. Expl.
Fund), London, 1904, PI. XII, i, 2; Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Ahydos, Pi. XLIII, tomb 81.

97 Davis’ Excavations, Siphtafi, p. 39, No. 12, plate “Amulets and Rings of Queen Tauosrit.” Petrie,
Amulets, p. 19 under 59; also example mentioned below in note 103, made of glazed pottery.

[68]

the concept “infinity” was sometimes expressed.®® Further these amulets came
into funerary use just at the time when the ordinary mortal, in death, was
first being identified with the king of the dead, Osiris, and was acquiring the
appurtenances and prerogatives of the kings of earth. Possibly therefore we
may venture to suggest that the amulets assured to the deceased the gift of
an infinity of years, the years being symbolized by the hieroglyph for year,
the notched palm-rib, on which in a primitive age the record of passing years
had been cut.®® The amulets would thus have denoted much the same thought
as the large temple reliefs representing the enthroned kings of earth, to whom
the gift of years is handed, symbolized by a cluster of notched palm-ribs ^®® or
by a figure of the god Infinity with a lofty palm-rib as headdress.

In the same reliefs the limits of the scene are defined by the hieroglyph for
sky in large size, supported by pillars similar in form to the hieroglyph
was, of which a frequent meaning is good fortune, or the like. Again in this
and other scenes the gift of “good fortune,” together with “life” and other
blessings, symbolized by the objects represented in the hieroglyphs with
which the respective words were written, are continually being bestowed on
the mortal king by the gods; in this way these objects came to be the recog¬
nized attributes of divinities, and a wAj-staff was regularly carried in one
hand and a life-sign in the other, in most representations of Egyptian
gods.^®^ The early amulets to which we have alluded we suppose to have
had their origin in a conscious purpose to secure for the dead what had once
been granted only to the king, but, as time went on, their meaning became ob¬
scured and the gold pendant under consideration, we believe, shows only a
confused reminiscence of several elements in the artists’ representation of the
ideas spoken of above. The sky supported by wa^-pillars was suggested by
the frequency of this motif as the frame for scenes in wall-decorations. But

Cf. J. E. A., Vol. Ill (1916), p. 280. Professor Erman in Die Hieroglyphen (Sammlung Goschen), 2nd
ed., Berlin and Leipsic, 1917, p. 15, interpreted the usual ideogram expressing “vast number” as a scribe
throwing up his arms in expressive oriental gesture over a huge sum. But the concept “infinity” must
have been personified as a minor god very early, for many of the oldest examples of this hieroglyph have
the long curved beard of divine beings. In the XVIIIth Dyn. it acquired, further, the palm-rib as head¬
dress and in reliefs a minor god of like form is depicted (Griffith, A Collection of Hieroglyphs, Vlth
Memoir. Arch. Survey of Eg., London, 1898, p. 13). The guardian of the sea of fire in the Book of
the Dead, Ch. 17, § 26, however, is another being, the “Swallower of Years.” There is an occasional
variant of the hieroglyph for “infinity,” a figure holding a palm-rib in each hand as in the above-
mentioned amulets (see Griffith, loc. cit. and Moller, Hieratische Paldographie. Die aegyptische Buck*
schrift in ihrer EnHuicklung von der fiinften Dynastie bis %ur romischen Kaiserzeit, Vol. Ill, Leipsic, 1912,
No. 37 bis). This, we believe, was an excerpt from the ideas expressed more fully in the temple scenes, in
which a god, Horus or Set, extends the gift of years (see above, main text), and only secondarily came,
as a whole, to mean “infinity.” Quite often the figure wears the sun’s disk (Moller, loc. cit. and in an un¬
published amulet of the Abbott collection) when we may question whether it was regarded as the god
Infinity.

A.Z., Vol. 45 (1908), pp. 45-6.

100 So in an unpublished relief from the pyramid-temple of Amenemhet I, now in the Cairo Museum. A
photograph of this scene from the “Sed” festival is now in our hands, through the courtesy of the dis¬
coverer, Mr. Lythgoe.

^^^J.E.A., Vol. IV (1917), PI. IV, a scene from the temple of Amenhotep I, discussed by Mr. Winlock.

102 Cf. N.-Y. Hist. Soc. Quarterly Bull., Vol. Ill (1919-20), p. 76.

[69]

the holding of these same w< 7 j-staves by the seated figure was reminiscent of
the god bearing his gift of “good fortune”, the whole being brought into the
scheme of the early amulets, which had become traditional in the equipment
of the dead. Support for this view and for a late dating of our piece is to
be found in a pendant of glazed pottery from the Twenty-fifth Dynasty, of
which an illustration has been published by Professor Reisner.^®* In this, too,
a figure holds a waj-symbol in each hand and these w^j-staves form the frame
at the sides of the pendant, though the piece is terminated above by a sun’s disk
flanked with uraei, constituting the god’s headdress, instead of by the sky.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1008; edition 1915,
No. 1004.

103 Boston Bulletin, Vol. XIX (1921), p. 32, 2nd row from bottom, 3rd piece from left.

B.—Scarabs

One of the most characteristic sights among the humbler creatures of Egypt
in ancient days as later was the Scarabaeus sacer, or other native dung-
beetle, rolling the ball of excrement which, in some underground nest, was to
serve as foodd It caught the imagination of the observant Egyptians, who in
one myth conceived the Sun-god to be a gigantic beetle rolling the ball of the
sun across the sky. Amulets and seals in beetle form, the “scarabs” of pres¬
ent-day parlance, were carved by the ancient Egyptians in stone, moulded in
pottery, and, very rarely, fashioned of gold, silver, bronze, or ivory. The
large majority of the scarabs in the New York Historical Society’s collection
will be published in a subsequent part of the catalogue, but a few, by virtue
of their material or setting, fall within the scope of the present part. See also
the rings. Nos. i8, 20, and 23, having a scarab, or several scarabs, as bezel, and
the late amulet, No. 100.

No. 15 (Plate VI, a-e). Scarab-seal (?).

Pale gold. Early Nineteenth Dynasty, about 1325 B. C. Weight, 63.64 grains
(4.124 grams).

Points of interest: It is one of the few Egyptian scarabs known which are
made entirely of gold ^ and it bears the name of Mutnezmet, queen-consort
of Harmhab.

The condition is perfect, except for a slight dent in the prothorax.

The piece is exquisite technically, as artistically. It is made of the follow¬
ing parts: (i) an oval bottom plate on the under face of which the queen’s
name is chased; (2) the upper half of the body worked in repousse, with de¬
tails subsequently engraved; (3) the lower half of the body in repousse, sold-

1 The habits of the Scarabaeus sacer were studied on the sunny hillslopes near Avignon, nearly the north¬
ern limit of its native haunts, by the French naturalist J. Henri Fabre and described by him with drannatic
vividness in The Sacred Beetle and Others (translator, Alexander Teixeira de Mattos) ; cf. H. R. Hall,
Catal, of Egyptian Scarabs, etc. (British Museum), London, Vol. I (1913), p. XVII, notes i, 2. On scarabs
see: Newberry, Scarabs; Hall, op. cit.; Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders ^with Names, Illustrated by the
Egyptian Collection in University College, London (XXIXth Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. and Egypt.
Res. Acc. XXIst Year, 1915), London, 1917, and the bibliography given in the last-mentioned work.

2 We have noted only four other specimens: (a) one unpublished, in the Cleveland Museum of Art, No.
258.14, undated, but not later than the XVHIth Dyn., mentioned J.E.A., Vol. V (1918), p. 171; (b) one
found with the mummy of Maket, dating probably from about 1500 B.C.; Petrie, Illahun, Kahun and
Gurob, London, 1891, p. 22, PI. XXVI, 9; (c, d) and one each in the Cairo collection and the British
Museum which are set as the bezels of rings; Vernier, Bijoux, H, PI. XXIV, undated, and Hall, Catal.,
No. 2822, XVIIth Dyn. On the rarity of gold scarabs see: Newberry, Scarabs, p. 83; Hall, Catal., p.
XXVII; and Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, p. 8. Cf. the Greek gold scarabs, Marshall, Finger Rings,
Nos. 1634-5 and the Meroitic gold scarabs, Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, Nos. 258-60, PI. 31.

[71]

ered along the sides at intervals to the preceding piece; (4-9) the six legs,
each solid, beaten out of a separate piece of gold, carved as to details, and
soldered to the base and the lower half of the body; (10) a canal for thread¬
ing made of a piece of sheet gold rolled over and soldered longitudinally;
it is soldered to the base and to the fore and hind legs of the beetle, but not
to its body, and it has a greater diameter at the ends than in the middle. One
would naturally suppose the base to have been chased before the parts of the
scarab were soldered together, but it is interesting to observe a bit of solder
sunk in the line bounding the field of the inscription, definitely proving this
to be so. Probably only one grade of solder was used; with care, the parts
could have been united in several operations without undoing previous work.
Probably the order of procedure was to unite the threading channel to the
base, then to add the legs, then to grind the tops of the legs very even and
solder to them the body, of which the two halves had first been joined.

The piece has the form and size of a scarab-seal but its delicacy suggests
that it may not have been actually used for sealing, but instead have been
worn on the person as an ornament, threaded with beads or singly.* The
vertical markings on the wing-cases, as also in the two following numbers,
are derived from the Scarabaeus venerabilis; * less usual than the plain wing-
cases of Scarabaeus sacer, the striated wing-cases are found represented from
time to time, beginning as early as the reign of Sesostris I * (1980-1935 B. C.).

Was Mutnezmet, whose name completely fills the base of the scarab and fixes
its date, a member of the old royal line whom Harmhab, the founder of the
Nineteenth Dynasty, married in order to legitimize his claim to the throne?
This scarab is the most valuable of the small objects known bearing her
name.®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1055; edition 1915,
No. 1051.

No. 16 (Plate VI, a, b). Scarab-amulet.

Lapis lazuli, set in gold. Later than 1000 B. C.(?). From Sakkara. Weight,
17.64 grains (1.143 grams).

3 In the 17th and i6th centuries B.C., small scarab-seals were commonly tied to the third finger of the left
hand. See Bull. Vol. XII (1917), Supplement for May, p. 20; Carnarvon and Carter, Five Years*

Explorations, pp. 70, 71, No. 15, 74, Nos. 23-4, 80, No. 52, 82, No. 62, 83, No. 64, 85, No. 76; Petrie,
Qurneh (XVIth Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. and Eg>'pt. Res. Acc. XVth Year), London, 1909, p. 9;
cf. Schafer, Goldsc/imiedearbeiten, No. 26.

^ Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, p. 5.

5 So in the monumental beetle-hieroglyph in the king’s name as repeated in the decoration of the inclosure
wall of his pyramid at Lisht. See A Handbook of the Egyptian Rooms (M.M.A.), New York, 1911, p. 77,
Fig. 38.

^ Other objects: (a) a green-glazed pottery ring, Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, PI. XXXVIII, 14, 28; (b)
green-glazed pottery ring, Petrie, loc. cit., 29 = Newberry, Scarabs, PI. XXXIV, 7; (c) seal in the form
of a frog, Newberry, loc. cit., 8 = Auguste Mariette, Catalogue general des monuments d’Abydos decou-
verts pendant les fouilles de cette ville, Paris, 1880, p. 547, No. 1412; (d) a scarab, Berlin No. 1971.

[72]

The stone has rotted somewhat and is full of tiny holes; there are a few
small rents in the upper edge of the setting.

The setting is of a simple, close form still used by craftsmen.'^ First a
band of thin sheet gold was fitted about the scarab and its ends soldered to¬
gether; this oval frame was next soldered to a piece of sheet gold of a little
larger area; the superfluous metal around the outside was then cut away, leav¬
ing a shallow box just accommodating the scarab. The vertical seam is on the
right side and two partially melted panels of solder remain near it, as the finish
is less thorough than would be exacted in modern work.

The piece belongs to the class of funerary amulets which in later Egyptian
times were placed in great numbers within the mummy wrappings; it has no
provision for threading, but the overlying bandages held it in place. Evidence
is lacking for dating it precisely. The scarab itself has a base like that of the
scarab-seal and heart scarab, but is uninscribed.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 9^^! edition 1915,

No. 984.

No. 17 (Plates IV, d, VI, a-c, XI, e). Heart scarab.

Steatite and gold. Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B.C. (?).
From Sakkara. Thickness of sheet gold, 0.0043 inches (0.109 mm.).® Weight
of gold, 60.62 grains (3.928 grams).

Points of interest: This heart scarab is one of distinction because of its
handsome gray-green stone, like jade in appearance, the fineness of its carving,
and the preservation of the gold plate covering its base.

The stone was easy to carve as it is soft enough to scratch readily. The in¬
scription was executed with chasing tools, working from the obverse with the
sheet gold resting on a slightly yielding bed; the entire design may be seen
in relief on the reverse. Only straight-edged tools were used as is evident in
the photomicrograph (Plate IV, 17 d) of signs near the beginning of line 4;
the repeated impressions of the “liner” show in the handle of the basket,
which is the letter k, and in the upper curve of the letter t, immediately above
the basket. All over the inscription, in sharp curves, the channel is broader
than elsewhere because of this use of the straight liner. The gold plate had
been cut a little larger in area than the bottom of the scarab and after the
text was inscribed the excess material was folded about the edges of the scarab-
base to hold the plate in position.

Heart scarabs are larger than scarab-seals, but generally have the same form,
that of the dung-beetle with wings closed and legs drawn in near the body,
resting on a thin oval base. They were placed on the breast or stomach of

The modern procedure is described in Wilson, Silvcrnvork and Jewelry, pp. 98-100.

8 Micrometer measurement with help of a tiny steel ball placed between hieroglyphs on the reverse;
diameter of the ball deducted from the reading gave the thickness of sheet gold used.

[73]

the

the mummy. The text occurring on them is included, as Chapter 30 B of
the modern numbering, in the Book of the Dead. Although containing diffi¬
cult passages, as yet inadequately understood, the text gives a hint of the pur¬
pose of these scarabs;® in it, the heart of the deceased is addressed and
conjured not to testify against him in the presence of the Keeper of the Bal¬
ance, a plea which one associates with the familiar vignette from the Book
of the Dead where the heart is shown being weighed before the god Osiris,
while various divinities assist and the deceased looks on, awaiting the verdict.

Chapter 30 B in the papyri is often accompanied by a vignette of a heart
scarab with cord or metal hoop for suspension;'® again, scarabs suspended
on strings of beads are shown being carried to the tomb in at least one Theban
wall-painting." The directions accompanying the incantation 30 B prescribe
that it be said over a scarab of green stone embellished with gold, and, as
a matter of fact, the majority of extant heart scarabs are actually of green
stone and some imposing examples from the Eighteenth Dynasty have a har¬
ness of gold with loops for suspension;in these the text is cut in the stone
base and the gold is in the nature of a setting, not covering the bottom of the
scarab. After the Eighteenth Dynasty there was often no provision for sus¬
pension; it was not practically necessary to hang the scarab about the mummy’s
neck as the bandages and preservatives held it in position;the arrangements
for suspension, which, in the early history of heart scarabs, had been taken over
from the adornment of the living,'^ were therefore frequently abandoned as
superfluous.

A suggestion of the commercial way in which even so good a heart scarab
as this one, in common with other funerary equipment, was handled is to be
found in the absence from the inscription of the name of the deceased. Often
funerary objects are discovered with the space for the name through indiffer-
erence or carelessness left blank.

Although a number of examples of gold plates covering scarab-seals have

^ See Breasted, History, p. 249. Cf. the translation by Dr. Gardiner in Davies-Gardiner, AmenemhH, pp.
112-13, gathers from the text that the heart scarab was “originally designed to replace or to stimulate
the functions of the dead man’s heart.” See also Allen, Handbook, p. 149.

So in Naville, The Funeral Papyrus of louiya (Davis’ Excavations), London, 1908, PI. XVI and Louis
Speleers, Le papyrus de Nefer Renpet, Brussels, 1917, PI. XI, Fig. 22, both of the XVIIIth Dyn.

In tomb 78 (Gardiner-V^eigall numbering) of the mid-XVIIIth Dyn. See Wilkinson, Manners and
Customs, ed. Birch, Vol. Ill, PI. LXVL

Bull. M.M.A., Vol. XII, Suppl. May 1917, p. 18, Fig. 21; Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiien, No. 35, PI. 8;
the string of beads of gold and semi-precious stones on which the scarab was hung is also preserved and
Moller cited the similar scarab in the Leyden Museum, which was suspended by a gold chain; Dr. C.
Leemans, Monumens egyptiens du Musee d'Antiquites des Pays-Bas a Leide, Part II, Monumens civils,
Leyden, 1846, PI. 35, No. 94, also Wilkinson, op. cit., Vol. II, p. 344, M. Two specimens in the Cleve¬
land Museum of Art, Nos. 21.1030-31 = Catalogue of the Amherst Coll, of Egypt, and Oriental
Antiquities, London, 1921, lots 597, 607, the former, attributed to Dyn. XXII, with loops, but without chain,
the latter, of Dyn. XVIII, complete, with hoop of gilded bronze to go about neck.

See Annales du Service, Vol. VII (1906), p. 175, under LIX and LX.

1^ In life, amulets and decorations (or ornaments regarded as mere payment?) given for military and civil
services were worn suspended from the neck. See, for instance, Victor Loret, Le tombeau de Pam-xent
Amen-hotep {Memoires. Mission, Vol. I, 1884), PI. Ill, and Sethe, A.Z., Vol. 48 (1910), pp. 144-5.

[74]

come to light/® we are able to cite only one other heart scarab having its base
thus enriched, namely the unpublished one said to have been found years ago
by natives in King Ikhnaton’s tomb at Tell el-Amarnad® The stone base of our
specimen is not itself inscribed and probably some of the large stone scarabs with
bases blank, which crowd museum collections, were originally provided with
the heart-scarab charm chased in gold. Others, however, were once inscribed
in ink or were set in pectorals.

The chronological limits of inscribed heart scarabs were stated in 1914
and again in 1917 to be from the Eighteenth to Twenty-third Dynasties,^®
but both earlier and later specimens are known. A heart scarab of Queen
Amenardis of the Twenty-fifth Dynasty was published a few years ago and
more recently those of Shabaka and Tanutamon of the same dynasty have been
found.^^ The custom of placing heart scarabs with the dead was continued in
Nubia in the fifth and fourth centuries B. C.;^^ there is also evidence that
it lasted into the period of the Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasties (663-332
B. C.) in Egypt.^® The present piece is proved to be subsequent to the New
Kingdom by the text, a corrupt, although complete, copy of the heart-scarab
charm, containing late peculiarities in the writing, such as the last sign of the
fourth line, a gecko issuing from another sign,^"* instead of the older hieroglyph
for the verb pry. But especially on grounds of style we should place it after
the accession of the Saites. Its elegant and precisely carved form, high on the
legs, and its nicety of detail are suggestive of the quality of work in the Twenty-
sixth and later dynasties; in particular the beading outlining the prothorax and
outer edges of the wing-cases is like that on certain scarab-amulets of another
class, made of light-blue, hard faience, characteristic of the late dynastic period.
With regard to striated wing-cases, see under No. 13.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 32. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1833 ff-) ^0- 1042; edition 1913, No. 1038.

Bull. M.M.A., Vol. IX (1914), p. 220, Fig. 13, and instances cited by Petrie, Naqada and Balias, p. 66.
Also scarabs in the Dashur gold treasures: Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52241; De Morgan, Dahchour, I, PI.
XIX, Nos. 35, 37.

Petrie, loc. cit. and History, Vol. II (1896), pp. 206, 220. But cf. A.Z., Vol. 55 (1918), p. 42.

Annales, Vol. IV (1903), p. 151.

Petrie, Amulets, p. 24, and Scarabs and Cylinders, pp. 28-9, § 60.

1® For a heart scarab antedating the XVIIIth Dyn., of tentative form, with early version of the text, see
Hall, Catal., Vol. I, No. 211.

20 Bm//. MM.A., Vol. X (1915), pp. 116-17.

21 Boston Bulletin, Vol. XIX {1921), pp. 37-8, in Prof. Reisner’s article “The Royal Family of Ethiopia.”

22 Reisner, Harvard African Studies, II, pp. 9, 10, 63.

23 The large scarab of green stone, uninscribed, found at Sakkara on a mummy of the late 6th or early 5th
cent. B.C. may be a heart scarab; Annales, Vol. I (1900), pp. 234, 261 (on date of tomb). Cf. Annales,
III, p. 248, “heart scarab of dull green jasper, uninscribed, but finely carved in great detail,” found with
a tomb equipment which w'ould seem to belong in the 6th to 4th cent. B.C., or even later. Another of the
same late time is said to be “d’un beau travail”; Annales, IV, p. 82. Finally in Annales, XII, p. 84, a
Sake, or even Ptolemaic, example with very corrupt version of the text is mentioned.

24 Moller, Paldographie, Vol. Ill, No. 263 bis, an example of Dyn. XXII. Dr. Grapow has informed us
that this sign occurs first as a rarity in the XXIInd and later dynasties and does not become common
until the Ptolemaic period; it is frequent in temple inscriptions of the Ptolemaic and Roman periods.

[75]

C.—Finger Rings

The Egyptians wore finger rings ^ principally for ornament and for use as
seals. Their finger rings, too, probably often served as amulets and sometimes
as marks of authority.^ Classified by form, however, only two general di-
visions may be distinguished, purely ornamental rings of various designs and
signet rings.

Finger rings were possessed by both men and women.® The few records
of very early rings found in position name the right hand; ^ later finger rings,
however, have been discovered most frequently by, or on, the left hand.® For
the period of the seventeenth and sixteenth centuries B. C., there is clear evi¬
dence that the scarab-ring was regularly placed on the third finger of the left
hand ® and this position for the signet ring with immovable bezel has been
noted for the sixth century B. C.’^ But rings were sometimes worn also on
the right hand and in other positions on the left hand.® An overloading of

^ The principal discussions of Egyptian finger rings are the following: Vernier, Bijouterie, pp. 81-4 and
Bull, de VInst. Franq., Vol. VI (1908), pp. 181-92; Moller in Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeitert, pp. 43-54;
Newberry, Scarabs, pp. 62, 92-5; Hall, Catal. of Scarabs, I, pp. XXXV, 273-83. Many rings from Egypt
and introductory matter applicable to Egyptian rings of the Classical types are included in Marshall,
Finger Rings. Schafer, Goldschmiedcarbeiten, pp. 112-50, deals with Meroitic rings of the ist cent, after
Christ. Useful descriptions of rings are contained in the following works: Pierret, Musee du Louvre.
Catalogue de la Salle Historique de la Galerie Egyptienne, Paris, 1877, pp. 110-17; A. Fabretti, F. Rossi,
and R. V. Lanzone, Regio Museo di Torino. Antichita egizie, Pt. II, Turin, 1888, pp. 259 ff. In describ¬
ing the N. Y. Historical Society’s rings we have used for the different parts the terms “bezel,” “should¬
ers,” “shank,” as defined in O. M. Dalton, Catalogue of the Finger Rings, Early Christian, Byzantine,
Teutonic, Medieval, and Later (British Museum), London, 1912, p. XVIII; cf. below, note 42.

2 See the Bible, Gen. XLI, 41-3, a passage which is not necessarily applicable to Egyptian customs of a time
earlier than about the 8th cent. B.C. Professor Newberry {Scarabs, PI. II) sees a signet ring in the seal
of office represented in an Egyptian tomb as being presented to the “Governor of the Southern Lands, the
King’s Son of Kush, Huy,” about 1350 B.C., but picture and legend seem to us inconclusive. The picture
shows, not a shank clasping a bezel as in Newberry’s PI. I, Nos. H, V, but, it appears to us, a high
curving handle joined to the top of a rectangular or oval base; cf. Figs. 94-7. Professor Breasted in¬
terpreted it as “perhaps an etui containing the seal” {Records, H, § 1024).

3 Dr. Grapow has called attention to the pretty conceit in an Egyptian song of the lover who wished to be
the ring on his lady’s finger, only to be near her; Vergleiche, p. 19.

4 Moller in Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, pp. 43, 44; also the reference below, note 17.

^ Peet and Loat, Cem. of Abydos. Ill, p. 25, D 166; Petrie, Ehnasya, p. 4, tomb 16; Garstang, El Ardbah, p.
27, E 178, E 294; Petrie, Kahun, Gurob, and Havjara, London, 1890, p. 39, tombs 23, 24. Cf. the similar
results for Nubians of the “C group” (around 2000 B.C.) in: Hermann Junker, Bericht iiber die Gra-
bungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien auf den Friedhofen von EUKubanieh — Nord. Winter
igio-1911 {Denkschriften, Vol. 64, Abhandlung 3), Vienna, 1920, p. 85. The obvious explanation that rings
were less in the way and less liable to injury when worn on the left hand has been offered by many
writers.

® See references in note 3, p. 72.

^ Petrie, Kahun, p. 20.

® A mummy of the mid-XVHIth Dyn. {ca. 1500 B.C.), with gold rings in position on the fourth and little
fingers of the right hand, was discovered at Abusir el-Meleq; A.Z., Vol. 41 (1904), p. 16. The mummy of
Makere, consort of Paynozem I (nth cent. B.C.), was found with three plain rings of wire on each thumb.

the hands with rings was not practised until a late period.® When deposited
with the dead, finger rings were not invariably placed on the mummy. Our
No. 25 is said to have been contained in a small box (No. 144) and the scarab-
rings of two princesses of the house of Amenemhet III (around 1825 B. C.)
were put with other jewels in larger boxes.

Finger rings are rarely represented in Egyptian sculpture and painting and
not until the close of the Eighteenth Dynasty, so far as any evidence shows,
were they included among the gifts of jewelry with which the kings were wont
to reward soldiers and officials.By the time of Ramses III (1198-1167 B. C.),
however, rings were presented in great numbers by the king to the god Amon
and, therefore, possibly were then used in sealing the god’s property. Despite
the specific modern translations of Egyptian inscriptions as mentioning signet
rings, a reference to the original text very often shows the use of a generic
word for seal, not necessarily denoting one in ring form. Both from literary
and monumental sources, we conclude that finger rings were less prominent
articles of personal adornment in ancient Egypt than broad collars, necklaces,
bracelets, and armlets, but that their importance gradually increased in later
times after the mid-Eighteenth Dynasty (1500 B. C.).

Egyptian finger rings were made of many different materials and the New
York Historical Society’s collection includes other rings of bronze, iron, glazed
pottery, and carnelian, to be published at a later time. In combining the
precious metals with semi-precious stones, or imitations of stone in glass, many
charming settings of appliqued and of inlaid work were used, or the bezel was
clasped by gold wrought in the form of lotus flowers, to mention one of the
popular designs. The better inlays were usually of gem-stones, valued for
their beauty of color and surface when polished; they were never faceted.

the middle one of silver, the other two of gold; Smith, Royal Mummies, p. loi, PI. LXXIII. M. Daressy’s
list of objects discovered on mummies of about the same time (“second Deir el-Bahri find”) includes a
scarab tied on the little finger of the left hand (No. 50) and a ring of gold with lapis lazuli fly as bezel on
the left thumb (No. 83); Arinales du Service, Vol. VIII (1907), pp. 26, 29. For numerous rings adorning
both hands (6th cent. B.C.), see Petrie, Kahun, p. 20.

® Many coffins made in the form of a recumbent human figure have the hands represented, but not until late
times are they decorated with rings. As one of the earliest examples, see a mask of which the hands are
loaded with rings, British Museum. A Guide to the First and Second Egyptian Rooms, 2nd ed., London,
1904, PI. VIII, dated “after Dyn. XXII,” (perhaps in the 8th cent. B.C. ?). Cf. Wilkinson, Manners and
Customs, ed. Birch, Vol. II, pp. 340-41 and see last reference in preceding note. Professor Schafer called
attention in Goldschmiedearbeiten, pp. 112-13, to the enormous increase in the last millennium B.C. in the
size of the bezels of glazed pottery rings; and the late rings, Nos. 34-7, of the present collection have
larger bezels than those of earlier date. The taste for numerous rings gained ground slowly, however, for
in the series of intact burials of the Persian period, found at Sakkara and described in Annales du
Service, Vols. I-V, very few finger rings were discovered.

De Morgan, Dahehour, I, p. 64; see in detail below n. 45.

Davies, The Rock Tombs of El Amarna. Part VI. Tombs of Parennefer, Tutu, and Ay (XVIIIth Memoir.
Arch. Survey of Egypt), London, 1908, p. 22, Pis. XXIX, XXX, XLII = Breasted, History, Fig. 139 (copy
less exact).

12 Birch, Papyrus (Harris), PI. 13 b reads “108 finger rings for the god” (translation. Breasted, Records,
IV) § 231); and there are many similar items. The word for ring, used again and again in this docu¬
ment, followed by the phrase “of the finger,” is the New Egyptian gsr.

[77]

(a) Ornamental Finger Rings not in Signet Form.

In Egypt, ornamental finger rings not in signet form long preceded signet
rings. Even in the Predynastic period, antedating 3400 B. C., before the
precious metals were used freely, finger rings of ivory and shell, which ordi¬
narily were plain hoops, but sometimes were carved with knobs or figures of
animals, came into use.^^ Plain hoop rings of copper, of gold,^® and of sil¬
ver were of rarer occurrence, but a number of early examples have been
discovered ranging down to the Third Dynasty (beginning 2980 B. C., or
earlier). Besides the inflexible hoops, there were also in early times occasional
bead rings, such as one of small carnelian beads, found in a tomb at Abydos
in position on a finger of the right hand.*^ As the period of the Third to the
beginning of the Twelfth Dynasty (2000 B. C.) has yielded thus far compara¬
tively little jewelry, it remains at present uncertain whether finger rings went
entirely out of use in Egypt for some ten centuries, or not.^® Two gold finger
rings with bezels ornamented in granulated work are known to be of the nine¬
teenth century B. C.; three others of less elegant design, consisting merely of
beads of semi-precious stones strung on gold wire, of which the ends were
twisted together on the inside of the finger, may be somewhat earlier; but the
majority of rings of this class are of a later time, after about 1500 B.

13 Capart, Primitive Art in Egypt, Engl, transl. by A. S. Griffith, London, 1905, p. 51, Fig. 24. Ayrton
and Loat, El Mahasna, PI. XXI, 4. Also previous note 4. Cf. De Morgan, Recherches, II, p. 196, Fig. 743,
from Dyn. I. The predynastic and early dynastic culture of Egypt (IVth millennium B.C.) extended also
far to the south and Nubian objects contemporary with the early periods of Egypt (“A group”) are like
those found in Egypt proper. We cite, therefore, as additional examples of the primitive ornamental finger
ring of ivory: Junker, Bericht iiber die Grahungcn der Akademie der JVissenschaften in JVien auf den
Friedhofen von El-Kubanieh — Siid, Wbiter igio-lQll. (Denkschriften, Vol. 62, Abhandlung 3), Vienna,
1919, PI. XXXV, b, p. 97, and the literature given there. But the Nubian culture did not keep pace with
advance in the north and the rings from Nubia referred to above in n. 5 are still of the same early type.

1^ Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Abydos, p. 18, b 28, predynastic.

15 Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 25, predynastic. Reisner, Naga-ed-Dh, I, PI. 9, b, d, pp. 31, 117,
144, 1 st Dyn. Mace, Naga-ed-Dh, II, PI. 48 b, pp. 26, 48, 57, Illrd Dyn.

13 Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, loc. cit.

i^Naville, Cemeteries of Abydos. I, p. 17, E 381.

IS Quite certainly they did not belong to the formal adornment of kings and nobles during the “Pyramid
Age” or we should find them represented in temple and tomb reliefs, also among the pictures on wooden
coffins (2600-1900 B.C.) depicting the equipment of the deceased for the next life, since this was modeled
on the dress of the living king. But one hesitates to argue from the absence of evidence of their existence
that finger rings were not worn outside court circles.

1^ De Morgan, Dahchour, I, p. 68, Nos. 33-4, Figs. 144-5 — Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52238-9, PI. XXII,
found in association wdth objects inscribed with the names of Sesostris III and Amenemhet III.

20 Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52187-9; Edgar in Maspero, Le Mtisee Egyptien, Vol. II, Pt. Ill, pp. 112, 118.

21 Plain hoops of faience, 15th cent. B.C.: Carter and Newberry, The Tomb of Thoutmbsis IV (Davis’
Excavations and Cairo Catal.), Westminster, 1904, No. 46017 and Davies, Five Theban Tombs (being
those of Mentuherkhepeshef, User, Daga, Nehemav:dy and Tati) (XXIst Memoir. Arch. Survey of Egypt),
London, 1913, p. 5. Moulds for plain hoop rings, ca. 1350 B.C.: Petrie, Amarna, PI. XVI, Nos. 235-6.
Gold ring with uraei in relief, ca. 1500 B.C.: A.Z., Vol. 41 (1904), p. 16. Elaborate decorative rings of
the close of the 13th cent. B.C.: Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, plate “Rings and Ornaments of Queen
Tauosrit.” Still others, undated, of the Cairo collection catalogued by M. Vernier in Bijoux, II, as Nos.
52160, 52165-7, 52170, 52198, etc.

[78]

They are rarer than signet rings and some collections do not possess a single
specimen of precious materials.

No. 18 (Plates VI, a, b, XXXVIII, c, d). Finger ring.

Gold, glass, and a sandy conglomerate containing garnets.^* Latter part of the
Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-1350 B.C. (?). Found as an intrusive object in the
tomb of Semenkhuptah at Sakkara.^^ Weight, 38.50 grains (2.495 grams).
Greatest diameter, 0.827 inches (2.1 cm.).

The brass sampler of Plate XXXVI 11 , 18 c, d, illustrates the method of con¬
structing the shank from sheet gold; the original flat piece was about 5.5
inches (13.97 cm.) long; its ends were perhaps attenuated with the help of
a draw-plate, to judge by their surface appearance.^® The curved edges of
the wider part, cut by eye on a radius of about two inches, were hammered
over and united along the outside of the shank in an abutting soldered joint,
fairly well finished."® Each wire-like end passes through the perforations of
three of the six gold-mounted pieces forming the top of the ring and is then
wound eight or nine times around the shank, but not soldered to it. The five
scarabs are castings of opaque green glass; curiously, instead of a sixth scarab,
a granular-surfaced, dark-brown stone is used, which is in the general oval form
of the accompanying scarabs, but lacks all details of the beetle; it is full of
tiny, rough garnets.^® These six pieces have open settings, made each of a strip
of gold burnished around the base of the scarab; the soldered joint uniting the
ends of the respective strips is readily visible on the bottom of each setting, and
in every instance is at one end. Only the stone with garnets has in addition a
stay running lengthwise along its base, with ends soldered to the main part
of the setting. Tubular rings,’’' or rings of solid wire, are soldered on the ends
of each of the six settings, as a finish and for the purpose of preventing the
wires which pass through the perforations from wearing the glass and stone.

This type of shank, in which the greatest diameter comes on the inside of
the finger and the wires carrying the scarabs are in one piece with the shank,

22 Cheaper substitutes in glazed pottery, which reproduce the forms of rings of precious materials, however,
are fairly numerous; see Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, p. n2, n. 2, Fig. 113. Petrie, Amarna, PL XVI,
Nos. 222-3 moulds for such rings.

23 Kindly examined by Mr. Whitlock.

24 One relief from this tomb was published in the Quarterly Bulletin of the N. Y. Hist. Soc., Vol. II (1918-

19), p. 15. The tomb is called in the Abbott catalogue (ed. 1915, Nos. 375-6) “the tomb of Assa” ( =

Dedkere-Isesi) because of the occurrence in its inscriptions of the cartouche of the Vth Dyn. king of that
name.

25 The longitudinal seam is plainly visible; cf. Introduction, pp. 40-43; in this case if the shoulders formed
where the work of the draw-plate ceased were not ground down, they are now covered by the coils; a
possible alternative view, since the amount of wire involved is so little, would be that the wires were
formed by careful hammering and burnishing.

23 Cf. M. Vernier’s drawings of this style of tapering shank, which, however, show the seam on the inside
next the finger. Bull, de VInst. Franc., Vol. VI, pp. 183, 184, Figs. 2-4 = Bijoux, II, Figs. 38-40; the

last two repeated as Fig. 241 in Wilson, Silver^vork arid Je^velry.

27 Cf. Moller in Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. 45, close of section a.

[79]

probably was not fully developed until the Eighteenth Dynasty.^® It is seen
oftenest carrying a single scarab-seal. Most of the published Egyptian speci¬
mens are no more exactly datable than our own piece, but several were in¬
cluded in the treasure of Queen Tewosret^® and thus are known to be of the
close of the thirteenth century B. C. The type passed from Egypt to other
lands, and is seen among Phoenician rings of the seventh to fifth centuries
B. C.®® and among Etruscan rings.®^ The use of tubular or wire ring-guards
for the threading holes, instead of the earlier sleeves exemplified in No. 20, is
favorable to a date after the first part of the Eighteenth Dynasty.®® As a par¬
allel to the ornamental use of a number of tiny scarabs certainly not seals, a
finger ring in the Cairo Museum may be mentioned ®® in which there are three
scarabs, one each of lapis lazuli, turquoise, and carnelian; unluckily the
Cairo ring, too, is undated, but judging from its style, it may be as early
as the close of the Eighteenth Dynasty. Another finger ring, one found a^
Abydos and actually dated to the Eighteenth Dynasty, resembles our piece in
a number of particulars.®^

Bibliography; Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1078; edition 1915,
No. 1074.

No. 19 (Plates VIII, a, X, b). Finger ring.

Electrum and glass. Close of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 1400-1350 B. C., or
later(?). From Thebes. Diameter of shank, 0.787 inches (2 cm.) ; width of
band forming shank, 0.14 inches (3.56 mm.) ; dimension across bezel at right
angles to shank, 0.512 inches (1.3 cm.). Weight, 30.94 grains (2.005 grams).

The ring shows considerable wear and some ancient repairs. Where the
shank had been broken in two, the edges of the break were soldered together
and where a section of the braid-like ornament had split open, the loose end
was fastened to the under plate by soldering on a rectangular patch. Two short

28 Possible forerunners, of which the first is inscribed wdth the name of Amenemhet III (1849-1801 B.C.)
and the second may be of the close of the Xllth Dyn. (early i8th cent. B.C.) are the following: Maciver
and Woolley, Btihen, No. 10758, frontispiece and pp. 192, 201; Carnarvon and Carter, Five Years* Ex~
plorationSj PI. XLV, 2 A. If indeed the shank and wire carrying the scarab are in one piece (the de¬
scriptions are silent on this point), the shank, nevertheless, is thin and wire-like and without the marked
swelling opposite the scarab. Far from being the earliest form of Egyptian finger ring as stated in Wilson,
op. cit., pp. 403-4, this type of shank was not even the earliest used to carry a scarab-seal; see below,
p. 83.

29 See especially Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52266-7; also Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, plate “Rings and Orna¬
ments of Queen Tauosrit,” p. 42, Nos. 25-6, w'here the description is incorrect; cf. the smaller in¬
complete pieces, plate “Amulets and Rings of Queen Tauosrit,” p. 42, No. 27.

30 Marshall, Finger Rings, p. XXXIX, Nos. 290, 292.

31 Marshall, op. cit., p. XLIV, No. 335.

32 See on this point reference given above in note 27.

33 Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52166, PI. XXL

31 Ayrton, Currelly, and Weigall, Abydos. Part III., PI. XVII, 3. The shank and the side of the bezel with its
protective rings has an appearance similar to that of our No. 18 and the material of the frog’s figure, set
into the bezel, is blue glass.

[80]

sections of ornament are missing from the shank and a few grains are lost from
the bezel. There is a hole in the bottom plate of the bezel, possibly burned in,
in the making of the ring.

The shank consists of a strip of sheet to which six pairs of wires twisted
together are soldered; the twists are grouped in twos forming a braided orna¬
ment similar to that on the gold circlet (page 55; Plates III, IV). At the
shoulder the shank spreads into three narrower strips, each carrying its orna¬
ment of two pairs of twisted wires; between the strips are open spaces. The
split shoulders of the shank are soldered to the bezel and the joints are covered
by narrow pieces of the electrum sheet bent into cylindrical sleeves. The bezel
consists of a bottom plate to which strips of electrum are soldered on edge
to form the cells for the inlays; it is further embellished by granulated work,
in which the grains are much coarser and less well formed than those of the gold
amulet No. i. The insets were ground out of larger castings and show a
number of planes, as the workman failed to secure a perfectly rounded sur¬
face. The central inlay is of red glass, imitating red carnelian; the other two
are of opaque blue glass, imitating lapis lazuli. The workmanship of the ring
is clumsy. It would seem that the craftsman, not being sure of the melting prop¬
erties of his electrum and solder, applied too much heat, somewhat melting the
ring and its decoration and thus smearing both the granulated work and the
wire appliques; he used, too, an excess of solder, and various unmelted, or
only partially melted, panels of it are observable here and there; its color is
distinctly reddish.

Although the execution of this specimen is indifferent, the design—logical
and well balanced, pleasingly ornate and charming as to colors—reveals Egyp¬
tian jewelers at their best.

A ring found at Gurob in a group of objects including one piece assigned
to the period of Amenhotep III (1411-1375 B.C.) has three oval insets placed
in relation to one another and to the ring shank as here; it shows also the same
spreading of the shank at the shoulders into three divisions with open spaces
between. Rings with three parallel oval stones are represented in the Amarna
moulds,®'^ dated to the first quarter of the fourteenth century B. C., but their
shoulders are different from those of our piece, being wrought in the form of
the symbolic plants of the North and South; very likely complete parallels
could be found among the unpublished pieces from this site. The closest avail¬
able parallel to the ring under discussion, however, is an undated specimen
in the Cairo Museum,®® which exhibits the same color scheme and similar
granulated decoration on the bezel; in this ring natural stones are used, a

35 The wires in their present condition—much worn and coated by unskillful soldering—do not show how

they were made.

36 Petrie, Illahun, p. 19, PI. XXII, ii.

37 Petrie, Amarna, PI. XVI, 222-3.

38 Vernier, Bull, de Vlnst. Franq., Vol. VI, p. 190, Fig. 31; Bijoux, II, PI. XXIV, No. 52165.

[81]

carnelian between two insets of lapis lazuli. According to Mr. Marshall’s
dating, variants of the design occur as late as Classical times.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. 7. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 f¥.. No. 1087; edition 1915, No. 1083. Prisse d’Avennes, Monu¬
ments egyptiens, Paris, 1847, Plate XLVII, No. 8; Histoire de I’art, Atlas Vol.
II, “Art industriel,” Plate 20, No. 29.

(b) Rings in Signet Form.

In the early period of the fourth millennium B. C., when finger rings not
in signet form were occasional articles of personal adornment (see page 78),
the Egyptians were using cylinder seals which were far too large to be worn
on the finger and were usually suspended on a cord or a string of beads.It
would seem probable that the signet ring came in with the small scarab-seal
in the transitional period between the Old and Middle Kingdoms, somewhat
before 2000 B. C., but no actual signet rings indubitably older than the nine¬
teenth century B. C. are as yet known.^^

89 Marshall, Finger Rings, Nos. 762, 967, the latter from Thebes, Egypt, assigned to the period extending
from the 2nd or ist cent. B.C. to the 2nd cent, after Christ. Cf. Myres, Handbook. Cesnola Coll., No.
4072, “probably of 6th cent. B.C.”

So in the hieroglyph for cylinder seal, the origin of which was presumably earlier than 3 ckx> B.C. Cf.
Newberry, Scarabs, pp. 44-5.

Professor A. Wiedemann in Agypiische Geschichte (Ilandbiicher der alien Geschichte, I), Pt. I, Gotha,
1884, p. 221, mentions, as contained in the old Bulaq collection, in the “Salle du Centre,” a gold ring
with inset stone bearing the name of the Xlth Dyn. king Senekhkere, who reigned shortly before 2000 B.C.
Dependent on Wiedemann are the following references to the ring: Petrie, A History of Egypt, Vol. I,
From the Ist to the XVIth Dynasty, 6th ed., London, 1907, p. 142, where it is mentioned as in the Giza
Museum; Henri Gauthier, Le livre des rois d*Egypte. Reciieil de litres et protocoles royaux, Vol. I,
Des origines a la fin de la XIH dynastie (= Vol. 17 oi Mfmoires. Institiit), Cairo, 1908, p. 245, n. 3;
here erroneously Wiedemann is said not to have given the whereabouts of the ring. If the original notice
was correct, this ring should hold an important place in the history of Egjptian finger rings but at present
no illustration or clear description of it is available and Mr. Quibell, kindly replying to our inquiry,
tells us that it is not now in the Cairo collection and that he did not, on looking through the appropriate
sections of Maspero’s fiches, succeed in finding a record of it.

Again, of very great consequence in any attempt to trace the history of signet rings is the meaning of
the Egyptian word dbC.t especially in its earliest occurrences. The opinion of the editors of the Berlin
Dictionary on such questions has special value, and we quote in English translation their kind replies to our
inquiry. First, from Dr. Grapow, under date of June 22, 1922: ‘^DbC.t never means ‘signet ring,’ but
always ‘seal,’ really the impression of the finger (from dbC, ‘finger’). So far as the material thus far
sorted out enables one to see, the oldest occurrence, aside from that in the tomb of Sirenpowet 1
{A.Z., 45, pp. 126-7; I should doubt whether Gardiner’s conjecture ‘signet rings’ is correct) and that of
British Museum 614 (Pier-Breasted stela), is in the Middle Kingdom Book of the Dead (Religiose
Urkunden, V, 174). Otherwise it has been noted only for Dyn. XVIII and later times. Especially interest¬
ing as to the writing: A.Z., 21, 132; Urk., IV, 209; 470; and the picture Mariette, Abydos, PI. 2 (‘to
break the seal’ sfh dbCy.t in the temple ritual). I confess that in the Sirenpowet passage, one could
think of ‘seal’ as that with which one makes a sealing (therefore as signet-stone, or the like), but the
meaning ‘signet ring’ does not appear to me to be inevitable. Still other passages from Dyn. XVIII are:
Urk., IV, 68; 1072; Mariette, Abydos, II, 33.” Professor Erman wrote on June 26: “I have always thought
out the matter thus: dbC means really ‘to make an impression in clay with the finger’ (from dbC,
‘finger’) after the primitive manner of sealing, as it occurs, for example, in Babylonia. Then it was used
also for the act of sealing with a stamp and came with this discovery to the Semites. This could not
have taken place, however, until, in Egyptian, people were saying, not dbC, but dbC, hence and not

[82]

Egyptian signet rings are of two classes, those with movable bezel, ordi¬
narily made wholly, or exclusive of the setting,^^ of another material than
that composing the shank of the ring, and those with immovable bezel, almost
always of the same material as the shank/® The movable bezels are set chiefly
with scarabs (Nos. 20, 23), very rarely with miniature cylinders (No. 24), and
occasionally with plaques, figures of animals, or some other fancy form of
seal. The methods of mounting the bezel to permit it to turn, of which three
are illustrated in our signet rings Nos. 20 to 24 (compare No. 18), are quite
varied. It would seem that the earliest was the stringing of the scarab on
a metal wire, which was then twisted together on the inside of the finger; that
is, by substituting wire for cord, a finger ring, in the ordinary acceptance of
the term, was evolved from the practice of tying a scarab-seal on the finger.^^
Such was the form of all the beautiful scarab-rings of the nineteenth cen¬
tury B. C. from the princesses’ treasures of Dashur,^® also of the scarab-rings
of the same century which belonged to a princess buried at Lahun.^® At least
as early, it may be, in actual date, although the type probably did not have
so early an origin as that previously mentioned, is the scarab-seal of an official,
found at Lisht, which has the ends of its gold shank inserted in the threading
hole of the scarab.'*'' The ring with movable bezel in scarab form was used
in Egypt through many centuries and passed to other lands. A late Egyptian
example is one found at Daphnae in the Delta, probably of the seventh, or
sixth, century B. C.*® Mr. Marshall states that the swivel ring went out in

Also cnin ‘seal’ and CHH ‘to seal’ will have been borrowed from the Egyptian fitm and not
the other way around, as htm has further the more general meaning ‘to close securely’.” From all
this, it appears that the early occurrences of the word dhC.t cannot be employed safely as evidence
to push back the probable time of the first employment of signet rings in Egypt, and we are thrown back
on the archaeological evidence. Professor Erman referred also, in the letter from which we have quoted,
to the need of a thorough-going examination on the monuments of the determinative of the Egyptian words
for “seal.” It appears to him to be often a degenerate sign, the result of the confusion of several signs.
In this connection we may add a reference for the British Museum stela 614 of Thethi, chief treasurer under
the Intefs I and II, mentioned by Dr. Grapow, namely; Budge, Egyptian Sculptures in the British Museum
(1914), PI. VIII (photographic), 1 . 5.

^2 Also a “bezel” in the restricted sense in which the word is employed as a technical term by metal¬
workers. We have used it in this book in the more general sense.

But see rings of movable bezel with both parts of gold, Newberry, Scarabs, PI. I, Nos. II, V, of Dyn.
XVIII and XIX; Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52199, undated; also the green-glazed steatite seal set into a
bronze ring with immovable bezel which Mr. Hall (Catal. of Scarabs, I, No. 2652) ascribes to the
XVIIth Dyn., and an undated ring with a bezel of lapis lazuli, which has the appearance of being movable
but is actually fixed, described by M. Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52212.

Cf. Newberry, Scarabs, pp. 62, 93 and Moller in Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. 44, also our p. 72, note
3, giving evidence for the continuance during the XVIIth and early XVIIIth Dynasties of these ways of
fastening scarabs to the finger.

Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52240-1, 52243-6, 52258-60, Pis. XX and XXII = De Morgan, Dahchour, I, p.
69, Nos. 35, 37, 40, 41, 43; p. 70, Nos. 52-4 = Newberry, Scarab-Shaped Seals, (Cairo Catal.), London,
1907, Nos. 37411-15, 37417-20, PI. XVIII.

Bull. M. M. A., Dec. 1919, Pt. II, Fig. 19; Brunton, Lahun I, Pis. II, XI, 3, pp. 35-6, § 48.

Bull. M. M. A., Vol. IX (1914), p. 220, Fig. 13; cf. Newberry, Scarabs, p. 93, Fig. 108. The Lisht ring
was found in the cemetery surrounding the tomb of Amenemhet I (2000-1970 B.C.), but is not necessarily
so early as his reign. It was ascribed by Mr. Mace simply to the “Xllth Dynasty.”

Petrie, Nebesheh {Am) and Defenneh {Tahpanhes) (with Tanis II, the IVth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund,
1887-88), London, 1888, pp. 76, iii, PI. XLI, 37.

[83]

Etruria at the close of the fourth century B. C. and that it was out of
fashion among the Greeks by the third century B. C/® Presumably the time
of its extinction in Egypt was about the same as in other countries.

The second class of Egyptian signet rings, those of one material and im¬
movable bezel (Nos. 25-28), began, according to some authorities, early in the
Eighteenth Dynasty (1580 B. C.),®® but very few examples anterior to 1450
B. C. are known.®^ After the mid-Eightecnth Dynasty these rings ran parallel
with the rings of movable bezel until signet rings of Egyptian design gave way
before Greek and Roman types.

The recognition of small scarabs, both those set in rings and others, as seals
rests largely on the finding of clay sealings, ranging in date from about 1900
to 1700 B. C., which in size and design bear evidence that they are impres¬
sions from scarabs. But it has been pointed out®^ that many of the extant
scarabs are not suitable for use as seals because the design on the base is
virtually filled with glaze, rendering the making of a clean impression im¬
possible; further, from the period of the Eighteenth and later dynasties, which
saw the production of many scarabs, thus far, very few scarab sealings have
been made known.®* Many scarabs, too, may be judged by the nature of their
inscriptions to have been amuletic, and even though their value as amulets does
not preclude a use as seals, it accords with the view that numerous scarabs
having the form of the scarab-seal were actually only amulets or ornaments.
Our own No. 20 has a prominent gold frame about the scarab which renders
it unsuitable for use as a seal. The caps at the ends of the cylinder in No.
24 would have interfered with its use in sealing. Turning to the rings with
immovable bezel, we have the evidence of many glazed pottery rings, too frail
ever to have been used as seals and explainable only as dummies for seals, as
amulets, or as personal decoration. It is to be noted also that all writing
on our metal rings is in the normal direction, from right to left, (Nos. 25-28,
30, 34), and the figures in the non-symmetrical designs (Nos. 26, 28, 31, 32),
face the right. The ring-maker had regard for the aspect of the ring
rather than of the impression; yet this fact does not disprove their use as
seals, since clay scarab sealings are known in which the reverse direction of

Finger Rings, pp. XXIV, XXXI.

Newberry, Scarabs, pp. 93-4, Fig. iii and Moller in Schafer, Goldschmiedearhe'itcn, 44. These authori¬
ties do not cite the evidence and we have been unable to locate examples which we regard as indubitable,
but see: (a) A ring of gold with name “Ahhotep”; Petrie, History, II, During the XVIIth and XFIIIth
Dynasties (1896), p. 9, Fig. 4; (b) ring of gold with name Amenhotep I; Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders,
PI. XXIV, I. Of these (a) has no cartouche and might belong to a private person, but if the early XVIIIth
Dyn. queen was intended, since she was paid divine honors long after her death (Erman-Ranke, Aegypten,
p. 87), an object inscribed with her name might be of later date. And it is well established that objects
inscribed with the name of Amenhotep I are not all contemporary with his reign.

Possibly, but not certainly, of the mid-XVIIIth Dyn. are the following rings: (a) Gold ring with name of
Thutmose III; Petrie, History, II, p. 100, Fig. 48 (= ? “Bronze” ring cited in Scarabs and Cylinders,
PI. XXVI, 18.6, 13) ; (b, c) twm of gold bearing the name of Nefrure (Hatshepsut’s daughter?) ; Hall,
Catal. of Scarabs, I, No. 2653 and Schafer, op. cit., No. 75; (d) silver ring from the tomb of Maket;
Newberry, Scarabs, PI. XXIX, 31.

52 Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, p. 4.

53 But see Quibell, Tomb of Yuaa, Nos. 51179-83.

[84]

writing may be observed.®^ There is none among our rings with fixed bezel
which would not admit of being used as a seal,®® if the owner so desired and
were not all too particular about the sharpness of the impression; only No. 34,
however, is so cut as to make a really satisfactory impression; No. 25 with its
raised edge and its undercutting and the poorly executed design of No. 33
seem especially unsuitable for sealing purposes. At least we may believe
that all these pieces were especially valued as ornaments, however much or little
they served a utilitarian end.

No. 20 (Plate VI, a-e). Scarab-ring.

Glazed steatite and gold. Eighteenth Dynasty, about 1500 B. C. From Sak-
kara. Weight, 106.64 grains (6.910 grams).

Points of interest : The good preservation, beauty, and value as an early ex¬
ample of the swivel joint in jewelry, place this ring among the notable pieces
in the collection.

The scarab was hand carved in steatite and perforated longitudinally by
drilling from each end, then coated with green glaze and fired; the glaze
gathered thickly in the depressions of the carving and only thinly over the
smooth surfaces of the back. The shank is of solid gold hammered with
slightly tapering sides and saucer-like ends,®® in the concave surfaces of which
cylindrical tenons were soldered. Each tenon was formed of a strip of sheet
gold, bent over, with ends soldered together. The scarab setting was made of
two bands of sheet gold bent each into oval form and slipped one within
the other; ®'^ the ends of each strip were united and the ovals held together
by solder. The inner band which is of thinner stock projects about 0.0787
inches (2 mm.) above the other. The upper edge of the outer band forms
a shoulder around the sides of the scarab and its lower edge, which before
bending into oval form had been worked into a half-round by drawing
a burnisher along its surface,®® clasps the base of the scarab. At each end, sur¬
rounding the perforation, was soldered a sleeve composed of two pieces of gold,
one a cylinder made as the tenons previously described, the other a flat ring

Ayrton and others, Abydos. Ill, PI. XXXIX, 3, 15.

We are not aware that any Egyptian sealing made by a signet ring with immovable bezel has been pub¬
lished, but one is contained in the collections of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago (Has¬
kell 11,369) with cartouches of Amenhotep IV {ca. 1365 B.C.) ; the impressions are of the shape of our
ring bezels Nos. 27 and 28 but of a larger size, more usual in bronze than in gold rings. In this connec¬
tion, it is interesting to note that many authorities consider the Mycenaean gold rings {ca. i6cx5 B.C. and
later) as primarily intended for ornament rather than for signets, even though contemporary sealings have
been found which could have been produced by signet rings;. Marshall, Finger Rings, p. XV, and the refer¬
ences given by him.

An alternative view is that the saucer-like ends of the shank were separately made and soldered on; the
finish is too good to permit a decision on this point.

Or the bands may have been soldered together in the flat and then bent.

58 So it seems to us probable. There is no indication of a soldered seam here as in the Berlin scarab setting
described by Moller in Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, under No. 62.

[85]

cut out of a circle of sheet gold and soldered to the outer end of the cylinder;
in these sleeves, the tenons on the extremities of the shank play, forming a
swivel joint. The visible gold parts were polished and burnished with extreme
care and it is only by looking inside the sleeves when the shank is detached
that one can make out the construction of the scarab setting. The gold is
strewn through with small particles of white metal; its color is very close to
that of fine gold.

The date could not be earlier than the time of Thutmose III, whose name
is inscribed on the scarab; even though the name of this king occurs on some
scarabs not contemporary with his reign, this one is unlikely to be later, be¬
cause the style of the scarab itself and of its gold mount is characteristic of
the mid-Eighteenth Dynasty.

The device on the base of the scarab is not as a whole translatable, but
is rather an ornamental assemblage of hieroglyphs culled from the king’s list
of names and titles. Thutmose Ill’s prenomen, Menkheperre, in the oval
frame called a cartouche, occurs twice, written once vertically, the other time,
horizontally. The falcon surmounting the hieroglyph for gold is the constant
prefix of another of the Pharaoh’s five names and the word written over the
bird’s back means eternity, or the like.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. 6. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 No. 1083; edition 1915, No. 1079.

Nos. 21, 22 (Plate VIII). Ring shanks which have lost their bezels.

Silver. Probably Twenty-sixth Dynasty, 663-525 B. C. Found in Lower Egypt.
Weight of No. 21, 98.23 grains (6.365 grams) ; of No. 22, 92.96 grains (6.024
grams).

No. 21 has had one of its bent-over ends broken off and four pieces of its
coils are now held in place by cement.

Both ring shanks were cast and then worked over to remove traces of the
casting; the ends were cast straight and afterwards bent over, forming loops
through which the separate wires, carrying the bezels, passed before being
wound around the shoulders of the shanks. The coils were held in place
merely by their own elasticity; the wires are solid but it is uncertain whether
or not they were produced by means of a draw-plate.The lost bezels may

Notable among many parallels are the following: (a) Hall, Caial. of Scarabs, I, p. 32, No. 290, a blue-
glazed steatite scarab with name of Hyksos king Khian (XVlIth cent. B.C.), gold mounted; (b) Hall, op,
cit.y cut on p. XXXV = No. 533, p. 56, scarab of lapis lazuli inscribed with name of Queen Hatshepsut, gold
mounted; (c, d) Petrie,/// aZ/ww, PI. XXVI, 10, 7 = Newberry, Scarabs, PI. XXIX, 32, 33, blue-glazed
scarab, gold mounted, and silver scarab, gold mounted, found with the mummy of Maket. The only pieces
in the foregoing enumeration which could be later than the mid-XVIIIth Dyn. are those from the tomb of
Maket, which Professor Petrie assigned to the XXth Dyn., but which was later shown to be of the XVlIIth
(Von Bissing, A. Z., Vol. 35, 1897, pp. 94-7).

One break has a granular appearance unlike the closed end produced by the crushing together of the walls
of a tube; very little of the original surface is left.

[86]

have been scarabs, plaques, or some fancy form of seal. A microchemical
analysis revealed no one of the following metals with the silver: gold, copper,
mercury, tin, lead, or zinc. Thus the shank of No. 21, from which the sample
for analysis was taken, is in all probability of fine silver. The presence of
the coils which cannot be made entirely free from foreign matter renders the
piece unsuitable for a specific gravity test.

The noticeable characteristics which may be significant of the age of these
pieces are the marked thickening of the shank opposite the position of the bezel,
the smallness of the bezel as indicated by the narrow opening left to accom¬
modate it, and the nearly round inner outline of the ring. This combination
of characteristics is hardly probable before the Nineteenth Dynasty and may
indicate a later date. A decided thickening of the shank, perhaps to give com¬
fort in wearing,®^ has been observed in another type of ring as early as the
Thirteenth Dynasty,®^ but among dated rings of the present type it is especially
marked in an outstanding piece of the early Nineteenth Dynasty, the gold ring
of Harmhab in the Louvre.®* The gold rings of the close of the Nineteenth
Dynasty, those of Tewosret, to which attention has been called above (page 80),
have smaller bezels and a nearly round inner outline of the shank, but the
closest parallel to the small bezel is found in the previously mentioned (page
83) late ring from Daphnae; the inner outline of the shank of this ring is
slightly elliptical with its greatest diameter in a vertical direction. Before
the Nineteenth Dynasty the ring shank very often was shaped as that of No.
20, or, like the ring bearing the name of the Hyksos king Apophis,®^ had an
elliptical, rather than round, form, with the greatest diameter in a lateral di¬
rection. Finally, the statement of the old catalogue that these pieces were found
with Nos. 33 to 37 makes it extremely probable that they, too, are of the
Twenty-sixth Dynasty. It is of interest to note that rings with the scarab-
bezel carried on a separate wire, passed through holes in the ends of the shank
and wound about its shoulders, were made in Etruria in the fifth and fourth
centuries B. C.*°

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. Nos. 975-6; edition 1915,
Nos. 971-2.

No. 23 (Plate VII, a-e). Funerary finger ring.

Gold and amazon stone. Probably Persian, or early Ptolemaic period, about
525-200 B.C. Weight, 47.50 grains (3.078 grams).

The ring is too flimsy to have been worn in life. In making it, the dis¬
carded back of a scarab of amazon stone, which had been broken in the

Suggestion of Moller, op. cit.y pp. 44-5.

62 Newberry, Scarabs, p. 93, Fig. 108.

63 Newberry, op. cit., PI. I, No. V; Pierret, Salle Historique, p. 115, No. 481.

6^ Newberry, op. cit., PI. I.

65 Marshall, Finger Rings, D, i, pp. XLIII, XLIV.

[87]

process of drilling, was utilized. The broken surface was ground fairly
smooth, but shows interestingly the marks of drilling from the two ends; instead
of a straight threading hole of uniform diameter, such as would be produced
by a modern drill, a change of direction is seen in the middle, where the two
separately made channels come together, and the channels taper inward. The
scarab is surrounded by a band of sheet gold soldered together on the right
side; here (c in Plate VII) a mark 0.197 inches (5 mm.) long and just under
0.02 inches (0.5 mm.) wide®® indicates that binding wire was used to prevent
the opening of the joint during the soldering process; the joint has abutting
edges. The shank is a pleasing example of beaten work, rectangular in sec¬
tion, and narrower and thicker toward the ends, which are bent over at right
angles and project through holes in the gold band about the scarab. A fine
wire extends across under the scarab and through the holes in the band and is
wound about the shoulders of the shank; it has prominent longitudinal mark¬
ings. The color of the metal is about as deep a yellow as that of fine gold, but
is stained red here and there, perhaps by foreign matter, as the piece has not
been cleaned.

The mode of wrapping exemplified in the mummy hand seemed to afford
the best clue for dating the ring and we are indebted to Dr. G. Elliot Smith
for the following expression of opinion: “I should say that the hand of which
you send a photograph was wrapped either in the Persian, or the earlier Ptole¬
maic period. This is merely a tentative suggestion, but I think it is likely to be
a correct appreciation. To the student of embalming processes mummies of the
late period present little interest; and I have to confess that I paid inadequate
attention to them and to their wrappings. But I feel sure that the bandaging
shown in your photograph could not have been done at any other period.” ®’'

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, 1915, p. 97 under Minturn gifts: “Hand of
a mummy with a scarabaeus ring.” ®®

No. 24 (Plates VIII, a, b, XI, c). Finger ring with bezel in the form of a cylinder seal.

Silver, electrum, and cobalt-blue glass. Probably Eighteenth Dynasty, 1580-
1350 B.C. From Thebes. Weight, 29.45 grains (1.908 grams).

The wires are broken where they issue from the cylinder and parts b and c
(see below) are lost from one of the caps.

Some of the solder flowed along the wire for this distance and some superfluous solder gathered in tiny
lumps on the inside of the band at the joint.

The late date to be assigned to the ring renders more plausible its position outside the wrappings of the
finger. In earlier times, so far as known, rings were placed next the finger, although other pieces of
jew elry were often separated from the body by bandages, as for instance in the burial of Senebtisi; Mace
and Winlock, Senebtisi, pp. i8, 20.

Op. cit., p. 98 contains a record of a mummy hand with ring presented by Sidney A. Schieffelin. This is
excluded from the present catalogue because the ring proves to have been faked, as is evident from the
workmanship and material (brass) of the shank, as well as from the appearance of the hand, which had
been bored violently through the dry and brittle wrappings to admit the modern ring.

[ 88 ]

The cylinder of blue glass was cast plain and the inscription was subse¬
quently cut in it—with considerable difficulty to judge by the poorly formed
hieroglyphs. The shank of the ring is of silver and hollow; it tapers gradu¬
ally into fine wires which cross within the threading hole of the cylinder and
are wound ten times about the shoulders; compare No. i8 for the way the
shank was made, except that in this instance the seam follows the inner curve.
Each end of the cylinder was protected and ornamented by an electrum cap
of the following construction: (a) a sleeve, formed of a strip of sheet soldered
end to end, has its inner edge bent at an angle and soldered down on (b), a
circular piece of a diameter slightly in excess of that of the end of the cylinder
and perforated with a hole corresponding to the threading hole of the cylin¬
der; (c) a narrow strip of sheet bordering the inscribed surface of the cylinder
at each end has its ends soldered together and the edges of (b) soldered down
on it. The seams are well finished.

Only two similar rings have been published: one in the British Museum,
with cylinder of blue glass imitating, as here, lapis lazuli; the other in the
Cairo Museum with cylinder of the mineral lapis lazuli.Both have gold
shanks; in the first-mentioned ring the cylinder is blank, in the second the sur¬
face has so deteriorated that the inscription is illegible. For dating these rings,
there is only internal evidence, chiefly the form of the shank. We should judge
the New York Historical Society’s example to be a little earlier than the other
two, of which the piece in the British Museum has a shank resembling that of
Harmhab’s gold ring (see above, page 87) and the one in Cairo an especially
developed arrangement for securing the ends of the separate wire carrying the
cylinder, after the wire had been coiled about the shank.

The cylinder seal was nearly obsolete at the time when these pieces prob¬
ably were made. The blankness of one and the caps at the ends, which would
have been in the way, are further indications that these cylinders were not
intended to be used as seals and Mr. Hall probably is right in regarding them
as miniature seals, made expressly as ring bezels, but reminiscent of the larger
cylinders once used as seals.

The reading of the inscription, of which some hieroglyphs are in doubt, is
uncertain, but it presumably contains a personal name.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. 14. Abbott catalogue,
editions 1853 fif.. No. 964; edition 1915, No. 960. Published in inaccurate
colors, Prisse d’Avennes, Monuments egyptiens, Plate XLVII, 14, and His-
toire de I’art, Atlas Vol. H, “Art industriel,” Plate 20, No. 10.

No. 25 (Plates VIII, a, b, X, c-e). Signet ring bearing the name of Amenhotep II.

Gold. Eighteenth Dynasty, 1448-1420 B.C. From Thebes, said to have been
found in the box No. 144. Weight, 124.50 grains (8.068 grams).

«»HalI, Caial. of Scarabs, I, the plate opp. p. XV, No. 3, there labeled “Xllth-XVIIIth Dyn.” and p.
XXXV, ‘‘Middle Kingdom”; but pp. XI and XXIX, the possibility of a date anterior to the XVIIIth
Dynasty is abandoned. This is perhaps the ring mentioned in Wilkinson, Manners and Customs, ed.
Birch, Vol. II, p. 340, n. 6.

Vernier, Bijoux, II, p. 77, PI. XXI, No. 52197.

[89]

Points of interest: The ring is beautiful in form and workmanship and
bears the name of one of the historic kings of Egypt. The form of the bezel
differs from that of any Egyptian ring hitherto published.

The soldered seam at the right has sprung partly open and the shank has
been indented in a few places.

Shank and bezel were made separately. The shank is solid and was beaten
out and bent into shape from a piece cut from a stock casting; its form, thicker
opposite the bezel, tapering a little on the sides, then thicker just at the ends,
to give strength to the soldered seams, is pleasingly modulated. The bezel, too,
was beaten out from stock material and has the inscription executed entirely
with punches; the slight burr raised was hammered down as may be seen in the
somewhat overhanging upper edges of the signs. Traces remain of scraping
and burnishing on the sides of the raised border and parallel to it. The ring
thus made exhibits a charm of craftsmanship and beauty of surface superior
to that of any cast ring. A microchemical analysis of the gold proved the
presence with it of silver and the absence of copper, mercury, tin, lead, and
zinc. The color over the greater part of the surface, a yellow, slightly paler
than that of fine gold, accords with this result, but in the depressions of the
inscription and elsewhere, here and there, is a reddish luster, with respect to
which, see the statement on page 31. The specific gravity of the ring is
17.271, indicating with the analysis a gold of about 20.7 carat. A number
of particles of hard white metal are visible on bezel and shank, although un-
noticeable without a magnifier.

The inscription reads: Okheprure, son of Amon-Re.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. 3. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1833 fif.. No. 1085; edition 1915, No. 1081. Prisse d’Avennes, Revue
archeologique ou recueil de documents et de memoires relatifs a I’etude des
monuments et a la philologie de I’antiquite et du Moyen Age, Paris, Vol. II, 2
(1846), p. 733; Monuments, Plate XLVII,3. Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text, pub¬
lished by Naville with the collaboration of Borchardt, edited by Sethe, Leipsic,
Vol. I (1897), p. 10, No. 17. Gauthier, Livre des rois, Vol. II, De la Xllle a la
fin de la XVIIIe dynastie (= Vol. 18 of Memoires. Institut), Cairo, Part II
(1912), p. 284, No. XXXIV.

No. 26 (Plates VIII, a-c, X, d, e). Signet ring bearing the name of Amenhotep II.

Silver. Eighteenth Dynasty, 1448-1420 B.C. FromSakkara. Weight, 164.39
grains (10.652 grams).

Points OF interest: The association with the name of Amenhotep II (com¬
pare No. 25) and the human figure in vigorous action, unusual in ring de¬
signs from Egypt, give this piece distinction.

The ring has been cast in two pieces and soldered together; the ends of

[90]

the shank after being cast were hammered to make them thinner and wider;
an abundance of solder shows on the under surface. The ring is well shaped
but the execution of the design is crude. Possibly some portions of it were cast
in, but we regard it as more probable that the larger surfaces, such as the
king’s body, were gouged out and that the round signs, head of the king’s
club, legs of the beetle, arms of the captive (which have no hands!), and some
other details were executed with punches. A microchemical analysis re¬
vealed the presence of lead with the silver. No gold, copper, mercury, tin, or
zinc was detected. The specific gravity of the ring, 10.321, is lower than that
of either of the two component metals;perhaps this fact is sufficiently
accounted for by the presence of solder used in uniting the two parts of the
ring.'^^ The ring is harder than the following No. 27, its surface is coarser
grained, and it tarnishes more readily.

A gold ring of this shape bearing Amenhotep IPs name is in the collection
of the British Museum.'^® Possibly the form was in use in the preceding
reign and occasional later examples are known,'^® but it was never common.

The scene on the bezel, one known in the major art of Egypt from a
remote antiquity, represents the king about to fell an Asiatic captive whom
he grasps by the hair. Behind the king’s figure is a hieroglyph meaning life
or some part of the verb to live, or perhaps used only as an amuletic stop-gap;
the legend before the king’s face reads: The good god, Okheprure.

The Louvre possesses a splendid gold ring having a movable, solid-gold
bezel of rectangular form inscribed with Amenhotep IPs name.'^® We have,
then, a minimum total of four rings of this king in the precious metals which
have survived to modern times. Is it possible that the Louvre ring, which
weighs 628.87 grains (40.75 grams), was once the king’s personal signet? It
would be hazardous to suppose this, the more so as we do not know the carat
of the gold, or the modern history of the ring. All four may have been gifts
of the king to persons of distinction in his service and may even have been
bestowed personally from the palace balcony as in the scene pictured in one
of the Amarna tombs.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. i2(?). Abbott catalogue,
editions 1853 9 ^ 4 ! edition 1915, No. 980. Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text,

Vol. I, p. 10, No. i8(?), stated to be of gold; see also p. 185, under 30, report¬
ing shaft where the ring No. 18 of Lepsius’ notes was said in his day to have

The specific gravity of pure silver is 10.50, that of lead, 11.34.

*^2 Otherwise, since the ring is heavy, we may have to do with a combination of lead and silver, perhaps
corresponding to a compound of a similar nature, of which the specific gravity is lower than would be
expected from an ordinary alloy. See Gmelin-Kraut, Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie, Heidelberg,
Vol. V, Pt. 2 (1914), p. 220.

Hall, Catal. of Scarabs, I, No. 2657.

Newberry, Scarabs, PI. XXIX, 31.

Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 84; Hall, op. cit., p. XXXV; Newberry, op. cit., p. 94.

Newberry, op. cit., PI. I, No. II; Pierret, Salle Historique, p. 113, No. 468.

Cf. above, n. ii, and pp. 2-3 of our Introduction.

[91]

been found; the editor’s note 2, p. 185, by oversight gives reference to the pre¬
ceding ring, our No. 25.

No. 27 (Plates VIII, a-c, X, d, e). Signet ring.

Silver-tin alloy. Probably latter part of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 1400-1350
B.C. From Sakkara. Weight 185.20 grains (12.001 grams).

Points of interest; The ring is one of the handsomest in the collection, by
virtue of its heavy weight, good finish, and elaborate, well executed inscrip¬
tion; the alloy of which it is made has not hitherto been noted from ancient
Egypt.

The shank of the ring has a few indentations and there are modern
scratches within the sun’s disk.

The ring was cast in one piece, whether directly in a three-part mould, as
Moller postulated for all Egyptian cast rings of metal, even the earlier ones,
citing the evidence of part of a three-piece stone mould bearing a Greek in¬
scription,'^® or, as we think more probable, in a one-piece mould which had
to be broken to remove the ring. There are lines of burnishing just over the
edge of the bezel (Plate VIII, b) which might be due to the necessity of re¬
moving a feather edge left by the seam in a divided mould, but are also
explainable as made in bringing the ring to a true edge after the displacement
of metal caused by punching in the boundary line of the inscription. It is dif¬
ficult, too, to determine whether any part of the inscription was cast in, but
the occasional finding of rings with blank bezels (Nos. 35-7) suggests that it
may have been the ordinary practice to cast rings blank and add the device
subsequently. We regard this design as chiefly engraved; but certain round
details on the human heads and bird’s claws, also the head of the uraeus, indi¬
cate the use of punches. The alloy of which the ring is composed has been
shown by microchemical analysis to contain silver and tin, and no gold, copper,
mercury, or lead. The specific gravity of the ring is 10.096, indicating, on the
assumption that the material is a binary alloy, 15.2 per cent, of tin.''® The alloy
was not necessarily put together of metallic silver and metallic tin,®® for ores

0 />. cit., pp. 50, 51 and Berlin Verzeichnis, p. 364, No. 11,337. For the XVIIIth Dyn., only open moulds
have thus far been made known, although Mrs. Richardson tells us that the Metropolitan Museum’s Egyp¬
tian Expedition found part of a two-piece limestone mould which they regard as dating from the XVIIIth
Dyn. Professor Pernice’s investigations (see pp. 204-5) have made it appear that divided moulds to be
used again and again were a very late invention, and certainly bronze statuettes at this time were cast in
one-piece moulds by the waste wax process (see Petrie, Tools and Weapons, Illustrated by the Egypt.
Coll, in University College, London, and 2000 Outlines from Other Sources, XXXth Publ. Br. Sch. of
Arch, in Eg. and Egypt. Res. Acc. XXIInd Year, London, 1917, § 184; Arts and Crafts, pp. 89, loi, 102).
See further on the use of divided moulds, p. 195, n. 10.

79 Calculation by Mr. Nyland making use of the Holzmann table showing contraction in alloying the two
metals; Brannt, Metallic Alloys, 3rd ed., p. 85.

Metallic tin was, however, known at this time. See Petrie, Ancient Egypt, 1915, p. 17, lllahun, p. 19;
J. H. Gladstone, Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaology, London, Vol. XIV (1891-92), p. 226.

[92]

are found containing sulphide of silver and sulphide of tin,®^ which when
smelted yield a mixture of silver and tin, the sulphur having entered into
combination with the oxygen of the air. The ring has a silver-white, smooth,
close-grained surface; it is harder than pure tin, but not so hard as the other
silver rings of this collection, nor does it tarnish so much.

The ring is of a practical and good-looking shape, one which possibly made
its appearance about 1580 and became common toward the clo\se of

the Eighteenth Dynasty, about 1350 B.C. It was so much used in later times,
in Egypt and in other countries, that one must look for other criteria than the
shape to determine the date of the piece under discussion. The component
parts of the prenomen of Amenhotep III (1411-1375 B. C.), “Nibmare,” are
contained in the inscription, but so scattered that the intention of the designer
remains very much in doubt. Even so, the ring may be assigned to the latter
part of the Eighteenth Dynasty, in view of the stylistic resemblance of its in¬
scription—in size, form, and grouping of the hieroglyphs—to that of two rings
of the same shape bearing the name of Amenhotep IV.®®

It is difficult to translate satisfactorily the hieroglyphs on this ring, because
if an inscription was intended, the limited space and the desire to produce a
good decorative effect led to abnormalities in the writing. Professor Erman,
in correspondence, suggested the possibility that the ring contains a series of
epithets, beginning with The soul of Re, but, on the whole, was more inclined to
our view, that the hieroglyphs are used for their decorative and amuletic
values. Among them, besides the human-headed falcon in which the Egyp¬
tians visualized the soul (compare Nos. 98, 99, 104, and 105), are the follow¬
ing: the shepherd’s crook (No. 94), which is a triliteral sign meaning ruler
or to rule; another triliteral sign htp (second from the bottom) meaning offer¬
ing, also to be satisfied, benignant, and the like; the signs dd{y) and hs{y)
written twice and meaning respectively endurance or to endure and praise
or to praise.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. ii(?). Abbott catalogue,
editions 1853 ff.. No. 1090; edition 1915, No. 1086.

So Mr. Nyland informs us.

Ring bearing name Ahhotep; see above, note 50, and the doubts expressed there.

S 3 (a) J. E. A., Vol. IV (1917), p. 46, No. 10, PI. XIII; (b) Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, PI. XXXVI,
18.10.18. Cf. the gold ring of Eye {ca. 1350 B.C.) in the Leyden Museum, of which a line cut is given in
Newberry, Scarabs, PI. XXXI, 34; also in Leemans, Monumens egyptiens, Pt. II, PI. XL, as No. 202.
The soul occurs on the ring bearing King Eye’s name (see preceding note) and above its human head is
the sun’s disk, but not so close as here, and certainly a separate sign and not a headdress as in late repre¬
sentations of the soul of Osiris (Mariette, Bender ah, Paris, Vol. IV, 1873, Pis. 40, 42). Cf. the XVIIIth
Dyn. hieroglyph for soul as given in Moller, Paldographie, Vol. II (1909), No. 230, which is bearded as
here.

For another instance of signs in twos, see Newberry, Scarab-Shaped Seals, Pi. IV, No. 36,205, with name
of Thutmose IV (1420-1411 B.C.); also the grouping of ded and “girdle-tie” signs in the decoration of
Tutenkhamon’s catafalque.

[93]

No. 28 (Plates VIII, a, b, X, c, d). Signet ring.

Pale gold. Nineteenth to Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 1350-663 B.C. (?). From
Sakkara. Weight, 177.84 grains (11.524 grams).

The ring was cast in one piece and the design chased in, rather boldly and
crudely; one can follow the individual impressions of the punch and fairly
count the number of blows the ring received! A microchemical analysis
showed the presence of gold and silver in the alloy, the latter more abundant
than in No. 25, and the absence of copper, tin, mercury, lead, and zinc. The
color is markedly paler than that of fine gold and has a slightly green cast.
These data, taken with the specific gravity, 13.830, indicate a gold of about
12.6 carat. Some inconspicuous particles of hard white metal are discernible.

The device consists of a seated figure of the goddess Isis, identified by her
name written in front of her face. She holds the usual attributes of divinities,
the wflr-scepter in her left hand, and the sign for life in her right, once signifi¬
cant of the god’s good gifts, but now probably only traditional attributes.

The ring is obviously a comparatively late piece, but there are no definite
clues for dating it. Figures of Isis with the disk and horns as headdress and
the name written in the same fashion as here are found as early as the begin¬
ning of the Nineteenth Dynasty.*®

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, P- 32, No. 4. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1089; edition 1915, No. 1085.

No. 29 (Plates VIII, a, b, X, c, d). Signet ring.

Gold. Latter part of Eighteenth Dynasty, about 1500-1350 B.C. (?). Weight,
107.39 grains (6.959 grams).

Points of interest: Attention may be called to the design on the bezel, as
especially pleasing and affording an example of Egyptian success in formal
ornament.

The shank of the ring has been bent a little out of shape.

Probably the ring was cast in one piece and the design was chased in.
One may observe on the bodies of the uraei the continued use of the same
punch, even when, in the narrow parts, the cross lines produced by it extended
beyond the outlines of the uraei. The color of the ring is that of fine gold,
but a microchemical analysis proved the presence of silver and tin, the latter
apparently in very small quantity, with the gold, although no trace of copper,
mercury, lead, or zinc was found. The specific gravity, 17.010, too, indicates,
not fine gold, although a gold of high carat, close to 20.1. If any piece in the
collection has been artificially colored,*^ we should pick out this ring as a pos-

86 Capart, Abydos. Le temple de Seti Etude generale, Brussels, 1912, Pis. XXXVII, XLVI.

sible instance. But one must then suppose that the ring had little subsequent
handling, or the film of fine gold would be worn through in spots. Particles
of a hard white metal are abundant on the shank of the ring.

The design on the bezel is a conventionalized rendering of a sistrum flanked
by two uraei, crowned each with a sun’s disk. This particular form of sistrum
had above the handle, terminating in a head of the goddess Hathor, an open
box in the form of a shrine, with uraeus within; the noise was produced by
two strips or wires of metal, fastened at the bottom of the box but coiled loose
above, which knocked against the sides of the box when the sistrum was
shaken. It is seen pictured in reliefs of the early Nineteenth Dynasty.*®

The shape is paralleled by that of a gold ring in the Berlin Museum bear¬
ing the name of Nefrure; ®® if Queen Hatshepsut’s daughter of that name was
intended, the Berlin ring is dated to the mid-Eighteenth Dynasty, about 1500
B.C. Another ring with double bezel of about this shape and having a sis¬
trum as one element in its design is probably of the time of Thutmose III.*"
This is meager evidence for dating our ring, but the conviction that the design
is of a good period is in part back of our suggestion.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1084; edition 1915,
No. 1080.

No. 30 (Plates IX, a, b, X, c, d). Signet ring.

Silver. Mid-Eighteenth to Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 1300-663 B.C. From Sak-
kara. Weight, 52.55 grains (3.405 grams).

The surface has somewhat deteriorated, but the ring is intact.

Probably the bezel and shank were separately hammered out, the inscrip¬
tion was executed with chasing tools, and the two parts were soldered together,
but in the present condition of the surface, this cannot be determined with
certainty. In a microchemical analysis, lead was - found present with the
silver, but not gold, copper, mercury, tin, or zinc.

On the shape of the ring, see the preceding number.

The inscription reads: Ptah, great in power; the epithet “great in power”
was often borne by this leading divinity of ancient Memphis, in the necropolis
of which the ring was found. There are no clues to determine the ring’s date.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, P- 33; (^)- Abbott catalogue,

editions 1853 ff.. No. 965; edition 1915, No. 961 (said to be of bronze, but the
number 961, found by us on the ring, is nevertheless probably correct, since
all other bronze rings listed have been located).

Winlock, Bas-Reliefs from the Temple of Rameses I at Abydos (M. M. A. Papers, Vol, I, Pt. I), New York,
1921, PI. VI, p. 30.

Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, No. 75.

A. Z., Vol. 41 (1904), p. 16.

[95]

No. 31 (Plates IX, a, b, X, c, d). Signet ring.

Gold. Second part of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-1350 B.C. (?). From
Sakkara. Weight, 75.03 grains (4.862 grams).

The bezel is bent slightly out of position and there are some dents in the
shank.

The ring was cast in one piece. The design on the bezel was partly en¬
graved, partly chased. The papyrus stalks and umbels and parts, at least, of
the boat are clearly done with punches; the body of the animal may have been
gouged out; the line following the curve of the bezel above is scooped up to
the surface at its two ends after the manner of engraved lines. A micro¬
chemical analysis proved the presence of silver with the gold and the absence
of copper, mercury, tin, lead, and zinc. The ring’s specific gravity, 12.896, in¬
dicates about 9.6 carat for gold alloyed only with silver. For the slight sug¬
gestion of red in the discoloration of the gold, see the explanation offered on
page 31. Specks of a hard white metal may be seen on the shank and in the
under surface of the bezel.

On the shape of the ring compare the preceding Nos. 29 and 30. The
somewhat pointed oval of the bezel is paralleled often in seals of the Eigh¬
teenth Dynasty.®^

The design represents the goddess Hathor in the form of a cow, who wears
the sun’s disk between her horns, and here is traversing the papyrus marshes
of the West by boat. In this aspect she was the beneficent goddess who wel¬
comed the dead. The conception is prominent in the art of Egypt from the
Eighteenth Dynasty onward, as in the statues of the goddess-cow in the Cairo
Museum and in scenes on coffins. Two Eighteenth Dynasty examples among
designs on seals may be cited: one in the British Museum, bearing the name
of Thutmose I, and one in Berlin with the accompanying legend Mistress of
Dendera.^^ Gold of low carat has been noted in rings of the Eighteenth
Dynasty.®®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1088; edition 1915,
No. 1084.

No. 32 (Plates IX, a, b, X, c, d). Signet ring.

Silver. Latter part of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-1350 B.C. (?). From
Thebes. Weight, 42.15 grains (2.731 grams).

The surface of the silver has somewhat deteriorated.

The ring probably was beaten out in two parts and soldered together; the
design seems to have been executed by a combination of chasing and engrav-

Newberry, Scarabs, PI. XXIX, Nos. 23, 27, 40; Schafer, op. cit., PI. 12, No. 66.

Hall, Catal. of Scarabs, I, No. 478 and Schafer, op. cit.. No. 65, Fig. 30, p. 47.

93 Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, PI. XXXVI, Nos. 12, ig.

[96]

ing. As indicated by a microchemical analysis, the silver contains some lead,
but no gold, copper, mercury, tin, or zinc.

Two rings of the same shape in Berlin bear respectively the names of
Amenhotep III and his consort Tiy,®^ therefore were made around 1400 B.C.
But the form had a long history, for Mr. Newberry has published®® a similar¬
shaped ring inscribed with the name of the king Psamtik II (593-588 B.C.)
of the Twenty-sixth Dynasty.

For a discussion of the design on the bezel, see the preceding number.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥.. No. 968; edition 1915, No.
964.

No. 33 (Plates IX, a, b, X, c-e). Signet ring.

Gold. Probably Twenty-sixth Dynasty, 663-525 B.C. From Sakkara.
Weight, 133.29 grains (8.637 grams).

The shank of the ring has several indentations.

The ring was cast in one piece. There is a blistered look on the inside of
the shank and the design was crudely chased in; altogether the ring is an
inferior piece technically. By microchemical analysis, silver was found in
the alloy, but no copper, mercury, tin, lead, or zinc. The specific gravity of
the ring is 13.627, and the carat of the gold, then, is about 12.0. On the color
of the gold, deep yellow, with a film of red to black discoloration, see page 31.

The finger ring with bezel in the form of two cartouches, each surmounted
by a pair of ostrich plumes with drooping tips, may be traced from about
1300 B. C.; a specimen of red jasper is in the collection of University Col¬
lege, London, containing in one cartouche the name of Seti I, in the other that
of Ramses II.®® About a century later, two similar rings of gold were made
for the Tewosret treasure by soldering together separately cast rings, having
the bezel in the form of a single cartouche; ®^ in these the shank, consequently,
is double, too; one of these rings has the name of Tewosret in both cartouches,
but the other has a uraeus, hieroglyph for the word goddess, in the cartouches.
Two gold rings of later date were found, a few years ago, at Memphis, in the
excavations of the University of Pennsylvania; and we are permitted®® to
mention that one of them, M 4293, came from a level above that of the Nine¬
teenth Dynasty but well below that of Greek times, and that the other, M
7052, was found in the stratum of Ahmose II (569-525 B. C.). The first-men-

Schafer, op. cit., PI. 13, Nos. 76, 77, both of electrum.

95 Scarabs, PI. I, No. III.

9 ® Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, PI. XL, 45.

97 Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, p. 42, Nos. 23, 24, colored plate “Rings and Ornaments” = Vernier, Bijoux,
II, Nos. 52264-5, PI. XXVI. Such rings, but without plumes, from Tutenkhamon’s tomb are now known.

98 By the Director of the Expedition, Mr. Clarence T. Fisher, whom we have to thank for showing us these
rings and so much of the other jewelry found by him at Memphis as is now in the University Museum,
Philadelphia.

[97]

tioned ring has the cartouches filled with a group of hieroglyphs, possibly a
name; in the second, the cartouches contain figures of a standing goddess, of
which at least one seems clearly to represent the lioness-headed Sekhmet, con¬
sort of Ptah of Memphis, crowned with sun’s disk, as in our piece. Indeed
this second ring from the stratum of Ahmose II presents so close a parallel in
design and quality to our No. 33, that we have little hesitation in assigning
the latter, which was found in the necropolis of Memphis, to the Twenty-sixth
Dynasty. Mention may be made of an unpublished and undated ring of this
type in the New York Historical Society’s collection, made of carnelian, with
the triliteral sign nfr, often meaning good, beautiful, as the sole content of
each cartouche.®”

In the earlier rings, with names of known rulers of Egypt, we see the car¬
touche fulfilling its normal function of inclosing a royal name; one can im¬
agine, too, a playful substitution of the word for goddess, in the place of the
royal name. But in the later rings, we may question whether we have to do
with the highly abbreviated names (or epithets?) of princelings, as yet uniden¬
tified, a Sakhmi and Neferi, or with the atrophy of the usual significance of
the cartouche, which, now, perhaps, could inclose ornamental or amuletic de¬
vices, such as occur on other forms of seals. In confirmation of this latter view.
Dr. Allen reminded us of the wooden toilette dishes in cartouche-form
which illustrate the breaking down of the usual significance of the cartouche.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. 5. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 fif.. No. 1086; edition 1915, No. 1082.

No. 34 (Plates IX, a-c, X, d, e, XII, f, g, XIII, h, i; see also Plate XI, map). Signet ring
of the priest of Isis of Khufu, Neferibre.

Gold. Twenty-sixth Dynasty, first half of the sixth century B. C. From Giza.
Weight, 329.70 grains (21.364 grams).

Points of interest: The ring is uncommonly heavy and bears an unusually
long and beautifully executed inscription on the bezel; the inscription includes
some titles not yet understood. The ring’s history is romantic, as the occur¬
rence of the name of Khufu in the inscription resulted in its being considered
popularly for many years the signet ring of that monarch, builder of the Great
Pyramid of Giza. •

The ring is in superb condition, showing only a little wear, which may be
in large part modern.

The bezel and shank were separately cast and soldered together; the finish
is careful, rendering almost all the solder invisible, even on close inspection.

Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 26. Abbott catal., editions 1853 ff., No. 967; ed. 1915, No. 963.

100 One in the New York Historical Society’s collections; Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 9, No. 24; Abbott catal.,
editions 1853 ff., No. 458; ed. 1915, No. 464.

[98]

The inscription on the bezel, whether originally, or by reason of wear, is
slightly chamfered, a characteristic which aids in the making of a good impres¬
sion. It is uniformly about 0.0197 inches (0.5 mm.) in depth. The most varied
opinions have been expressed by practical workers in metal as to how it was
produced and the photomicrographs of Plates XII and XIII are offered to
enable readers interested in the technique to judge it for themselves. The view
to which we incline is that the bezel was cast blank, the inscription then first
chased lightly on the surface and afterwards sunk by gouging out the gold with
a graver, and that the inner markings of the signs were added chiefly with
small chasing tools. Evidence of the carving of the gold is best seen on the
side walls of the signs, especially those which are curved, and, unfortunately,
does not show in the photographs. The bills of the birds within the car¬
touche have the appearance of being made by the same punch, of which we
see the impression, too, in the right-hand corner of two signs just to the right
(the letter t, bounded above by a semi-circle, below by a straight line; Plate
XIII, i). The two letters n, zigzag lines below at the extreme right, gave
difficulty to the workman, as his tools must make such short impressions. An
interesting question is whether any curved punch was used, for some curved
markings within the sign picturing the sky (Plate XII, f, at top), if not en¬
graved, suggest the use of such a tool, because they seem to have been made
with one blow. On the contrary, markings in the lower part of the w/r-sign
and heart-sign (Plate XIII, i, at left) indicate the repeated use of a straight
liner to round the curves, in the manner we have already noted above (page
73) in the heart-scarab inscription chased in gold. A microchemical analysis
revealed the presence of silver and the absence of copper, mercury, tin, lead,
and zinc in the alloy. The specific gravity of the ring, 17.669, indicates a gold
of 21.3 carat when alloyed only with silver,and the color, a yellow slightly
paler than that of fine gold, is right for this result. Strewn through the gold
and visible on both bezel and shank are larger and smaller particles of a hard
white metal. One such particle shows in Plate IX c and Plate XIII i, just be¬
fore the body of the upper bird (the letter w) in the cartouche.

Attention may be called to the smallness of the shank (Plate IX, b).
Neferibre could hardly have worn his ring on the third finger of the left hand
as did his near contemporary, Uzahor of Hawara.^®^ Perhaps it would have
fitted the little finger, or, possibly, the practice of wearing rings near the tips
of the fingers, noted for a later age,^®* had already begun.

This ring, the best known of the objects published in the present volume, was
one of the earlier acquisitions of Dr. Abbott, included in that first catalogue of
his collection which was written in 1843 by the sculptor and antiquarian,
Joseph Bonomi; a cut of the ring, one perpetuated in the later Abbott catalogue,

101 Xhe solder in the ring and the particles of white metal would to some extent offset each other in influ¬
ence on the specific gravity and they form so slight a part of the heavy weight of the ring that the esti¬
mate of the carat of the gold cannot be much affected by their presence.

102 Petrie, Ten Years' Digging in Egypt, 1881-1891, New York and Chicago, p. 94; Kahun, p. 20.

103 Marshall, Finger Rings, pp. XXV, XXVII.

[99]

accompanied Bonomi’s description. An impression from the ring was drawn
by, or for, Prisse d’Avennes and first published by him in 1846. The ring has
been reproduced frequently since,^^^ but never photographically nor even in
a wholly accurate line cut until the present time.

Lepsius gave 1841 as the year when the ring appeared on the market in
Cairo. Prisse stated positively, in more than one place, that it was discovered
in 1843. The sources are equally unsatisfactory as to the find-spot. Bonomi,
writing in 1843, said that it was found at Giza “in a tomb near that excava¬
tion of Colonel Vise (sic) called Campbell’s tomb” (see map, Plate XI). Wil¬
kinson’s statement, printed first in 1843, reads: “In the high plain between
this (namely, ‘Campbell’s tomb’) and the Great Pyramid are several pits,
where sarcophagi are found, frequently of black basalt; one of which, with a
lid in the form of the dwarf deity of Memphis, Ptah Sokari, is still lying on
the ground above. Near this, is the pit where a gold ring, bearing the name
of Suphis was found, which is now at Cairo, in the possession of Dr. Abbott.”
Lepsius’ comment, recorded within the years 1843 to 1843 when he examined
the ring in Cairo, was as follows: “The ring is said to have been found in
the neighborhood of the Great Sphinx, according to others, however, at Sak-
kara.” The exact find-spot will never be known, but some credence may be
given to the various contemporary reports which put the tomb from which it
came in the area between the Great Sphinx and “Campbell’s Tomb” on the
south and the Great Pyramid on the north.

Lepsius recounted, further, that the ring was offered first to Wilkinson,
then to some Frenchmen, and finally was bought on the recommendation of
Prisse d’Avennes by Dr. Abbott, who paid £20, instead of the £^o(?) at first
demanded. Prisse d’Avennes in 1846 reported a less sober story, current in
his day, that the Due de Luynes, on a visit to Cairo, offered £430 for it! We
must distinguish sharply between these early statements from good sources,^®®
which are to be weighed for what they are worth, and the picturesque tales
which were recounted later about the circumstances attending Dr. Abbott’s
acquisition of the ring. Two samples of these may interest some readers:
The Rev. Buchan W. Wright, “Sometime Acting Chaplain at Cairo,” wrote
a tiny brochure entitled “The Royal Ring of an Ancient Pharaoh” (another
ring) which was published, without date, by William Macintosh, 24 Pater¬
noster Row, and opens thus: “Most antiquarians are conversant with the his¬
tory of Dr. Abbott’s celebrated Egyptian ring, which was a source of competi¬
tive demand between the museums of New York and London and ultimately fell
to the former for a considerable sum of money. Dr. Abbott, one day, while
riding in the outskirts of Cairo, met some Arabs returning from a search in

^ 0 ^ See Bibliography, p. 105, also for the literature referred to in the following paragraphs.

Re^e archeologique, Vol. II (1846), p. 733, footnote.

106 Professor Reisner has informed us that the ring is mentioned in the manuscript diary of a Scotch gentle¬
man, Mr. Ogilvie, who frequented Egypt in the days of Lepsius, Wilkinson, and Prisse d’Avennes and he
believes that it was once owned by Ogilvie. We hope that Professor Reisner will one day publish a note
about the ring, giving the data from the Ogilvie diary, which he now owns.

[100]

the harvest field of tombs to the east of, and around, the Great Pyramid. One
of them held up a gold ring of beautiful construction and massive solidity.
What would he (the doctor) give for it? Its weight in gold, or more? Yes!
Not a moment was lost in securing so valuable a relic. Could he believe his
eyes? It had the oval of Cheops on it—the kingly and most scientific con¬
structor of the world’s greatest wonder,” and so forth. A quite different story
has been told in New York. The New York Historical Society possesses a
paper dictated and signed by Henry Dexter in 1904 containing reminiscences
of his journey in Egypt in 1867. At the time of the journey, so he tells, he
talked with missionaries who had lived in Egypt since Dr. Abbott’s day there
and who described a scene in a public room in Cairo where an agent of Dr.
Abbott and two Frenchmen, collectors for a Paris Museum, were present when
a native boy brought in this ring. The Frenchmen had the first chance to buy
it, but failed to appreciate it and would not pay the £ii asked by the boy, who
declared that his father would whip him if he returned with less, and when
they were done bargaining, so the account runs. Dr. Abbott’s agent took it for
the £ii asked. This story was first put in writing in 1904^®’^ and depends on
Mr. Dexter’s memory of what was told him thirty-seven years earlier by people
who were recounting what had happened about twenty-five years before the
time of their narrative; obviously it is to be taken with some grains of salt!

It will be of interest to the members of the New York Historical Society
to hear that the ring was exhibited at a stated meeting of the Society held in
the chapel of the New York University in Washington Square on Tuesday
evening, November 2, 1852. The entry in the minutes of the Society reads:
“Frederic de Peyster, Esq., the Second Vice President, announced the pres¬
ence of Dr. Abbott of Cairo and exhibited a curious and valuable relic be¬
longing to that gentleman, viz., a ring of gold, weighing about three English
sovereigns. It was found on the south side of the Great Pyramid of Cheops in
the tomb of a high-priest,” and so forth. This was soon after Dr. Abbott’s ar¬
rival in America, before his collection was put on public exhibition in the old
Stuyvesant Institute, and about eight years before the acquisition of his collec¬
tion, including the ring, by the New York Historical Society.

One reason, although not the chief one, for the great reputation of the ring
is its weight, much above that of most Egyptian rings. In this connection a
passage written by Mr. Griffith in 1892 may be quoted: “Mr. Petrie points
out that gold seal rings in Egypt are of fairly uniform weight, about 140
grains (9.072 grams), and may have been adjusted to a standard equal to the
value of an ox; some heavy ones probably reach 210grains. Accurate weigh¬
ings might give interesting results.” Thirty years later there are still few
records available of the weights of Egyptian gold rings, but it will be seen that
the rings of the present collection have a considerable range in weight, render-

107 A highly colored version of it appeared in the Nenju York Daily Tribune for November 20, 1904, based

on an interview with Mr. Dexter, who was then in his 92nd year.

108p. s. B. A., Vol. XV (1892-93), p. 308.

[lOl]

ing an attempt to connect them with any specific standard full of uncertainty
and that the ring under consideration is a giant among them. Indeed its weight
is exceeded, so far as we can learn, by only a few Egyptian gold rings,*®®
chief among them the earlier specimen having a movable bezel inscribed with
the name of Harmhab, to which reference has been made before (pages 87,
89) ; this altogether exceptional piece is possibly the heaviest gold ring which
has come down from antiquity,**® weighing, as it does, 1936.77 grains (125.50
grams).

According to Lepsius, Prisse d’Avennes was the first to read in the inscrip¬
tion the cartouche of Khufu (Cheops). Prisse always believed the ring to be
the seal of some high official of Khufu and to date from his reign; the name
Neferibre, following the cartouche, he took for some title or variant name
of the king. But at once, popularly, the ring became Khufu’s personal signet;
for instance, we find Harriet Martineau, in 1847, after mentioning her wander¬
ings after luncheon, to the east of the Great Pyramid, saying: “It was here¬
abouts that that precious ring was found which ought to be in the British
Museum, but which remains in the hands of Dr. Abbott of Cairo—the gold
ring of Cheops with his cartouche cut upon it.” Only Lepsius, at the time,
failed to believe the ring contemporary with Khufu, but its exceptional char¬
acter led him astray and he doubted its genuineness, suggesting, however, its
true date in the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, were it genuine! This early comment
of Lepsius was not published until after Professor Petrie, in 1883, in a book
on the Pyramids of Giza, had mentioned the ring as belonging to a late priest
of Khufu; among scholars the ring has since been generally regarded as be¬
longing to a priest of the Twenty-sixth Dynasty who served in the revived cult
of the ancient Pharaoh Khufu. We shall now see whether this view is accurate.

We have referred to the ring as one of unusual character. The shape, to
be sure, is now well known as peculiar to the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, but the in¬
scription on the bezel contains obscure passages. The inscription is written
in vertical columns, beginning on the right, and consists of a series of titles
preceding the name of the owner. A few of these are common titles, readily
recognized; the others, however, are so difficult that we sent a photograph of
the inscription to Professor Erman to inquire what light the Berlin Dictionary
of the Egyptian language, which is not yet published, could throw on the text;
and the New York Historical Society and the author of this catalogue are
greatly indebted to Professor Erman for the data furnished. His comments are

io 9 Fabretti, Rossi, and Lanzone, Antichita egizie, Nos. 6525, \vt., 845.70 grains (54.8 grams); 6526, wt.,
368.83 grains (23.9 grams) ; 6527, wt., 464.52 grains (30.1 grams) ; 6528, wt., 452.17 grains (29.3 grams).
Also above, p. 91, with n. 76. Winlock, Bull. M.M.A., Vol. XVII (1922), p. 172, wt., 1129.65 grains
(73.2 grams). In none of these records is the quality of the gold stated. There is no reason to suppose
that the Egyptians, like the contemporary .^gean people who were farther away from the sources of gold,
made a practice of covering bronze rings with gold (Seager, Mochlos, p. 91), but they were well aware
of differences in the quality of gold alloys, as one of the Amarna letters (ed. Knudtzon, No. 3, 11 . 11-16)
gives evidence. In it the Babylonian king complains of the quality of the gold sent to him by his “brother”
of Egypt as like silver, and speaks of having had it tested in the presence of the Egyptian king’s messenger.

110 cf. Marshall, Finger Rings, p. XXVI.

[102]

so illuminating that we give them in full. First, we quote from a letter of
August 8, 1920: “The ring is, of course, genuine and is a splendid piece; it
has given us pleasure to become acquainted with it through the photograph.
Eighty years ago when Lepsius passed judgment on it, people knew all too
little about the minor arts of Egypt and the name of Cheops suggested an
Old Kingdom piece, to which the style of the ring hardly seemed suitable. It
is, rather, Saite, and belonged, as you also will probably have recognized, to a
‘priest of Isis of Cheops,’ that is, the Isis whose little temple abuts on the
southern-most of the small pyramids next to Cheops’ pyramid, a temple which,
according to the stela of Mariette, Monuments divers, Plate 53,“^ was thought
to go back to the time of Cheops.Following your old catalogue the ring was
found in a tomb near ‘Campbell’s tomb;’ the priests of this small temple, then,
were buried close to their sanctuary. The approximate period is given by

the name O^'O ; so Psammetich II (594-389 B. C.) was called and to a date

in this time the orthography of the word Isis (J^) is favorable. You will

see on the inclosed sheets what we have been able to find out about the titles.
These are titles of the late Memphite priests which are frequent on the stelae
from the Serapeum. It has given us pleasure to help you and we have also at
the same time gained something for the Dictionary, for we had not yet rec¬
ognized the title as such and the of your ring had been wrongly

read, following the text of Lepsius’ Denkmaler.” Professor Erman’s notes on
the titles follow, taking them in the order of their occurrence on the ring:

^ yt ntr, God’s father, the well-known priestly title with which the late Mem¬
phite priests commonly begin their titularies.

We are acquainted with this incomprehensible title only on the Memphite
tombstone, Florence 1640 (Schiaparelli’s catalogue)from the time of
Necho. It occurs there as , as (sU nn of Ptah?). and as

The man who bears it is also a

hry ssti n Ri-sti, Initiate {?) of Giza. Very frequent with these
priests, for example:

m^ Louvre, Apis stela 333 (Twenty-sixth Dynasty).
British Museum 134; Turin 2201.

Monuments divers recueillis en Egypte et en Nubie, Paris, 1872-1889. For a transl. and discussion of
this stela and further bibliography, see Breasted, Records, I, §§ 177-80.

112 See our map, PI. XI.

113 On this title see, now, Blackman, article “Priest, Priesthood (Egyptian),” VII, i, in Hastings, Encycl. of
Rel. and Ethics, Vol. X.

11^ Ernesto Schiaparelli, Museo Archeologico di Firenze. Antichita egizie, Rome, 1887.

[103]

Louvre, Apis stela 250.

V 0

Louvre, Apis stela 247 (Twenty-sixth Dynasty) ; similar, ib. 344, etc.
Vienna 157, (Wreszinski, Aegyptische Inschriften aus dem K. K. Hof-
museum in Wien, Leipsic, 1906, page 94, PL II) a tombstone, perhaps

Ptolemaic, of a

on® ,

D £1^ A

is interesting; his ancestor, five

This

lU

generations back, had the same title and likewise was named
ancestor could, perhaps, be the of your ring.

This unreadable title, also, is frequent with the late Memphite priests:
Louvre, Apis stela 367,

Musee Guimet (without number).

Louvre, Apis stela 295 (belonging here?).

Louvre, Apis stelae, 380, 323 (Darius).

Also Louvre, Apis stela 327, where we have
thought that this kCJ} could be the reading, yet
and presumably ^ £ and are two different titles.

surely to be read hm-ntr is.t [n/] Hwfiv, Priest of Isis of Cheops;
^ ^

the is unwritten, just as it is unwritten in ^tod as often

and

in titles and fixed formulae. Compare also the

A

we therefore
often occurs alone

□

Pi^h of Ramses and Ptah of Menes{?), A.Z., Vol. 30

(1892), page 44.

It is tempting to regard the title as having reference to that moment in the cultus ceremonies when the
priest, standing before the god’s statue, elevated an offering in his hands. The object between the arms
on our ring appears to be a menat. Among Professor Erman’s parallels we recognize the wine jar (Apis
stela 295) and the bowl of burning incense (Apis stela 327). Most frequent of all objects depicted be¬
tween the arms as a late title is the Horus eye, a combination which Alexandre Moret, Sarcophages de
Vipoque buhastite a Vepoque saite (Cairo CataL), Cairo, 1913, Index, renders “porteur de I’ouza (of-
frandes).” We should like to believe that these late titles are all connected, or are variant writings of
one title, in which the arms form the phonetic sign and the offering is pictorial, varying within the range
of objects customarily presented to a god. It has been impossible for us to pursue the question further,
because we have not had unlimited access to late inscriptions, in the original or in squeezes, necessary to
such an investigation. Of course no certainty can be reached unless variant writings are one day found
giving the phonetic values of the several groups.

[104]

otxy is found frequently alone as a personal name. Compare the passages
cited in Lieblein, Dictionnaire de noms hieroglyphiques, II, Leipsic, 1892,
page 1087 and the two instances of ^ ^ mentioned above.

Bibliography; Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 31, No. 2. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tion 1853, printed by Varey, No. 1051; edition 1853, printed by Watson, and
thereafter. No. 1050; edition 1915, No. 1046. Prisse d’Avennes, Revue arch-
eologique, Vol. II, 2 (1846), pp. 732-3; Monuments egyptiens, Plate XLVII, 4.
Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text, Vol. I, pp. 9-10, No. 16. C. W. King, The Hand¬
book of Engraved Gems, London, 1866, pp. 374, 387, plate opposite p. 7, at
bottom. Newberry, Scarabs, p. 95, Fig. 114. Mentioned: Wilkinson, Modern
Egypt and Thebes, London, 1843, Vol. I, p. 357; Handbook for Travellers in
Egypt, London, 1858, p. 181. C. C. Felton in Proceedings of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston, Vol. Ill, p. 372, in an account of a paper
“Menander in New York,” read March 10, 1857. Petrie, The Pyramids and
Temples of Ghizeh, London, 1883, p. 139; History, I, 6th edition, p. 42. Wiede¬
mann, Agyptische Geschichte, I, p. 185. Gauthier, Livre des rois, I, p. 356.
The ring has found a place in books on finger rings: Charles Edwards, The His¬
tory and Poetry of Finger-Rings, New York, 1855, pp. 149-151. William Jones,
Finger-Ring Lore, Historical, Legendary, Anecdotal,London, 1877, pp. ii-
12. George F. Kunz, Rings for the Finger, Philadelphia and London, 1917, p.
118. Its fame is also reflected in non-technical literature and the following ref¬
erences are selected from many: Harriet Martineau, Eastern Life, Present and
Past,“'^ Philadelphia, 1848, p. 226, under February 9, 1847. Godey’s Lady’s
Book and Magazine, Philadelphia, Vol. LII (January to June, 1856), p. 108.“®

Nos. 35-37 (Plate IX). Unfinished signet rings.

Silver. Probably Twenty-sixth Dynasty, 663-523 B. C. Found in Lower
Egypt. Weight of each, when finished, would have been around 138 grains
(8.942 grams).

No. 35 was found by us with shank and bezel united by modern soft
solder, which has since been removed to render evident the construction of
the ring; the shank of the ring parted, probably because of an ancient flaw,
and a joint under the modern mount is now held by a pin of argentine em¬
bedded in soft solder. The solder uniting the two parts of No. 36 had given
way and the ring has been resoldered with soft solder. No. 37 has its shank

Our attention was kindly called to this reference by Mr. W. Gedney Beatty.

This passage was brought to our notice through the kindness of Mrs. Schuyler Van Rensselaer.

118 this reference to the courtesy of Dr. T. George Allen.

11^ No. 36 with its modern solder now weighs 139 grains.

[105]

and bezel still crudely soldered together, as we found it. We conjecture that
in the late forties or early fifties of the last century a native discovered the
rings in parts and took them to the nearest village tinker who soldered this
one with spelter and afterwards tried to cut out some of the superfluous spel¬
ter, leaving the crosswise marks of his knife on the silver; the job turned out
so badly that the other rings were reserved for a treatment somewhat less
crude.

The two parts of each ring were separately cast and intended to be united by
solder (compare the technique of No. 34). The most plausible theory regard¬
ing these rings is that they belonged to a jeweler’s stores and had never been
finished.It seems improbable that rings with large blank bezels would be
worn and the fact that there are three of them just alike is favorable to a
provenience from a jeweler’s workshop. The silver of No. 35 is proved by
an analysis, which we owe to the kindness of Dr. Whitfield, to be high in
gold, containing 10 per cent, of the precious metal to 90 per cent, of silver;
the material analyzed was the drill chips, obtained from the interior of the shank
in boring holes for the argentine pin mentioned above.

Rings of this shape have been associated with the Twenty-sixth Dynasty
by the occurrence on them of names—Psamtik,^^^ Neferibre —borne also by
kings of that dynasty. One was found on the island of Rhodes together with a
scarab of Psamtik No example is known of earlier date and although

the shape, once introduced, may well have lasted into the Persian, or even
Ptolemaic, period, we do not know that this was so.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. Nos. 972, 974, and 973;
edition 1915, Nos. 968, 970, 969.

No. 38 (Plates IX, a, X, b). Funerary ring.

Fine gold and copper or bronze. Twenty-sixth Dynasty, 663-523 B.C.(?).
From Sakkara. Present weight, 22.10 grains (1.432 grams).

The outer gold surface of the shank has been broken open on one shoulder.
The bezel was cut from sheet gold of the thickness o.oi inches (0.254 mm.)

120 Cf. Mr. Edgar’s similar explanation (in Maspero, Le Musie Egyptien, II, p. 104) for a mass of silver
bracelets, rings, an ingot of silver, etc. found at Tell Basta. Among those objects was one ring of signet
form with blank bezel.

121 For blankness and flatness of bezel, cf. the ring “of the late Greek or Roman period” composed of “a
hard white metal” found by Mr. Petrie, and, following a suggestion of King, interpreted by him as a
mirror-ring for the use of a dandy; Petrie, Naukratis, Part I {1884.-5)^ (Illrd Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund),
2nd ed., London, 1888, p. 43, PI. XX, 34.

122 Hall, Catal. of Scarabs, I, No. 2736; Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten,^o. %SyP\. Cf. the silver ring
with cartouche of Wahibre given in Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, PI. LVIII, AB (shape of inscribed
surface of bezel as here, but side view of ring not given).

123 Besides our No. 34, see Schafer, op. cit., No. 85, PI. 13.

12^ Marshall, Je^ivellery, p. 86.

[106]

by eye and is not a true square. It is soldered to the shank, which is of two
materials, copper or bronze for the core and sheet gold for the thinner cover¬
ing. There are longitudinal marks of burnishing on the shank, but no sure
indication of a seam on its exterior. Because of the injury mentioned above,
however, we were able to determine that the inner copper or bronze wire is
solid and that the gold meets in an overlapping seam along the inside of the
curve, a seam plainly visible within the gold tube. As determined by a prac¬
tical experiment,^^® the shank could have been produced by drawing gold
tubing, and after soldering or fusing together its seam, inserting into it a close-
fitting copper wire and reducing the two wires together in the draw-plate,
enough to unite the two metals, after which the compound wire would have
been bent over a rod into ring form. Judged by its color, surface, and a micro¬
chemical analysis, which revealed no silver, copper, tin, or lead, the gold is
of twenty-four carat quality, and its fineness no doubt facilitated the disap¬
pearance of the seam on the outside. The Leyden papyrus X gives as pre¬
scription 38 directions for gilding objects of copper, in particular, rings, by
the use of lead. The intention was fraudulent and the prescription assures the
reader that even a touchstone will not reveal the fraud! M. Berthelot, com¬
menting on the passage, referred to Pliny’s statement that under the
Roman Empire the very slaves incased their iron rings with gold. The pres¬
ent ring was not gilded by the use of lead and its undecorated bezel of light
weight marks it as unsuitable for wear in life but quite possibly it was passed
off by the maker as having a shank of solid gold.

The ring is an imitation of rings of the type of Nos. 34 to 37, of a
variety in which the bezel is square cornered instead of rounded.That it
does not reproduce the earlier type of ring exemplified in No. 26 is clear from
the fact that the bezel is soldered down over the ends of the shank, which thus
do not meet its edges.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. 9. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1080; edition 1915) No. 1076.

(c) Finger Rings of the Roman Period

In this section are gathered the remaining finger rings of the Abbott col¬
lection, representing two late Classical types.

The motif in jewelry of a serpent encircling the finger or arm, once or sev¬
eral times, is known in Mediterranean lands from at least the seventh century
B. Sometimes the serpent is reproduced more or less literally, again it

125 Made by Mr. Heins.

126 Coll, des anc. alchimistes grecs, Vol. I, pp. 54, 58.

127 Ar. H., XXXIII, 6.

128 As in the Berlin rings mentioned above in notes 122-3.

129 For instance: Marshall, Jewellery, Nos. 1321, 1360-1, i 364 - 5 > early Italian examples; Nos. 1601-2, archaic

Greek. Myres, Handbook. Cesnola Coll., p. 393, Nos. 3572-82, late 5th cent. B.C.

[107]

is conventionalized into a symmetrical design, in which a second head is sub¬
stituted for the tail. Probably the motif did not originate in Egypt, since it
has never been observed in jewelry of the earlier Pharaonic times, but its later
popularity in the land may have been furthered by the tradition of the uraeus,
or cobra, as an element of design in Egyptian art; when sufficiently detailed
to render a judgment possible, the serpent bracelets and rings seem to represent
the cobra. The earliest example from Egypt which we have noted is the splen¬
did gold armlet in the form of a coiled serpent, from the temple treasure
buried in the third century B. C. at Toukh el-Qarmous in the northeastern
Delta.A goodly number of pieces of later date have been found at Alex¬
andria and other Delta sites and even as far south as Thebes; four of
the Abbott rings are said in the old records of the collection to come from Sak-
kara. The vogue of such jewelry in Egypt is shown further by representa¬
tions of it on masks of the second century after Christ.^'*'* The rings Nos. 39
to 42 are all of one design in which the serpent is fairly literally rendered and
encircles the finger but once.

The second late type of ring will be discussed under its one representative.
No. 43.

No. 39 (Plate XIV). One-time finger ring.

Gold. First century after Christ(?). From Sakkara. Total length projected,
4.646 inches (11.8 cm.). Weight, 56.68 grains (3.673 grams).

Under a magnifying glass many fissures show, due to the strain on the
gold when the former ring was forced into its present shape.

This figure of a serpent is of solid gold. The jeweler may have started
his work with a stock cylindrical piece of less diameter than the width of
the head, which he lengthened and tapered for the body by beating and
which he flattened at the head end and supplemented by pieces soldered on
above and below. The details are partly chased in, partly engraved. Behind
the right eye is a speck of hard white metal. The color is only slightly less
rich than that of fine gold.

On the design and date, see under No. 40.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1045; edition 1915,
No. 1041.

130 Vernier, Bijoux, I, PI. XII, No. 52094; Bijouterie, PL IV, 5. C. C. Edgar in Maspero, Le Musie Egyp-
lien, II, 2 (1906), p. 59, PI. XXIII.

131 Marshall, Finger RingSj Nos. 243, 246, 949, 950, 955.

132 Petrie, Ten Years* Digging, p. 33, Fig. 19, from Tanis = Marshall, Finger Rings, No. 956(?); Vernier,
Bijoux, I, No. 52114, from Sais; No. 52123, from the eastern Delta.

133 Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 154.

134 Petrie, Hawara, PI. IX, 3; Metropolitan Museum of Art, Access. No. 19.2.6, unpublished, and another,
No. 11.155.5, Handbook. Egyptian Rooms, Fig. 61.

[108]

No. 40 (Plate XIV, a, b). Finger ring.

Fine gold. First century after Christ(?). From Sakkara. Total length pro¬
jected, 3.5 inches (8.89 cm.). Present weight, 46.41 grains (3.007 grams).

The ring is in fair condition; it shows a few bruises and scratches and
may have been forced into a somewhat larger oval than its original form, as
in such rings the tail and head usually overlap slightly and the present piece is
somewhat twisted.

The ring is hollow rather than of solid gold; the light weight and the
flattening where the tail is bent would suggest this, but we were able to prove
its hollowness by inserting some fine hairs with a total length of 33.25 inches
(84.46 cm.) through a minute opening in the jaw. The only visible seams
are on, or near, the head; the body is now to all appearances seamless tubing.
Probably the serpent was formed of a strip of gold narrowing toward the
tip of the tail, diamond-shaped at the head, and of uniform width for the
greater part of its length; the body would have been converted into tubular
form by inserting the small end of the strip into a draw-plate, and drawing
it to leave only a flat projection at the opposite end, later to be supplemented
by one or more pieces soldered on to make the head; the tail may have been
closed by pressing the end of the strip over a tapering wire inserted through
the body and afterwards removed. As an alternative possibility we may sug¬
gest that the entire piece except the head was worked into a groove. The
longitudinal seam was fused or soldered. The color and surface feeling of
the ring are those of fine gold and a microchemical analysis proved the ab¬
sence of silver, copper, lead, and tin from the metal; to the high carat of its
gold, then, may be attributed the fact that the seam could be burnished to in¬
visibility in the plain part of the body. One of the seams at the neck parts
slightly and shows under magnification a wall of gold at a slightly lower level;
this is possibly due to a horizontal splitting of the gold, such as occasionally
happens in beating out sheet gold, or more probably the seam was slightly
burned just here and a piece of smaller tubing was inserted as a repair. The
details on the top of the head and on the tail are chased in; some of the scales
near, and on, the head are engraved. The final form was given by bending
the piece around a rod.

Characteristic of rings and bracelets of this design is the waviness of the
serpent tail and the omission of details of the scales from the greater part
of the hoop; at the two extremities, in the better pieces, the scales are chased
or engraved with considerable nicety. For two pairs of gold bracelets in the
British Museum, which resemble this piece stylistically, a date in the first cen¬
tury after Christ has been suggested.^®® We do not know of any precisely
dated parallel.

135 Walter Dennison, A Gold Treasure of the Late Roman Period (University of Michigan Studies. Hu¬
manistic Series, Vol. XII; Studies in East Christian and Roman Art, Pt. II), New York, 1918, Nos. 24,
25, Plate XLVII; Marshall, Jewellery, Nos. 2780-1.

[109]

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 28(?). Abbott catalogue,
editions 1833 ff.. No. 1049; edition 1915, No. 1043.

No. 41 (Plate XIV). Finger ring.

Gold. First century after Christ(?). Weight, 12.79 grains (0.829 grams).

This ring was made much as No. 40, but the lengthwise seam may be de¬
tected here and there, being less well finished. The color is about that of fine
gold.

On the design and date, compare No. 40.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 39(?). Abbott catalogue,
editions 1833 fif.. No. 1068; edition 1913, No. 1064.

No. 42 (Plate XIV). Finger ring.

Gold. First century after Christ(?). From Sakkara. Present weight, 18.07
grains (1.171 grams).

The piece has been broken in two near the head and is now joined by a
modern argentine pin and wax cement. The head and tail are both somewhat
crushed.

The piece is fashioned of thin gold sheet, rolled over and soldered in an
overlapping seam; the serpent jaw was soldered on of a separate piece. The
work is crude and the scales are not indicated. The color is very close to that
of fine gold.

Since the ring has the same general form as the preceding Nos. 39 to 41,
it may well be contemporary with them.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1833 fif.. No. 1026; edition 1913,
No. 1022.

No. 43 (Plate IX, a, b). Finger ring.

Gold, formerly with gem-stone or inset of glass. From Sakkara. Probably
third century after Christ, or later. Weight without inset, 60.37 grains (3.912
grams).

The shank has been broken in two and then soldered together on one shoul¬
der, probably in ancient times. The green glass inset shown in the plate at a
is modern, probably not later than 1843, when the ring was included in the
first catalogue of the collection;^®* the mottled look of the visible surface

^36 Unlike his contemporary, Clot Bey (Maspero, CataL du Musee Egyptien de Marseille, Paris, 1889,
preface), Dr. Abbott was not in the habit of repairing and restoring his antiquities. The presumption is
strong that we found the ring in just the condition in which it came into his hands.

[no].

is due to impurities which sank to the bottom when the glass was cast. The
form imitates a primitive way of faceting gem-stones and was intended to
be set with the pyramid downward, for the five other faces are well polished
and clear from impurities; curiously, as placed in this Roman ring, it illus¬
trated roughly that rare type of faceting found in ancient rings—one in which
natural octahedral crystals were set with a pyramid showing above the set¬
ting; these were imitated in antiquity in glass.

The box-setting is made of a strip of sheet gold for the perimeter, soldered
to a base; the upper edge is ragged as left by the chisel strokes; the solder,
slightly paler than the gold, shows somewhat on the interior of the setting. The
ripples in the shank appear to have been made in a die; the color is only very
slightly paler than that of fine gold and the specific gravity is 13.332. The
shank can hardly have a core of baser metal or the density would be lower;
it cannot be of nearly fine gold throughout or the density would be higher
and the gold softer. Possibly the core may be a gold tube or we may suppose
the ring throughout to be composed of a gold alloy which has been given a
surface of finer gold by being passed repeatedly through fire and pickled
after each heating (see page 38), or by being submitted to some other kind
of acid treatment.

The rough indication of date which we have given is based on parallels
among the late Roman rings in the British Museum; some of these show the
rippled shank,^'‘® others the rectangular box-setting with ragged upper edge.
The possibilities for the lost inset include: an engraved gem-stone, a plain
stone of cabochon cut, or glass imitation of such a stone, and—though we be¬
lieve it to be a more remote possibility—a glass imitation of a faceted stone.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 32, No. 8. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1079; edition 1915, No. 1073.

137 See Whitlock, ‘‘The Evolution of the Brilliant Cut Diamond’' in T/ie Jewelers* Circular Weekly, New
York, Vol. LXXIV ( 1917 ), P- ”5.

138 Marshall, Finger Rings, Nos. 785, “pointed diamond in raised oblong setting”; 790, “two double pyramid¬
shaped (octahedral) diamonds set in the bezel.” Cf. Jevjellery, p. LIX, under “Diamond.”

139 Marshall, Finger Rings, No. 799, “an oblong gold setting containing a paste imitating sapphire, in the
form of a double pyramid (octahedral).”

140 Marshall, op. cit.. Nos. 863, 1652 among others; these rings have retained their ancient insets, a convex
white glass paste and a nicolo intaglio.

141 Marshall, op. cit.. Nos. 781, “an oblong garnet in a box-setting,” and 794, with a “rectangular bezel
containing a convex plasma.”

142The setting is so large that we must assume a glass inset, if a faceted one.

[Ill]

D.—Earrings

Earrings ^ were not an early form of jewelry in Egypt. P'or more than six¬
teen centuries the people of the Nile Valley had been adorning their persons
with bracelets, elaborate collars and necklaces, circlets for the head, and even
rings for the fingers, before it occurred to them to pierce the ears and hang orna¬
ments in them. Moller, in 1910, found no evidence for the wearing of earrings
by Egyptians before the reign of Thutmose IV (1420-1411 B. C.), but excava¬
tions of the last years ^ have pushed back their earliest appearance in Egypt
to the period of the Seventeenth and early Eighteenth Dynasties, about 1700
to 1500 B. C.; we have yet to learn whether they were confined to the latter
part of this period or distributed through it.^ At least by the beginning of
the Eighteenth Dynasty (1580 B. C.) earrings had been introduced in court
circles, for the King's daughter and King’s sister, Meritamon, had her ears
pierced.^

The comparatively late appearance of earrings in Egypt renders it probable
that they were of foreign origin and many indications point to Asia as their
home. Moller cited documentary evidence for their use in Babylonia about
2100 B. C. Earrings have been found at Tello® and at Bismya,® the ancient
city of Adab; the last-mentioned site seems not to have been occupied after
about 2600 B. C.^ Professor Rostovtzeff refers to earrings, both plain hoops

^ The most important discussions are the following: Moller in Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeitcn, pp. 54-65;
Vernier, Bull, de VInst. Frang., Vol. VIII (1911), pp. 15-41; earrings in Cairo: Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos.
52323 ff. A number of types occurring also in Egypt are treated in: Karl Iladaczek, Der Ohrsclimuck der
Griechen und Etrusker (Abhandlung des Archaologisch-epigraphischen Seminars der Universitat Wien, No.
14 = New Series, No. i), Vienna, 1903. See, further, for late earrings: Marshall, Jewellery, and the au¬
thorities cited by him; Petrie, IJauara, pp. 19, 43-5, PI. XI, including comments by Sir Cecil Smith; Ludwig
Poliak, Klassisch-antike Goldschmicdearheiten im Besitze sr. Excellenz A. J. von Nelidonv, Leipsic, 1903.

2 Ambrose Lansing, Bull. M. M. A., Vol. XII (1917), Supplement for May, pp. 18, 20; for date, p. 10. A
few earrings were found earlier by Lord Carnarvon in contemporary burials on the north side of the same
great court of tomb 37 of his excavations at Thebes; Five Years' Explorations, pp. 80, 86, Pi. LXIX, 83.
Earrings of our type (a) and others of coiled wire occurred in graves in Nubia, attributed by the excavator
to the time of the Egyptian XVIIth Dyn.; C. M. Firth, The Archceological Survey of Nubia. Report for
iQoS-igoQ, Cairo, 1912, Vol. I, pp. 27, 61; Vol. II, Pi. 37, d.

3 See also the earrings of the same type as those discovered by Lord Carnarvon (preceding note) from an
intact burial which Petrie, perhaps rightly, attributed to the XVIIth Dyn., but Moller, in an addendum to
his discussion of earrings, was inclined to place later, in the first half of the XVIIIth Dyn.; Petrie, Qurneh,
pp. 9, 10, PI. XXIX; Schafer, op. cit., p. 239.

^ Smith, Royal Mummies, No. 61052. Dr. Smith quotes Maspero’s opinion that the mummy is still older, one
substituted for Meritamon’s; he himself regards it as probably of Meritamon’s time, if not her own mummy.
^ Nouvelles fouilles de Tello, by the Commandant Gaston Cros, published with the collaboration of Leon
Heuzey and F. Thureau-Dangin, Paris, 1910, p. 128 and F on p. 127.

® Edgar James Banks, Bismya or the Lost City of Adab, New York, 1912, pp. 312-14; in the accompanying
half-tone, all details are blurred, but we have examined the originals, attributed by their excavator to the
time of Sargon (about 2750 B.C.), which are now the property of the Oriental Institute of the University
of Chicago and are numbered Haskell, A 330-31.

So George A. Barton, Archceology and the Bible, Philadelphia, 1916, p. 47.

CXI2]

and other types, as occurring in southern Russia in graves of the Copper Age; ®
if he is right in placing his Copper Age in the third millennium B. C., these
south Russian earrings are among the earliest extant specimens from the an¬
cient world. But the best known and probably the most elaborate examples
of early earrings from Asia are those of the Second city, Troy, dating, accord¬
ing to Dorpfeld’s tentative estimate, from 2500 to 2000 B. C.,® although some
later opinions would equate the period of the Second city with the time of
the Egyptian Twelfth Dynasty, 2000 B. C. and after, or would even place
it later. In Cyprus, spiral ornaments, earrings or hair-rings, occur in the
middle period (2000-1500 B. C.) of the Bronze Age, probably toward the
end of it,^^ and the Cretan Cup Bearer of the Knossos fresco with his silver
earring is of the period beginning about 1500, and ending about 1350, B. C.
Resemblances have been traced between some of the earrings found at Troy
and several types which eventually became prevalent in Egypt after earrings
were introduced there.^^ But an even closer resemblance may be seen between
one of the types from Troy and specimens discovered at the Babylonian sites
Tello and Bismya. Such all too meager data as are available seem to suggest
the diffusion of earrings from some country in western Asia, possibly Baby¬
lonia, to Russia and the Hellespont on the north and northwest, to Egypt on
the southwest, and into ^gean lands. Mdller, however, and Professor Ranke
following him,^^ thought the plain hoop to have been derived from the regions
to the south of Egypt, and only the disk and pendant earrings to have come
into Egypt from Asia; they did not mention the spirals of wire which to¬
gether with plain and elaborated hoops are the earliest earrings occurring
in the lower Nile Valley, that is, if we may safely claim the spirals as ear¬
rings.Moller observed that the earliest known representations of hoop ear¬
rings are in the reliefs depicting Queen Hatshepsut’s expedition to Punt, dating
from about 1500 B. C. In these reliefs both the Hamitic inhabitants and the
negroes of Punt are shown wearing large hoops in their ears,^® and we have no
proof of the wearing of earrings by these southern races earlier than the time
of the Punt expedition, although, a priori, one would think it might have been
even then a very ancient custom in their land. Moller was reluctant to be¬
lieve that the Egyptians would adopt from uncivilized peoples the custom of
wearing earrings and therefore assumed that they came to respect, and then

^Iranians and Greeks, p. 31; cf. pp. 19, 21, 30.

® Troja and Ilion, Vol. I, p. 31.

Petrie, Ancient Egypt, 1915, p. 18; Curtis, Memoirs, Am. Acad, in Rome, I, p. 68.

11 Myres, Handbook. Cesnola Coll., p. 374.

12 Hadaczek, Ohrschmuck, pp. 4-5; Mdller in Schafer, op. cit., p. 59.

Ddrpfeld, Troja und llion, I, PI. 43, V. Of the earrings from Bismya, Haskell, A 331; cf. above, n. 6.
In Erman-Ranke, Aegypten, p. 254, n. 5.

Such as our No. 44.

16 Such as the earrings cited above in n. 3; represented also among the earrings from the court of Carnarvon’s
tomb 37 at Thebes.

17 Some of them, at least, we believe were earrings, but a discussion of the question lies outside the scope of
this catalogue. Cf., however, below, close of n. 20, and Hadaczek, op. cit., p. 5.

18 Naville, Deir el Bahari, III, PI. LXXVI.

[113]

take over, this kind of ornament only after they saw it in use among people of
a higher culture. But the disks and pendant earrings, so far as is now appar¬
ent, came into use in Egypt later than the early types mentioned above, and
following Moller’s hypothesis we should be forced to believe that the Egyp¬
tians were led to adopt earrings by seeing disks and pendants worn by their
cultivated Asiatic neighbors, but that they turned to the southern barbarians
for some or all of the models which they first imitated! Now that Professor
Junker has shown that, until the mid-Eighteenth Dynasty, the Egyptians had
no contact with the negroes, who dwelt far away to the south, beyond the
Fourth Cataract of the Nile, it is the more difficult to be certain that the peo¬
ples to the south of Egypt were the givers, rather than the recipients of the
hoop earrings. We must await the results of excavations in the Near East to
learn whether, or not, in early times the hoops were prevalent there also, as
the Russian examples suggest, and whether the earlier pendant earrings of Asia
were ever hung from hoops or were always provided with a hook to pass
through the ear (compare Nos. 56, 57), as were those found at Troy. Thus
far, the only one of the three earliest Egyptian types mentioned above of which
actual examples have been found outside of Egypt and Nubia is the type com¬
posed of coiled wire, and these examples are generally of later date than the
ones from the Nile Valley.^®

In Egypt earrings were worn by both men and women, although somewhat
more commonly by women. Even famous kings of the Eighteenth to Twentieth
Dynasties had their ears pierced, as their mummies show.^^ Their formal
portraits wearing archaic dress do not exhibit earrings, but statues showing
them in the dress of their own day sometimes indicate pierced ears,^^ and
probably many of them one time were provided with metal earrings,^® as is
known to have been the custom later in Greece with respect to statues of di¬
vinities. In Egypt, before a late period, representations of gods were only
rarely given earrings,^^ but the gods were almost invariably conceived clad in
a style of costume which long antedated the custom of wearing jewelry in the

E. A., Vol, VII (1921), pp. 121 ff., “The First Appearance of the Negroes in History,” translated by
Battiscombe Gunn, from Das erste Auftreteri der Neger in der Geschichie, Vienna, 1920.

20 We know too little of the form of the Russian hoops to claim them as of the type of the Egyptian earrings
such as our No. 44; it would seem that related pieces are to be expected, if at all, nearer by than Russia.
For examples of the spirals later than those from Cyprus mentioned above, p. 113, see Marshall, Jenvel-
lery, especially No. 1583 and the terra cotta figure (Fig. 46) from Cyprus showing a spiral earring in posi¬
tion in the ear.

21 Moller, loc. cit., Smith, Royal Mummies, Nos. 61,073 (cf. p. 27), Thutmose IV; 61,078, Ramses II; 61,079,
Merneptah; 61081, Seti II; 61083, Ramses III.

22 See: instances given by Moller, loc. cit.; the Turin statue of Ramses II, Von Bissing, Denkmdler dgyp'
tischer Sculptur, Munich, 1911, text of Pis. 48-9, col. 2; the statue of Ramses IV, Georges Legrain, Statues
et statuettes de rots et de particuliers (Cairo Catal.), Pt. 2, Cairo, 1909, No. 42151; also the unique mani¬
kin from the tomb of Tutenkhamon, and the well-known statue of the god Khons with the features of
Tutenkhamon; Maspero, Le Musee Egyptien, Vol. II, Pt. I, Pis. I, II.

23 The wooden head of Queen Tiy of the Berlin collection has preserved an earring of gold and lapis lazuli;
Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, Fig. 49; Davis’ Excavations, The Tomb of Queen Tiyi, London, 1910,
PI. XXXV.

2^ See Moller, loc. cit.

[114]

ears. The prince Pediese in the eighth century B. C. surrendered to the Ethi¬
opian Piankhi, among other treasure: Golden bracelets, necklaces, collars
wrought with costly stones, amulets for every limb, chaplets for the head, rings
for the ears, all the adornments of a king.^^ Some persons wore two pairs of
earrings at once; thus the mummy of the mother of Queen Tiy (about 1400
B. C.) has two holes in the lobe of each ear; certain coffins in human sem¬
blance show two pairs of earrings in position and Mr. Wainwright found two
in place in the ear of a mummy.^® A charming theme has been preserved in
sculpture of the time of Amenhotep IV (about 1365 B. C.) in which the king
is shown in the intimacy of the family circle bestowing earrings on one of his
little daughters."®

In general, as time went on, in the period from 1300 to 1000 B.C., earrings
became heavier and larger, and the ears were often grievously mistreated.
When first discovered, a certain pair of earrings, large in diameter (1.97 inches,
5 cm.) and weighing each 1674.42 grains (108.5 grams), were declared to have
been fastened only by thread to the wig or ears and not passed through the
ears.®® Perhaps some persons did tie on their earrings, but the evidence of
mummies in which the lobes of the ears are enormously distended obliges us
to conclude that there were extremists, devotees of fashion, in the later effete
years of the New Kingdom who did not quail before the most barbarous muti¬
lation.®^ We regard the disks of blue-glazed pottery often nearly two inches
in diameter, which are contained in many collections, as earrings,®® substitutes
in cheaper material, for gold earrings. There is some reason to think that they
are characteristic of the Twenty-second Dynasty (945-745 B. C.), a time when
gold earrings had just attained to their largest size; some examples have holes
in the edge which would have permitted hanging pendants to them.

The present collection includes only a few earrings (Nos. 44-50) which
go back to the days of Egypt’s magnificence; the largest number are of the
Classical period, when the land was under the rule of Alexander’s successors
and the Romans. It is as yet uncertain to what extent the native population
adopted Greek and Roman styles of jewelry. Funerary masks occasionally

25 Piankhi stela, 1 . 112; text: Schafer, Urkunden der dlteren Athiopenkonige, Pt. i (= Steindorff, Urkunden^
Vol. Ill, Pt. i), Leipsic, 1905, p. 44; translation: Breasted, Records, IV, § 876.

26 Vernier, Bull, de VInst. Franq., Vol. VIII, p. 18, Figs, i, 2; Quibell, Tomb of Yuaa, Pis. LIX^ LX; noted
by Moller, loc. cit.

27 Vernier, op. cit., PI. II; Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, Fig. 55. The coffins are several centuries later
than the previously mentioned mummy, showing that the fashion was not ephemeral.

28 G. A. Wainwright, Balabish (XXXVIIth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Society), London, 1920, p. 55, PI. XIX, 2.

29 Petrie, Illahun, PI. XXIV, 10; Borchardt, Mitteilungen der D. O. G., No. 57 (March, 1917), pp. 4-5.

so Vernier, Bijoux, II, p. 114; the condition of the burial as found left this point unsettled and the weight and
size of the earrings were the basis of the opinion quoted above.

SI In addition to the evidence given by Vernier, Bull, de ITnst. Franq., Vol. VIII, pp. 21-3 and Bijoux, II, p.
114, see: Smith, Royal Mummies Nos. 61,085, 61,088, 61,095; Daressy and Smith, Annales du Service, Vol.
IV (1903), pp. 155, 160. But it should be made clear that throughout the centuries when earrings were
worn, some mummies show no perforations in the ears, others only moderate-sized ones.

'S 2 This view was suggested to us long ago by Dr. Allen, but at the time we discussed the specimen in the
Cleveland Museum, we could not bring ourselves to accept it; J. E. A., Vol. V (1918), p. 170, No. 6. Cf.
now: Allen, Handbook, pp. 87-8.

[115]

S'i V

I

■I

show a mixture of styles, as, in one case,**® a pendant at the throat represent¬
ing the triad Isis, Horus, and Nephthys, and earrings and bracelets such as one
might see elsewhere in the Roman world; the deceased in these instances, to
judge by their names, were often foreigners, but sometimes Egyptians. Pro¬
fessor Schafer has remarked on the scarcity of extant jewelry of Egyptian
style from the first century after Christ, a scarcity which may point to the near
extinction of the native styles and to an adoption of foreign models for ear¬
rings, as for many other kinds of jewelry.

(a) Earrings in the Form of a Heavy Hoop, Broken by a Slit

Earrings of this type, as we have seen, are among the earliest found in
Egypt. The latest examples known to us are those of alabaster, carnelian, and
glass, found by the Oxford Expedition at Napata in Nubia and dating from
the Twenty-fifth Dynasty (712-663 B.C.) ; a gold earring discovered by Mr.
Fisher at Memphis in a position intermediate between the stratum of Mer-
neptah and that of Ahmose II is probably of about the ninth century B.C.®*
and is at present perhaps the latest known example of this class from Egypt.

Earrings of this form with hoop solid, made of red jasper, bone, and other
materials, are more numerous than those of metal, and examples, to be cata¬
logued later, are not wanting in the New York Historical Society’s collections.
The attempts to explain these objects as accessories of garments or as hair-
rings have been refuted by Mr. Wainwright’s discovery of specimens in posi¬
tion in the ears of a mummy.®® These were passed through holes in the ear,
but Mdller demonstrated that some of the rings could be nipped on the lobe
of the ear, and it is possible that both ways of wearing them were practised.
The various earrings of this type differ greatly as to the ease with which they
could be worn in the ear. Some, with a hoop of comparatively small, and
approximately round, section and an interior opening of larger diameter, could
readily be passed through a small perforation; ®^ but such earrings as the two
of metal catalogued below, if actually put through the ears,®® were cruel things,
for the hole in the ear must be as large as the section of the hoop and the
lower border of the lobe below it no wider than the diameter of the central,
circular, opening in the earring, and thin enough to go through the slit in
the hoop. Some extant earrings in which the slit will not admit even a sheet
of paper must, we believe, have been only funerary pieces, deposited with, but
not put on, the mummy.

33 Petrie, Hanvara, p. i6, § 25, PI. IX, 3.

34 Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. icx5.

35 M 5570; see p. 97, n. 98.

33 First announced, J. E. A., Vol. II (1915), p. 203, (this reference we owe to Dr. Allen) ; now, see, more in
detail, the reference given above, n. 28.

37 Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Abydos, PI. XLIX, D 6; G. A. Wainwright, op. cit., Pis. XX, XXL
These, we take it, are about the kind worn by the negroes. Cf. those pictured in the ears of the princes,
sons of Thutmose IV; Schafer, op. cit., Fig. 36, after Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 69 a.

33 Cf. Vernier, Bull, de Vinst. Frang., Vol. VIII (1911), p. 24.

[116]

No. 44 (Plate XV, a, b). Earring.

Electrum. Eighteenth or Nineteenth Dynasty, 1580-1205 B.C.(?). Weight,
26.88 grains (1.742 grams).

Except for a few dents and scratches, the preservation is perfect.

Probably the earring was made in two halves, each produced by working
sheet metal into a die of the required section; the two parts were then soldered
together; on the inner ridge an overlapping seam was left with jagged edge,
but on the exterior, the seam was very carefully polished and burnished until
now it can scarcely be detected.®® The open ends were closed with pieces of
the electrum sheet, in one of which a hole was punched to allow the escape of
the gases generated in soldering the joints. The material of this earring con¬
tains several particles of hard white metal.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, edition 1915, p. 92, No. 288, from the Edwin
Smith collection.

No. 45 (Plate XV, a-d). Earring.

Silver and pale gold. Probably mid-Eighteenth to Nineteenth Dynasty,
1500-1205 B.C. From Sakkara. Height, 0.709 inches (1.8 cm.). Present
weight, 52.56 grains (3.406 grams).

Points of interest: This earring affords one of the earliest known examples
of silver plated with gold. Considerable interest attaches to the difficult ques¬
tion of how the Egyptians succeeded in uniting the two metals.

When we first saw the piece, it appeared as in Plate XV, a and b; it was
heavily incrusted and a part of the metal had been converted into silver chlo¬
ride. As a result of careful cleaning with mineral oil and pure grain alcohol,
it has become possible to judge what its original appearance was, but parts of
the metal were too far gone to be saved (c, d, Plate XV). One considerable
piece is now held by modern cement.

This earring certainly was made in two halves soldered together, for the
outer seam is plainly visible. The gold skin is only 0.0006 inches (0.015 nim.)
in thickness, by measurement with a micrometer caliper; none of the silver
body metal was in condition to measure, but it is many times thicker. All per¬
sons of experience in working metals whom we have consulted have expressed
the opinion that the two metals must have been united before the shaping of
the earring was begun, but whether this could have been accomplished by

39 Cf. Vernier, Bijoux, II, p. 119, Fig. 52. The late Mr. Richards of the Metropolitan Museum, who exam¬
ined the piece, being unable to discover a seam on the outer ridge, made the interesting suggestion that
the earring was produced from a strip of sheet bent into a ring and soldered together at the ends, then
hammered first on one edge, then on the other, into a dapping block, until the edges were brought together,
but Mr. Heins who tried out this method found that the material buckled on the inside of the curve and
the edges could not be made to meet.

[117]

beating two ingots together with a stone, as M. Vernier suggested,^® seems
extremely uncertain. Mr. Heins tried with success fusing thin sheet gold
and somewhat thicker sheet silver. The piece shows on the outside lines of
burnishing running around, and, on the inner curves, lines running up and
down. Through the kindness of Dr. Whitfield, we are able to give the results
of an analysis of the two alloys used. The inner silver was found to contain
a small amount of gold; the exact proportion, however, was not obtainable
because of the presence of much silver chloride in the sample. The composi¬
tion of the outer layer as determined is that of a gold of 17.0 carat, alloyed
only with silver.^^

We have noted four other instances of pairs of earrings similar in shape to
this piece and probably made of plated silver. One pair, in the Cairo Museum,
which was the subject of M. Vernier’s investigations, came from Sakkara and
is undated. Two from Goshen are described as “silver-gilt”; again nothing
very definite was established as to their date but the objects found with them
suggest the late Eighteenth or Nineteenth Dynasty.*^ Still another pair from
Riqqeh are of “silver, gold-plated” and are classed by the 'excavator among
“types of Eighteenth Dynasty beads and hair-rings.” ’® The shape is repre¬
sented among the earrings in the Tewosret treasure and is not included among
the early specimens antedating 1500 B.C.

Bibliography: Found by us with No. 2 of the present catalogue, but un¬
numbered.

(b) Earrings of the “Leech” or “Boat-Shaped” Types and Their

Late Derivatives

These earrings resemble the preceding ones in the absence of a hook by
which to hang them (compare under c) or of a catch to secure them when once
placed in the ear. Again we have essentially a hoop of metal with an open¬
ing to permit inserting it in the pierced lobe of the ear. But the smaller size
of the hoop in section and the attenuated end for insertion made this type of
earring entirely easy to wear and it was, in its simple form, also a modest
ornament, attracting little attention to itself.

Bull, de VInst. Franq., Vol. VIII, pp. 38-9 and Bijoux, II, pp. 130-31, Nos. 52372-3. Mr. Heins has called
our attention to an article by Wilhelm Theobald on the art of the gold-beater, contained in Kunst und
Kunsthand^werk, Vienna, Vol. XIV (1911), pp. 565 ff.; here the ancient scene interpreted by M. Vernier
as the beating together of two ingots of metal is shown, on the evidence of the colors, probably to repre¬
sent the beating of gold leaf.

41 Weight as received.0.00248 grams

“ of gold found.0.00176 “ = 71.0 per cent.

“ “ silver “.0.00072 “ = 29.0 “ “

42 Petrie, Hyksos and Israelite Cities, pp. 37, 38, graves i, 172; Pis. XXXVIII, XXXVII A, No. 26.

43 Engelbach, Riqqeh and Memphis VI, p. 15, PI. XI, above in group 2.

44 Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52,331. The shape is represented in an undated earring of heavy sheet gold in

the Field Museum, Chicago. •

[118]

The earliest known examples from Egypt are dated by scarabs of Thutmose
I and III and of Hatshepsut, found with them, to the mid-Eighteenth Dy¬
nasty, about 1500 B. C."*® Others have been found in the tombs of the latter
part of the Eighteenth Dynasty/® But the type lasted a long time; several ex¬
amples have been found in a context that renders probable for them a date in
the Twenty-second Dynasty (945-745 B. C.)/^ Perhaps the latest certainly
dated examples from the Nile Valley are those discovered by Mr. Griffith at
Napata, which are of the Twenty-fifth Dynasty (712-663 B. C.), but others
from the Delta have been ascribed to the seventh century B. C."*® The “leech”
earring was widely disseminated in the ancient world. Specimens shaped as
our Egyptian earrings Nos. 48 to 50 and dating from about 750 to 550 B. C.
have been discovered on the island of Cyprus; others of the eighth or sev¬
enth century B. C. have been found at Ephesus,®® still others of the seventh or
sixth century on Samos,®^ and of the fifth century in Babylonia.®^ Mr. Marshall
gives as their lower limit the fourth century B. C.®®

A variant shape, very frequent outside of Egypt,®^ is represented in No. 51;
in this the earring is symmetrical, instead of properly leech-shaped, and the
hoop runs out into two equally attenuated ends which cross just opposite its
widest part. No. 51 also illustrates the addition of ornament below the widest
part of the hoop,®® converting the simple type into a more ornate jewel. A
boat-shaped, symmetrical form which required the addition of wire or thread
is illustrated in No. 52. The late earrings Nos. 53 to 55 have in common with
the majority of the earlier forms only the overlapping attenuated ends of
the hoop, as the latter is of comparatively small diameter and describes a large
circle;®® like No. 51 they are elaborated by ornament added below the hoop.

Nos. 46, 47 (Plates XV, 46 a, b, 47 a, XXXVIII, 47 b). Earrings, possibly a pair.

Gold with sand filling. Probably latter part of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-
1350 B. C. From Sakkara. Weight of each originally about 9.00 grains (0.583

Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Ahydos, PI. LIII, tombs D 102, D 116; from the latter tomb, two
earrings are in Berlin; Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 90.

Peet, Cem. of Abydos. II, p. 83, PI. XV, No. 14.

47 Petrie, Hyksos and Israelite Cities, Pis. XVIII, XXXII; cf. XIX, labeled “XXII (?) Dyn.”

48 Petrie, Tanis II, etc., PI. VIII, No. i8 = Marshall, Jewellery, No. 1241, PI. XIV.

49 Myres, op. cit., p. 383, Nos. 3240-43.

D. G. Hogarth, Excavations at Ephesus, London, 1908, pp. 103-4, 749 ) ^^8. VI, 43; XII, 20; XVIII, 9, 15,
16, 28. Cf. Marshall, Jewellery, Pis. IX, Nos. 927, 934, 941; X, No. 1051.

57 J. Boehlau, Aus ionischen und italischen Nekropolen, Leipsic, 1898, PI. XV, No. 13.

^'^The Museum Journal (Univ. of Pennsylvania), Vol. XIV (1923)) P* 74 *

53 Jewellery, p. XXXIII.

54 For instance, Marshall, op. cit., PI. Ill, No. 292.

55 Cf., for Egypt, Petrie, Roman Portraits and Memphis (IV) (XXth Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. and
Egypt. Res. Acc. XVIIth Year), London, 1911, PI. XXXI; for Cyprus, Myres, op. cit., p. 381, Nos. 3171,
3778.

56 Cf., however, in these particulars, the “Mycenaean” earrings in Marshall, op. cit.. Nos. 197, 373.

[119]

grams), of No. 46 after the loss of the greater part of its filling, 3.00 grains
(0.194 grams).

Both pieces are much dented, and No. 46, when being cleaned, developed
breaks in the gold through which much of the filling poured {b in Plate XV) ;
the piece is now held together by modern cement.

These two earrings are of the same form curving down to a point at the
lower extremity. Both show a seam along the outer ridge.''’ Lengthwise lines
of burnishing characterize the exterior, and crosswise marks the inner, curve.
The shaped piece of flat stock from which such earrings may be made was
worked out experimentally by Mr. Heins and is indicated in our sampler, Plate
XXXVIII, at 47 b. The gold used in these pieces is very thin, almost foil. M.
Vernier has remarked on the Egyptian practice of increasing the apparent
wealth of metal by filling a mere thin shell with “a composition, of which the
agglutinative agent is no longer recognizable and only a blackish powder, es¬
caping through the least fissure, remains.”''’® Moller, describing'''* two similar
earrings in the Berlin Museum, spoke of the filling as a “black, earthy mass.”
It is, therefore, of interest to determine that the filling of No. 46, which was
kindly examined by Mr. Whitlock, is “a common association of sand, con¬
taining a variety of minerals, such as magnetite, garnet, crystallite, and
quartz.” Presumably, it was originally mixed with a binder.

Because of the marked stylistic resemblance of these earrings to the dated
pieces in the Berlin Museum, and to others of the Eighteenth Dynasty, we
regard them as probably early, of the period 1500 to 1350 B. C.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥., under No. 1006; edition
1915, under No. 1002.

Nos. 48, 49 (Plate XV). Earrings, possibly a pair.

Gold, with a sandy filling. Latter part of Eighteenth Dynasty, 1500-1350
B. C., or later (?). From Sakkara. Present weight of No. 48, 10.60 grains
(0.687 grams); weight of No. 49, 17.45 grams).

No. 48 has lost a triangular piece of its gold shell, and some of its filling;
it is considerably indented. No. 49 is in good condition, showing only a few
dents.

No. 48 has a seam along the inner curve, also an overlapping seam on the
outer curve, which is now open at the larger end and may be followed half
way around, when, to all appearance, it stops; perhaps the original piece of
thin gold sheet was cut in two only at the large end; this earring shows no
marks of burnishing, but has a granular surface under magnification. No.

Cf. in Schafer, Goldschrniedearbeiten, under No. 90.
de VInst. Franq., Vol. VIII, p. 31; cf. p. 34.

In Schafer, op. cit., under No. 90. Three earrings of this type, unpublished and undated, are in the Gold

Room of the Field Museum, Chicago.

[120]

49 seems to have been constructed of one spoon-shaped piece of sheet gold,
folded and filled with the seam along the outer curve. Burnishing lines are
prominent, running parallel with the seam. The gold of No. 49 is strewn
through with minute particles of a hard white metal.

As these earrings were listed in the old Abbott catalogue with our Nos.
46 and 47 under the same old number as also from Sakkara, there is some like¬
lihood that they belong to the same find, yet, all the specimens certainly dated
to the Eighteenth Dynasty, so far as we know, have the point below, as in
Nos. 46 and 47, rather than the rounded outline of these pieces.

Bibliography: See under Nos. 46, 47.

No. 50 (Plate XV). Earring.

Pale gold. Eighteenth Dynasty, or later, probably after 1400 B. C. Weight,
14.78 grains (0.958 grams).

The tip of the thinner end shows a fracture, but not much is lost. There
are rifts in the gold on the inside of the curve due to an effort to straighten
it somewhat, after its shape had been given.

This earring is cast solid.

We are without clues for dating it closely.®®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1058; edition 1915,
No. 1054.

No. 51 (Plate XV). Earring.

Gold. Second century B. C. to first century after Christ(?). From Sakkara.
Weight, 57.79 grains (3.745 grams).

The hoop is somewhat dented, but otherwise the piece is in good condition.
The hoop is hollow and soldered without much skill along its inner curve.
To form it, a tapering piece of sheet gold with its greatest width in the middle
was worked into a groove of a semi-circular section diminishing from the middle
toward the ends; the tooling caused the sheet metal to curl in two directions,
for at the same time that the edges of the long piece approached each
other, the tapering ends hooped up, giving it a curve almost of ring form.
After the seam had been soldered, the piece was probably lightly hammered
around a mandrel to perfect the ring form, by using an implement of wood
or of some other material, not metal. The ornament soldered to the bottom of
the hoop was made of a triangular plate of heavy sheet gold, to which three
other triangular plates were soldered, forming a hollow pyramid; the faces of
the pyramid were then covered with granulated work. In all, 203 grains in

60 An earring of somewhat similar form made of bronze was found at Gurob, therefore is of the period 14JOO-
1200 B.C.; Petrie, lllahun, PI. XXII, 15.

[121]

several sizes were used; the largest are the three grains on the apex, which have
been flattened by hammer blows; next in size are those which define the three
ridges of the pyramid, and the smallest cover each face; the quality of the
grains is fair, although some show flattened areas, pits, or minor roughnesses.

Larger or smaller pyramids of granulated work were a frequent motif in
Mediterranean jewelry from about the thirteenth century B. C.®^ down to
Roman times.®" At first they were made solid of larger grains piled one upon
the other (compare No. 66); later, hollow pyramids of smaller grains rest¬
ing against plates of gold, as in the present instance, were also produced.®®
Agreeing stylistically with our piece, and probably about contemporary with it,
are the following examples.— (i) A gold granulated pyramid, from an earring,
found at Daphnae; ®^ this was cited by Hadaezek as of the seventh to sixth cen¬
tury B. C.,®® presumably because of its find-spot, but the jewels from Daphnae
were largely picked up by Bedouins, who scoured the vicinity and brought
their finds to Professor Petrie’s camp; several came from the “northern site”
which reached down to the Roman Age; we regard the piece in question, which
is figured on a plate labeled “Defenneh, etc. XXVIth to Roman,” as probably
one of the later jewels. (2) A pair of gold earrings, almost the duplicates of
our piece, found by M. Jean Cledat in 1913, at Kasr Gheyt, an outpost of
the Delta to the east;®® the site seemed to the discoverer wholly Roman, per¬
haps of the first century after Christ, but the material for dating the objects
found was unsatisfactory and cannot be regarded as conclusive. (3) Four
earrings in the Cairo Museum,®^ unfortunately of unknown provenience and
date, which have inverted pyramids of granulated work, in the style of the
piece under consideration, although their hoops are larger and provided with
a catch; those earrings can hardly be earlier than the latter part of the Ptole¬
maic period, inasmuch as the hoops of two of them are profusely ornamented
with pearls, which were not in common use until about the first century B. C.
or first century after Christ. Despite its earlier style of hoop, the present ear¬
ring is probably not much earlier than the Cairo earrings, if it antedates them.
We do not think these various related pieces are late Roman, for the granulated
pyramids and the hoop of our earring are in the style of the older traditions
in jewelry; we suggest tentatively that they were made within the period of the
second century B. C. to the first century after Christ.

61 Marshall, Jewellery, Nos. 470 ff., PI. IV; Myres, op. cii., Nos. 3136, 3166; Hadaezek, Ohrschmuck, pp. 16
ff., 27 ff.

62 For examples attributed to the Roman period, two of them to the 2nd cent, after Christ, see Marshall,
op. cit., Nos. 2596-2601, PI. LIV.

63 So probably in some Sardinian and Cypriote earrings of the 7th or 6th cent. B.C.; Marshall, op. cit., No.
1490, PI. XXIII; Myres, op. cit., p. 381, No. 3178; Hadaezek, op. cit.. Fig. 46, pp. 27-31; also as the ter¬
minal ornaments of spiral earrings of the 5th to 4th cent. B.C.; see Marshall, op. cit., Nos. 1585-6, 1649-50,
Pis. XXVI, XXX, and Hadaezek, op. cit.. Fig. 24.

64 Petrie, Tanis II, etc., pp. 76, no. Pi. XLI, 13; Petrie, Ten Years' Digging, p. 62, Fig. 46.

65 0/>. cit., pp. 17, n. 8; 18, n. 3.

Annales, Vol. XII (1913), p. 160, tomb 2, Pi. III.

67 Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52504-7, PI. XXXVII.

[122]

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 23. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1833 fif.. No. 1077; edition 1913, No. 1073.

No. 52 (Plate XV, a, b). Earring.

Gold, with a filling. Seventh century B. C., or later (?). From Sakkara.
Weight, 37.93 grains (3.734 grams).

The piece is in excellent condition, having lost only the thread, or wire, by
which it was suspended.

The gold shell is of one piece of thin sheet, cut wide in the middle and
tapering toward the ends, which probably was shaped by being worked with
a tool into a depression in hard wood or stone. The filling may be of a sandy
or a plaster-like consistency, for none of it is visible and both kinds have been
found in earrings of this type. The overlapping seam along the inside of the
curve is presumably soldered, although no solder shows and the excess metal lies
in folds, which have been somewhat ground down; an abutting seam would
have required a nicer calculation of the shape of the original piece of flat
stock than was usual in a jewel of this character; the two ends are perfo¬
rated. M. Vernier was of the opinion that such earrings were tied on by
threads, as he found no metal wire with any of the specimens in the Cairo
Museum,®® but one earring of the type, described by Theodor Schreiber,®® had
a wire soldered to it. The color is about that of fine gold.

This style of earring has been found chiefly at Memphis, both the simple
form and that with a cylindrical ornament terminated by a conical or lenticular
knob, added below the hoop.'^® The latter bears so strong a resemblance to
earrings depicted on Assyrian monuments of the eighth and seventh centuries
B. C.'^^ that Assyrian influence and a date as early as the seventh century must
be postulated for the earlier earrings of this type. But M. Vernier saw reason
to believe that the type lasted into Roman times.'^®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1833 ff.. No. 1009; edition 1913,
No. 1003.

Nos. 53, 54 (Plate XV). A pair of earrings.

Bronze, once gilded. Third to first century B.C., or later (?). From Sakkara.
Present weight of No. 33, 22.33 grains ( 1-447 grams); of No. 34, 34.32 grains
(2.237 grams).

Bull, de VInst. Franq., Vol. VIII, pp. 31-2.

Die alexandrinische Toreutik {Abhandlung der Konigl. Sdchsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Vol.
XIV), Leipsic, 1894, p. 306, Fig. 33.

*^0 Petrie, Roman Portraits and Memphis {IV) y p. 24, PI. XXXI; a date about 700 B.C. is suggested by Petrie
for this entire group of earrings, including also some of the simple hoops, symmetrical in form, but not so
swollen as the present piece. See also Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52441-2, PI. XXXIII.

So, Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de Part, Vol. II, Chaldee et Assyrie, Paris, 1884, Figs. 308, 432-4*

72 Bijoux, II, No. 52,370, PI. XXXIII; but cf. Petrie, Amulets, Pi. XV, 129 k, where this particular variety is
pronounced a bulla.

[ 123 ]

We found both pieces covered with an injurious green patina, in the midst
of which many tiny particles of gold were held. It was necessary to sacrifice
the gold in order to free the earrings from the “bronze disease.” Both
pieces have lost the greater part of one side spiral and have holes in the terminal
ball.

The hoops are hollow, made of strips of sheet bronze tapering toward the
ends, which probably were coaxed into circular section and ring form after the
manner described under No. 51; the lengthwise seams, however, apparently
were not soldered. The ornament below the hoops consists, except for the
terminal balls, of strips of thick sheet metal, three to an earring, of which the
rectangular section renders easy the hammering and bending into curves;
tbe hollow balls were pressed out of sheet metal in two halves in a die. All the
parts of the ornament were soldered together and to the hoops; the solder, of
a dark gray color, is prominently visible, now that the outer surface of gold
has disappeared. We have no means of determining what the process of gild¬
ing was; it may, however, have been mechanical, that is, have consisted in
applying gold leaf with a binder.

We are unable to find any dated parallel for these earrings.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. Nos. 979-80; edition 1915,
Nos. 975-6.

No. 55 (Plate XV). Earring.

Bronze, once gilded. Third to first century B.C., or later ( ?). FromSakkara.
Present weight, 19.72 grains (1.278 grams).

Found in the same condition as the two preceding numbers; in like man¬
ner the remains of gold have almost entirely disappeared. The ornament
which once dangled on the end of the chain is rriissing.

The hoop is like those of Nos. 53 and 54. The ring soldered to the bottom
of the hoop and the three links may be of drawn tubing, as the split end of one
of the links has this appearance. The links are bent into form, but not sol¬
dered. The good-sized lump of soft solder, dark blue-gray of color, at the
lower end of the chain, indicates that the missing ornament was fairly large,
with a depression into which the solder fitted. By microchemical analysis
the solder was found to be pure tin.

Ornaments dangling from the ends of chains are known in Mediterranean
jewelry from the Bronze Age down into the Roman period, and we have been
unable to find clues for the exact dating of this piece.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 981; edition 1915,
No. 977.

Ancient Egyptian bronze objects are very frequently impregnated with salt (sodium chloride), and the
progress of chemical action, by which the chlorine unites with the copper of the bronze, results, if not
stayed, in the eventual destruction of the objects.

[124]

(c) Earrings with Hook for Insertion in the Ear

Among the earrings of the Second city, Troy, were many with a special pin
or hook at the back for insertion in the ear.^'* This fashion of hanging the
earring was unusual, if it occurred again, before about the fifth century B. C.,
after which it was common in earrings of the best Greek period and continued
into the Roman period/® The hook is often masked by the ornamental part
of the earring and it hangs free, without catch.

No. 56 (Plate XVI). Earring.

Gold and Oriental pearls.’^® First to third century after Christ(?). Present
weight, 26.59 grains (1.723 grams).

One entire pendant and the greater part of the hook at the back are missing.

The main part of the earring was soldered together of numerous pieces of
gold. The rosette was cut a jour from the obverse with a narrow-ended
chisel so held as to produce a beveled edge; over its central opening on the
reverse a convex piece of gold was soldered, and to this part, in turn, the hook
by which the earring was suspended was soldered. This same piece of gold,
concave to the front, formed a resting-place for a pearl held rather crudely
on a narrow strip of gold, of which the left end was passed through
one opening in the border of the rosette to the reverse and back through
an adjacent opening, and the right end was passed through an opening and
bent back over the outer edge of the rosette. Before inserting the bead a
border was prepared for it consisting of a strip of gold bent into a circle, with
ends meeting only on the inner circumference, with a pattern of cross lines
punched in the upper surface, and with the lower surface soldered to the
rosette. In this earring one coil of each of the two horizontal spirals is filled
with solder (compare No. 57). The pendants, which play in rings soldered
at the back to the spirals, consist of hammered wire of uneven section twisted
at the ends to hold the pearls.

This earring shows a kinship in design to the “bar” earrings represented
in portraits from the Fayum, and prevailing there, according to Professor
Petrie’s estimate,^^ about 200 to 250 after Christ; Mr. Edgar, however, pointed
out again,following Schreiber,'^® that “bar” earrings were found at Pompeii,
showing that the type was known in the first century after Christ. Our speci-

^^Gotze in Dorpfeld, Troja und Ilion, Vol. I, pp. 358-9, PI. 44, I; Hadaczek, op. cit., Fig. i.

•^SMyres, op. cit., pp. 395, 399.

■^6 Kindly identified by Dr. Kunz.

Hazara, p. 19, PI. XI. Cf. Edgar, Graco-Egyptian Coffins, Masks and Portraits (Cairo Catal.)^ Cairo,

1905, No. 33,222, PI. XXXIV, dated p. XIV, on the basis of the style of hair, to the time of Trajan or

Hadrian.

The Journal of Hellenic Studies, London, Vol. XXV (1905), p. 230.

^^^Toreutik, p. 305, Fig. 31.

[125]

men has two horizontal spirals instead of a straight bar, but tbe three pendants
with terminal bead are characteristic of the class. Similar rosettes, with
bead carried on a wire, occur in a necklace in the Metropolitan Museum of
Art, said to have been found at Nazareth in Palestine in a tomb of the
early Imperial period.®® The same inelegant way of threading the pearl and
spirals taking the place of a straight bar are found in Roman jewels in the
British Museum, which, however, are without accompanying information to
determine their exact date.®^ A piece from Egypt in the Royal Ontario
Museum of Archaeology, as yet unpublished, although undated, deserves men¬
tion as closely related to the earring under discussion; the pattern of the
rosette and the manner of fastening the pearl in its center are as in our piece,
but it has only a single pendant with pearl, and the pendant is attached directly
to the rosette.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1854 ff.. No. 1112; edition 1915,
No. 1108.

No. 57 (Plates XVI, a, XIX, b). Fragmentary earring.

Gold and originally one or more other materials. First to third century after
Christ(?). Present weight, 27.01 grains (1.750 grams).

A part of the gold of the middle pendant is missing and beads of some
readily breakable material (glass? pearls? compare No. 56) are lacking from
all the pendants. The wire twisted about the hook and caught in a loop just
above the junction of the two main spirals once carried a bead or other
ornament.

The earring is intricately soldered together of some seventeen pieces of
beaten gold and seven grains, the latter not perfectly spherical. The solder,
of which much is visible, especially filling the openings in the main spirals
(compare No. 56) and appearing between and under the grains, is golden in
color, surely having been submitted to some coloring process, if only the
incidental one of repeated heating, in the course of soldering the parts of
the earring together. The wire mentioned above is composed of two thick
strips of gold twisted together, and hammered or rolled to unite them; it
was not drawn, for its diameter is variable. The color is that of fine gold.

This earring and the preceding one have so many points of technique and
design in common that they are probably contemporary. Attention may be
called to the incurving spirals forming part of the side pendants. This motif
is found frequently, although not exclusively, in Roman jewelry; for instance,
it occurs in the gold beads of a Roman necklace in the collection of the
Rhode Island School of Design.®^

Bull. M. M. A., Vol. XVI (1921), p. 59, Fig. i, E.

81 Marshall, Jewellery, Nos. 2665, 2672-3, 2709, Pis. LV, LVI.

82 See Bulletin of the Rhode Island School of Design, Providence, Vol. IX (1921), cut on p. 21, where the

necklace is assigned to the 2nd cent, after Christ.

[126]

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥., No, 1063; edition 1915,
No. 1059,

(d) Miscellaneous Styles of Earrings with Catch

Earrings with some manner of fastening came in very early,®® but not until
the later Ptolemaic period did they predominate. One of the earliest forms
was that of the sliding knot obtained by twining the attenuated overlapping
ends of hoops of our class (b) about each other (Nos. 58-60, 62, 63). In
bracelets the sliding knot was useful in permitting the expansion of the hoop
to go over the hand but no advantage is apparent in being able to expand an
earring. Again, in early times an attenuated end was sprung into a socket,®®
as in No. 64 below. Later,®® a small hook to be fastened into an eyelet ap¬
peared (Nos. 65-7). Earrings of the point-and-socket form were readily put
on and taken off; but the sliding knot could not endure much manipulation, as
the wires would soon break in being twisted and untwisted, and even the hook
form, if the point, after the earring was put on, were pressed down not to
hurt the ear,®^ could not be opened and closed often. The majority of the
earrings with catch, then, must have been worn continuously; compare the ear¬
rings of class (e) in this regard.

No. 58 (Plate XVI). Earring.

Gold and originally one other material. First to third century after Christ(?).
Present weight, 4.82 grains (0.312 grams).

The hoop is somewhat crushed and the spiral of the pendant has been
bent from its original form; a bead of some breakable material (glass?) is
lost from the pendant (compare No. 57).

The hoop is hollow of the type of that of No. 51, except that its attenuated
ends are twisted about each other. The pendant is made of two strips of gold
hammered into curves and subsequently soldered together. The color is that
of fine gold.

The pendant of the earring is similar in design to those of No. 57. An
earring which, so far as one can judge from the only small cut of it avail-

83 In Egypt, by the latter part of the XVIIIth Dyn.; Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Ahydos, p. 90, PI. L,
D 17.

84 See preceding note and Myres, op. cit., p. 378, a few of 1500-1200 B.C.; p. 380, Nos. 3161, 3164-5 of 1200-
750 B.C.

85 Not found early in Egypt, but included among earrings of the Second city, Troy; Hadaczek, Ohrschmuck,
pp. 5-6, Figs. 3-4. Also among earrings from Ephesus of about the 8th cent. B.C.; Marshall, Jenvellery,
Nos. 942, 944, 946, PI. IX, a variety of boat-shaped earring, etc.

88 The hook-and-eyelet fastening is found in Egyptian jewelry at least as early as about 1600 B.C.; see
above, p. 61, n. 60. In earrings, we have noted it first in some of the earlier specimens of our class (e).
87 Cf. on this matter, Vernier, Bull, de VInst. Franq., Vol. VIII, pp. 36-7.

[127]

able,®* is much like our piece, was found by Mr. Edgar at Abu Billou in
association with coins buried about A. D. 268.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff-) No- 1069; edition 1915,
No. 1065.

Nos. 59, 60 (Plate XVI). Earrings, possibly a pair.

Gold and glass. First to fourth century after Christ(?). Weight of No. 59,
12.84 grains (0.832 grams); of No. 60, 12.41 grains (0.804 grams).

In both earrings the fluted tubing of the pendants is somewhat crushed and
the artificial pearls have deteriorated. The loops by which the pendants are
suspended are nearly worn through, proving use before they were buried.

On the process of making the artificial pearls, see page 44. The hoops
are of the type of that of the preceding number, but better finished; the seam
of No. 59 is on one side, that of No. 60 along the inner curve. The loops
from which the pendants hang are probably solid, made of narrow strips of
thick sheet, giving a square or nearly square section, which have been twisted
singly.®” To the loops are soldered by one end wires hammered from folded-
over strips of gold which hold imitation pearls by their lower coiled ends.
The junctions of the loops and pendant wire are masked by strips of gold
which have been fluted horizontally by pressure in a die,”® or by the tooling
of their surfaces, and are soldered in an overlapping seam. Although the two
earrings are so much alike, a difference in the fluted stock from which the
tubes on the pendants are made and a difference between the artificial pearls
(compare page 44) renders it uncertain whether or not they formed a pair.
The color of the metal is that of fine gold.

An earring of this type was found at Shurafa,®^ about eight miles south of
Helwan, in the cemetery of a Roman town which was not founded until shortly
before the third century after Christ. Others came to light in abundance in
Roman tombs, not precisely dated, at Gheyta, excavated in 1906.®^ A pair
found by the Oxford Expedition to Nubia is of similar design, except that
a kind of eyelet and hook respectively were formed of the attenuated ends
of the hoop; these earrings are from Faras and of the Meroitic period, that
is, roughly contemporary with the examples from Egypt mentioned above.
The closest parallels to our pieces known to us are two earrings in Toronto,
in the Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology, which have, however, the addi¬
tion of one smaller blue glass bead above the pearl and another below it;
the provenience and date of these pieces are unknown.

AnnaleSt Vol. VII (1906), p. 143.

Cf. Maryon, Metal^'ork, Fig. 238, Nos. i, 2.

Cf. Vernier, Bijoux, II, Fig. 65.

Petrie and Ernest Mackay, Heliopolis, Kafr Ammar and Shurafa (XXIVth Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg.

and Egypt. Res. Acc. XVIIIth Year, 1912), London, 1915, p. 45, PI. LII, 6; on date of town, p. 40.

^2 Petrie, Ilyksos and Israelite Cities, PI. XL, especially 475.

[128]

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 36(?), said to be from
Sakkara. Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥.. Nos. 1056-7; edition 1915, Nos.
1052 - 3 -

No. 61 (Plate XVI). Funerary earring.

Gold and glass. First to fourth century after Christ (?). Weight, 7.08 grains
(0.459 grams).

A few dents are the only injuries to the piece.

The hoop is hollow and is quite a perfect bit of work, with its well-finished
seam barely visible along the inner curve; its section, that of a rectangle of
which the corners have been rounded off, may well have been produced in a
groove of corresponding half-section (compare way of making hoop of No.
51), as it looks too regular to have been the result of the collapsing of a tube
in bending. To the hoop is soldered a strip of gold twisted at the bottom to
hold the bead and having a horizontally fluted tube above the bead, like those
of Nos. 59 and 60. A boss, masking the union of the hoop and pendant, has
the appearance of having been pressed in a die. The entire piece is rigid
and the bend was probably in it from the beginning. With no provision for
attachment to the ear, it is obviously only a funerary piece, imitating the style
of Nos. 59 and 60. For the method of making the artificial pearls, see page
44. The color is about that of fine gold.

On its date, compare Nos. 59 and 60.®®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1059; edition 1915,
No. 1055.

Nos. 62, 63 (Plate XVI, a, b). A pair of earrings.

Silver, quartz, glass, and linen (?) thread. First to second century after
Christ(?}. From Sakkara. Present weight of No. 62, 42.53 grains (2.756
grams); of No. 63, 38.07 grains (2.467 grams).

Much of the thread on which the pendant beads were suspended is now re¬
placed by modern string, but the knots at the bottom of each pendant are orig¬
inal. Parts of the metal slip knot of No. 63 are broken off.

The hoops are hollow; the seams wander somewhat but keep generally to
the inside'bf the curve; see the suggestion as to the technical method made
under No. 51. Both of the smaller beads are of red glass; the larger bead
of No. 62 is of agate, that of No. 63 of an unclouded quartz. Mr. Lester H.
Dewey, botanist in charge of fiber investigations, of the United States De¬
partment of Agriculture, was so kind as to examine the samples of the ancient

Cf. the somewhat similar, but better, piece in Leyden: Leemans, Monumens egyptiens, II, PI. XXXIV,

No. 77.

[129]

string shown in Plate XVI between the two earrings and wrote as follows
with respect to them:®^ “I am unable to identify this fiber with any de¬
gree of certainty. One of the most common fibers used by the ancient Egyp¬
tians was flax and in some respects this fiber appears to be flax, though it
seems somewhat stififer than fiber of recent origin. Statements have been
made that the Egyptians used ramie,*® but ramie fiber, as nearly as 1 have
been able to determine, was unknown in Egypt, or anywhere outside of eastern
China, until within the last three or four centuries.”

These earrings perhaps may be considered variants of the “ball” earrings
seen in masks and paintings of the first to second centuries after Christ.®®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. Nos. 982-3; edition 1915,
Nos. 978-9.

No. 64 (Plate XVI). Earring.

Gold. Second to fourth century after Christ(?). Present weight, 16.36 grains
(1.060 grams).

A spherical gold bead, to judge by the parallel cited below, is lost from
each of the wires depending from the hoop.

The earring is of solid gold. It is not apparent just how the central swell¬
ing of the lower part of the hoop to a sharp vertical ridge was produced;
possibly by fusing together two pieces of gold, each of which previously had
been heated at one end, where consequently a ball of metal gathered and
then was hammered down. The socket was separately soldered or fused on.
The wires which once held the lost beads were hammered out of folded-over
strips of sheet gold and may have been fused to the hoop in the same way
suggested for the production of the ridge on the hoop, for they are larger
at the top, merging into the curves of the hoop, thus giving an effect of organic
growth, instead of looking stuck on! The ringlets on these wires are fused
together each of sixteen grains in a double row; the grains vary in size and
are not perfectly spherical. A few specks of hard white metal are contained
in the gold, which is of the color of fine gold.

The earring is Roman, probably fairly late, inasmuch as this style of point
and socket is imitated in certain earrings of the fifth to sixth centuries after
Christ,®’^ having so wide an opening that the point could not be sprung into
the socket, even if the latter were not usually transformed into a solid

With the reservation that he had not given any study to the changes which fibers may undergo in a
long time.

So W. W. Midgley in Petrie and Mackay, Heliopolis, Kafr Ammar and Shurafa, p. 50, § 90, PI. LVIII, i;
sample of ramie claimed for the Predynastic period, before 3400 B.C.

See Edgar in reference above, n. 78. Cf. Petrie, Hauoara, PI. XI, No. 7; Antike Denhmaeler herausge-
geben vom Kaiserlich Deutschen Archceologischen Institut, Berlin, II, 2, 1893-94, PI. 13.

Dennison, Gold Treasure, Nos. 16, 17, 20, 21. Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52,511, PI. XXXV.

[130]

ornamental ball. A close parallel exists in the Cairo collection,®* dififering
only in having a slip knot instead of the point and socket; the Cairo earring
is complete, having spherical gold beads above the twists and granulated ring¬
lets between the beads and the hoop. Unfortunately nothing is known of its
date or provenience.

Bibliography: Prisse d’Avennes, Monuments egyptiens, PI. XLVII, No. 7;
Histoire de Part, Atlas Vol. II, “Art industriel,” PI. 20, No. 22; neither il¬
lustration accurate. Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 1060; edition

1915, No. 1056.

No. 65 (Plate XVI). Earring.

Gold and glass. Second to fourth century after Christ(?). Greatest width
of gold hoop, 0.276 inches (7 mm.). Weight, 43.87 grains (2.843 grams).

The gold hoop was skillfully beaten out from a small stock piece to ren¬
der it wider and thinner in the center and thicker at the ends, which were then
twisted respectively into a hook and an eyelet. Small rings of wire are sol¬
dered to the bottom of the hoop and carry two long wires, holding hexagonal
emerald-green glass beads. These wires have a lengthwise seam, but too
uneven a surface and variable a diameter to be drawn wires; presumably they
were beaten out of a folded-over strip of sheet. Near one of the rings a
strengthening piece of curvilinear outline is soldered on. The color of the
metal is that of fine gold.

Hexagonal beads of stone and of glass occur in jewelry in the Brit¬
ish Museum estimated to be of the second to third century after Christ and
also in some very late Roman pieces.®®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 1061; edition 1915,
No. 1057.

No. 66 (Plate XVI). Earring.

Gold and glass. First to third century after Christ( ?). FromSakkara. Pres¬
ent weight, 11.00 grains (0.713 grams).

The surface of the artificial pearl, which may not have belonged originally
with this earring, has deteriorated. The gold has been abused, having been
ground or hammered, flattening the grains and the hoop itself.

The hoop is of solid gold originally beaten out as a straight piece with
tapering ends which were fashioned into a hook and eyelet. After being an¬
nealed, it was hammered into ring form over a rod. Four grains were sol-

Vernier, op. cit.. No. 52,552, PI. XXIV.

99 Marshall, op. cit., Nos. 2705, 2720, 2730. Dennison, op. cit., No. ii.

[131]

dered in a pyramid to the bottom of the hoop. On the way of making arti¬
ficial pearls, see page 44.

As we have noted on page 122, inverted pyramids of grains were an early
form of ornament in Mediterranean earrings. The hook and eyelet, however,
are suggestive of a comparatively late date.^®^*

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 1007; edition 1915,
No. 1003.

No. 67 (Plate XVI). Earring.

Gold and an Oriental pearl. Second century B. C. to fourth century after
Christ(?). Weight, 5.58 grains (0.362 grams).

The earring came into our hands with hoop broken in two; it is now
cemented together.

The hoop is hollow and the soldered seam may be traced along the inner
surface and far out on the attenuated ends which form the hook and eye¬
let; it was made as the hoop of No. 61. The pearl is carried on the wire¬
like end which forms the eyelet. The color of the metal is that of fine gold.

An earring very much like this one was found at Shurafa;^"^ again a
single small pearl occurs on the hoops of earrings found at Kasr Gheyt,
which were provided each with a pendant,^"" as, indeed, may have been true
of our piece originally.

Bibliography' This earring was found by us unnumbered, lying with 58 of
the present numbering. Is it possibly No. 37 on p. 34 of the Bonomi cata¬
logue, said to be from Upper Egypt?

No. 68 (Plate XVI). Earring (?).

Gold, with a filling. First century B. C. to fourth century after Christ(?).
Present weight, 12.27 grains (0.795 grams).

The hoop was made by pressing a strip of thin sheet gold into a groove
(compare No. 61) ; before the seam was soldered the hollow was filled with
a substance which is now of a dark to light red-brown color and like ashes
in consistency. Despite this filling the hoop is now somewhat dented. On each
side of the opening it is ornamented with two bosses of thin gold over a filling.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 1067; edition 1915,
No. 1063.

100 Cf. Ernest A. Gardner, Naukratis. Part II (Vlth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1888, p. 87, PI.
XIX, 10 — Marshall, op. cit., No. 2501, PI. LIII.

101 Petrie and Mackay, op. at., PI. LII, 5.

Annales, Vol. XII, p. 160, PI. Ill, Nos. 3, 4.

[132]

No. 69 (Plate XVI, a; compare XXXVIII, b-f). Pendant of an earring.

Gold. Second to third century after Christ(?). From Sakkara. Weight,
38.58 grains (2.500 grams).

The pendant lacks a loop at the top by which to suspend it, probably be¬
cause it is an unfinished piece. The chains which dangle from it may have
lost some small beads of breakable material.

Probably the pendant was made about as follows: a piece of sheet gold
was cut of a curvilinear form which when bent and soldered together along its
ends made the conical main part of the pendant; this part was well finished
at the bottom, but left ragged at the top. Eight holes, which show ragged
edges beneath, were punched in from the obverse. As the decoration overlies
the soldered seam, it must have been applied to the present curved surface.
Lengths of fine wire, some 18 in all, were soldered or fused to the main piece,
outlining the holes, the lower and upper edges, and the inner division lines of
the pattern, the remainder of which was executed in grains; in all about
577 grains, varying considerably in size, were used. If the ancients pos¬
sessed some gum comparable to the modern gum tragacanth in burning with¬
out leaving a residue, it may have been used to fasten the wires and grains
temporarily; or a flux may have served to hold them until they could be
permanently attached. The wires are to such an extent coated with a film of
foreign matter which we were unable to eliminate that we can only partially
determine their technique; some at least are similar to the wire of No. 57,
shown at the left in Plate XIX, and in general they do not seem regular
enough of diameter and surface to be drawn wires. The chains are of a
kind called “loop in loop” by Mr. Petrie,^®® which had been much used in
Mediterranean lands from time immemorial.One way of constructing
such chains of hollow wire is indicated in Plate XXXVIII, 69, b to f, but
the wires of the links of this ancient piece are probably like those appliqued
to the main part; the lowest member of each chain, however, is a narrow strip
of sheet, only slightly hammered, which is twisted at the upper end to hold
it to the bottom link and also at the lower end to keep the beads from fall¬
ing off; the gold beads are bent out of short strips of sheet gold along which
a burnisher had been drawn to give a convex exterior; the edges are soldered
together. The pendant is of good design, but not of the most delicate work¬
manship.

A pendant of the same conical shape with numerous small chains dangling
from its lower edge, which is in the collection of the Rhode Island School of
Design, is attached by a loop at its top to a hoop earring.^®® It is from Syria
and is said to date from the second or third century after Christ.

Arts and Crafts, p. 86.

104 Petrie, op, cit., Fig. 94= Garstang, Mahdsna and Bet Khalldf (Vllth Publ. Egypt. Res. Acc. Vllth Year,

1901), London, 1903, PI. XXXVII; Seager, Mochlos, Figs. 20, 25, 43.

Bulletin of the School, Vol. VII (1919), p. 9.

[133]

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 40. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff., No. 1003; edition 1915, No. 999.

(e) Earrings with AnimaFs Head

This style of earring was widely spread in the Greek world during the
fourth to first centuries B. C., and survived into the Roman period.Ex¬
amples have been found in southern Russia, in Asia Minor, on the islands
Melos, Crete, Cyprus, Ithaca (Nos. 86-9), in Greece and Italy, as well as
in Egypt. Professor Myres traces the course of its development from Italy
in the late sixth century B. C., to Greece in the late fifth, and the island of
Cyprus in the early fourth century. Although not of Egyptian origin, doubt¬
less many pieces were made in Egypt and sold both in and out of the coun¬
try. The type with the head of Gazella dorcas, L. (Nos. 70-74), an animal
native to the Egyptian deserts and represented in Egyptian reliefs from the
earliest times, may possibly have been an Egyptian specialty. The majority,
if not all, of the known designs have been found in Egypt on widely di¬
vergent sites—Zagazig and Tanis in the Delta, Sakkara and Abusir near
modern Cairo, Abydos and Thebes in Upper Egypt—but it is impossible to say
how many of these specimens were of home manufacture, how many imported.

Two principal types may be distinguished: (i) the greater part of the hoop
is of coiled wires and tapers to a point which is caught either in the open
mouth of the animal’s head or in an eyelet soldered crosswise under its
muzzle; a collar more or less richly decorated with gold grains and appliqued
wires masks the region where the coiled wires of the hoop are fastened and
forms an artistic transition between the head and the main part of the hoop;
(2) like type (i), except that instead of the ornamented collar, a varying
number of beads of gold, stone, or glass, separated from one another by granu¬
lated ringlets, intervene between the animal’s head and the greater part of the
hoop, and frequently instead of ending in a point the hoop has a hook by which
it is fastened into an eyelet set lengthwise or crosswise, according to the di¬
rection given the hook. The second is the later of the two types and eventually

106 Eladaczek, Ohrschmuck, pp. 46-9, 75, citing all the older literature. Marshall, Jewellery, pp. XXXIV, 184,
285; Myres, Handbook. Cesnola Coll., pp. 391-2.

107 For basis of dating, see Marshall, op, cit.. Nos. 1728-9, 1784, found in association with silver drachms of
Alexander the Great; Nos. 1838-9, with coins of Antoninus Pius. Further: Archdologische Zeitung
herausgegeben vom Arch'dologischen Institut des Deutschen Reichs, Berlin, Vol. XLII for 1884, PI. 7,
Nos. 13 a, b, found in Asia Minor together with objects of obvious Hellenistic style; Petrie, Tanis. Part I,
1883-4. (find Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1885, PI. XH, 45, p. 34, bronze earring occurring in a
house dated by coins to the close of the Ptolemaic period. See also representations on approximately
datable objects, such as a bronze mirror cover of the 3rd cent. B.C., Marshall, op. cit., Fig. 60; an Egyp¬
tian funerary mask of the 2nd cent, after Christ, Schafer, Goldsc/imiedearbeiten, Fig. 79; mummy cases
from Akhmin of the ist or 2nd cent, after Christ, Edgar, Graco-Egyptian Coffins, pp. XVII-XVIII, Pis.
XLIV, XLV.

166 Vernier, Bijoux, II, PI. XXXV, Nos. 52,512-13 (ram), 52,516-17 (horned lion), 52,519-20, 22-3, 26-7, 30-31
(gazelle), 52,524-5 (dolphin), 52,528-9 (bull). Schafer, op. cit.. Nos. 148 (lion), 149 (dolphin), PI. 19.
Mace, March Coll., Fig. 21 (horned lion).

[134]

nearly superseded the first. Variants from these principal types occurring in
this collection will be sufficiently described below.

When worn, the top of the animal’s head and the muzzle from above were
presented to the spectator. M. Vernier was surely in error in supposing that
the head was dragged down by its weight to a position directly under the lobe
of the ear.^“® The smallest part of the hoop would tend to creep into the
ear, bringing the animal’s head near the lobe or at most half-way down,
as numerous representations on Greek coins, sculpture in the round, and
the like actually show it.^® In our plates we have attempted to place the
earrings, where practicable, in the position in which they were worn, although
the bending of the hoops out of shape has rendered this in some instances diffi¬
cult. It will be seen that the head is lowest in those designs in which some¬
thing is placed in front of the animal muzzle (Plate XVIII, Nos. 88, 89).

No. 70 (Plates XVII, a, XXI, b, XXXVIII, c). Earring with gazelle’s head.

Gold. Third to first century B. C. From Thebes. Weight, 28.40 grains
(1.840 grams).

Except for the loosening of some of the wires toward the point of the hoop,
the piece is in good condition.

The earring is of normal type (i) as described above. Its charming
gazelle’s head is more sculpturesque in character than those of the following
numbers, having nuances and delicacies in the modeling which add to its
interest. It was probably worked in repousse from a piece of heavy sheet of
about the shape shown in Plate XXXVIII at 70 c.“^ The details were added
from the obverse; the eye sockets with round-ended punches, the other details
with a graver. The ears were fashioned separately and soldered into
holes punched in from the obverse; the eyelet was bent out of a strip of
gold which had been tooled to render the surface to the outside convex. The
horns appear to have been made of twisted strips (or tapering pieces?) of
sheet, having the coils slightly telescoped into one another and soldered to¬
gether before being bent into their characteristic compound curve; they were
soldered into holes worked through from the reverse. The remainder of
the ring was formed over an inner elongated cone; at the smaller end where
now the coils have parted, seams are visible in the core indicating that it
was composed of one or more pieces of twisted sheet gold which here were
hammered compactly together; very likely its upper end may be more loosely

103 Bu//. de I’Inst. Fran^., Vol. VIII, p. 35, Fig. 55. Cf. Marshall, op. cit., Fig. 61, p. 192.

110 Marshall, op. cit., Fig. 60, p. 184; Hadaczek, op. cit., Fig. 87, p. 48; Schafer, op. cit.. Fig. 79, p. 79. Cf.
Miss Richter, Bull. M. M. A., Vol. XVI (1921), p. 58.

^The actual head shows a well defined seam running lengthwise under the muzzle, but none is certain on
top of it, and experiments carried out by Mr. Heins demonstrate that there was no need to make the head
in two separate pieces and thus introduce the task of soldering in so prominent a situation as along its
upper surface. Cf., however. No. 77.

[135]

formed like the corresponding parts of Nos. 86 and 87 (Plate XXIII, left).
The outer coils, too, helped in producing the taper in the ring, as the single
wires, of which the number seems to be five, diminish slightly in size and two
drop out toward the point. These wires were made of strips of gold twisted
singly; their coiling seams are visible near the head and in the two loose ends,
but the majority of the coils have a homogeneous surface (compare page 43).
At the upper end of the elongated cone the wires were soldered in place,
then, lying side by side, were simultaneously coiled about the cone to cover it
and toward the smaller end were soldered to it to prevent their uncoiling;
the piece was then further shaped and the wires flattened toward the point by
hammering or rolling between two smooth surfaces. The several parts of
the earring were next soldered together. A small peculiarity of the present
piece is a vertical strip of gold added over the seam between the eyelet and
lower edge of the animal neck, perhaps because the edges did not meet
properly; this strip, only about 0.059 ir>ches (1.5 mm.) long by 0.02 inches
(0.5 mm.) wide, is a typical bit of evidence for the delicacy of manipulation
which went into the making of such ancient jewelry. But on this same piece,
and also typical, we find evidence of casual work in shaping the collar, for,
above, the edges gap slightly and below, they overlap; the workman was
capable of the most minute work when he chose, but he did not always think
it worth while to be so precise. The collar has a simple decoration of ap-
pliqued wires: a plain area is bordered next the head by two wires, one plain,
the other patterned, formed by twisting a strip of gold without inner sup¬
port, thus securing prominent seams which have a decorative value; be¬
low, is the same border, and depending from it is a tongue pattern of the
wire with decorative seams. Between the wires is a convexity of surface which
gives a pleasing variety of light and S'hade; it may have been produced by
chasing channels for the wires to lie in or by doming up the sheet from the
back. Finally the piece, otherwise complete, was bent over a rod into ring
form; it was desirable to leave this to the last not only for the greater con¬
venience of working a straight length but that the spring imparted to the metal
in bending should not be removed by subsequent heatings in soldering the
parts together. The color is close to that of fine gold.

That gazelle’s heads of sober style are really of the third to first century
B. C., rather than of the late fifth or fourth century, is suggested by the oc¬
currence of two in a tomb in Asia Minor, in association with objects of Hellen¬
istic style.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33 under No. 35(?). Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 1100; edition 1915, No. 1096.

^^2 See reference above, n. 107.

[136]

No. 71 (Plates XVII, a, XXI, b). Earring with gazelle’s head.

Gold. Third to first century B. C.(?). From Thebes. Weight, 30.86 grains
(2.000 grams).

The method of making was as that of No. 70 except for minor variations:
the horns are perhaps of solid gold as the markings are not spirals but com¬
plete circles, having the quality of a nick made by an angle of metal; the de¬
tails on the head are chased in. It is impossible to see how many fine wires
compose the coils of the hoop. The color is close to that of fine gold. Ob¬
servable on the tongue pattern, on one coil of the left side, and on the right
horn are specks of a hard white metal.

The design, too, is the same as that of the preceding number except for
the formal element of a star-like rosette, instead of locks of hair, on the
forehead.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, under No. 35(?). Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1853 fif.. No. iioi; edition 1915, No. 1097.

Nos. 72, 73 (Plates XVII, a, XX, 72 b). Earrings with gazelle’s head, perhaps a pair.

Gold. Third to first century B. C.(?). Weight of No. 72, 25.48 grains (1.651
grams) ; of No. 73, 28.10 grains (1.821 grams).

The patch of gold sheet which once covered a hole behind the left ear
of No. 72 is now gone; No. 73 has a break in the left eye socket and the coils
of wire on the ring are in part loosened at the point.

The technique of these pieces is in general similar to that of No. 70, but
as the heads show no soldered seams, the shape of the initial pieces of sheet
from which they were made is uncertain; their modeling is softer and the
details are chased in. In the horns the coils are not telescoped, but just
touch one another. We are unable to determine the number of the wires
coiled on the hoop, but the spiral seams on the individual wires may be
traced readily. In both earrings, toward the point of the hoop, where the
coils of wire happen to be pushed apart, the core is seen to be made of
folded-over pieces of sheet gold, and through the break in the head of No.
72, it is seen to extend into the animal neck.

The design is like that of No. 71.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, under No. 35(?). Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1853 ff.. Nos. 1103-4; edition 1915, Nos. 1099-1100.

No. 74 (Plates XIV, b, XVII, a). Earring with gazelle’s head.

Gold. Third to first century B. C.(?). Weight, 40.93 grains (2.652 grams).

The head has been crushed and broken open on the right side and under¬
neath.

[137]

The technical process was about as that of No. 70. A seam shows under
the muzzle of the head. The coiled wires, of which the number cannot be de¬
termined, diminish noticeably in diameter from the head toward the point and
their seams are less prominent than those of Nos. 72 to 73; where the wires
are parted, seams may be seen on the core, and this core does not extend into
the head. On the collar the contrast in the border wires was obtained partly
by varying the width of the twisted strips. With wide strips inconspicuous
seams far apart were obtained giving to the unaided eye the effect of plain
wires. The color is close to that of fine gold.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, P- 33) under No. 35(?) (four earrings
with gazelle’s head were in the collection of 1843, five later; there is no
identifying description of the individual pieces). Abbott catalogue, editions
1833 ff.. No. 1033; edition 1913, No. 1049.

Nos. 75, 76 (Plates XVII, a, XX, 75 b). Earrings with lion’s head, possibly a pair.

Gold. Fourth to third century B. C.(?). From Upper Egypt. Weight of
No. 73, 21.02 grains (1.362 grams); of No. 76, 18.63 grains (1.207 grams).

The core within the coils of No. 73 is broken, that of No. 76 flattened in
two places; the coiled wires of both pieces are somewhat disturbed.

Compare the description of the technique of No. 70. Here each head was
soldered together under the muzzle in an overlapping seam and very few de¬
tails were added from the obverse; instead, the modeling is quite soft and
vague, such as might have been produced by pressing the sheet metal into
a stone die, but the fact that the two heads are not precisely alike is in favor
of the view that they were done in repousse. The opening in the muzzle, like
an open mouth, which served as a socket for the pointed end of the hoop
was pushed in from the obverse with a tool of round section; No. 73 has two
such holes, as the first one made was misplaced. The regular turns of the
seams in the individual wires show clearly under the microscope. Where
the core of No. 73 is broken and the outer coils have pulled apart leaving a
gap, it is possible to see under the wires and note that they are approximately
round in section and not half round, a fact which is consistent with the method
by which we think they were made, that of twisting single strips of sheet gold
(compare Plate XXXVII, E-G). No. 76 has the core broken close to the head
and between the wires one can see the thin edges of overlapping pieces of
sheet gold which constitute the core in this place. The ornament on the
collars was executed as in No. 74, but the design differs slightly; two sym¬
metrical spirals fill the space that in Nos. 70 to 74 was left plain, and only one
wire borders it above and below.

Although not such good pieces, these earrings so much resemble stylistically
the pair cited above, page 134 in note 107, as found with a silver drachm of

[138]

Alexander the Great, that they, too, are probably of the late fourth or early
third century B. C.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 33(?). Abbott catalogue,
edition 1833 ff.. Nos. 1097-8; edition 1915, Nos. 1093-4.

No. 77 (Plates XVII, a, XXXVIII, b, c). Earring, with lion’s head.

Gold. Late fourth or early third century B. C.(?). Weight, 29.63 grains
(1.920 grams).

The sides of the head are somewhat crushed, the right eye socket is broken
through, and the head has sprung partly away from the collar on the left side.

This beautiful piece with the intense expression in the lion’s head char¬
acteristic of many heads of the Hellenistic period—whether of men or ani¬
mals—differs markedly from the preceding earrings of this section. The head
may have been made in two halves and, if so, perhaps in a die instead of
by repousse; its small scale and our inability to see the inner surface render
a decision difficult; the seam is indubitable under the muzzle, less clear on
top of the head, where, however, the appearance suggests a patch in the long
axis which has been burnished down, disguising a seam. The details of the
head are partly chased, partly engraved. The hoop has no core, but consists
of four elongated cones soldered together at the large end, twisted, and then
soldered at the small end. Each cone consists of a tapering piece of heavy
sheet which has been pressed around a piece of metal of the desired conical
shape and soldered; compare our sampler, Plate XXXVIII, 77 b, c. The
seams are extremely well finished but may be detected here and there, es¬
pecially toward the point. We do not think the slight hollows in the cones
necessarily were filled with a composition as in another earring of this type
in which the material was doubtless thinner gold and in which the cones may
be seen to have partially collapsed in bending. In our piece the cones were
not flattened, but they became hard and inflexible under the double strain of
being first twisted together and then bent over into a ring; in consequence the
point cannot be brought into the socket of the mouth, and this earring would
have had a tendency to slip out of the ear. The tongue pattern and its border¬
ing wires on the collar were executed as in No. 70. The color is that of fine
gold.

A number of close parallels may be cited but none of them is definitely
dated.“‘‘ From the artistic style, we should judge the piece to be early, rather
than late, Ptolemaic.

Schafer, op. cit., under No. 148.

11^ Besides the piece mentioned in the preceding note, see Marshall, Jewellery, Nos. 1732-3, PI. XXXI; Pol¬
iak, Goldschmiedearheiien, PI. IX, Nos. ni-15, 122-3. Cf. also the more ornate, possibly earlier, earring
pictured in the Boston Bulletin, Vol. XV (1917), p. 35.

[139]

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif., No. 1054; edition 1915,
No. 1050.

No. 78 (Plates XVII, a, XIX, b). Earring with calf’s (?) head.

Gold. Third to first century B. C.(?). Weight, ii.oo grains (0.713 grams).

The earring, which had been broken in two just back of the head, is now
cemented together.^^® A hole is torn out of the left side of the neck and a bead
is lacking.

The head is rudely executed in repousse out of more than one piece of
gold; a rectangular piece is soldered on top between the ears and the loss of
such a piece explains the hole in the neck. The eyelet is a bent-over strip
of rectangular section soldered under the muzzle. The two ringlets, which
originally, no doubt, had a bead between them, are made each of a narrow
strip of sheet gold, rubbed with a burnisher to convert it into a gutter, bent
into ring form with the ends soldered together, and ornamented by 23 and 24
grains respectively, soldered into the gutter. A polygonal piece of gold, folded
over and soldered together, covers the upper end of the coils, but is unorna¬
mented; it may have been partially hidden by the lost bead after the manner
of a small earring in the Cesnola collection,which is of similar design to
this one. The remainder of the ring consists of two slightly tapering wires
united in an open twist; each is cut off with a diagonal chisel stroke at the
head end, revealing a solid homogeneous structure. Each wire was produced
by twisting together two strips of gold; the cross rills are perhaps due to the
subsequent twisting together of the two wires.

We are unacquainted with dated parallels, but the piece is a simple ex¬
ample of type (2) (above, page 134), as yet not fully developed from the
earlier type, and therefore unlikely to be of very late date.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., No. 1063; edition 1913,
No. 1061.

No. 79 (Plate XVII, a, b). Part of an earring with head of a bull.

Gold with a sandy (?) filling. First century B. C.(?). From Sakkara. Weight,
33.00 grains (2.268 grams).

About five grains are lacking from the collar.

The head was worked in repousse in very thin gold sheet; excess material
was cut out resulting in a number of seams on and between the horns and be¬
low them; to give strength, a sandy (?) filling was added and some details

So in our plate, but later we put the two parts on exhibition separately because of the missing bead.

115 I. H. Hall, Atlas, Cesnola Coll., Ill, PL XV, No. 12.

[140]

were subsequently chased in. The collar was composed of an apparent
globular gold bead, looking as if it were made in two halves by impressing
in a die and as if the grains were added to mask the joint; in reality, how¬
ever, it, too, is of thin sheet with a dark filling; the gold just meets the edges
of the adjacent ornament and there is no seam, but only a groove, under the
grains. On each side of the bead, the piece is enriched by a tongue pattern
and two small wires, inclosing between them a convex, nearly half-round
moulding; the latter was made of a strip of gold which was probably rubbed
lengthwise on its reverse to produce the convexity; the tongue pattern and
small wires were fashioned of narrower strips of gold twisted singly with
edges slightly overlapping, giving a telescoped look to the coils when magni¬
fied; to the unaided eye, however, the wire has merely a broken surface which
is somewhat richer in effect than the smoothness of plain wires. The eyelet
of tubing (?), flattened by bending into ring form, is soldered in the place of
the lower jaw; it is unusually large and implies by its lengthwise position a
hook at the missing small end of the ring.

This earring bears a certain stylistic resemblance to a bronze earring found
at Tanis in a house of the late Ptolemaic period.Other closer parallels, not,
however, dated, have been found in Egypt and Cyprus.^^®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1096; edition 1915,
No. 1092.

No. 80 (Plates XVII, a, XXII, b, XXXVIII, c, d). Parts of a large earring with bull’s
head.

Gold, and originally, also garnets. Third to first century B. C.(?). From
Sakkara. Combined weight of all larger and smaller fragments, 40.50 grains
(2.624 grams).

Insets have dropped out from the eyes and from settings on the forehead
and muzzle; the one on the forehead, according to the earliest catalogue of the
Abbott collection, was a garnet.

In making the head the workman began with a flat piece of thin sheet
gold, worked out the form in repousse, cutting out superfluous material and
soldering together the edges of the resultant gaps in abutting joints (compare
No. 79). A rectangular patch was soldered on back of the horns to cover
a break in the material, but other gaps, visible in the illustration, were never
covered. Only a few details were chased in. The eyelet, made of tubing(?),
was soldered lengthwise (implying a hook on the small end of the ring) to the
under surface of the muzzle; it was provided with a flange, or rectangle of

See above n. 107.

118 Schreiber, Toreuiik, p. 305, Fig. 29; I. H. Hall, op. cit., Ill, PL XV, 25; M. M. A., No. L.1474.675 (unpub¬
lished; this piece has the gold grains in the same position as on our No. 79). In all these examples, how¬
ever, the eyelet is set transversely and the hoop, covered with coiled wires, runs out to a point.

[141]

gold sheet, which gave firmer hold to the solder. The settings for the in¬
lays were made of pieces of sheet gold for the bottom, to which were sol¬
dered, on edge and a little in from the outer limits of the bottom pieces, gold
strips, which were subsequently pressed down about the inlays, holding them
in place; the outer angle was ornamented with grains soldered both to the
bottom plate and the side walls of the settings, and the settings in their turn
were soldered to the bull’s head; other grains, combined in rhomboids, were
soldered directly to the head. This piece is an illustration of what variety
of effect may be produced working with grains and flat stock. In our sampler
at 8o b is shown, enlarged, the construction of the part which is reproduced
actual size in the original in Plate XVII to the right of the bull’s head.
Eleven strips of sheet gold, variously treated, and all soldered to a broad piece
of the same material, compose the original. Four of these strips have been
drawn into hollow wires and combined in pairs in one left-handed and one
right-handed twist which were then fixed to the ground side by side; an in¬
advertent difference in the tightness of the two twists, observable on the origi¬
nal, has been imitated in the sampler; this irregularity happened readily in
twisting such fine wires and is not disturbing on the original. Six other strips
were probably rubbed lengthwise with a burnisher and four of them used
as convex mouldings and two as gutters into which grains were soldered; on the
original the grains are not so uniform in size as the commercial brass globules
of the sampler. The eleventh strip was treated as shown in the sampler at
8o d, that is, twisted, hammered flat, and then untwisted. A bit of the sheet
gold from which these ornamental details were constructed has the thickness,
m.easured with a micrometer caliper, of 0.0043 inches (0.109 mm.).

Evidence is lacking for dating this piece exactly. For the one-time ap¬
pearance of the insets, rounded high above the shallow settings, two earrings
in the British Museum, estimated by Mr. Marshall to be of the third century
B. C., may be compared.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 44. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1093; edition 1915, No. 1089.

No. 81 (Plate XVII, a, b). Part of a large earring (?) with bull’s head.

Gold and, originally, at least one other material. Fifth to fourth century
B. C.(?). From Thebes. Weight before being repaired, 103.50 grains
(6.707 grams).

Six insets were lost from the base of the horns, the forehead, and muzzle
before 1843, according to the earliest catalogue of the Abbott collection. In
the eyes are the remains of an artificial substance, either a deteriorated material

That they are really hollow, see page 42.

Jewellery, Nos. 1803-4, Pi. XXXI.

[142]

which itself formed the eyeballs, or a cement which once held something else.
A piece of modern, soft brass has recently been inserted in the piece to
strengthen it and the loose coils are now held by modern solder.

The head was made much as that of the previous number, but with the ad¬
dition of many chased details and some supplementary pieces such as those
soldered into the ears; the settings differ only in the use of twisted strips for
the side walls. The collar, a separate, shaped, piece of sheet gold, was orna¬
mented, while still flat, with grains, lengths of plain wire, of twisted strips
of gold and of half-rounds, all soldered or fused on. The ring, which must
have ended in a hook, to judge by the position of the eyelet, was formed
over an inner cone of thin gold sheet, once, no doubt, supported by a fill¬
ing, around which eight half-rounds of heavier gold sheet were coiled and sol¬
dered at the two extremities, before the whole was bent into ring form. The
shape of the inner cone, which tapers more than was usual in the cone of a
bracelet, indicates that we probably bave part of a large earring rather than
of a bracelet. The half-rounds might have been made in a variety of ways:
by pressing the strip of gold with the fingers about a wire of suitable size, by
pressing it into a groove of semi-circular section with a burnisher or with a
suitable-sized rod held in a horizontal position; in a draw-plate, by passing
it through a hole of a size to bring tbe edges just half-way around instead of
together, while at the same time on the far side of the draw-plate a tool was
held in a position partially to fill the hole and to keep the strip feeding into
it evenly; or finally, by laying the strip on a flat surface and rubbing it length¬
wise with a burnisher, thus stretching the sheet where rubbed and causing the
sides to curl upwards. This last method which we have suggested previously
in a few instances of convex mouldings (Nos. 79, 80) seems to us to have been
the process used here, for examination reveals a number of places where the
section is v-shaped instead of semi-circular, a result which would most readily
come through too great pressure with a rather small tool. A sample from the
coils was analyzed by Dr. Whitfield, and indicated the material to be
essentially a gold-silver alloy of 19.7 carat.^^®

The stylization of the bull’s head is suggestive of Persian influence,^^^ as
may be seen by comparing the piece with the bull capitals of the palaces at
Persepolis and Susa, capitals of which the style was dependent on the earlier
art of Assyria. The close spiral of several coils with a grain at its center is
characteristic of the fifth to third centuries

121 The reading obtained from a small sample using a micrometer caliper was 0.0027 inches (0.069 mm.).

122 Cf. Maryon, Metahvork, p. 46.

123 Weight as received.0.01344 grams

“ of gold found.0.01104 “ = 83.14 per cent.

“ “ silver “.0.00240 “ = 17.86 “ “

“ “ copper “.trace

124 Except for brief intervals, Egypt was a Persian province from 525 to 332 B.C.

125 Marshall, op, cit.y Nos. 1653-4, 1684-5, 1728-9, i 774 - 5 » 2044; Murray, Smith, and Walters, Cyprus, PI.
XIII, 25. Cf. Egypt, example of Dyn. XII, Vernier, Bijoux, II, PI. XXII, No. 52239.

[143]

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, P- 34) 43 - Abbott catalogue, edi¬

tions 1853 ff.. No. 1002; edition 1915, No. 998.

No. 82 (Plate XVII, a, b). Part of an earring with sheep’s head.

Gold. Third to first century B.C.(?). Weight, 20.00 grains (1.296 grams).

The head is intact except for holes between, and back of, the horns and the
possible loss of insets from the eyes. The core of the ring which issues from
the neck is incomplete, being broken off at the outer end. The granulated tri¬
angles of the collar are injured in a few places.

The head is truthfully and carefully modeled in repousse, with details sub¬
sequently chased and engraved; the only seams visible are on the ears and
horns (compare above, Nos. 72, 73). The eyelet is made of a strip of gold
of rectangular section, bent into ring form and soldered to the under jaw; the
openings for the eyes have been forced through from the obverse with a tool
of round section. A band of sheet gold, with 15 larger grains soldered or
fused to it, is itself soldered together in ring form, and then soldered to the
head at the neck. Another wider band, cut with straight edge above and
nine triangles below, has a wire made of a single twisted strip of gold sol¬
dered along its upper edge and 36 smaller grains on each triangle and is itself
bent into ring form, soldered together, and to the previously mentioned
ring with larger grains; on some of the granulated triangles the grains were
embedded in an excess of molten metal. The core of the hoop, above, where
it is larger, is made of a piece of gold folded over and soldered lengthwise, and
compressed by hammering to produce the taper toward the smaller end; it is
soldered inside to the back of the head and is the cause of the breaks mentioned
above. The color is that of fine gold.

Earrings in the Cairo Museum and the British Museum give a hint as
to how this earring looked when uninjured. A bead of gold or stone was
fixed between the preserved row of granulated triangles and another row
which had its apexes turned toward the bead. The covering of the hoop, in
all probability, was quite ornate, being composed of coiled wires, both plain
ones and those having decorative seams; it may have ended either in a point
or a hook.

The earring with fixed bead at the neck (compare No. 79) is intermediate
between the types (i) and (2) defined above (page 134); this fact and the
excellent modeling of the head suggest a date in the Ptolemaic, rather than
the Roman, period.

Bibliograghy : Abbott catalogue, edition 1853 printed by Varey, No. 1052;
edition 1853 printed by Watson, and subsequently. No. 1051; edition 1915, No.
1047.

Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52,512, PI. XXXV.

Marshall, op. cit., Nos. 1808-9, PI- XXXI.

[144]

No. 83 (Plates XVII, a, b, XX, c). Earring with the head of a lynx.

Gold and garnet. Third to first century B. C.(?). From Thebes. Weight,
24.95 grains (1.617 grams).

Two beads are missing from the hoop.

The modeling of the head is spirited; it was begun in repousse, and fin¬
ished by chasing and engraving; seams are visible under the jaw and on, and
back of, the ears. Passing through the head and soldered to it at the mouth
is a wire composed of a strip of sheet folded on itself and hammered solid;
this formed the foundation of the hoop; the end of the original strip which
issues from the mouth was left fiat and bent into a loop but its extremity re¬
mained unattached, instead of being soldered; the other end of the wire was
bent into a hook. Four granulated ringlets separated the original three beads
from one another, the head, and the spirals. These ringlets consist of flat
strips of sheet gold bent probably over a rod and soldered together at the
ends; it is evident that each ring was placed edge down while the soldering
of the grains went on, for one edge still shows, and the other edge which was
uppermost and the broad surface are domed over with grains; one ringlet is
soldered to the lynx head at the neck, a second to the spiral wires, and the
others now move freely. The spirals were made of three long tapering pieces
of sheet which were twisted singly, after which the three resultant slightly
tapering wires were soldered together at the top, twisted about the main wire,
but held in place at the small end, so far as is now evident, only by their own
elasticity; the spiral seams on these individual wires are very clear and regu¬
lar. The garnet is beautifully formed and polished and is drilled from one
end, as the straight bore, larger at one extremity than the other, indicates.

This earring is of type (2) defined above (page 134), which lasted into the
Roman period; but on grounds of style, we assign it to the Ptolemaic period.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, P- 33 ; 34 - Abbott catalogue, edi¬

tions 1853 ff-) 1102; edition 1915, No. 1098.

No. 84 (Plate XVII). Earring.

Gold and onyx.^-® Second century B. C. to second century after Christ(?).
Weight, 39.00 grains (2.527 grams).

One or two beads and probably an animal’s head are lost from this earring.
One of the remaining beads is chipped. It is possible that parts of more than
one earring have been assembled in modern times in the present piece; five
ringlets imply four beads, an unusual number, and such parallels as we have

128 Comparative material: Poliak, Goldschmiedearheiteny pp. 54-5 and references given there; Marshall, op.
cit., Nos. 1806-7, 2436, 2438-9, 2440-41, Pis. XXXI, LII.

129 The smaller bead is a pronounced onyx, as the dark bands are quite black; in the larger bead is present
a reddish tinge verging toward the color in sardonyx,

[145]

found show only one onyx bead combined with one or two globular beads of
different material.

The hoop of solid gold is an excellent piece of beaten work. The granu¬
lated ringlets, on the other hand, are casually made; two have 20 grains each,
the others respectively 12, 19, and 22; three are made as those of No. 78; in
the other two the gutters holding the grains are soldered to disks of sheet. The
beads are well polished and have a bore of nearly uniform diameter. The
color of the metal is close to that of fine gold.

The earring is catalogued in this section under the assumption that
it originally had a stylized dolphin’s head as in the earrings cited below.’^“
The plainness of the hoop is characteristic of the later earrings of type (2)
(page 134). Finally, in the history of these earrings, not merely the coils of
wire, but the animal’s head, was abandoned and the earrings became plain
hoops carrying a few beads, like many of those depicted in the Fayum portraits
of the first to second centuries after Christ; another view would be that our
piece was of this outgoing style.

Bibliography : Found by us bearing the number 1088, which duplicates a
number certainly right (compare our No. 89).

ISO Petrie and Mackay, Heliopolis, Kafr Ammar, and Shurafa, PI. LII, 2, 3, p. 45, from a Ptolemaic ceme¬
tery; Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiien, No. 149, PI. 19; Vernier, Bijoux, II, No. 52524, PI. XXXV; Schreiber,
Toreutik, p. 305, Fig. 30; cf. also Marshall, op. cit.. Nos. 2426-32, PI. LII.

131 Petrie, IIan.vara, PI. XI. Cf. the earring found in the ash heap of a Roman town, not founded until
shortly before the 3rd cent, after Christ; Petrie and Mackay, op. cit., PI. LII, 4, pp. 40, 45; also the onyx
bead represented in the earring with S-hook on a mask from Meir (ist cent, after Christ, probably Clau-
dian age), Edgar, Graeco-Roman Coffins, p. 30, No. 33135, PI. XVI.

[146]

Addendum to C and D

Jewelry Found on the Island of Ithaca in 1812

The year 1811 was one of momentous discoveries in Greece. An inter¬
national band of friends—travelers, antiquarians, and architects, who had met
in Athens—excavated and planned the temples of .®gina and Phigaleia and
brought away their wonderful sculptures, which eventually were to form the
nucleus of the Glyptothek at Munich and to enrich the British Museum. The
marbles from both temples were removed first to Zante, then the trading-cen¬
ter of that part of the world, and an old account by a British traveler, who
saw the Phigaleian frieze there in September i8i3j tells us that these events
on the mainland of Greece had excited a spirit of discovery in the islanders of
the western coast.^ In particular he recounted the recent opening of tombs on
near-by Ithaca, an enterprise promoted by a Mr. Fiott Lee: “The grand dis¬
covery of these sepulchral treasures was made in the little rocky isle of Ithaca,
under Mount Aito, where ruins exist of a city, with its acropolis, which tradi¬
tion designated as the residence of Ulysses.” A list of silver vessels and gold
and silver jewels follows, which the writer expressly stated embraces only
very few of the objects discovered; its item No. 9, which we quote below,
may well refer to one or the other of our Nos. 86 and 87. At this time the
modern recovery of the rich funerary deposits of antiquity was still so much
in its beginnings that the author remarked: “Nothing like them was ever
extracted from the sepulchres of Attica or any other part of Greece; and their
discovery not only raises our ideas of the former wealth, commerce and popu¬
lation of these isles, but affords a cheering prospect of their future prosperity
under the advantages of a just and modern government. Surely none but a
great commercial and ingenious people, for whom other less favoured or less
industrious nations penetrated the bowels of the earth and laboured in the
noxious mine, could have dared to waste so great a proportion of the precious
metals by inclosing them in the tomb: had the other Hellenic tribes indulged in
such a practice, not all the mines which then existed would have sufficed for
such extravagance!”

The identification of the five pieces from the Abbott collection. Nos. 85
to 89, as a part of this treasure from Ithaca is dependent on drawings pub¬
lished by Fraenkel in 1891,^ which were made by the German architect, Baron
Haller von Hallerstein, one of the men active at .®gina and Phigaleia;
Haller drew the pieces not later than 1817, for that was the year of his
death. According to his legends, the majority of the objects drawn by him

1 The Rev. T. S. Hughes, Travels in Greece and Albania, 2nd ed., London, 1830, Vol. I, pp. 159 ff.

^ Antike Denkmaeler, Vol. I, p. 5, PI. 12.

[147]

were found in tombs on the island of Ithaca; one of them, a serpent ring
(No. 3 of Fraenkel’s plate), was the property of the English Captain
Guiterre; by one piece he inscribed the date 1812. A friend of Haller and
member of the same coterie in Greece, the Baron Otto Magnus von Stackel-
berg, also made drawings, which probably copy, albeit inaccurately, one or
two of the same pieces.® We give in Plate XVlIl Haller’s drawings—those of
the number with which we are concerned—reproduced from Fraenkel’s plate
for comparison with photographic views of our objects as they appear today.
To readers familiar with the methods of ancient artists no further demonstra¬
tion of the identity of the serpent ring and the four earrings. Nos. 86 to 89,
from the Abbott collection with the objects drawn by Haller von Hallerstein
will be necessary, despite the injuries which they have undergone since their
discovery. Only in ancient art-objects produced in the same mould or die is
precise repetition found. Such likeness as in the coils of the head and tail of the
serpent, the central ridge on the body, the number, shape, and position of the
imitation garnets, is not to be expected between two pieces fashioned free
hand. The identification gains force by the number of objects, for, aside from
the resemblance between the drawings and the Abbott pieces, the coincidence
of such a selection of somewhat unusual designs occurring both in the draw¬
ings and in the Abbott collection if supposed to be independent of each other
would tax one’s credulity. Haller also drew an earring of the type of our
Nos. 70 to 74 but the coils about the tapering core were not all of plain wire
and the original of the drawing, therefore, is not one of our earrings. We
have been unable to trace the history of our five pieces between the time when
they were drawn by Haller von Hallerstein and the year 1843, when they were
included in the first catalogue of the Abbott collection as from Upper Egypt,
but during that period, if our conclusions are correct, they had wandered from
Zante to Egypt, perhaps brought hither by the one-time owner of at least one
of them. Captain Guiterre, who may well have been captain of a merchant ves¬
sel; Dr. Abbott either bought the pieces in Upper Egypt or was led by his
agents to believe that they had been found there.

The identification of these antiquities from the Abbott collection as brought
to Egypt in modern times is of interest further for the interpretation of the
various statements about provenience in the old records of the collection; as¬
suredly the Cretan vase “from Lower Egypt” ^ may, or may not, have been
found in Egypt.

No. 85 (Plate XVIII; also A). Finger ring (?) in the form of a coiled serpent.

Gold and glass imitating garnets. Third to first century B. C. (?). Length if
projected, about 12.99 inches (33.00 cm.). Thickness of head, 0.045 inches
(1.14 mm.). Weight, 95.77 grains (6.206 grams).

^ Die Graeber der Hellenen, Berlin, 1837, PI. 74.

< Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., No. 77; edition 1915, No. 78 = Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de I’arl,
Vol. VI, La Grice primitive. L'art mycenean, Paris, 1894, Fig. 436.

[148]

The edges are torn in a few places and the ring is no longer so closely and
evenly coiled as formerly.

The lorig main piece was cut from fairly thick sheet gold, annealed, and
wound about a heavy rod of the diameter desired for the ring. Resiliency
was given the coils, and a central ridge and troughs each side were worked
in their obverse, by hammering with a small round-ended punch along the
course of the coils while the gold was still wound on the mandrel. A sug¬
gestion of scales was punched on the two extremities, and the head was formed
by skillfully directed hammering on punches; underneath, it, like the coils of
the serpent body, is flat and smooth; the curves for the tail, difficult to exe¬
cute in a flat strip, were probably obtained by hammering and thus stretch¬
ing the edge which was to form the outside of the curve. Each box-setting
was made of a strip of gold, with ends soldered together and lower edges sol¬
dered to a bottom piece; the settings in turn were soldered to the coils and
the upper edges were pressed down over the insets. The color of the metal
is that of fine gold. The insets were examined by Mr. Whitlock, who pro¬
nounced one of them certainly glass, the others presumably also glass, but
all three to be remarkably free from bubbles.

On this class of jewelry, compare page io8. With its many coils, the pres¬
ent piece is not well adapted to wear on the finger, yet a serpent ring nearly
as cumbersome was found at Goshen in Egypt in position on a finger of the
right hand.® It is difficult to see what else our piece could be, unless a hair¬
ring. The nearest parallel to it, known to us, is a ring found in the Crimea.®
The style of the present piece suggests a date earlier than that of our Nos. 39
to 42; especially its numerous elastic coils follow the tradition of serpent rings
of early date.'^

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 27. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1073; edition 1915, No. 1069. Antike Denkmaeler, I, PI.
12,3= our Plate XVIII, A. Compare Von Stackelberg, Graeber der Hel-
lenen, Plate LXXIV, p. 47.

Nos. 86, 87 (Plates XVIII, a, B, D, E, XXIII, XXXV, 86 b; compare XXXVIII, D-F).
A pair of earrings, each with two lion’s heads.

Gold. Fourth to third century B. C. (?). Present weight of No. 86, 67.52
grains (4.375 grams) ; weight of No. 87, 61.00 grains (3.953 grams).

No. 86 has a slight amount of modern filling in the larger lion’s head, af¬
fecting its weight; the ring is broken where it joins the collar and the lion mane
has two small breaks. The right side of the head of No. 87 is some-

5 Petrie, Hyksos and Israelite Cities, p. 42, PI. XXXVIII, 54.

^ Antiquites du Bosphore Cimmerien conserves au Musee Imperial de VErmitage, St. Petersburg, 1854, Vol.

Ill, reissued by S. Reinach, Paris, 1892, p. 61, PI. XVIII, No. ii.

7 Marshall, Jewellery, Nos. 1320-21, PI. XVI.

[149]

what crushed and the spiral wires of the ring have been disturbed. The
smaller heads on both pieces show breaks.

The larger heads resemble stylistically that of No. 77, but not a scam can
be detected in them and they were worked probably from a circle of sheet
by repousse, chasing, and engraving. The foundation of each collar is a shaped
piece of sheet gold and the braids, tongue pattern, palmettes, spirals, and
borders were executed in a combination of plain and of decoratively marked
wires, all probably made of single strips of sheet variously twisted. The work¬
man came to grief in soldering or fusing the wires on the right side of the
collar of No. 86, for in that region is a somewhat rude ancient repair, two
rectangular pieces of sheet gold which in part overlie the appliqued wires; in
the same region the wires were flooded with molten metal, and elsewhere on
the two earrings the appliqueing of the wires was not accomplished with en¬
tire success. The hoops have a tapering core composed of several pieces of
sheet gold, probably scraps, loosely twisted together at the larger end; this is
evident in both earrings, above, where the coils of wire are pushed aside and
the edges of a number of pieces may be seen (Plate XXIII, left). On each
of the wires covering this core it is possible in part to follow the coiling
seams. The smaller ends of the hoop are masked by heads executed in two
halves, in repousse or in dies, and soldered lengthwise. Eiach has at the neck
a tongue pattern and bordering wires of the plain and ornate varieties. The
color is that of fine gold.

The peculiar feature of the design of these earrings is the smaller lion’s
head. Presumably it was put through a perforation in the ear somewhat
small for it and then prevented the earring from slipping out of posi¬
tion. Thus it was a less comfortable ornament than the more common animal¬
headed earrings with point-and-socket or hook-and-eyelet fastening. Several
earrings in the British Museum ® show the second lion’s head and otherwise
a general resemblance to our pieces, and Mr. Marshall has designated them
as a Graeco-Italian type of the fourth to third century B. C., because of the
florid style of the lion’s heads and the find-spots, Ruvo and Capua, of two of
the earrings. But there is considerable stylistic difference between the vari¬
ous known earrings of this type, some being less florid than others, and our ex¬
amples are distinctly at the more restrained end of the scale, suggesting that
the type was not confined to southern Italy. Our pieces, if not made on the
island, may have been imported to Ithaca from Athens, Alexandria, or some
other center.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 32. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. Nos. 1094-5; edition 1915, Nos. 1090-91. Antike Denkmaeler, I,
p. 5, PI. 12, 6 and 6 a = our Plate XVIII, B, D, E. Compare Von Stackelberg,

® Marshall, op. cit., Nos. 1768-71, 1777-8; cf. Nos. 1772-6; PI. XXXI. Cf. Monnmenii antichi puhblicati per
cura della Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Milan, Vol. XXII (1913-14), PI. CXJIl, 5, from Cumae. A beau¬
tiful specimen, with the smaller lion’s head in perfect condition, but about which nothing is known, is to
be seen in the Gold Room of the Field Museum, Chicago.

[150]

Graeber der Hellenen, PI. LXXIV. Compare also Hughes, op. cit., Vol. I, p.
i6i, item 9: “A golden ornament like a ring, of fine spiral threads, thick at
one end and gradually diminishing: at the thick end is a large lion’s head,
beautifully executed; at the other, one of smaller dimensions.”

Nos. 88, 89 (Plates XVIII, a, b, G, F, XXXV, 89 c, d; compare XXXVIII, 88 c). A pair

of earrings, with lynx heads.

Gold and originally some gem-stone, or other material, as insets. Third to first
century B. C.(?). Weight of No. 88, including some modern solder and the
present inset, 52.50 grains (3.402 grams) ; of No. 89, with same additions, 53.00
grains (3.434 grams).

The present insets are left in position for illustration, but though ancient,
did not belong in these earrings, being ill-fitting, of unlike material and shape,
and absent from Haller’s early drawing. The earrings have suffered griev¬
ously. The views 88a and 89a show their appearance as we found them, dis¬
figured by much modern soft solder and with parts of both settings gone; both
hoops had been broken apart and later united with modern soft solder. It
has been impossible to effect much improvement except to reduce the amount
of modern solder; the hoop of No. 89 is now held together by a wax cement,
mixed with gold dust to render it less conspicuous. The present appearance
of the pieces is shown in 88b and 89b.

The lynx heads were worked in repousse in two parts, a larger front part,
including the entire muzzle and the front of the ears and ruff, and a smaller
part, including the remainder of the head; thus, in contrast to the head of No.
77, these lynx heads are divided crosswise and the soldered seam runs along
the upper edges of the ears and ruffs; the details were chased in. The shape
of the collars when flat and the design of the ornament are shown enlarged
in our sampler, Plate XXXVHI, at 88 c, although the plain wires on the
original may not be tubes. No. 89 shows two ancient patches on the collar,
namely minute rectangular pieces of sheet gold, one overlying the joint (com¬
pare the tiny one on No. 70, described page 136), the other covering parts of the
wires on the right side, and both making good accidents which befell the
piece probably in the process of manufacture; another rectangular patch is
to be seen just under the right ear. We may also remark that one unit in the
tongue pattern of No. 89 is of plain wire instead of a patterned wire (Plate
XXXV, 89 c); perhaps the supply of the latter gave out at the last! The
next part of the ring was made in two parts: there is an inner elongated
cone, which projects into the collar and perhaps into the head (compare on
this point, Nos. 72 and 74) ; its visible smaller end under the microscope shows
some folds, perhaps indicating that the cone was hammered out of scraps of
sheet gold, but so skillfully that evidence of its compound composition was
nearly obliterated; the second part of the ring, the outer surface, is a trapeze-

[151]

shaped piece of sheet gold which was tooled over a yielding bed to produce
ridges and rills running diagonally and then was folded about the inner cone
and soldered together. An ornately twisted wire, such as those which adorn
the collar, was soldered lengthwise on each side. The settings for the gem¬
stones were constructed of a number of pieces: a bottom plate for each main
setting and its three adjacent cylindrical compartments was cut in one piece
of sheet gold, two-lobed at the head end and one-lobed at the eyelet end; the
side walls of the several cells were made each of a bent-over strip of gold,
first having its ends soldered together and then its lower edges soldered to the
bottom plate. As the earrings have come down to us, wires have been passed
through a hole punched in the bottom of each small compartment; the lower
end of one wire is entwined in the eyelet, the lower ends of the other two are
loosely coiled about each other. The wires are surely ancient and one of them
under the microscope shows clearly that it is composed of two tiny strips of
sheet gold twisted together. The circular, convex upper finish of each wire,
somewhat like a pin-head in appearance, may have been made by heating the
end until it ran up into a ball and then hammering it down. According to
Fraenkel’s text, presumably based on Haller’s legends, the small compart¬
ments were filled with Perlen; these Perlen, no longer existent, were probably
vertically perforated glass or stone beads, convex where they projected above
the settings and having the “pin-head” tops of the gold wires in their centers;
there was no doubt a pleasing color scheme to which the lost original large
insets and the small beads with their gold centers all contributed. The eyelet
of each earring was made of a slightly hammered strip of gold, soldered to
the lynx neck, passed under the bottom plate of the setting, bent into a ring
at the farther end of the setting and with its recurved end secured to the setting
by solder. The color of the metal is close to that of fine gold.

The present inset of No. 88 is a banded jasper engraved with a figure of
an ibis; that of No. 89 is a carnelian engraved with a hand holding a bunch
of grain. The former device is a good old Egyptian motif, although used
here, after the manner of Hellenistic Greek art, as a genre subject; the latter
is distinctly of the Classical period.” These two engraved gems may be about
contemporary with the gold earrings or somewhat later in date. There is abso¬
lutely no means of knowing whether they were added after the earrings
reached Egypt, or before.

The introduction of a setting with gem-stone (or other inset) in front of the
animal’s head is uncommon,^” and the form of the settings and of the decora¬
tive outer parts of the hoops, in particular the use in the hoops of pieces of
fluted sheet gold, instead of spirally wound wires, and of two twists and no
more running lengthwise on each piece, is unique, so far as we know. The

9 Cf. the two clasped hands, each holding grain, figured in Adolf Furtwangler, Die antiken Gemmen, Leip-
sic, 1900, Vol. I, PI. XLVI, No. 4+; Vol. II, p. 223.

10 But cf. Marshall, op. cit., Nos. 1778, 2436-7, Pis. XXXI, LII; these pieces otherwise, however, are of quite
different design from those under discussion above.

[152]

collars decorated with wire appliques mark the pieces as not of very late date;
they are a variant of type (i) rather than of type (2) (page 134).

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 33, No. 31. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 Nos. 1091-2; edition 1915, Nos. 1087-8. Antike Denkmaeler, I,
p. 5, PI. 12, No. 14== our Plate XVIII, C and F.

[153]

E.—Late Amulets

In the last seven centuries before Christ the Egyptians multiplied enor¬
mously the number of kinds and the total number of small amulets' with
which they were wont to array their dead. Nine out of ten of the blue-glazed
eyes or hearts acquired by the modern traveler in Egypt belong to this late
period! Fortunately a series of unplundered coffins of well-to-do persons, an
Uzahor of Hawara in the Fayum,^ a Pedineit,’ a Harkhcbit,'* and otherswho
lived at Memphis and were buried in its great necropolis, have been carefully
opened and the position and number of the amulets recorded with some de¬
gree of definiteness. Where, a few centuries earlier, a single </c^/-amulct (No.
io6) sufficed, or, at most, two or three were an ample provision, now, a row
of ten or eleven smaller ones was placed across the body and a larger ded was
laid nearer the head. The entire outfit of amulets on a single mummy of a
private person often exceeded one hundred. Many of the pieces were pro¬
vided with loops and were threaded, together with beads, into collars, or
fastened on as necklaces and armlets; others were merely embedded at differ¬
ent levels in the mummy bandages and were held by them and the preserva¬
tives poured over them; indeed, the modern recovery of the original arrange¬
ment has been rendered difficult by the resins and gums in which they are
often found caked. The royal tombs of the period have not been discovered,
but those of the wealthy priests and officials have yielded many amulets of
precious materials and delicate workmanship.

For the study of these extant pieces certain written and pictured lists con¬
temporary with them are of great interest. Every human burial was mod¬
eled on that of the god Osiris and one of these lists, inscribed in the temple
at Dendera,® enumerates, under their various materials, one hundred and four

1 On the general subject of Egyptian amulets, see: Petrie, Amulets and the references given there, p. 8;
Allen, Handbook, pp. 121-35; Moller, in Schafer, Goldschmiedearheitcn, pp. 70 ff.; Wiedemann, Die Amu-
lette der alien Aegypter (Der alte Orient, 12th Year, Pt. I), Leipsic, 1910; Erman, Religion, 2nd Germ,
ed., pp. 147, 163-4, 182, 209; Engl, ed., pp. 131, 144-5, ^87; also the references in the footnotes of the pres¬
ent section. This section was written before the following work, to which we have been able to insert only
a few references, reached us: Gustave J^quier, Les frises d'objets des sarcophages du Moyen Empire
(Mdmoires. Insiitut, Vol. XLVII), Cairo, 1921.

2 Petrie, Kahun, pp. 19-20; Ten Years' Digging, p. 94; a plan of the position of Uzahor’s amulets is given
in Amulets, PI. L.

^ Annales, Vol. II (1901), pp. 97-104; Vol. Ill, pp. 5-6, PI. IV.

^ Annales, Vol. IV, pp. 76-82.

^Thanhebu, see Annales, Vol. I, pp. 262-71; Vol. Ill, pp. 1-5, Pis. I-III; Maspero, Revue de Vart ancien
et moderne, Vol. VIII, Paris, 1900, p. 353, reprinted in Engl, translation in Maspero, Egyptian Art.
Studies, pp. 201-7; the imposing subterranean tomb of this “Admiral of the King’s Ships” near the pyramid
of Unas has been visited by many a tourist, since 1900, the year of its discovery. Uzahor, see Annales,
III, pp. 210-12, Pis. I, II. Hikemsaf, see Annales, V, pp. 69-78.

® Mariette, Denderah, Vol. IV, PI. 87 and Supplement aux planches, 1874, PI. I; text vol., 1884, pp. 289,
292; the list is conveniently available in Petrie, Amulets, PI. XLVIII.

[154]

amulets with which the god was once provided; almost without exception they
are familiar to us in surviving pieces. Another list, written on a papyrus for¬
merly in the MacGregor collection,'^ is confined to amulets of gold, and names
and pictures seventy-five, many, as the list stipulates, to be given the dead
in several examples, making a minimum provision of two hundred and ten gold
amulets. It may be assumed that this ideal was seldom realized, but Hikem-
saf was furnished with seventy-six of gold,® besides those of other materials;
sometimes greater care was given to the quality of the workmanship, as in Uza-
hor’s ® eighteen beautiful gold amulets, four of which were inlaid (compare
No. 104), than to the number, although he was really well provided for, since
he had, besides, one hundred and five of stone! But Thanhebu’s ® gold amulets
were exquisite and also numerous, for they were some sixty in number. With the
two inscribed lists mentioned may be associated the Kennard tablet,^® possibly
once a manufacturing amulet-dealer’s sample board, on which sixty are repre¬
sented, either appliqued or inlaid in gold and semi-orecious stones, with the ma¬
terials proper to them inscribed by many of the pieces. Finally, a goldsmith’s
die of large size, the property of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, and still un¬
published,^^ is of value, not only with reference to the technique of amulet-pro¬
duction (compare page 207), but for what it teaches of the kinds of gold amulets
which were in demand, furnishing, as it does, a selection of sixty-seven different
ones. There is no hard and fast agreement between these various lists and the
complete sets of actual amulets which have come down to us, yet a few amulets
are common to all these sources, many others to several, and probably none is
unique. The lists are as nearly canonical as one expects to find from ancient
Egypt, where, in this late period, despite past centuries of priestly efforts to
standardize beliefs and practices, local and individual conditions led to constant
variations within the general scheme characteristic of the time.

The ancient material for studying funerary amulets is much more abun¬
dant than that bearing on the amulets worn by the living, but hints may be

7 Capart, A. Z., Vol. 45 (1909), pp. 14-21; convenient in Petrie, Amulets, PI. XLVIII; see also Sale Catal.
MacGregor Coll., No. 525, PI. XIV.

® Unpublished, but enumerated in the account of the discovery of the tomb; see above, n. 5.

^ Of Hawara; the amulets are still unpublished, but were enthusiastically praised by Petrie; see above, n. 2.
Moller, AmtUche Berichte, Vol. XXXIV (1912), cols. 24-8. Inscribed on the board is the name of Seti I.
Moller left it an open question whether possibly the board goes back to the reign of this king (1313-
1292 B.C.), remarking, however, that the amulets represented on it are known otherwise only from a
much later period. The large number of ushebtis given to Seti I, when the private person in burial still
had only a few, suggests that a king’s supply of amulets, too, may have been especially large, befitting his
rank. Many of the mummies of the historic kings of the New Kingdom have survived to modern times,
but invariably they have been quite, or almost entirely, stripped of their ornaments and amulets, long
ago, in antiquity, by the kings’ own countrymen. The ancient plunderers overlooked, however, in the
instance of Seti II (1209-1205 B.C.), strings of beads, eye amulets, and scarabs, wound spirally about his
legs from ankle to knee and small figures of recumbent lions placed at his knees; Smith, Royal Mummies,
pp. 74, 78, 79, diagrams 17, 18. But these, at least, include none of the innovations in the way of amulets,
which, on the basis of available evidence, are now regarded as characteristic of late burials. It is not
impossible that the Kennard board is late and was purposely attributed to an earlier time to give it
authority.

But a cast of impressions of the two sides and edges of the die may be purchased from the Museum.
Our attention was called to this die through the kindness of Mrs. Richardson.

[155]

gleaned here and there of the importance of the latter class. Thus amulets
for every limb were among the personal effects surrendered by the conquered
prince Pediese (compare page 115). An account of the investiture of a high-
priestess of Amon, early in the sixth century B.C., refers to the putting on of
all the amulets and ornaments of her office.And Dr. Gardiner has pointed
out passages in ancient Egyptian texts indicating the operation of the prin¬
ciple of sympathetic magic among the living,^® often in association with
amulets. Although some funerary amulets obviously would have been super¬
fluous for the ordinary man in life (Nos. 90, 93, 94), our amulets Nos. 96, 123,
and 125, like No. i of earlier date, as indicated in the wear on the loops by
which they were suspended, were only buried with the deceased after long
service during his lifetime. Again, ancient pictures occasionally portray the
living wearing amulets similar to certain of those given to the dead; an in¬
stance is a Theban wall-painting of the fourteenth or thirteenth century B.C.,
showing the ded and girdle-tie (seen pictured as funerary amulets in Plate
XXIV at the right) worn suspended from the neck of a Theban dignitary.*'*
In earlier times the uses of such amulets for the living and the dead
probably often coincided (compare our conjecture, page 53) ; in later cen¬
turies funerary texts indicate that, given to the dead, they frequently had a
highly specialized purpose with reference to his welfare in the next life; thus,
according to Dr. Gardiner’s interpretation,*® to the ded and the girdle-tie, was
ascribed special efficacy to stimulate the functions of the dead man’s back and
blood respectively. The most extended attempt to explain Egyptian amulets
is that of Professor Petrie, who has classified them in the divisions Amulets
of Similars, of Powers, of Property, Protective amulets, and Figures of Gods;
in formulating these classes he took into account the prophylactic and other
values associated with amulets outside of Egypt, and to his book we refer
readers interested in this point of view.

Amulets had their place also in the temple ceremonies of the Egyptians
and among the most beautiful ones ever made were those presented by the
king to the gods. That they were actually fastened on the cultus statues is
clear from such passages as the following, from the Harris papyrus of the
twelfth century B.C., in which the king, always in theory, when not in actual
practice, the officiating priest, addresses the god: I made for thee august
amulets of fitte{?) gold with inlay of real lapis lazuli and real turquoise. I
attached them to thy body in the great house of thy protection and thy mag¬
nificence, in thy splendid seat, that they might protect the august limbs as
amulets for thy great, grand and lovely form.^^ In the same document, the

12 Maspero in Annales, Vol. V, p. 85, 1 . 12; p. 87 (text, translation into French); Blackman in Hastings,
EncycL Rel. and Ethics, Vol. X, p. 300, under “Investiture and Installation of Priests;” Breasted, Records,
Vol. IV, § 988 H (transl.).

13 In Hastings, EncycL Rel. and Ethics, Vol. VHI, article “Magic (Egyptian).”

1^ Loret, Le tombeau de Vam-xent Amen-hotep, PI. III.

1® Davies-Gardiner, AmenemhH, p. 112.

1®Breasted, Records, Vol. IV, § 253; cf. § 319; the question mark after the word “fine” is our insertion.

[156]

eye amulets (compare No. 95) of various gem-stones given to the gods are
listed in lots of 165, 185, 217, and 6583.^^ Coming down to about 300 B.C.,
two actual collar-amulets (compare No. 91) are in existence, one of them in
the Cairo Museum, the other in private ownership,^® which are part of a
temple treasure recovered at Toukh el-Qarmous in the Delta. Both are inlaid
with semi-precious stones in the same technique as our No. 104, but are some¬
what larger than the ordinary funerary collar-amulet, and with them was
found what is described as a “gold and silver headdress of about the same
scale.” It is possible that we have here a unique instance of the preservation
of amulets which once had their part in the temple ceremonies, after the man¬
ner indicated by the earlier text quoted above, in this instance, perhaps, amu¬
lets for use in the pageant of the death and burial of Osiris.

The large majority, if not all, of the amulets of the present collection
were found in cemeteries; they include only a part of the funerary amulets
known from ancient lists and surviving examples, but give an instructive
glimpse of the variety of form, technique, and quality represented in the
actual funerary practice of the Egyptians when employing precious
materials."" Thus we see that some amulets were chased (Nos. 90-94, 109)
or inlaid (Nos. 98, 104), others ornamented with wire appliques (Nos. 95,
96), and still others, of which Nos. 97 and 100 are examples, were produced
in quick fashion in dies; even such short cuts were employed as inscribing the
amulets on sheet gold (Nos. 133, 134). It is probable that the MacGregor list,
the Kennard board, the Boston die, and other dies of smaller size, were pre¬
served to us in tombs, having been buried as substitutes for the usual equip¬
ment, or as additional safeguards, enabling the deceased to secure a further
supply of amulets. The families of moderate means, who could not afford to
give their dead the amulets prescribed to be of gold, furnished them in gilded
stucco, or other make-believes.^^

The suggestions as to their date made below under the various numbers are
quite tentative. The late amulets of good quality whose period is known are
of the sixth to fourth centuries B.C. The Ptolemaic amulets published by Mr.
Petrie in his book Amulets are of poorer quality and those of the Ptolemaic
period to the second century after Christ found at Abusir el-Meleq are poorest
of all.^^ If these dated pieces are typical of their respective periods, there
was a general falling off in quality from the close of the Thirtieth Dynasty to
the time, under the Romans, when such amulets ceased to be made. It is with
this in view that we have suggested an earlier range of date for our better
pieces and a later for those hastily produced in dies. The information handed

op. cit., §§ 233, 377.

At present on loan in the Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Edgar in Maspero, Le Musee Egyptien, II, Pt. 2, pp. 58-9, PI. XXII.

20 The late amulets of stone and faience belonging to the New York Historical Society will appear in another

part of the catalogue.

21 See Moller’s list of such pieces contained in the Berlin collection; Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. 71.

22 Schafer, op, cit., Nos. io8-iii, 113-14, 116-18, 122, 124-9.

[157]

down from Dr. Abbott’s day, however, that our No. 104 was found on a Greek
mummy tallies with Mariette’s statement that such figures of the soul were
common at Memphis under the Ptolemies."® Moller made the tempting sugges¬
tion that just as the funerary texts and equipment of the kings of about
2500 B.C. some centuries later were adopted by well-to-do private people, so
perhaps in the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, sets of beautiful gold amulets first were
prerogatives of kings, and only later became available for persons of less than
royal rank. But we confess to misgivings about this view, chiefly because of
the forerunners of these amulets occurring before the Twenty-sixth Dynasty,®®
and we think it probably a mere chance that no fine set once belonging to some
great man of the earlier years of the Twenty-sixth Dynasty has yet been found.

(a) Amulets of Which the Meaning is at Least Partially Understood

Around 2000 B.C., the equipment for the next existence generally was fur¬
nished the dead in substantial, actual pieces, many of which could be, or had
been, put to use, or in reproductions made of cheaper materials—whether
full sized or somewhat smaller than the things of daily use—or again in
pictures painted on the walls, now of the coffin, now of the tomb chamber.
Even in this earlier period, the funerary equipment was dominated by the be¬
lief that the ordinary mortal in death would be in some sort identified with
the god Osiris, who was king of the realm beyond the tomb. Osiris was
conceived with all the appurtenances of the kings of earth, therefore the Egyp¬
tian dead, whether man or woman, since destined to become an Osiris, needed,
not only the ordinary necessities—food, clothing, furniture—and some other
things which had no parallels in the life on earth, but also crowns, scepters,
a full complement of jeweled collars, armlets, bracelets, the uraeus erect on
the brow, and those emblems of kingly rank which had come down from
primitive days, the crook and the “whip.” In the late period, with which we
are concerned here, in addition to the partial continuation of the older ways,®”
the deceased very often was given some portion of this equipment in minia¬
ture,®'' in the form of amulets of a class known from earlier periods only in
rare examples®® (Nos. 90-94; items 4, 7, 10, in Nos. 133, 134).

Notice des principaux monuments exposes dans les galeries provisoires, Paris, 3rd ed., 1869, p. 265,
No. 843.

24 In Schafer, op. cit., pp. 70-71.

25 See below, notes 28, 35.

25 Collars, counterweights, bracelets, kilts, etc., pictured in the tomb of Pediamenopet; Johannes Diimichen,
Der Grabpalast des Patuamenap in der thebanischen Nekropolis, Pt. I, Leipsic, 1884, Pis. XIV, XV. Collars
etc. are pictured on the walls of the tomb of Pedinese, Annates, I, pp. 232, 251. Wooden models of
scepters, staves, mace, bow, etc., given to Thanhebu; Annates, I, pp. 263, 264.

27 First recognized by Professor Schafer, A.Z., Vol. 43 (1906), pp. 66-70.

28 A sporadic use of such amulets in an early period should not surprise us; the one thing essential was that
by some material agent the deceased should be provided with the proper equipment after death. See the
gold amulets representing the crowns of Upper and Lower Egypt, the vulture, and uraeus, found at
El Mahasna and dating from the Xlth Dyn., or an earlier time; Garstang, Mahdsna and Bet Khattdf, pp.
29, 35, PI- XXXIV; diagram, PI. XLIII, M. 87. In De Morgan, Dahehour, II, PI. V, another view seems

[158]

But even at the time of the greatest emphasis on the material equipment of
the dead for a future royal estate, other thoughts were creeping in, and may
be traced in the funerary incantations, precursors of the Book of the Dead,
which have been termed Coffin Texts,^'’ because inscribed on the walls of cof¬
fins. The significance of others of the late funerary amulets is grounded in
the ideas of these ancient texts, which show that the Egyptian, at least as early
as two thousand years before the Christian era, dwelt with anxiety on certain
dangers of the life beyond death, such as the one that his heart might be kept
from him (see under Nos. lOO to 103, and item 3 of No. 133), and cherished
the thought of possessing after death the right spell to enable him to change at
will into a falcon (No. 96) or a swallow (No. 97). The Osirianization of
funerary thought had gone so far at the time when the Coffin Texts were in¬
scribed as to leave no doubt that Isis, the exemplary wife and mother, Neph-
thys, the good sister (Nos. 112-15), would grant to the deceased not of royal
station the same loving rites, the same mourning, accorded Osiris in the myth,
when these two goddesses watched over his body. Anubis, the chief embalmer
(Nos. 116, 124?), and the Sons of Horus (Nos. 117, 118), too, would care
for the human dead, just as they had once cared for the god.

From about 1500 B.C., or a little earlier, it became customary to inscribe
on papyrus the magical texts for the dead, which were then increased by new
compositions, elaborated by further titles and glosses, and illustrated by draw¬
ings of funerary gods and mystic symbols; thus was created that variable com¬
pilation, called the Book of the Dead, which was the key to safety in the next
life. At this time, too, the pictures on the coffins changed character, material
equipment for the dead almost disappeared, and instead, the decoration con¬
sisted principally of figures of funerary divinities, among them, Isis, Neph-
thys, and Anubis, whose refrain: I have come. I am thy protection often was
inscribed beside them. According to late thought, it was a further advantage
to the deceased to have buried with him in great numbers amulets in the
form of these same divine beings and symbols (Nos. 106, 112 to 122; items
5, 6, No. 134). The charms to be spoken over, or written on, certain of the
funerary amulets to render them efficacious (Nos. 17, 91, 92, 104, 107), their
purpose (Nos. 97, 104, 106, 107), their material (Nos. 17, 91, 92, 104, 107),
and proper position on the mummy (Nos. 91, 92, 107) are given in the Book

possible, that the units representing the vulture and uraeus were inscriptional in character; one of them
has an additional sign and may be read: “Beloved of Nekhbet.” See Mariette, Le Seraphim de Memphis,
Paris, 1857, Pt- vulture and uraeus of the XIXth Dyn.

29 Breasted, Development of Religion and Thought in Ancient Egypt, New York, 1912, pp. 272 ff., and the
references given in n. i, p. 273; also, Boeder, “Die agypt. ‘Sargtexte’ und das Totenbuch” in Archiv fiir
Religionsvoissenschaft, Leipsic, Vol. XVI (1913), pp. 66 ff.; Grapow, “fiber einen agypt. Totenpapyrus
aus dem fruhen mittleren Reich” in Berichte der Preussischen Akademie, philosophisch-historische Klasse,
Vol. XXVII, (1915), pp. 376 ff.; Grapow, A.Z., Vol. 47 (1910), pp. loo-iii, Vol. 49 (1912), pp. 42-54;
Blackman, A,Z., Vol. 47, pp. 116-32, Vol. 49, pp. 54-66. These texts are now being edited, as an interna¬
tional undertaking under the auspices of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago, by Professor
Breasted, Dr. Gardiner, and the pioneer worker in the field, M. Pierre Lacau; see Oriental Institute Com-
munications. No. i, A Beginning and a Program, Chicago, 1922, pp. 73-82.

[159]

of the Dead.®" About others (Nos. 124-31) we can only infer that they pro¬
tected the dead in some way.

The meanings ascribed to amulets in the Book of the Dead frequently were
not their original meanings. Much effort is evident even in the older Coffin
Texts to adapt to funerary purposes snatches of religious writings containing
mythological references, and some of the uses for the dead attributed to them
seem forced. The process of editing and adding to them continued from age
to age and even in the late period of our amulets the older funerary incanta¬
tions were reworked and new ones composed. Thus Chapters 157 and 138 of
the modern numbering occur only in the late copies and refer to the amulets
representing respectively the vulture collar, exclusively royal, and the common
broad collar of beads, amulets which essentially were mere substitutes for the
real ornaments, as analogous items in the Dendera list of Osiris’ equipment
indicate clearly enough. The texts of the late rescension are very corrupt and
will not be better understood until modern textual criticism, starting with the
earliest available rescension of each incantation and based on the comparison
of many copies, has progressed further inasmuch as individual copies are hope¬
lessly full of scribal errors and omissions.®^ The priestly elaborators them¬
selves did not understand the older writings which had come down to them and
endeavored to conceal their ignorance under changes and glosses. But such
as they had become, these holy texts were now, in the late period, given the
dead, not only in papyrus rolls, but even more intimately, inscribed on the very
bandages which enwrapped him. We reproduce in Plates XXIV and XXV
two excerpts from such a bandage in the New York Historical Society’s col¬
lection.®® Anyone who has ever marked linen with indelible ink will appre¬
ciate the skill shown in the writing and drawing, and sympathize with the
ancient scribe’s mischance in blotting the upper edge of his bandage (Plate
XXV, at left) ; farther on, in another column, not reproduced here, he had a
second upset and obliterated parts of three lines! The Egyptians frugally
made use of old linen for mummy bandages and two excellent darns may be

That a connection of thought and purpose between the amulet and a text may often have existed when
not definitely alluded to in the text is suggested by the fact that apparently only in the papyrus of Ani
does a gloss to Ch. 89 mention the amulet (cf. p. 173) ; probably a search of published and unpublished
copies of the Bk. of the Dead would reveal still other references to amulets not now generally known.

A valuable beginning of a new textual criticism and interpretation of the Book of the Dead has been made
by Dr. Grapow in his Religiose Urkiinden, Leipsic, 1915 ff., published in the series of Urkunden edited by
Prof. Steindorff and collaborators. In this work a standard text is gradually being furnished for the
different chapters, and in three rescensions, that of about 2000 B.C., for texts occurring so early, that of
1500 to 1000 B.C., and that of the late period, the time of the amulets under discussion above. See also
Grapow, A.Z., Vol. 49, pp. 42-7, 51-4. More recent contributions are those of Professor Sethe and his
pupils in A.Z., Vol. 57 (1922), pp. 1-50; Vol. 58, pp. 1-24, of which still other parts are to follow; also
Sethe’s earlier essays, A.Z., Vol. 54 (1918), pp. 1-49. Translations into English are those of Peter le Page
Renouf and M. Naville, first published P. S. B. A., Vols. XIV (1891-92) ff., privately printed in London as a
single volume by the Society of Biblical Archaeology, and later issued in The Life-Work of Sir Peter le
Page Renouf, First Series, Vol. IV, The Book of the Dead. Translation and Commentary, continued and
completed hy Professor E. Naville, Paris, 1907.

32 From Stephen W. Phoenix, either during his lifetime or as a bequest; see Abbott catal., ed. 1915, p. 98.
The bandage will be fully catalogued at a later time.

[160]

observed in the section shown in Plate XXV; the writing overlies the mended
places in part, but one inscribed line was broken to avoid the rougher surface
of the darn. As is frequent in the make-up of modern books, the illustrations
here are set at desirable intervals and the text falls where it may, often con¬
siderably separated from the picture relating to it. Thus in Plate XXIV, at
the right, are the vignettes of the ded and girdle-tie, belonging to Chapters 155
and 156 of the Book of the Dead. Chapter 155, of which the beginnings of six
lines, composing the first column, are lost in this copy, occupies two additional
narrow columns and the chapter concerning the girdle-tie starts directly under
the vignette of the gold vulture. The chapter of the vulture-amulet, 157, sur¬
rounds the vignette of the bead collar (Plate XXV) and the beginning of the
latter’s text. Chapter 158, may be seen below at the extreme left of Plate XXV!
The writing is the cursive called hieratic, used here for religious texts, in
accordance with the late Greek derivation of the modern technical term, hav¬
ing in the late period superseded hieroglyphic writing for that purpose. The
forms of the signs suggest that the bandage was inscribed toward the close of
the fourth century B.C., or shortly afterwards.

No. 90 (Plate XXVI, a, b). Amulet in the form of the uraeus.

Pale gold. Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B.C.(?), or slightly
earlier (?). Present weight, 5.90 grains (0.382 grams).

A part of the body and the tail are missing. The piece has been broken
in two, just where the body turns, and later hard-soldered together (in an¬
tiquity?).

The uraeus was cut out of sheet gold with a chisel so held as to give a
rudely beveled edge and its details were chased in. Such slight relief as it
has is due to the punching down of the obverse. The eyelet is a separate strip
of sheet, bent into ring form, and soldered in one operation, together, and to
the reverse of the serpent head.

We take up first those amulets of the present collection (Nos. 90-94) which
secured for the deceased royal ornaments and insignia befitting an Osiris.
His need for such provision, as we have seen (page 159), was not a prominent
thought in the New Kingdom,®® but there are slight indications of its revival
in the period just before the rise of the Saite dynasty. Thus a cartonnage,
probably pre-Saite, belonging to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, is decorated
with a picture of a mummy laid out on a bed, and under the bed, instead of
the usual Canopic jars, are painted various crowns and royal headcloths.®^ On

33 See, however, the last reference above in n. 28.

34 Still unpublished, No. 16.414. Compare the Boston Bulletin, Vol. XIX (1921), p. 27, half-tone of a
painting on the south wall of the tomb of Queen Qalhata (XXVth Dyn.). Here under the couch of the
awakening Osiris are depicted crowns, diadems, “whip,” crook, mace, bow, staves, kilt, etc.; other examples,
the majority, however, later than the beginning of the XXVIth Dyn.: Boeder, Naos (Cairo CataL),
Leipsic, 1914, PI. 9, p. 34, § 171, c; Moret, Sarcophages, PI. V, Fig. 15, p. 32; R. V. Lanzone, Dizionario
di mitologia egizia, Vol. V, Pt. i, Turin, 1885, Pis. CCLXVIII, CCLXX, etc.

[161]

the mummies of the priests and priestesses of the second Deir el-Bahri find,
tiny uraei often of gold, or of substitutes for gold, were found fastened to the
hair over the forehead.®^ These little amulets occur singly, or in pairs, because
placed in position, but on the coffins from Bersheh of about 2000 B.C. a whole
kingly allotment of five uraei was pictured,®“ all in one or another of the pos¬
tures in which they appear on the king’s head; their purpose to be worn on
the head was indicated in the accompanying legends, and their position in the
frieze of objects in the royal equipment was next to the headdresses, that is, on
the east inner face of the coffin, close to the forehead of the mummy, as it lay
in the accustomed position on its left side. Probably the late lists (compare
pages 154-5) which help us to understand the amulets now under consideration
drew on early sources, and it is therefore not surprising to find that the Ken-
nard tablet includes a goodly number of uraei, six, and that in the MacGregor
list six follow upon the headdresses and bear some of the names by which they
were called on the early coffins. These are the supply thought necessary for a
king’s various wigs and headdresses; they represent the cobra, that living
uraeus upon the head of Re,^^ which throughout Egyptian history was con¬
ceived as present also upon the brow of the king, Re’s bodily son, ever erect
and angry, with hood expanded, ready to scatter the king’s enemies. What the
historic kings of Egypt actually wore is now exemplified in a beautiful and
massive gold uraeus, inlaid with carnelian and lapis lazuli and having gar¬
nets as eyes, which was found in 1920 near the sepulchral chamber in the
pyramid at Lahun,®* the tomb of Sesostris II of the early nineteenth cen¬
tury B.C. This is no tiny amulet, but a piece of suitable size for the front of
the living king’s crown and there is reason to think that it was worn there in
Sesostris IPs lifetime. It is one of the very few pieces of jewelry once worn
by an Egyptian king which have come down to modern times and it helps
us to visualize the splendid adornments and insignia which the less exalted Egyp¬
tian believed would be his in the next life, the thought of which was perpetu¬
ated, however confusedly, in the late period by such tiny funerary amulets of
gold as the present piece.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 185411., No. mo; edition 1915, No.
1106.

No. 91 (Plate XXVI, a, b; compare Plate XXV). Amulet representing a bead collar.

Pale gold. Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B.C.(?). From
Sakkara. Weight, 31.16 grains (2.019 grams).

35 Smith, Royal Mummies, p. 99. Daressy, Annales, Vol. VIII (1907), p. 24, No. 33; p. 29, No. 85; p. 30,
No. 98; p. 34, No. 127; p. 38, No. 151.

33 Lacau, Sarcophages, Vol. II (1906), Nos. 28087, 28090, 28091 (4, instead of 5), 28092.

37 Sethe, Die altagyptischen Pyramidentexte, Leipsic, 1908 ff., 1108 c (text) ; Breasted, Rel. and Thought, p.
no (transl.) ; cf. under item 7 of No. 134.

Ancient Egypt, 1920, Part III, frontispiece, p. 67.

39 The statement above was written before the discovery of Tutenkhamon’s tomb and at the time of adding
this note it is still uncertain how much jewelry once worn by the king the tomb will yield.

[162]

The eyelets for threading the piece have been crushed flat and their solder
no longer holds.

The outline of the collar was cut out in one piece from sheet gold, even to
the eyelets reserved as narrow strips extending from the top of the falcon heads.
The lower edge was turned under and hammered down to give a good finish,
hut the upper edge was left jagged. The details were chased in and the strips
for the eyelets were bent over into ring form and soldered to the reverse of
the collar, where the surface now is darkened and reddened.

The form of the collar is only summarily given in this piece, as the rows
of beads, but not the individual beads, are indicated. An early source must
have been followed, for the terminal falcon heads are wide enough to take in
all the threads, whereas, from about 1300 B.C., the threads were caught into
bars, ornamented at the top by very tiny falcon heads.^® Further, the narrow¬
ness of the collar is an especially early characteristic;'*^ the collar does not,
however, decrease in width toward the back, as was usual in the earlier periods
(compare page 9).

The execution, in known amulets, all of them of late date, varies from pieces
like Uzahor’s, with the color scheme and pattern charmingly rendered in gold
inlaid with semi-precious stones,*^ to poor specimens of gilded wax.*^ With
our piece may be compared the vignette (Plate XXV) of the Chapter of the
Collar of Gold, which, in fuller copies of the text, is specified also in the title,
as here at the end, to be put on the neck of this glorious one (the deceased).
The central portion of the text is a brief spell to be pronounced (as the last
part of the text directs) over the collar and also to be written on it. Such an
amulet in Thanhebu’s set, now in the Cairo Museum, shows the effort to com¬
ply with the last specification,** but the amulet-maker was careless, or ignorant,
for the wrong Chapter 137 was inscribed on the piece representing the bead
collar and on the vulture-amulet was written the charm proper to this one!

On the meaning of this amulet, see above page 158, and compare below,
item 4 under No. 133.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1028 (by mistake a
“bracelet” in the 1853 editions, afterwards corrected to “gorget”) ; edition 1915,
No. 1024.

No. 92 (Plate XXVI; compare Plate XXIV). Amulet representing a vulture collar.

Pale gold. Ptolemaic period, 332-30 B.C.(?). From Sakkara. Weight, 4.32
grains (0.280 grams). ,

40 Caulfeild, Temple of the Kings at Abydos, Pis. IV, XVI. Shown on the person of Queen Keroraem in
the Louvre statuette; Fig. 2, p. 22 of article by Emile Chassinat in Monuments Piot, Vol. IV (1897).

41 Gardiner and Peet, Inscriptions of Sinai, I, PI. II; Petrie, Sinai, Fig. 50, showing narrow collar worn by
the king Snefru, not later than 2900 B.C. Boston Bulletin, Vol. IX (1911), p. 17, for one worn by the king
Menkure, not later than about 2850 B.C.

42 N. 2, above.

43 Petrie, Amulets, PI. V, 71 c.

44 Maspero in Annales, Vol. Ill, pp. 2-3.

[163]

The condition, even to that of the eyelets, and the technique are the same
as in No. 91, except that all the edges are left ragged. The workmanship is
indifferent. This amulet, according to the old record, was found on the neck of
a mummy together with Nos. 99, 106, 114, 115, 118, 120, and 121.

By the New Kingdom, if not earlier, a queen had the protection of Nekhbet,
the vulture goddess of the South, symbolized in a special headdress of vulture
form, never given to kings. In the king’s regalia, as we know it from the ear¬
lier coffin pictures, and from an actual funerary specimen of chased gold
found on the supposed mummy of Amenhotep IV,^® the goddess’ protection
was symbolized in part by a collar in vulture form. Or again the collar
assumed the form of the tutelary goddess of the North, or the double form of
the goddesses of the Two Lands. When box-like coffins with pictures of the
royal equipment painted on the inner walls went out of style, and those shaped
to the form of the mummy largely replaced them, for a time, the vulture col¬
lar,^® or the collar of the two goddesses,'*'^ was still represented, in a position
on the coffin just below the bead collar. Soon, however, these reminiscences of
the old royal equipment of the dead were superseded on the coffins by pictures
more in keeping with the thought of the day (compare page 159), and the
vulture collar, as such, was lost sight of, only to be rather confusedly revived
in miniature in the late period; we do not know of any example of this amulet
antedating the late period. The amulets and the vignettes of Chapter 157 of
the Book of the Dead (Plate XXIV) picture the vulture as it was stylized in
the old royal collar of the coffins, except that the wings are no longer upturned
nor the threads for tying the collar represented; despite these differences, the
occurrence of this amulet in the MacGregor list (item No. 34) in a context of
collars, its juxtaposition with the bead collar in the Book of the Dead, and the
directions in Chapter 157 that it be placed on the neck of the deceased, all
suggest a derivation from the old royal vulture collar; there is no other indica¬
tion, however, that the vulture of gold of Chapter 157 was recognized as a
collar, unless possibly in the somewhat effaced legend of the MacGregor list.

Compare below Nos. 128, 130, and 131.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1012; edition 1915, No.
1008.

Nos. 93, 94 (Plate XXVI). Amulets representing the king’s insignia, the “whip” and
shepherd’s crook.

Pale gold. Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B.C.(?). From Sak-
kara. Weight of No. 93, 6.82 grains (0.442 grams) ; of No. 94, 4.09 grains
(0.265 grams).

Not a queen’s headdress, as we conclude from a comparison with the collars pictured on the coffins of
2000 B.C. See further, Weigall in J.E.A., Vol. VIII (1922), p. 199; cf. p. 240 for reference.

Georges Daressy, Cercueils des cachettes royales (Cairo Catal.)^ Cairo, 1909, Pis. VII (coffin of Amen¬
hotep I), XIII (coffin of Thutmose II). Davis’ Excavations, louiya and Touiyou, Pis. VIII, IX = Qui-
bell. Tomb of Yuaa, Pis. IV, V. Cf. Lacau, Sarcophages, I, PI. LI, No. 436.

Daressy, op. cit., PI. II (coffin of Sekenenre). Cf. Lacau, loc. cit., No. 435 and the MacGregor list,
item 36.

[164]

These amulets were beaten out to their present form from thicker stock
material, as they have the springiness of hammered metal and the edges are not
trimmed. Some details were chased in on both and the relief of the pendants
of the “whip” was given by working with punches from the reverse.

We have referred above, page 158, to these insignia of the kings of histori¬
cal Egypt as survivals from primitive times. The object represented in No.
94 is presumably a shepherd’s crook, but no agreement has been reached as to
that of No. 93.^® We are not acquainted with early specimens of these amulets.

Bibliography; Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 £f.. Nos. 1041 and 1040; edition
1915, Nos. 1037 and 1036.

No. 95 (Plates XXVI, a, b, XXIX, c). Eye amulet.

Gold with a sandy(?) filling. Probably fifth or fourth century B.C. From
Sakkara. Weight, 42.39 grains (2.760 grams).

Points of interest: The eye stands out among all others as the Egyptian amu¬
let par excellence. The present example is marked by the richness and the good
proportions of its ornament and is instructive as to the technique of wire¬
making.

The gold sheet of the reverse is split open a little way along its upper edge
revealing the dark sandy (?) filling. The obverse has lost an insignificant
amount of its appliqued ornament. In the interstices of the ornament and
showing clearly in the photographs is some foreign matter, probably preserva¬
tives from the mummy on which it was placed.

The gold shell consists of three main parts, a decorated obverse and plain
reverse, overlapping the covering of the edges, which was probably made of
two strips of gold joined at the threading holes. The overlapping of the
parts indicates that the order of procedure was first to solder the strips for
the edge to the obverse; then to solder in position the tube, made of a strip of
sheet folded over and soldered lengthwise, by which the amulet was to be
threaded, and next to add guards of wire around the threading holes to give
a finished appearance and to take the wear. Sand(?) mixed with a binder
was then packed into the shell; since the heating of an inclosed shell contain¬
ing a moist filling would cause expansion endangering the soldered seams,
probably the interior mass was well dried before finally the reverse was
soldered on.®“ The obverse may have been decorated before or after being

48 See Mace and Winlock, Senebtisi, pp. 94-101, where the possibilities of whip and fly-flap are considered
and much pictorial material bearing on the question is gathered; also the discussion in Jequier, Prises
cPobjets, pp. 187-91.

49 One of these guards overlaps the folded-over edge of the obverse; the other is itself overlapped by the
reverse, showing that the guards were put on after the side walls and obverse were united and before
the reverse was added.

Mr. Heins tried out successfully making a gold shell, filling it solidly with sand, and soldering on a
closing piece of sheet gold.

[165]

united with the other parts of the amulet. The photomicrograph (Plate
XXIX, c) reveals the construction of its appliqued wires to be similar to those
which we have considered in section D. Especially interesting to find is the
coiling seam of the wire which runs horizontally between a row of grains and
a row of tongue pattern, one which to the unaided eye is plain in effect and
would readily be taken for an ordinary solid drawn wire of the modern type.
The pupil of the eye is a domed disk soldered on. On the method of fasten¬
ing the numerous short lengths of wire and the grains, which number 133, see
our suggestions for the earring. No. 69. The gold contains a few specks of
white metal.

The approximate age of this piece is determined by the technique of the
wires, the occurrence of the tongue pattern and of the spirals with grain at the
center, suggestive of Greek work. Compare No. 81.

Unlike Nos. 90 to 94, all of which were either rare or quite unknown be¬
fore the late period, this amulet was frequent in earlier times. Specimens even
of the Sixth Dynasty have survived,®^ and the eye is pictured as an amulet,
threaded with beads, on the polychrome coffins which show us the Osirian
equipment.Whatever the secondary superstitions that gathered about it, we
may believe that its great vogue was due to an association with the eye of
Horus. In the primitive myth the Sky-god had two eyes, the sun and the
moon, which the primitive Storm-god Set often blotted out;®® as the myth
took on a human and political aspect, Plorus fought with his rival brother Set,
and in the fierceness of the struggle his eye was torn out. But the Osirian
cycle of tales early was engrafted on the solar,and it was the same eye, re¬
turned to him by Thoth, which Horus, the good son, brought to his father
Osiris, thereby aiding him to become a soul, and which as a funerary amulet
may well have had the same efficacy for the human dead. Growing out of
Horus’ sacrifice for Osiris, the eye became the symbol of all offerings to the
dead, and in the funerary ritual, as recorded in the Pyramid Texts by the
third millennium B.C., the priest addressing the dead king recites, as he pre¬
sents the material offerings: Take the Horus eye, the bread which thou eatest;
said over four portions of bread, or Open thy mouth with it (the Horus eye) ;
said over two portions of Delta w/rt^/^and so on, through some 178 formulae.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1048; edition 1915, No.
1044.

*51 Petrie, Amulets, p. 32; Deshasheh (XVth Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1898, PI. XXVI.

*52 Schafer, Priestergrdber nnd andere Grahfutide vom Ende des alien Reiches bis zur griechischen Zeit vom
Totentempel des Ne-user-Re (8te wissenschaftliche Verdffentlichung der D.O.G.), Leipsic, 1908, p. 58, Fig.
81, PI. 8. Eye amulets were found on the mummy of Seti II; Smith, Royal Mummies, p. 74.

53 So the eclipses of the sun, the waning of the moon, the occasional violent storms were presumably
interpreted; Patrick Boylan, Thoth, the Hermes of Egypt, Oxford, New York, etc., 1922, Ch. II, especially
pp. 30, 37.

54 This matter was set forth in detail first by Professor Breasted, Rel. and Thought; on the Horus eye,
as explained further above, we have followed pp. 31, 59-60, 78-9.

55 Pyr. Texts, ed. Sethe, 78 a, b.

55 Op, cit., 92 a, b.

[166]

No. 96 (Plate XXVI). Amulet representing a falcon.

Gold. About fifth or fourth century B.C. From Sakkara. Present weight,
18.16 grains (1.177 grams).

This is the wreck of a once beautiful and intricate piece. The top of the
head, the eyes, and tip of the left wing are missing. The sides of the bird and
walls of the hollow base are somewhat crushed. The eyelet is now cemented
together. Interesting are the evidences of ancient wear; the eyelet is worn thin
at the top and many of the twisted bands outlining the feathers are smoothed
down with wear.

The hollow base is soldered together of several pieces of sheet of the thick¬
ness 0.0044 inches (0.112 mm.).”'' The body of the bird is hollow and like¬
wise was soldered together of several pieces domed to the desired shape; the
wings, made each of three pieces of sheet, and the hollow tail have the details
of the feathers indicated in appliqued wires,, eight lengths on the tail, twelve
on each wing, fourteen on the breast; the two outer lengths of the lower group of
four on the tail cover seams. The wires are strips of sheet gold twisted singly,
about as those of the tongue pattern of No. 95 (Plate XXIX, 95 c). The legs
and claws are made of similar heavier wires of two weights.

This amulet, occurring as items 55 and 63 of the MacGregor list of late
amulets, is even older in origin than our No. 95, for small figures of falcons
have been discovered in predynastic graves.*® It is a fairly common amulet
and presumably owed its efficacy in some way to its association with Horus,
who as the Sun-god was visualized as a falcon and again, as the faithful and
efficient son of Osiris, was sometimes in falcon form.”® It is hardly probable
that the exact purpose of the amulet remained constant throughout more than
three thousand years of use. Possibly by 2000 B. C., it was employed in
connection with those formulae of the Coffin Texts which enabled the de¬
ceased to change into a falcon, and it seems almost obvious that Chapter
77 of the Book of the Dead, a chapter for assuming the form of a falcon
of gold would be rendered more potent if the deceased possessed a gold
falcon-amulet! Chapter 77 and the following long Chapter 78 for assum¬
ing the form of a divine falcon belong to the spells of the “Transformations,”
which enabled the dead man at will to become also a heron, a lotus, a ser¬
pent, or the like. The following amulets Nos. 97 to 99 have reference prob¬
ably to still others of these “Transformations.”

We have no clue to the date of this piece except the technique of the wires
composing legs and feathers and the units making up the small feathers, which
are like the units used for the tongue pattern on some of the earrings of
Section D. We hardly think it is so late, however, as the second or third cen-

Measurement with a micrometer caliper of a piece which broke off.

58 Petrie, Amulets, p. 48; Petrie and Quibell, Naqada and Balias, PI. LX.

5 ®Erman, Religion, 2nd Germ, ed., p. 209; Engl, ed., p. 187.

[167]

tury after Christ, to which Mr. Marshall assigns a pair of ducks of similar
technique in the British Museum.®®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1027; edition 1915,
No. 1023.

No. 97 (Plate XXVI, a, b). Piece of sheet with figure of a swallow in relief.

Fine gold. Ptolemaic period, 332-30 B.C. (?). Weight, 1.30 grains (0.084
grams).

This piece was pressed out in a die (see under section G) and then cut ir¬
regularly to leave a slight margin around the bird, except that, carelessly, the
tip of the tail was removed. The thickness of the sheet is 0.0026 inches
(0.066 mm.). Compare the technique of Nos. 126 and 127 belonging to the
same set. By microchemical analysis the metal was found to be fine gold.

The bird is the swallow and we can hardly doubt that it has reference to
the incantation No. 86 of the Book of the Dead for assuming the form of a
swallow. The swallow is included among the amulets of the Boston die and
possibly is intended in a bird of similar posture on the Kennard board, al¬
though the latter’s head seems more like that of a falcon. Unlike the previous
number, the amulet of the swallow is rare and is confined to the late period,
although the incantation whose potency we suppose it to have enhanced
occurs in an early form in the Coffin Texts."' Even then, these incantations
were far from serving a clear-cut purpose (compare page 160). The early
editors were groping to interpret them and a text concerning the falcon (see
No. 96) has been noted, now with one, now with another title.®" So the
Chapter 86 not only gratified that natural desire to be able to leave the
mummy bandages and the confines of the coffin and take on some living
form, but—no doubt on the initiative of some later editor—quieted all anxiety
as to how the dead man should again enter the tomb, for its closing words are:
If this incantation be known, he.{\hc deceased) will reenter after going forth
by day.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1833 fif.. No. 992; edition 1915,
No. 988.

Jewellery, Nos. 2446-7, PI. LII.

0^ See the possible swallow amulet enumerated in AnnaleSj XIX, on p. 214; it may be that in records of

excavations the late amulet of the swallow has not been differentiated from that of the gold falcon.

62 Lacau, Sarcophages, No. 28034, west side.

63 Grapow, Totenpapyrus, m. R., p. 384.

[168]

No. 98 (Plate XXVI, a, b). Amulet representing the soul as a human-headed falcon.

Gold once inlaid with semi-precious stones. Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth
Dynasty, 663-332 B.C. (?). From Sakkara. Present weight, 7.59 grains (0.492
grams).

In a, the amulet is shown with a filling, a pasty, gray-blue mass, partially
smeared over the edges of the cells. Believing this filling to be modern, we
have had it removed and the empty gold shell b remains, an instructive ex¬
hibit, enabling one to realize the appearance of No. 104 before the inlays were
put in. There are some breaks in the gold.

On the technique of such pieces, see under No. 3.

The soul is first unambiguously recognizable in Egyptian art as a human¬
headed bird about 1500 B. C.®® in the vignettes of Chapter 85 of the Book of
the Dead, a chapter for assuming the form of a living soul, one of the “Trans¬
formations” alluded to under the preceding Nos. 96 and 97. In these vig¬
nettes the soul stands, with wings closed, and is sometimes bearded, some¬
times not, probably according to the sex of the person for whom the papyrus
was written®® (compare the amulets 98 and 99 on this point). The soul is
always thus represented in Chapter 85, differing from the soul with wings
spread (see Nos. 104, 103) of Chapter 89. Amulets of both forms are in¬
cluded in the MacGregor list and both occurred in Thanhebu’s fine set of
funerary amulets (see above page 155) ; we do not know of any example which
certainly antedates the late period; ®'^ the amulet survived into Classical times.®*

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 35, No. 54. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1108; edition 1915, No. 1104.

No. 99 (Plate XXVI, a, b). Amulet representing the soul as a human-headed bird.

Gold. Twenty-fifth to Twenty-sixth Dynasty, 712-525 B.C. (?). From Sakkara.
Weight, 10.14 grains (0.657 grams).

The amulet was worked only from the obverse. First the outline and inner
details were chased in the sheet gold, then the figure was cut out, and finally
a strip of sheet was hammered over a rod into ring form and soldered, straddling
the top of the amulet, to obverse and reverse. The sheet has a thickness of

This translation for the Egyptian “ba” is only a rough rendering. The human being, so the Egyptian
thought, consisted of a visible body and an animating intelligence and vital principle, the “ba.” Associated
with each person was another being of like appearance to himself, a protecting spirit, the “ka.” Exalted
persons sometimes had more than one “ka,” as Queen Hatshepsut, who had twelve! In this statement
we have followed Breasted, Religion and Thought, pp. 55-6.

There is a rare early amulet in the form of a human-headed bird standing, with wings closed, for in¬
stance M.M.A., Nos. 10.130.2157-81 (Murch coll.) in the style of the Xllth Dyn., and despite lack of
definite proof, we regard it as probably representing the soul, especially as the Coffin Texts include an
“Incantation that a man . . . send forth his soul against his enemy” (Grapow, op. cit., p. 383).
Theoretically at least; no doubt in actual practice there was laxity in the matter.

67 But cf. No. 99 and n. 65 above.

68 See Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 41, for a piece of the 1 st or Ilnd cent, after Christ.

[169]

0.0155 inches (0.39 mm.) and shows under the microscope numerous specks
of white metal.

A general resemblance in style and technique to Nos. 114 and 115 below
suggests that this amulet may possibly be pre-Saite or at least that it is not
much later than the time to which those numbers have been assigned. On
the interpretation, see under No. 98.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1017; edition 1915;
No, 1013.

No. 100 (Plate XXVI). Plaque with scarabaeus in relief.

Gold. About 300 B. C. to 100 A. D. From Sakkara. Weight, 3.97 grains
(0.257 grams).

Sheet gold of about 0.002 inches®* (0.051 mm.) in thickness was impressed
in a die (see under section G). The front left leg and the middle legs are
imperfect and a few holes, as minute as if pierced with a fine needle and only
to be noticed by holding the piece to the light, were caused by the strain on
the metal when it was worked into the die. Compare Nos. 111 to 113, 117,
119, and 129, which probably belong to the same set. The color is close to
that of fine gold.

The scarabaeus, like Nos. 95 and 96, is very old as an amulet and occurred
in a variety of forms, of which some are included in our section B. Not only
were jars of dried dung-beetles of the species Scarabaeus sacer sometimes
placed in predynastic graves,’® but the beetle was carved in stone and worn on
the person; ” a hollow left in the stone beetle was presumably meant to contain
a dried beetle. Whether the early beetle amulets had any connection with the
scarab as one embodiment of the Sun-god is extremely doubtful; we should
more readily believe that they had some such virtue as that ascribed to the
scarab in Roman times by Pliny, protection against fever.’^ After 3000 B. C.
there are few well authenticated instances’® of amulets in the form of the
simple beetle with wings folded until the late age, for the scarab-seal and the
scarab-seal amulet show the beetle resting on a base and their amuletic vir¬
tues probably were due in large part, if not entirely, to the names and other
inscriptions upon them. But scarabs without base or inscriptions, with the
lower surface of the body and the legs carved in detail, were a common late
amulet and for such an amulet, the present representation in relief was prob-

Measured with a micrometer caliper; the thickness varies slightly in different places, as is only to be

expected.

Petrie, Amulets, p. 24, No. 92; Scarabs and Cylinders, p. 2.

Petrie, Amulets, loc. cit.; Scarabs and Cylinders, p. 2, and more fully, Petrie, Wainwright and Gardiner,

Tarkhan I and Memphis V (XXIIIrd Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. and Egypt. Res. Acc. XVIIIth Year,

1912) London, 1913, pp. 9, 22, Pis. Ill, 4, XIV, 19.

72 iV. H. XXX, 30, cited Petrie, Amulets, loc. cit.

73 See, however, Von Bissing, Ein thebanischer Grabfund, Pis. VI, 4, VII, 2 a, b.

[170]

ably a substitute; it may well be that their meaning was not differentiated from
that of the heart scarab (compare page 74), since the vignette of Chapter
30 of the Book of the Dead, in the late rescension, shows the scarabaeus as
represented in our amulet. With this likelihood in view we catalogue
the present amulet with Nos. loi to 103, which are best explained as associ¬
ated with incantations to meet certain dangers of the next life, such as that in¬
dicated in the title of Chapter 30, a chapter of not permitting a man’s heart
to be turned away from him in the Nether World. Item 61 of the MacGregor
list pictures such an amulet, that is a scarab seen from above with legs spread
out, and names it kheprer, an ambiguous designation which may be only dung-
beetle or may be Sun-god.’’'^ In the same form the scarab occurs in the Den-
dera list, on the Boston die, and on the Kennard tablet.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 1032; edition 1915,

No. 1028.

Nos. 101-103 (Plate XXVI, 101a, b). Heart amulets.

No. loi, pale gold. Nos. 102, 103, electrum. About 200 B.C. to 100 A.D.
Weight of No. loi, 3.87 grains (0.231 grams); of No. 102, 3.70 grains (0.240
grams); of No. 103, 3.97 grains (0.257 grams).

A small piece is broken out from the top of No. loi.

All three pieces were made hollow in two halves, pressed out in a die; the
soldered seams are much in evidence, either overlapping or gaping open.

There is no provision for threading these amulets; they may have been
tied on with a thread knotted about the middle of each piece, or merely laid
between bandages. Although they seem to represent the heart, the form, as the
Egyptians stylized it, is not so well rendered as usual; in particular, the lower
outline is too rounded, and it is probable that these pieces are quite late, from
a time when the old forms were often inaccurately copied.'^® Compare the
heart as correctly drawn on No. 133.

Professor Petrie has noted rare examples of the heart amulet from the
Sixth Dynasty, not later than 2600 B. C., but these amulets did not become com¬
mon until after 1580 B. C. Judging by Chapters 26 to 29 of the Book of the
Dead, some of which texts are found in shorter form on the earlier coffins
(compare page 159), we surmise that the amulets were given as talismans
against the dreadful danger that the deceased would be deprived of his heart

74 Another amulet of the late age, the winged scarab, may receive passing mention here. This representa¬
tion of the Sun-god is surely a secondary one, for the wings are not the scarab’s own, but those of a falcon,
and in the amulet we see amalgamated the conceptions of the Sun-god as a falcon darting across the sky
and as the beetle rolling its ball, the former more poetic and appealing!

75 The Berlin collection includes a similar, but somewhat better-shaped, late heart amulet, which was
brought from Egypt by Lepsius, a contemporary of Dr. Abbott; Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 123,
PI. 17.

Amulets, p. 10.

[171]

in the next world. They were intimately related in purpose, however, also
to the heart scarab, of which the incantation. Chapter 30 B, was sometimes
inscribed on a large stone heart,’^ or on a hybrid form such as a scarab head
merging below into a heart.''® The heart amulet is present in the Dendera and
MacGregor lists and on the Boston die, but is omitted from the Kennard tablet.

Bibliography; No. 103 bore the number 1009 of the 1915 Abbott catalogue,
which is obviously wrong, and Nos. loi and 102 were found numbered 1001 and
1000, for which the entries seem curious but may be the original ones. Cor¬
responding to the two last numbers are Nos. 1003, 1004 of the Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1833 fif.

No. 104 (Plates XXVII, a, b, XXIX, c). Amulet representing the soul as a human-
headed falcon.

Gold, lapis lazuli, turquoise, and steatite. Twenty-sixth Dynasty to Ptolemaic
period, 663-30 B. C. From Sakkara. Weight, 106.67 grains (6.912 grams).

Points of interest; For richness of material, admirable design, and skill of
workmanship, this is one of the handsomest pieces in the collection; it gives
an adequate example of a technique, often likened to modern cloisonne, which
was peculiar to Egyptian jewelry and was practised from very early times
probably until into the Ptolemaic period''® (compare page 32).

The jewel has lost only one small steatite inlay; the strip of gold forming
one of the eyelets has sprung loose at one end.

The technical process has been described under No. 3. Here the num¬
ber of cells is larger and the stones have been ground before being inserted

into their places until they fit (Plate XXIX) better than do the inlays of our

older piece. The light blue stones are turquoise, the dark blue, lapis lazuli,
and the few inlays of the color of darkened ivory are “apparently a steatite.”
The back of the human head is made of a domed disk, soldered in position.
The under surface of the bird (with the exception of the wings and the tip of
the tail) and the human face {b, Plate XXVII) are in relief, probably hav¬
ing been pressed out in a die. The wings are plain below, but the tip of
the tail is inlaid, having five cell walls which were soldered to the main piece®'
and five stones which were fitted and cemented into the cells. The eye¬
lets were made each of a strip of sheet gold to which six wires of gold

(with longitudinal seams) had been soldered; these strips were then bent

Examples in the Abbott collection, Nos. 619 and 621 of 1915 catalogue.

78 So in No. 155 of the Edwin Smith collection, Abbott catal., 1915 ed., p. 87. Cf. Petrie, Scarabs and
Cylinders, PI. XLVII, i.

7 ^>The example No. 39 cited below, n. 88, has the cells filled with enamel, but is not certainly dated.

80 This was the opinion of Dr. Kunz, who kindly examined the piece.

81 That is, the bottom plate of the inlaid work is the same for the upper inlays and the few inlays of the
reverse.

[172]

over and soldered down to the under surface of the wings. In all 241 separate
pieces of gold and 231 stones make up this jewel, which is one of the finest
specimens of its kind in existence, comparing favorably with the princesses’
jewels of the nineteenth century B. C. (see page 238) in the delicacy of the
work. The color of the metal is that of fine gold.

Over an amulet of the soul made of gold inlaid with costly stones, accord¬
ing to the Eighteenth Dynasty papyrus of Ani (Book of the Dead), was to be
recited Chapter 89 of causing that the soul rejoin its body in the necropolis,
and the accompanying vignette in other copies, as well, usually pictures the
soul, hovering in the air, as it is about to settle on the mummy outstretched on
its bier. We do not know of any amulet of the form of the present piece
which certainly antedates the Twenty-sixth Dynasty,®® but the conception of
the soul with extended wings settled on the breast of the mummy may be
traced in other sources from about 1500 B.C.,®^ and it is not improbable
that Ani’s amulet was of the design with extended wings. The connection of
this amulet with Chapter 89 and the closely related Chapter 92 of the Book
of the Dead in the late period is rendered clear in a number of stone sarco¬
phagi in mummy form which have the soul with outspread wings and por¬
trait head depicted on the breast,®® and inscribed below it one or both of the
Chapters 89 and 92. The amulet was effective, then, with an incantation
which met the dangers of the next life, not by preventing something evil from
happening (compare under our Nos. 100 to 103), but by causing the right thing
to come to pass. The following Nos. 105 (presumably) and 106 are of the
same character, and No. 107 is associated with a spell whose effect is stated
in both preventive and active formulae.

Two slightly varying types of this amulet are known, one with the bird’s
legs drawn inconspicuously close to the body as in our two pieces, tbe other
with the legs extended and the shen-&mh\tm grasped in the claws, just as in
the vulture-amulets Nos. 92 and 128; in the examples known to us of the sec-

82 Trans. Allen, Handbook, p. 123. Cf. Grapow, A. Z., Vol. 49 (1911), p. 53, n. 4.

83 The most probable instance is that of Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 37, ascribed to the New King¬
dom; this amulet is of the variant type with extended legs and head in profile to the right. We note
that the soul represented thus appears above the collar of the Two Goddesses in the Serapeum pectoral
bearing Ramses IPs name; on the reverse it has a human head, on the obverse a ram’s head; Mariette,
Serapeum, III, PI. 9.

8^80 in the model of a mummy on its bier from the tomb of the parents of Queen Tiy: see Davis’ Excava¬
tions, louiya and Touiyou, PI. XXIII = Quibell, Tomb of Yuaa, No. 51107, PI. XXVII, in which the
human head of the bird is masculine, as kindly determined for us by Mr. L. F. Hall; also in a goodly
number of ushebtis of the New Kingdom; see, for example: Legrain, Catalogue des antiquites egyptiennes;
Collection H. Hoffmann, Paris, 1894, cut on p. 34, No. 87; P.S.B.A., Vol. 18 (1896), p. 145, PI. VI.

85 The following examples are known to us; (a) No. 11.154.1 in the Metropolitan Museum, still unpub¬
lished, with both chapters; (b) one in Leyden, with Ch. 89, see P.A.A. Boeser, De Monumenten van den
Sditischen, Grieksch-Romeinschen, en Koptischen Tijd (Besc/irijving van de Egyptische Verzameling in
het Rijksmuseum van Oudheden ie Leiden), ‘S-Gravenhage, 1915, PI. IX a; (c) one in Vienna, dis¬
covered at Sakkara in 1849; we found among the papers of Gustav Seyffarth bequeathed to the N. Y.
Hist. Soc. a number of the Illustrirte Zeitung for Jan. 28, 1854, giving views of its decoration including
the figure of the soul; (d) No. 29 in Berlin; the figure of the soul on this sarcophagus is given in a line
cut in Schafer, Von dgyptischer Kunst, 2nd ed., p. 208, Fig. 177.

[173]

ond type the head is turned to the right and the reverse of the amulet is
flat and plain. Noticeable is the plainness of the back of the human head in
our two specimens, there being no indication of hair, and it is tempting to
regard them as derived from burials of priests and, like the figures of the soul
in relief on the sarcophagi mentioned above, as conceived with the shaven
head of the deceased priest; yet the shape of the head is not quite right for
this explanation, and the amulet-maker may merely have spared himself the
trouble of indicating hair. Of the fine inlaid examples of this amulet, re¬
corded as found in position in late burials, and therefore of importance for
dating our piece, we can cite a number of examples, those of Uzahor
of Hawara, and of Harkhebit and Thanhebu of Sakkara.®** The earliest rec¬
ord states that Dr. Abbott himself removed the present piece from the breast
of a Greek mummy. Possibly, then, it is as late as the Ptolemaic period (com¬
pare page 158). The total number of such pieces extant is not small,but
generally nothing is known of the conditions under which they were found;
one example in Berlin, however, is likely to be Ptolemaic, another is with¬
out question Roman.®® There is a curious old account of the opening of a
mummy, belonging to the collection of James Douglas, before the Literary
and Historical Society of Quebec in November 1864,®® when such an amulet,
weighing “3 dwts, 10 grains” (5.314 grams), was found on the pit of the stom¬
ach. The amulet is included in the Kennard tablet, where it is executed in in¬
lays of stone; it occurs as item 48 of the MacGregor list, and is found on the
Boston die.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 50; Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No. 1099; edition 1915, No. 1095.

No. 105 (Plate XXVII, a, b). Amulet representing the soul as a human-headed falcon.

Gold. Twenty-sixth Dynasty to Ptolemaic period, 663-30 B. C. From Sak-
kara. Weight, 37.89 grains (2.455 grams).

The back of the human head and bird’s body and wings are in one piece
of sheet gold domed to produce the curvature of the head and chased to ren¬
der all the fine details of feathers. The under surface has another very skill¬
fully worked piece of gold soldered on in which the legs, body, and charming
human face have been modeled in repousse and chasing, with some supple¬
mentary carving about the face. An eyelet, composed of a bent-over strip of

See above, notes 2, 4, 5.

Hilton Price Caial. 1897, p. 136, No. 1430 b; p. 428, No. 3566; Catal. of the Important and Extensive
Collection of Egyptian Antiquities, the Property of the late F. G. Hilton-Price, Esq., London, 1911, PI.
XXII, Nos. 924, 925; Bull. M.M.A., Vol. XI (1916), p. 211; Marshall, Jevjellery, No. 1253, PI. XIV,
and the examples cited there.

Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, Nos. 39, 40; both pieces are inferior to our amulet and those of the Saite
and Persian periods cited above; No. 40 is without inlays.

^^Transactions of the Society, Session of 1864-65, New Series, pp. 108-112.

[174]

gold, into which three longitudinal rills had previously been tooled, is sol¬
dered to the bird’s breast. The material has the color of fine gold.

So far as we know, the efficacy of the amulet was the same as that of the
preceding number, from which it differs only in the material and technique.
The MacGregor list calls for three (or a multiplicity of?) such amulets and
only occasionally were the richer inlaid specimens afforded. In the instance of
Hikemsaf’s burial outfit three gold amulets of the soul with wings spread were
included and none was inlaid.”® Uzahor of Hawara had only two, one inlaid,
one exquisitely wrought in gold only; the former was found on the breast out¬
side the main wrappings and the latter was included, also on the breast, with
the principal array of amulets which were revealed after the outer wrappings
had been cut away.®^

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, P- 34) 49 - Abbott catalogue, edi¬

tions 1853 ff., No. 1105; edition 1915, No. iioi.

No. 106 (Plate XXVII). Amulet representing the </^</-symbol.

Gold. Probably later than 1000 B. C. From Sakkara. Weight, 5.63 grains
(0.363 grams).

This amulet was worked from the reverse and obverse by a combination of
repousse and chasing; the eyelet is in one piece with the front. The amulet is
now open at the back and probably never was closed as the edges are not well
finished.

The </^</-amulet has the form of the cultus image of Osiris as he revealed
himself to men at Dedu (Greek name, Busiris) in the Delta, one of his
earliest sanctuaries. The small amulet is very rare, if it occurs, prior to 1580
B.C.,®^ but the form of the ded, the cultus image, is known as a hieroglyph and
as a motif in Egyptian art from a time early in the historical period. This
religious symbol is ordinarily spoken of as “ded-co\\xmn'' and in the temples
of Osiris it was of a size to be manipulated with cords and was raised and
lowered during certain mysterious rites of the god’s worship; at least as early
as 1500 B. C., it was interpreted as representing the backbone and ribs of
Osiris. On the significance of the ded as a funerary amulet, see above page 156,
and for the form, compare below, item 3 of No. 134; also Plate XXIV, at
the extreme right.

An amulet similar stylistically to the present piece was found in a plundered
tomb at Abydos, referred to again under No. 107, which antedates the Twenty-

Annales, V, p. 76.

See above, n. 2, Cf. the piece pictured in the Handbook of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, 1920,

p. 50.

Unless such units as the deds in the princesses’ bracelets should be classed as amulets; De Morgan,

Dahchour, I, Pi. XVI, 2; II, PL V, 9.

[175]

sixth Dynasty, although the possibility is not excluded that the amulets found
in it are from a secondary, later burial.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., No. 1015; edition 1915,
No. ion.

No. 107 (Plate XXVII, a, b). Amulet representing the celestial cow.

Electrum. Probably Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B. C.
Weight, 12.79 grains (0.829 grams).

The piece has been very carefully cut out a jour, working entirely from the
obverse over a bed which yielded little. The details were chased in and the
eyelet made of a narrow strip of sheet metal, bent over and soldered to the
reverse at the neck.

The cow agrees in most respects with the vignette of Chapter 162 in the
Turin copy of the Book of the Dead, probably from the Ptolemaic period,
which was published long ago by Lepsius; this chapter is known only in
the late rescension and was to be spoken over the figure of a cow, made of
gold, and put at the neck of the deceased. The title reads: A chapter for
causing that there be flame under the head of this glorious one and a gloss adds:
If thou puttest it (the amulet) on the neck of a man after his death, he is
mighty in the Abode of the Dead. No one shall drive him from the gates of
the Underworld. In the incantation, the cows speaks and calls herself by many
strange names, but in a gloss she is revealed as the Sky-goddess by a refer¬
ence to her son Re, (the name of the Sun-god as a purely cosmic divinity).
This amulet occurs as item 53 of the MacGregor list, there called an
Image of Ahet, who in the late period, at least at Abydos, was differentiated
from Hathor, although originally the word may well have been a less theo¬
logical name than Hathor {House of Horus) for the same goddess.®® The
artistic traditions followed by the amulet-maker were those for representing
Hathor. Even so she appears by 1300 B. C. in the temple at Deir el-Bahri.®'*
The object about the cow’s neck in our amulet is a kind of heavy bead neck¬
lace with counterweight at the back, called the menat, which was much used
as a cultus object in the service of goddesses.®®

The amulet is rare before the late period, but an example in glazed pottery
of the Nineteenth Dynasty was published by Mr. Petrie®* and one of gold
was found at Abydos ®'' in a plundered tomb, which Mr. Mace ascribed to

So Professor Sethe, Zur altdgyptischen Sage <vom Sonnenauge das in der Fremde ^^ar (Sethe, Unter-

suchungen, Vol. V, Pt. 3), Leipsic, 1912, p. 29.

®^Naville, Deir el Bahari, IV, PI. CIV.

Discussed by Dr. Gardiner, Rec. de trav., Vol. XXXIV (1912), p. 74; also by Dr. Blackman, The Rock

Tombs of Meir. Part I, (Arch. Survey of Eg. XXIInd Memoir), London, 1914, pp. 23-4 and Meir. Part

II (Arch. Survey. XXIIIrd Memoir), 1915, p. 37.

Amulets, PI. XXXVII, 208 c, p. 44-

Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Abydos, PI. LII, D 63, pp. 79, 91.

[176]

the Twenty-second Dynasty (945-745 B.C.); in this last instance^ the robbers’
leavings included other gold amulets representing a ded (compare No. 106),
a counterweight for a bead collar, and a vulture of the type of item 7 of our
No. 134. If really so early, this small group is of value for the chronology
of the late amulets, but the evidence for dating it, as Mr. Mace himself pointed
out, is not wholly satisfactory. In the late period, properly, the deceased
should have two of these amulets, for the standing cow is figured twice in the
Dendera list and requisitioned in two examples in the MacGregor list.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 1064; edition 1915,
No. 1060.

No. 108 (Plate XXVII, a, b). Amulet representing the celestial cow.

Gold. Probably Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B. C. Weight,
8.56 grains (0.555 grams).

The figure, even to the eyelet, was nicely worked in repousse from one piece
of sheet gold and the details chased in. The color is that of fine gold.

The amulet corresponds in form to the celestial cow of the vignettes of
Chapter 17, section 18,®® and Chapter 71 of the Book of the Dead, where the
cow is named Mehitweret, in one legend with the words the Eye of Re in ap¬
position. Now the “Eye of Re” in some texts was no other than the god¬
dess Hathor.^®® Here the headdress includes the tall feathers often given to
Hathor. The covering over the cow’s back was perhaps suggested by the deck¬
ing of animals embodying divinities that were kept in the temples. What is
perhaps an example of this amulet in glazed pottery of the Eighteenth Dy¬
nasty has been published,^®^ but the amulet is uncommon before the late
period. It is difficult to say whether, in late thought, it represented specifi¬
cally Mehitweret or whether, perhaps, in a vaguer way, it insured the protec¬
tion of Hathor. Possibly it may be a variant of the preceding number. A
recumbent cow was found among Pedineit’s gold amulets ^®® but none stand¬
ing; the Boston die provides for making both kinds, while the recumbent fig¬
ure is unrepresented in the Dendera and MacGregor lists. An examination
of Chapter 162 by someone to whom a series of late copies of the Book of the
Dead is accessible would show whether the standing posture were constant to
the vignettes of that incantation.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1066; edition 1915,
No. 1062.

98 According to the publication cited in the previous note, the group was assigned to Berlin, but only some
rosettes belonging to it appear in Schafer, Goldsclimiedearbeiten, as No. loo, where Moller accepts for
them, on the authority of the excavators, a date in fhe XXIInd Dyn.

99 Grapow, Religiose Urkunden, V, p. 38.

190 Sethe, Sonnenaiige, p. 28.

191 Petrie, Amulets, p. 44, 208 a, PL XXXVII.

^ 02 Annales, III, Pt. i, PI. IV, n.

[177]

No. 109 (Plates XXVII, a, b, XXX, c). Amulet representing the goddess Hathor (?).

Pale gold. Probably Twenty-sixth to 'Phirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B. C. Pres¬
ent weight, 10.25 grains (0.664 grams).

The horns are partially broken away. There is no indication that the
figure ever had an eyelet.

The technique is like that of No. 108. Strengthening bridges of metal
were left between the hands and the body, and a base left under the feet. The
fineness of the work and the dignity of the conception are evident in the ad¬
mirable character of the piece when enlarged to eleven diameters ( Plate
XXX).

The goddess is represented in an archaic, closely clinging, patterned dress
which hangs from one shoulder; as adornments she wears a bead collar, brace¬
lets and anklets; the usual wig, with one mass of hair brought forward over
the right shoulder, is used as a transition between her animal head and human
body. She is without additional headdress, but is characterized by the cow’s
head as Hathor, or a goddess closely related to Hathor. The vignettes
of Chapter 162 of the Book of the Dead sometimes include a cow-headed
goddess, following the celestial cow.*^’® If the amulet over which this incanta¬
tion was to be said admitted of variants possibly the present amulet may
be such a one. Pedineit’s gold amulets included one figure of the cow-headed
human goddess and another, as we have seen, like our No. 108; possibly he
was given these instead of the two examples of the image of Ahel in standing
form prescribed by the MacGregor list. Another view would be that the
amulet insured the protection of Hathor. But we are on uncertain ground in
these surmises. We do not know of any specimen of just this amulet ante¬
dating the late period.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1854 mi; edition 1915,

No. 1107.

No. 110 (Plate XXVII). Plaque with the goddess Hathor (?) in relief.

Pale gold. About 300 B.C. to 100 A.D. From Sakkara. Weight, 5.94 grains
(0.385 grams).

The piece represents the same technique and period as No. 100 and the other
amulets of the same set, and was associated with them in the old numbering,
but is possibly, although not necessarily, from another burial, since tbe shape
of the plaque, the material, and the thickness of the sheet, 0.0045 inches (0.114
mm.), all differ in this amulet.

103 So M. Naville in The Life-JVork of Sir Peter le Page Renoiif, Vol. IV, p. 348.

104 Aside from the cheap method of drawing the cow on new papyrus, represented in the hypocephali—
inscribed disks, found under the head in some burials, which regularly have on them parts of this chapter;
Petrie, Abydos. Part /. IQ02 (XXIInd Memoir. Eg. Expl. Fund), London, 1902, pp. 49-50, Pis. LXXVI,
LXXVII, LXXIX, giving specimens of Dyn. XXX.

[178]

In this instance the goddess is standing or walking and carries the pa¬
pyrus scepter and perhaps the symbol of life (compare under No. 112). She
wears the solar disk between her horns in allusion to her association with the
Sun-god, being in the various myths now his mother, now his consort, now
his daughter. On the meaning of the amulet, see under No. 109.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., No. 1036; edition 1915,
No. 1032.

No. Ill (Plate XXVII). Plaque with the goddess Hathor (?) in relief.

Gold. About 300 B.C. to 100 A.D. From Sakkara. Weight, 4.55 grains
(0.295 grams).

The amulet was made in a die, like No. 100 and the amulets associated
with it, and has an even larger number of imperfections than the others of
the same set. Its color is close to that of fine gold.

The subject is the same as in the preceding number and varies from it
only in having added to the headdress the tall feathers seen also in No. 108.
On the interpretation see under No. 109.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥., No. 1031; edition 1915,
No. 1027.

No. 112 (Plate XXVII). Plaque with figures of Isis and Nephthys in relief.

Gold. About 300 B.C. to 100 A.D. From Sakkara. Weight, 8.33 grains
(0.540 grams).

Also this amulet, made in a die, is full of flaws. Note especially the boss
below, between the foremost figure, Isis, and the object in her companion’s
right hand, and the omission of Nephthys’ left foot.

The amulet belongs to the same set as No. 100, and has the same color.

The two goddesses, whose efficacy for the dead has been noted above (page
159), are represented here after the scheme of the old processionals of gods
carrying their gifts to the king (compare page 69). Here the immediate in¬
spiration was the series of stock themes represented in temple reliefs and
funerary texts of the late period where Isis and Nephthys, often ac¬
companied by Horus, appear at the side of Osiris. They are unmistakably
identified by the hieroglyphs with which their names were written worn as
headdresses. The gift of life of the early reliefs symbolized by the hiero¬
glyph for life carried in the lowered hand had become the commonest attribute
of gods and goddesses and was no longer understood as of old, and the papyrus
stalk symbolizing the gift of exuberant freshness, like that of growing plants,

[179]

given of old by goddesses, was also now a mere attribute in their hands. Fig¬
ures such as these appear in the Dendera list.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 No. 1033; edition 1915,
No. 1029.

No. 113 (Plate XXVII). Plaque representing Isis, seated, holding the child Horus.

Gold. About 300 B.C. to 100 A.D. From Sakkara. Weight, 4.78 grains
(0.310 grams).

On condition, technique, and color, compare No. 100 belonging to the same
set of amulets, and on the efficacy of the piece as a funerary amulet, see above
page 159.

The goddess is represented here, as frequently in the reliefs of the New
Kingdom and later, with a headdress of cow’s horns inclosing the sun’s disk
(compare above No. 28). In late statuettes, as pointed out by M. Daressy,^®®
these horns spread a little more and are shorter than those commonly given to
Hathor (compare No. in). Do they have their origin in an early concep¬
tion of Isis as a sky-goddess, to whom the horns of the celestial cow would then
be appropriate, or are they due to an assimilation of Isis to Hathor? Such
questions of iconography have not as yet been much studied and with respect
to Isis, aside from her funerary offices, we know very little; she did not have
a cult until a comparatively late time (compare page 103).

This amulet of Isis and her infant, item 60 in the MacGregor list, is con¬
fined to the late period, with a possible rare exception, noted by Professor
Petrie.^®* Even larger-sized figures in the round are unusual before this time,
but there is one such statuette in London which may receive passing mention
here;^°^ in it, Isis is depicted as a human mother nursing her child, without
attributes,^*'® and wearing the large wig and pleated linen garment character¬
istic of the New Kingdom, after 1500 B.C.; it is altogether a gracious and en¬
gaging conception of her.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1035; edition 1915,
No. 1031.

Nos. 114, 115 (Plate XXVII, a, b). Amulets representing Isis and Nephthys.

Gold. Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 712-663 B.C., or later(?). From Sakkara(?).
Weight of No. 114, 14.49 grains (0.939 gr^i^is); of No. 113, 12.87 grains
(0.834 grams).

Statues de divinites (Cairo Catal.)y Cairo, Vol. I, 1906, p. 395.

Amulets, p. 35, No. 148 A.

107 Hedwig Fechheimer, Kleinplastik der Agypter (Vol. Ill in Die Kunst des Ostens, edited by William
Cohn), Berlin, 1921, PI. 93.

108 xhe interpretation depends on the improbability that a human mother would be so represented except in
the character of Isis.

[180]

Both figures have been worked entirely from the obverse; the edges were
cut with a bevel and the details chased in with no great care. The thickness
of the sheet, plus some relief on the reverse brought up by the use of punches,
varies from 0.0183 to 0.0193 inches (0.46-0.49 mm.). The eyelets were made
of strips of sheet hammered to an approximately round section, except at the
ends where they were left flat for convenient soldering to the reverse of the piece.
No. 113 has a specific gravity of 14.094 and a sample from it has been micro-
chemically analyzed, establishing the presence of gold, silver, and lead (in
small quantity) and the absence of tin, zinc, and mercury. The material
has all the appearance of being the same in these two amulets and Nos. 120
and 121, belonging to the same set. If it were purely a gold-silver alloy the
specific gravity would indicate about 13.3 carat; the small amounts of lead and
solder present would alter—but not greatly—this result.

Probably these amulets may be regarded as variants of the standing figures
included in the Dendera list and on the Boston die and as having the same
virtue for the deceased (compare page 159). Flere the goddesses kneel,
mourning, even as they are seen in many pictures of the late period,Isis
at the foot, Nephthys at the head, of the coffin of Osiris. The hand raised to
the head is a gesture of mourning and the goddesses are identified by the
same headdresses as in No. 112.

Amulets representing Isis and Nephthys mourning have been recorded only
for the Ptolemaic period but these pieces, in material and workmanship, so
much resemble certain unpublished amulets of the Twenty-fifth Dynasty from
Nubia, kindly shown to us by Professor Reisner, that we are inclined to be¬
lieve that ours, too, are pre-Ptolemaic in date; conceivably they may even have
been found in Nubia and passed down stream to Sakkara, whence Dr. Abbott,
according to the old records, got them.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1833 f¥., Nos. 1019, 1018; edition
1913, Nos. 1013, 1014.

No. 116 (Plate XXVII). Amulet representing Anubis (?) kneeling.

Gold. Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 712-663 B.C., or later (?). From Sakkara.
Weight, 3.36 grains (0.360 grams).

The amulet, although apparently not belonging to the same set, is yet suf¬
ficiently similar in technique and style to Nos. 114 to 113 to be of about the
same date. The thickness of the sheet metal is 0.032 inches (0.813 mm.).

A kneeling jackal-headed god is represented, probably either Anubis, con¬
ceived as kneeling by the coffin of Osiris, or Dewamutef from a set of the Sons
of Horus (see pages 139, 182). It is said to have been found with Nos. 124,
130, and 131 about the neck of a mummy.

Lepsius, Das Totenhuch der Agypter nach dem hieroglyphischen Papyrus in Twr/w, Leipsic, 1842, vignettes
of Ch. 151.

110 Petrie, Amulets, pp. 35, 36.

[181]

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif., No. 1000; edition 1915,
No. 996.

No. 117 (Plate XXVIII). Plaque with the minor gods Hapi and Kebehsenuf in relief.

Gold. About 300 B.C. to 100 A.D. From Sakkara. Weight, 5.05 grains
(0.327 grams).

Various small breaks, including minutely small ones and a longer one along
the back of the falcon head, may be the result of strain in working the gold.

On the technique and color, see under the similar No. 100.

The little figures are identifiable as Hapi and Kebehsenuf by the baboon
and falcon heads, given, after about 1300 B. C., to these two of four minor
gods, usually regarded as sons of Horus. We know these gods chiefly in their
funerary aspect; they once cared for the dead Osiris and consequently were
supposed to minister to the human dead, and in this capacity their conspicuous
office in earlier times was to protect the jars containing the viscera.

As small amulets the Sons of Horus are confined to the late period, from
which numerous examples have survived. They are not, indeed, included in
the known written lists, or on the Kennard board, but they appear on the
Boston die. We do not know whether these late amulets were a further safe¬
guard for the protection of the viscera, or were given to procure for the mummy
in a more general way the services of these gods, as the foregoing amulets
Nos. 112 to 115 probably invoked for it the aid of Isis and Nephthys.

It was customary to place these small amulets of the Sons of Horus in pairs
on the chest, or less often, the stomach, of the mummy.““ Their relative po¬
sition, however, varied. Thus Professor Petrie found a set in place having
Imset (with human head) and Kebehsenuf at the left facing each other and
Hapi and Dewamutef (with jackal’s head) facing each other on the right.“®
But the pair of our amulet, facing to the right,^^^ presumably had vis-a-vis
Imset and Dewamutef, now lacking from the set.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 989; edition 1915,
No. 985.

No. 118 (Plate XXVIII, a, b). Amulet representing a minor funerary god, Hapi.

Electrum. Probably Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B. C. From
Sakkara. Present weight, 5.66 grains (0.367 grams).

m See New Kingdom gloss to Book of the Dead, Ch. 17, § 20 (Grapow, Religiose Urkunden, V) where “the
company of gods behind Osiris” of the original text is interpreted to mean the Sons of Horus. Cf.
Breasted, Rel. and Thought, p. 157.

112 Petrie, Amulets, p. 40.

^^^Ahydos I, PI. LXXVIII = Amulets, PL LI, 9, D

Cf. Petrie, Amulets, PI. XXXII, 182 f. yn. XXX.

[182]

The lower part of the figure has been broken off.

A very narrow chisel, perhaps 1/30 of an inch (0.76 mm.) across the
edge, was used in cutting out the figure with its beveled edge. The details are
chased in and the substantial eyelet is made of a strip of sheet bent into ring
form and soldered on. The sheet is somewhat under 0.0195 inches (0.495
mm.) thick, as this, the only measurement obtainable, includes the slight burr
on the edge. Although tiny and unpretentious, the amulet is made with more
than usual care.

On the identity of the figure and its meaning as an amulet, see No. 117.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1016; edition 1915,
No. 1012.

No. 119 (Plate XXVIII). Plaque with figure of a minor god in relief.

Gold. About 300 B.C. to too A.D. From Sakkara. Weight, 7.50 grains
(0.486 grams).

On the condition, technique, and color, compare under the similar No.
100.

A bearded figure closely enshrouded and seated on the ground is rep¬
resented. The major gods as worshipped in temples usually were depicted
standing or enthroned, and we probably have to do here with one of those
innumerable minor spirits who peopled the Lower World. Such figures abound
in the late period on coffins and in the vignettes of funerary texts, often as here,
without distinguishing attributes, and, therefore, to us nameless, but presumably
kindly disposed to the deceased and helpful to him. Of this general character,
too, are the following amulets. Nos. 120 to 122.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 990; edition 1915,
No. 986.

Nos. 120, 121 (Plate XXVIII, a, b). Amulets representing two funerary gods.

Gold. About Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 712-663 B.C., or later (?). From Sak-
kara(?). Weight of No. 120, 10.18 grains (0.660 grams); of No. 121, 12.87
grains (0.834 grams).

These two pieces belong to the same set of amulets as Nos. 114 and 115;
see under those numbers, therefore, with respect to material, technique, and
date.

Funerary gods standing, holding a fillet (?) clasped in both hands, and hav¬
ing a sash hanging down in front, are especially common in the boldly
painted, interior scenes of coffins of about 1000 to 600 B. C. Our amulets ap¬
pear to represent supernatural beings of the same category; No. 120 may be

[183]

human-headed and crowned with a sun-disk, No. 121, animal-headed with a
headdress of horns and disk(?), but these features are not very clear. Pos¬
sibly they are two of the Sons of Horus.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥.. Nos. 1014, 1020; edition
1915, Nos. 1010, 1016.

No. 122 (Plate XXVIII). Amulet representing a funerary god.

Gold. Probably pre-Roman in date, 1000-30 B. C. Present weight, 1.57
grains (0.102 grams).

The figure has been broken in two just below the head and is now cemented
together.

The piece was worked in repousse and a few details were chased in.

The figure is hardly a major god, or it would not be kneeling; it does not
represent a human being, or it would not have the disk on its head. Probably
it is a minor solar divinity, helpful to the dead, possibly one of the Sons of
Horus.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 993; edition 1915,
No. 991.

No. 123 (Plate XXVIII). Amulet in the form of a crescent.

Gold. Roman, after 30 B.C.(?). Weight, 20.86 grains (1.332 grams).

The loop is very much worn, proving that the amulet saw long service dur¬
ing its owner’s lifetime.

The loop was bent out of a broad strip of sheet, of which the edges had
been folded over and soldered down to give a finish; it is soldered into slits
carved in the solid gold crescent. The latter was cast and its surface has
a slightly frosted look. The material contains a speck of hard white metal.

The probable explanation of this amulet is that it represents the crescent
moon and insured the protection of the Moon-god. It is unknown before 1600
B. C. and is comparatively rare even after that date until the Roman
period when it attained to great repute and was often represented suspended
about the neck of the living.”® It does not figure in the Book, of the Dead,
nor in the late Egyptian lists of amulets.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1833 ff., No. 1062; edition 1913,
No. 1038.

115 See Petrie, Amarna, PI. XX, 552 for a mould for such an amulet and Amulets, PI. VI, 85 a-c for XVIIIth
Dyn. specimens.

116 Petrie, Ha^'ara, PI. XI; The Hawara Portfolio (XXIInd Publ. Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg. and Egypt. Res.
Acc. 19th year), London, 1913, PI. VII; compare Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, under Nos. 147, 276.

[184]

No. 124 (Plate XXVIII). Amulet representing a funerary god.

Gold. From Sakkara. About Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 712-663 B.C., or later(?).
Weight, 1.23 grains (0.080 grams).

The thickness of the gold sheet is only 0.006 inches (0.152 mm.). The out¬
line of the figure was scratched in the gold and the piece then cut out with
open spaces between the two legs and between the body and the staff. We think
the amulet is one made rapidly and crudely rather than an unfinished piece.
It may have been threaded through one of the openings.

The god is too vaguely rendered to be definitely recognizable, but is ob¬
viously standing, and the object in the left hand is probably the wrtr-staff
ordinarily carried by gods. The scheme of presentation is, accordingly,
analogous to that of No. 112, and the divinity is probably a more important
one than those of Nos. 119 to 122.

On the date, see No. 116 with which this piece is said to have been found.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 999; edition 1915,
No. 995.

No. 125 (Plate XXVIII, a, b). Amulet representing the god Khons-Re.

Gold. Probably Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B. C. Weight,
67.81 grains (4.394 grams).

Points of interest : The heavy weight, the wear on the eyelet, showing that
it had a pre-funerary use, the high carat of the gold, the nicety of workman¬
ship, all mark this amulet as exceptional among extant pieces.

The amulet was made in five pieces of which the principal ones are castings.
The largest piece is the figure itself; the sun-disk was soldered to the crescent
and the latter to the figure’s head; the uraeus, probably beaten work, was sol¬
dered to head, crescent, and disk, and the eyelet was soldered on of a piece
of gold tooled with three longitudinal ridges. The details of collar, headcloth,
and falcon head are chased in. Inconspicuous, but abundant, specks of white
metal are observable in the gold; its high specific gravity, 17.646, and rich
color indicate a high carat, but because of the amount of solder a determina¬
tion of the carat is hardly possible.

The god represented is Khons, the child in the Theban triad, who came
into prominence only after Thebes as the capital of the land had reached the
height of her wealth and power. Khons in his own right, so far as we know
him, was a somewhat colorless divinity, but he was assimilated to two of the
great Egyptian gods, Thoth, the Moon-god, and Re, the Sun-god. The lunar
disk and crescent of our amulet are borrowed from Thoth, the falcon head
from the Sun-god.^^’^

See the important discussion of Khons by Dr. Blackman in J. E. A., Vol. Ill (1916), pp. 246-9.

[185]

The amulet is pictured suspended from the neck in association with an in¬
teresting array of other funerary amulets on the cartonnage of a mummy of
the Twenty-second Dynasty (about 950 B. and many examples of the

actual amulet, all subsequent to the New Kingdom, have come down to us.“®
In this amulet the solar aspect of Khons is emphasized, so much so that it
often lacks the lunar crescentd^® We may question whether it is then to be
called simply Re and the disk on the head to be regarded as the solar disk.
The legend attached to such an example in the MacGregor list (item 44), how¬
ever, perhaps indicates that it was still Khons and we know that the Egyp¬
tians did not make statues or statuettes of a great cosmic divinity, except as
some god with a cult was identified with him. They did, however, represent
the cosmic divinities in drawings and as early as the latter half of the
Eighteenth Dynasty a figure identical with ours, except that it lacks the cres¬
cent, occurs in the vignettes of the Book of the Dead for Re, sitting in his
bark, as he traverses the waters of the sky and the Lower World.The
amulet probably is not mentioned in the Book of the Dead and we have no
evidence for determining whether in funerary use our piece had a highly spe¬
cialized magical power, or not, but we may surmise that its owner in life was
a Theban,who, by wearing it, put himself under the protection of Khons,
one of his city gods.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1076; edition 1915,
No. 1072.

(b) Late Amulets of Which the Interpretation Is
Especially Doubtful

No. 126 (Plate XXVIII). Piece of sheet with a pectoral in relief.

Gold. Ptolemaic period, 332-30 B.C.(?). Weight, 2.24 grains (0.145 grams).

On the technique, compare under No. 97, belonging to the same set. The
material is probably fine gold.

A pectoral is the object represented in relief, even to the long tubular eye¬
let by which it was suspended, and on the pectoral is a device, perhaps a

Annales, Vol. II (1901), Pis. I, II accompanying a report by Mr. Howard Carter, pp. 144-5; ^
leather straps bearing the name of Osorkon I are an indication that the date is not earlier than that
mentioned above.

Among them: Daressy, Statues de dimnites, No. 38646 (glazed pottery); F. Arundale, J. Bonomi and S.
Birch, Gallery of Antiquities Selected from the British Museum, London, 1841, PL 4, Fig. 8 (gold).

120 So on the Boston die and an example found at Sakkara, Annales, III (1902), p. 211, No. 35371, PI. II;
Annales, III, p. 247; in IV, p. 81, and V, p. 76, under No. 35962, mention is made of gold figures of
*‘Re,” which are therefore, presumably, without the crescent; see also Sale Catal. MacGregor Coll., p.
193, under lot 1500. Away from Thebes it was not unnatural to characterize the amulet less definitely as
Khons. The amulet on the Kennard tablet lacks also the disk on the head.

121 Speleers, Papyrus. Nefer Renpet, Pis. V, Fig. 4 (Ch. 102) and Fig 5 (Ch. 136 b) ; XIV, Fig. 28 (Ch. 130) ;
XIX, Fig. 34 (Ch. loi). Compare the vignettes in Lepsius, Totenhuch (Ptolemaic), of Chs. loi, 102,
133, 136.

122 Unfortunately the provenience of the amulet is unknown.

[186]

round-bottomed, two-handled vase. Vases and tiny plain pectorals were among
Thanhebu’s gold amulets and ceremonial vases were included in the old
Osirian equipment; one is to be seen also on the Boston die. On the other
hand this device, instead of being a vase, may be a misunderstood heart
(compare item 3, No. 133) and if so, its presence on the pectoral would seem
more logical, inasmuch as the thought in the funerary pectoral of the period
after 1580 B. C. was closely associated with that of the heart scarab and the
text Chapter 30 B of the Book of the Dead (compare page 171) was often
inscribed on pectorals. This pectoral in relief is of the usual architectural form
in which the walls have a batter and the cornice is composed of a torus and a
cavetto moulding.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 993; edition 1915,
No. 989.

No. 127 (Plate XXVIII). Piece of sheet with an unidentified object in relief.

Gold. Ptolemaic period, 332-30 B.C.(?). Weight, 1.57 grains (0.102 grams).

On the technique, compare No. 97 belonging to the same set. The material
is probably fine gold.

The object represented on this amulet bears some resemblance to the sup¬
posed girdle-tie found on the mummy of Uzahor at Sakkara, but we can per¬
ceive no reason for calling either piece a girdle-tie, of which the proper form
may be seen below in item 6 of No. 134 and in Plate XXIV, at the right.
Probably both pieces are meant for the unidentified object pictured in the old
Osirian equipment on coffin No. 28037 of the Cairo Collection.^^®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 991; edition 1915,
No. 987.

No. 128 (Plate XXVIII). Amulet representing a vulture.

Electrum. Probably Twenty-sixth to Thirtieth Dynasty, 663-332 B. C.
Weight, 10.23 grains (0.663 grams).

The form may well have been impressed in a die but the details of body,
wings, and headdress have been chased in, as is evident from their sharpness.
Just such a vulture with drooping wings, except that it has no headdress, is in¬
cluded on the Boston die and is entirely without inner details (compare page
207). The edges look as if they had been cut by a chisel. The eyelet is made

AnnaleSy I, pp. 269-70.

AnnaleSy III, p. 211, PL II, above, second from left.

i 25 Lacau, Sarcophages, PL XXXlXy No. 184. Cf. now Jequier, Prises d^ohjets, pp. 329-30, who gives reasons
for considering it an implement used to stamp down ground which previously had been hacked up with
a pick and for believing that it was given the dead to serve a ceremonial purpose.

[187]

of a flat strip of gold, hammered over a rod into cylindrical form and sol¬
dered to the head on the reverse.

The most likely explanation of this amulet is that it is a variant of No. 92,
the vulture collar-amulet, which, as we have seen, retained little trace of its
origin as a collar. This piece differs from the normal vulture collar-amulet
in the drooping position of the wings, which would make it a misfit about the
neck, and in the presence of the headdress, which perhaps was not worn by
Nekhbet until about the Nineteenth Dynasty,^^® after 1350 B. C.; the headdress
consists essentially of the crown of the South, appropriate to the patron god¬
dess of the South. The object in the bird claws, when a hieroglyph, means
circle or to enclose, and its symbolism is presumably derived from these
meanings.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1854 f¥.. No. 1113; edition 1915,
No. 1109.

No. 129 (Plate XXVIII). Plaque with the hieroglyph House of Nekhhet (?) in relief.

Gold. About 200 B.C. to 100 A.D. From Sakkara. Weight, 4.78 grains
(0.310 grams).

On the condition, technique, and color, compare under No. 100 belonging
to the same set.

The hieroglyph may be read also House of Mut as the vulture is a word-
sign for either goddess’ name. The ground plan of a court with building in
one corner is an old word, applied now to a stronghold, now to a town, now
to a temple; it occurs also in the Egyptian writing of the names Hathor and
Nephthys. Does this hieroglyph refer here to the early national sanctuary
of the South, over which Nekhbet presided? Or could the plan of the walled-
in court have served a magical purpose to fence in, and thus secure for the
deceased, the protecting goddess and her good offices?

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1833 N®. 1034; edition 1915,

No. 1030.

Nos. 130, 131 (Plate XXVIII, a, b). Amulets representing a vulture.

Gold. About Twenty-fifth Dynasty, 712-663 B.C., or later (?). From Sakkara.
Weight of No. 130, 7.44 grains (0.482 grams); of No. 131, 6.56 grains (0.425
grams).

On the date and technique compare under No. 116; here, the edges are
beveled, as in Nos. 114 and 115, and the eyelets, of narrower strips of gold, are

126 So Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, p. 15 and plate “Ceiling in Main Corridor;” Daressy, Statues de diviniies,
No. 39141, PI. LIV, cf. pp. 392-3 under “atef.”

[188]

soldered to the reverse between the wings. The thickness of No. 130 at the
tail is 0.0148 inches (0.376 mm.), near the eyelet, 0.0222 inches (0.564 mm.).
The pieces are said to have been taken, together with Nos. 116 and 124, “from
a mummy, around the neck of which they were strung as beads in a necklace.”

This way of representing a bird, an unsuccessful attempt at a diagonal view,
goes back to a time earlier than 3000 B. C., but was later replaced in some
instances by a more successful three-quarters view.^^’^

Unless these amulets insured the protection of Nekhbet, or were variants
of No. 92, we have no suggestion to offer as to their interpretation.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. Nos. 997-8; edition 1915,
Nos. 993-4.

No. 132 (Plate XXVIII, a, b). Amulet representing the goddess Isis-Serket as a human¬
headed scorpion.

Silver plated with electrum. Probably Twenty-sixth Dynasty, sixth century
B. C. From Sakkara. Present weight, 87.81 grains (5.69 grams).

The tip of the tail with sting is broken off; the stone forming the body
with the head attached to it is missing. The tail is now cemented in place,
as the modern solder which shows in the illustration no longer holds.

All the extant parts of the scorpion are made of silver covered with thin
sheet electrum. We think that the two metals were probably united by fusing.
The legs are of tubing and the seams of the outer electrum gap somewhat; the
fact that the inner silver is not solid is best seen in the open end of the right
fore leg. Mr. Heins’ experiments have shown that it would have been prac¬
tical to make the double tubing in either of two ways: (i) by fusing together
strips of the two metals and then drawing the resultant compound strip into
tubing; in doing so, the trick is to scrape the two surfaces of contact clean and
to have them absolutely flat and of the same size; (2) by drawing separate
tubes of sheet silver and sheet electrum and slipping the one within the other
and reducing in a draw-plate sufficiently to bring the two metals into firm con¬
tact. The setting for the stone was made of a strip of very thick sheet silver,
giving a rectangular section, around which electrum was fitted and fused; the
piece was bent with seam along the inner wall; in like manner the sting was
made of a conical piece of silver covered with electrum and subsequently
chased with horizontal rings; the seam shows along its outer curve. After the
parts were bent into form, they were soldered to the base in the following
order: first, either the eyelet and pair of fore legs, which are unconnected by
solder with the other parts, or the setting for the stone and the parts con¬
nected with it. Of the latter the rear pair of legs was soldered first to setting
and base, and the others in turn were soldered each to setting, base, and the

127 Schafer, Von dgyptischer Kunst, 2nd ed., pp. 137-8; cf. with our Nos. 130 and 131, Figs. 100-102.

[189]

pair of legs behind it. The visible ancient solder looks like an electrum of
slightly lower carat than the outer metal layer of the parts united by it. The
under surface, the base, as well as its upper surface, was electrum-covered;
thus the intention must have been, as in the instance of the earlier earring No.
45, to give the effect of an object of solid electrum.

A clue to the date of our piece and to its one-time appearance is given by a
similar amulet found at Memphis in a stratum dated to the reign of Ahmose
II (569-525 B. C.); this rare piece is of electrum, complete, with inset of beryl
and human goddess’ head crowned by horns and disk. Another piece, not quite
so closely related stylistically to our amulet, was found in a tomb at Tell
Moqdam in the Delta in association with objects inscribed with names of royal
personages of the Twenty-second Dynasty.^^® Similar figures of bronze are
in the Cairo Museum,^®® one of which. No. 39208, has a ring near the head by
which it could be suspended. All of these small figures, whether votive offer¬
ings or amulets, have the human head with horns and disk, a headdress com¬
monly given to Isis in the late period (compare Nos. 28 and 113), suggesting
that these figures visualize the late conception of Serket (Selkis) as assimilated
to Isis; this view is confirmed by the inscription “Isis-Serket” on No. 39206.

Its alleged provenience from Sakkara suggests that our piece may have been
a funerary amulet. But certainly the piece so like it from Memphis, which was
found in town ruins on the site of the earlier palace of Merneptah, was not a
funerary amulet and although Serket, a human figure with scorpion headdress,
is included with her companion-goddesses of the dead, Neith, Isis, and Neph-
thys, in the Dendera list and on the Boston die, Isis-Serket is not found in
the lists. Presumably the amulet placed the wearer under the protection of
this composite divinity and there is inscriptional evidence that she sometimes
protected especially against the sting of scorpions.Still other late amulets,
such as one on the Boston die, are in scorpion form without human parts
whether or not always thought of as embodying Serket, they were probably
efficacious against scorpions, in view of the occurrence of figures of scorpions
on the late magic stelae with Horus on the crocodile which protected against
harmful creatures.^®^

It is of interest to note, in passing, that in early times Serket’s symbol had
a different form with forked tail; it is doubtful whether this—“a mutilated

Museum Journal (Univ. of Pennsylvania), Vol. VIII (1917), p. 230, Fig. 89.

Annules, Vol. XXI (1921), p. 24, PI. I, No. 5; material, gold and agate.

180 Daressy, Statues de dwinites, Nos. 39206-09, PI. LVI.

131 See on this point Roeder, article “Selket,” columns 652-3 in W. H. Roscher, Ausfuhrliches Lexikon der
grlechischen und romischen Mythologie, Leipsic, 1884

132 Gardiner in P.S.B.A., Vol. XXXIX (1917), P- 42 -

133 So one ^‘of soft metal” found in a Ptolemaic tomb at Abydos and now in the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford;
Peet, Cemeteries of Abydos. II, pp. 93, 126, PI. XXXVIII, 2.

13 ^ See Daressy, Textes et dessins magiques (Cairo CataL), Cairo, 1903; W. Golenischeff, Die Metternich-
stele in der Originalgrosse, Leipsic, 1877; very briefly, Gardiner, article “Magic,” p. 267, in Hastings,
Enc. of Rel. and Ethics, Vol. VIII.

135 Davies, Five Theban Tombs, p. 10, n. 4.

[190]

and distorted human trunk,” according to Dr. Gardiner’s view—was a “delib¬
erate disguise” for “mythical reasons” of an original scorpion nature or whether
the scorpion became associated with Serket only in late times because of its
fortuitous resemblance to her original symbol.It is especially uncertain,
therefore, whether the fairly numerous earlier figures of scorpions found on
temple sites and in graves had any reference to the goddess Serket.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 985; edition 1915,
No. 981.

(c) Composite Amulets

M. Capart, at the close of his paper on the MacGregor list of late amu¬
lets, called attention to extant pieces of sheet gold each with figures of a num¬
ber of amulets, chased on it;^®* these he considers intermediate between indi¬
vidual gold amulets and lists of such amulets inscribed on papyrus and given
to the dead. In the same category are some rude pieces of the second century
after Christ in the Berlin collection which have the amulets impressed in the
sheet gold and pieces found at Sakkara on a mummy of the Persian
period which apparently resemble in technique our two composite amulets.

Nos. 133, 134 (Plate XXVIII). Pieces of sheet with various amulets inscribed on them.

Pale gold. Persian or Ptolemaic period, 525-30 B.C. (?). Weight of No. 133,
7.99 grains (0.518 grams); of No. 134, 8.13 grains (0.527 grams).

The amulets were chased in the sheet gold before the strips were cut out,
for in No. 133 the top of the heart has been removed and in No. 134 the
upper line of the phallus and lower lines of the ded and of item 9 have been
cut away. Both pieces contain specks of hard white metal.

These composite amulets insured for the dead the efficacy of all the in¬
dividual amulets represented on them. Following the Egyptian normal order
from right to left. No. 133 gave:

(1) The eye amulet, see under No. 95.

(2) The vulture collar-amulet, see under No. 92.

(3) The heart amulet, see under Nos. loi to 103.

(4) An additional collar-amulet; the collar is stylized as in some late

136 So in P.S.B.A., Vol. XXXIX (1917), PP. 36 ff-

137 Antedating 3000 B.C.: Capart, Primitive Art in Egypt, Fig. 151 , p. 193, citing; Quibell and W. M. F.
P., Hierakonpolis. Part I (IVth Publ. Egypt. Res. Acc.), London, 1900, Pis. XVIII, 15, 16, XIX, 5;
XX, 10; XXI, 4; XXII, 4; Quibell and F. W. Green, Hierakonpolis, Part II (Vth Publ. Egypt. Res.
Acc.), 1902, Pis. XXIII, XXXII. Petrie and Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 27. Around 2000 B.C.: Boston
Bulletin, Vol. XIII (1915), p. 81, Fig. 16, No. 19, Around 1500 B.C.: Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten,
included under No. 22.

A.Z., Vol. 45, p. 21.

139 Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, Nos. 126-8.

Annales, Vol. I, p. 162.

[191]

temple reliefs (where it is depicted being offered to the gods), in
the Dendera list, and on the Boston die. Actual examples of the amu¬
let were found in the funerary outfits of Pedineit and Harkhebit.^^*
No. 134 includes the following amulets:

(5) The ded, see under No. 106.

(6) The girdle-tie, see Plate XXIV, at right, and page 156.

(7) The vulture, compare under No. 129. Vultures in the pose of this
one, to the number of five, are painted on two coffins from Bersheh
in. the Cairo collection, which date from the period around 2000 B. C.
In both instances,they occur in a register showing the king’s re¬
galia, and it cannot be doubted that the pictures represent objects in
vulture form belonging to that regalia, rather than simply a goddess
as a vulture or the bird itself. Hints as to their interpretation are
not wanting: first the accompanying legends in one instance specify
them as intended to be put on the head; on one coffin the five vul¬
tures are in the west frieze as pendants to five uraei of the east frieze,
and on the other, they are put in the east frieze, where they
replace the five uraei and bear the latters’ names. We have already
learned the purpose of the uraei (see No. 90). The vultures, too, we
believe, were intended to be worn on the crowns and other head-
gear, in addition to, or perhaps at times without, the uraeus, but be¬
cause representing a secondary conception, they occur on the coffins
less often than the uraei. As we have seen (compare page 162),
the uraeus was in origin the cobra set on the king’s brow to pro¬
tect him, just as in the myth the blazing eye of the Sun-god, which
was Hathor, was set, transformed into a uraeus, on the Sun-god’s
brow to defy his enemies. The tendency in Egyptian symbolism, how¬
ever, to play on the thought of the Two Lands, the Delta and the
Nile Valley, which in prehistoric times were once politically inde¬
pendent of each other, led, in the copy in the hands of the mortuary
priests at Bersheh, to the idea that this uraeus was the Serpent-god¬
dess of the North who needed a pendant Vulture of the South. In
their view, then, the sets of golden, jeweled uraei and vultures, which
were to be the possession of the dead by virtue of these pic¬
tures, symbolized the protection of the tutelary goddesses of the North
and the South. Traces of this secondary view are frequent on the
monuments, when, instead of the single uraeus, two uraei wearing re¬
spectively the royal crowns of the North and South, appear together
on the head of some member of the royal family.^^^ Again, a vulture-

So Rec. de travaux, Vol. 35 (1913), p. 112, Fig. 6.

142 See above, notes 3, 4; also Annales, Vol. XIX (1920), p. 214.

143 Lacau, Sarcophages, Nos. 28083, 28088.

144 So Queen Tiy in a relief in Brussels; Burl. Fine Arts Club, Catal. Egypt. Art, 1922, PI. XII. Again,
without the crowns, on the head from Sinai, Fig. 133 in Petrie, Sinai. Cf. Tutenkhamon’s ushebti from
the outer chamber of his tomb which has a vulture head and uraeus on the brow.

[192]

amulet and one representing the urasus were found together on the
brow of a mummy of about looo B. C., included in the “second Deir
el-Bahri find.” The late lists leave no doubt that the amulet of
the standing vulture is in the same class with the small gold uraei,
collars, scepters, etc., that is, it is dependent on the early idea of
a royal equipment for the dead. The Kennard tablet has four of
these vultures following six serpent amulets; in the MacGregor list,
in addition to a goodly supply of golden uraei, there are seven items
of vultures, four of them following directly upon the headdresses, re¬
quisitioning in all fifteen pieces, an ideal equipment which was nearly
realized in the instance of Hikamsaf who had twelve such gold amu¬
lets.A composite amulet published by M. Capart has inscribed
on it the old supply of five vultures which are followed by a head¬
dress.And finally, we would mention the representation, in the
second hypostyle hall of the temple at Edfu, of a diadem being pre¬
sented by the king to the god Harkhentkhetai of Athribis; this
diadem has the early form with two bow-knots, alluded to above,
page 56, with the addition on the rim of upright figures, on the one
side three vultures stylized as in the present amulet, on the other side
three uraei.

(8) The phallus. The phallus is enumerated by Professor Petrie under
amulets of the class “Similars” and the specimens known to him are
all of the Roman period. But it is included in the earlier MacGregor
list as item 40 and in the funerary equipments of Harkhebit and
Pedineit of the Persian period, and the need for it may be
grounded in an episode of the Osirian tale.^®’^

(9) An unknown amulet, similar to an object depicted between two mir¬
rors on the west side of one of the coffins from Bersheh.^®^

(10) Two royal “shepherd’s crooks” (compare under No. 94). Another
form is represented here than in No. 94.^®®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions'1853 ff.. Nos. 1081-2; edition 1915,
Nos. 1077-8.

AnnaleSy VIII, p. 30, No. 98. Cf. the fact mentioned above, p. 162, that on some other mummies of this
find, two uraei occurred on the brow.

Annales, V, p. 77.

See above, n. 138.

Marquis de Rochemonteix, Le temple d'Edfou, puhlie d'aprh les estampages et les copies (Memoires,
Mission, Vol. X), Paris, 1897, PI. XL b, 3 d, I.

Annales, IV, p. 81.

Annales, II, p. 103.

The god’s phallus was swallowed by the Oxyrhynchos fish. See briefly Sethe in A. X., Vol. 57 (1922), p.
33 under 24.

Lacau, Sarcophages, No. 28089, 32, Fig. 131. Its color is yellow, perhaps to represent gold. Cf. now,
Jequier, Prises d^objets, pp. 129-130, who shows that a small lance-shaped toilet knife is probably the
object represented.

153 Mace and Winlock, Senehtisi, p. 85, Fig. 47 and Jequier, op. cit., pp. 168-73.

[193]

F.—Statuettes of Gods

Among the earliest gold and silver statuettes of Egyptian divinities which
have come down to us are tiny figures of the god Min/ found in tombs of the
period just after 2000 B. C. From about 1500 B, C. a splendid gold figure of
Amon, seven inches high, has survived,^ But the majority of the extant statu¬
ettes representing gods and made of the precious metals are of a late period,
after 1000 B. C. A few fine pieces are definitely datable to the Twenty-sec¬
ond,® the Twenty-third,* the Twenty-fifth,® and the Twenty-sixth ® Dynasties,
and others may be judged by their style to be of the last thousand years be¬
fore Christ. Some of these figures come from tombs, others from the sites of
towns and temples. Many are provided with loops by which they could be sus¬
pended (compare Nos. 135, 138), suggesting, together with their find-spots, that
they were amulets or votive offerings; one instance is on record in which a
tiny gold figure was to be suspended inside its silver box, for the loop is on
the latter,’^ and Moller drew attention to a relief showing that in the far South
even statuettes of cumbersome size were worn hanging from the neck.®

The four figures published here include two solid castings of silver (Nos.
135, 138), an oddity in the way of an ancient fraud of lead ore covered with
gold foil (No. 137), and a figure made in two halves (No. 136), which is
of special interest in connection with the ancient die. No. 139. Three of the
figures represent gods of the Osirian cycle and the fourth portrays Nefertem,
the child in the Memphite triad.

No. 135 (Plate XXXI). Statuette of the child Horus.

Silver. Probably later than 1000 B. C. Weight, 46.36 grains (3.017 grams).

The eyelet and side lock are partially broken away and the surface condi¬
tion is poor.

1 Ayrton and others, Abydos. Ill, PI- XII, i, 2, p. 8; Engelbach, Riqqeh and Memphis VI, PI. I, 3, p. 12.

2 Burl. Fine Arts Club, Catal. Egyptian Art (1922), No. ii, p. 106, PI. XVI.

3 So a triad of Osiris, Isis, and Harendotes in the Louvre; Vernier, Bijouterie, PI. XVIII, i, p. 113; Perrot
and Chipiez, Histoire de Vart, Vol. I, p. 837, Fig. 571. This piece, made of gold and lapis lazuli, bears
the cartouches of Osorkon II (874-853 B.C.).

4 Petrie, Ehnasya, frontispiece, pp. 18-19, a solid gold figure of Harsaphes, god of Heracleopolis, found in his
temple and weighing 1.25 ounces troy (38.88 grams); now in the Museum of Fine Arts; Boston Hand¬
book, 1920, p. 50.

® Silver figure of Isis from the tomb of the Ethiopian Queen Kashtaneferuwka; Boston Bulletin, Vol. XIX
(1921), half-tones on p. 29.

6 A series of gold figures and one of silver covered with gold found in the town of the time of Ahmose II,
above the Memphite palace of Merneptah; The Museum Journal, Univ. of Pennsylvania, Vol. VIII (1917),
Fig. 89, pp. 228-30.

7 Petrie, Tanis II, etc., pp. 75-6, PI. XLI, 8, 9; Petrie, Ten Years' Digging, p. 59, Fig. 47.

3 In Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, under No. 46, citing Fig. 87, after Lepsius, Denkmdler, V, 62; also
Cailliaud, Voyage a Meroi, Atlas Vol. I, PI. XVI.

[194]

The piece is a solid casting, probably made by the “waste wax” process;®
that is, a duplicate of the form of the desired statuette was probably cast in
a stone mould (compare page 205) in wax, or in a mixture of materials ca¬
pable of melting and running off without leaving a residue. This model was
then perfected by hand and painted with layer after layer of some substance
which would be hardened but not destroyed by heating, perhaps loam and
water mixed with plaster;^® in this mantle were reserved, by means of col¬
umns of wax attached to the model, a channel for pouring in the molten metal
and air vents for the escape of the gases in the pouring. After the metal had
been poured and the casting had cooled, the mantle was broken off, being used
only the one time, and the figure was chased to remove superfluous lugs of
metal and often to add details, although the present piece is without such details.

The little god is represented seated and nude, with arms held close to his
body. The eyelet by which the piece was suspended is at the shoulders.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., No. 883; edition 1915,
No. 880.

No. 136 (Plate XXXI, a, b). Statuette of the child Horus.

Gold over a wax(?) filling. Probably Ptolemaic, 332-30 B. C. Present
weight, 204.99 grains (13.283 grams).

We found the statuette broken crosswise in three pieces and lacking some
particles of its core and outer gold shell. It is now held together by brass
pins embedded in the core, to which it was necessary to add some wax.

The figure was pressed out in two parts in a die (compare Plate XXXI, 139
a. A) and the gold parts were soldered down the sides in overlapping seams;
the hollow figure was then filled with what appears to us to be wax, or a mix¬
ture containing some wax, and some details were tooled in with a liner in the
small of the back and elsewhere on the figure. The little round pedestal un¬
der the feet was separately made of a narrow band of sheet gold soldered on
edge to a bottom plate; it, too, was filled and was then attached, closing the
figure. There is a tiny rectangle of sheet gold on the left shoulder, probably
a patch. The figure is without means of suspension.

^This is the usual view; see Schafer, op. cit., Nos. 46-8; Petrie, Tools and WeaponSy p. 61; Arts and Crafts,
p. 89; but M. Vernier, Bijouterie, p. loi, regards it as an open question whether or not the Egyptian
jewelers used the waste wax process. On this method of casting as practised by modern craftsmen, see:
Maryon, Meial^work, Ch. XXVI; Wilson, Silverwork and Je^welry, Ch. XXXII; on ancient methods, G.
M. A. Richter, Bronzes, pp. XVIII-XX.

Professor Erich Pernice in the Jahreshefte des Oesterreichischen Archaeologischen Institutes, Vienna, Vol.
VII (1904), p. 158, n. 6, expressed the opinion, on Egyptian evidence, that moulding sand was not used
in antiquity for casting but instead clay mixed with brick dust was employed (so in Zeitschrift fiir
bildende Kunst, Leipsic, Vol. XXI, 1910, p. 221). Certainly the original one-piece mould in the N. Y.
Hist. Society’s Collection {Quarterly Bulletin, Vol. Ill, 1919-20, p. i) is not of sand but has a plaster-like
consistency and affords interesting evidence of the use of plaster for casting bronze. At least for many-
part moulds to be used repeatedly it has not been thought that plaster would endure bronze; cf. Edgar,
Greek Moulds (Cairo Catal.), Cairo, 1903, p. III.

[195]

In this instance the young god is standing, he raises the right hand to his
lips, and is provided with the atef-cvown. The plump body and the head,
large in relation to the total height, indicate a later date for this statuette than
that suggested by the proportions of the preceding No. 135.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No, 1109; edition 1915,
No, 1105.

No. 137 (Plate XXXI). Fragmentary statuette of Isis holding the child Horus.

Galena,“ once completely covered with gold foil. Ptolemaic or Roman
period, after 332 B.C.(?). From Sakkara.

The head and breast, upper arms, and parts of the lap and hands of the
goddess, also the feet of the child, are missing. The gold foil is preserved
only on the child’s figure.

The statuette was carved from a lump of galena, then completely
covered with a thin layer of plaster mixed with a binder on which the gold
foil was laid. Much of the plaster remains where the gold has peeled off.

For the subject, compare the amulet No. 113. This statuette has a plinth
at the back. The seat is of the type commonly given to kings and divinities.
The baby has the side lock worn by Egyptian children and his hands are in
the same position as in No. 135. We agree with the suggestion of the old
Bonomi catalogue that the piece was probably passed off in ancient times for
a statuette of solid gold.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 35, No. 51. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 ff.. No, 987; edition 1915, No. 983.

No, 138 (Plate XXXI). Statuette of Nefertem.

Silver. Probably Twenty-sixth Dynasty, sixth century B. C. From Memphis.

The lower parts of the legs (but not the base) are a modern restoration
of the middle of the last century. The surface is much worn.

The piece was cast solid, presumably by the waste wax process; compare
under No. 135.

This figure exemplifies a well-known type of statuette found at Memphis,
where the god Nefertem was worshipped as the son in a family group in
which Ptah and his consort Sekhmet were the adult divinities. The god’s dis¬
tinguishing attribute is a headdress, consisting of an open lotus flower sur¬
mounted by two tall upright feathers and flanked by two counterweights of the
we«fl/-necklace (see under No. 107), In the lotus flower. Professor Erman
sees an allusion to a supposed origin of Nefertem as a flower.^^

Kindly examined by Dr. E. O. Hovey of the American Museum of Natural History.

Religion, 2nd Germ, ed., p. 91; Engl, ed., p. 76; also Kees, A.Z., Vol. 57 (1922), pp. 116-17.

[196]

A statuette similar stylistically to this one was found at Memphis in associa¬
tion with Greek coins of about 550 B. C.; another (or the same one?) is in¬
cluded by Professor Petrie in his work Amulets as belonging to a group of
the Twenty-sixth Dynastyd* A much finer piece in Berlin is assigned to the
close of the Ptolemaic period on the strength of a demotic^® inscription run¬
ning around the based®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., No. 934; edition 1915,
No. 950.

13 Petrie, Roman Portraits and Memphis {IV) ^ PI. XXXI, p. 24.

14 No. 175 e, PI. XXX, p. 38.

15 The late cursive writing which superseded hieratic in secular use.

13 Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 46, PI. 10. Cf. the similar figure, also with demotic inscription, in
Legrain, Catal. Coll, Hoffmann, 1894, pp. 108-9, No. 337.

[197]

G.-Tools

Very little is known about the tools used by Egyptian jewelers, for almost'
the only extant ones indubitably identified are dies and moulds,' both single
and composite, of which two late specmicns are catalogued below. Some sur¬
viving copper and bronze tools would serve a jeweler very well; of such we
publish here two characteristic pieces from the New York Historical Society’s
collections. M. Emile Vernier, the French engraver and medallist who was
called to Egypt to study the great Cairo collection of jewelry, in his book on
materials and technique, reproduced a number of ancient bronze tools, among
which the knives ® and late shears are of such possible general utility that
they may, or may not, have been used by jewelers, but the graver in the Cairo
Museum,® having its cutting end shaped like a modern graver, would seem
to be an important piece,® although lack of available information about its date
and provenience detracts from its present usefulness as a datum. A bronze
chisel from Thebes (1500-1200 B. C.?), not necessarily a jeweler’s tool, how¬
ever, has the special interest, so M. Vernier states,^ of being composed of two
layers of metal, an inner alloy rich in tin but somewhat brittle and a coat¬
ing of softer bronze to absorb the vibrations from hammer blows and thus
lessen the strain on the inner metal.

Much of the Egyptian manufacturing jeweler’s apparatus is pictured on
ancient monuments and inferences about tools may be drawn from an examina¬
tion of extant jewels; these sources, however, are often open to differences of
opinion, as when M. Vernier writes,® citing the same opinion held by M. Chas-
sinat, that the Egyptians used only open fires and Professor Breasted, in¬
terpreting a wall-scene of the melting of gold, refers ® to the fire as contained
in a small clay furnace. The various ancient reliefs and paintings of jewelers

1 Crucibles are mentioned in Dunn, Mineral Deposits, p. 23, but their date is uncertain; we cannot find
that any ancient crucible used with gold or silver has been published, except one from I'roy; see Dr.
Henry Schliemann, Ilios, New York, 1881, pp. 408-9.

2 For those tools into which sheet metal was pressed we prefer the name “die,” finding it less confusing to
limit “mould” to those into w’hich the material was conveyed in a molten state. Many composite tools
include both dies and moulds.

3 Bijouterie, Figs. 23-7.

^ Op. cit.. Fig. 22.

^ Op. cit.. Fig. 162.

^ The cutting part of the tool more nearly resembles that of a modern graver than does the corresponding
part of another ancient graver, found near Mayence and probably of Roman origin, which is pictured
in Bliimner, Technologie und Terminologie, Vol. IV^, p. 275, Fig. 33; the Roman tool may have been used
for coarser work.

7 Op. cit., pp. 37-8, Fig. I.

« Op. cit., p. 53.

^Ancient Times, p. 63, Fig. 47. So also Mrs. Richardson, in the labels in the Daily Life Room of the
Eg>'ptian Department, Metropolitan Museum; Bull. M.M.A., Vol. XIII (1918), cut on p. 287.

[198]

and other metal-workers at their occupation,^® dating roughly from at least
2600 to 1300 B. C., show chiefly: scales being used to weigh the precious ma¬
terials, crucibles, moulds,^^ larger and smaller mouth blow-pipes, bellows, an¬
vils, gold-beater’s blocks, stones held in the hand and used instead of hammers
with a handle in beating gold sheet and gold foil, pincers for holding work in
the flame, and drills in use in perforating beads of semi-precious stones.

The most extended examination thus far made of actual Egyptian work is
that of M. Vernier, who illustrated his book on technique with many pictures
of modern tools to elucidate the operations which he believes went on also in
ancient Egypt. And the reader will have derived from the present study of
a small group of jewelry some idea of the tools with which they were made.
We have seen that the Egyptians possessed, in addition to the equipment rec¬
ognizably pictured on the monuments, probably draw-plates of a sort (see
page 40), and certainly knives, various punches, straight liners, small chisels,
and a suitable yielding composition over which to do work in repousse and
chasing; in No. 23, we found evidence for a late period of the employment of
binding wire, which presumably would have been of copper.

It is improbable, however, that the ancient Egyptian’s tools were as highly
differentiated one from another as the modern craftsman’s various scorpers,
punches, and pliers! Not only is there less variety in the extant tools which
we may pick out as adapted to his use, a fact which by itself is inconclusive, be¬
cause of the vast gaps in the material remains from antiquity, but the pictorial
evidence shows him working without many a modern convenience. It is
worth while to note some of the things which the Egyptian jeweler appar¬
ently had to do without during the periods when he produced his most beau¬
tiful and characteristic work, the periods covered by the wall-scenes referred
to above. We have mentioned the lack of heavy hammers for beating gold,
and he was equally without convenient small hammers with handles, so far
as any evidence show's, perhaps using with his chasing tools smaller stones or
clumps of wood. He seems not to have had tongs for carrying his crucibles,
but to have picked them up with stones (?) held in the hands or to have bal¬
anced them precariously between two bending rods; and among surviving tools
from Egypt, tongs are not found until Roman times.^® He was without files,
so his work indicates, using instead an abrasive, sand or emery, perhaps ap¬
plied with a stick and water. A lack which the modern maker of brooches and
watch fobs would feel especially was that of the fine piercing saw, for which
the Egyptian had no suitable material, cutting out all the a jour patterns in¬
stead by small chisels, on which he hammered, presumably in the fashion in¬
dicated above. And he was also without shears.

References given Introduction, n. 31.

Especially one scene in the tomb of Rekhmire where a great door is being cast; Erman-Ranke, Aegypten,

P* 549*

Professor Petrie, Tools and Weapons, p. 40, § in, marvels that the Egyptian workman could endure

the shock to the wrist consequent upon the absence of a handle.

13 So Petrie, op, cit., p. 41 . Cf. Davies, Puyemre, I, p. 73 , green withes(?) used earlier.

[199]

If the Egyptian jeweler’s equipment of the older periods was probably one
which would seem very meager to a young beginner of the present day/* he
himself was not unconscious, as time went on, of its limitations, for we may
note some additions and improvements. In the third millennium B. C., in
numerous wall-scenes depicting the melting of gold, two to six men surround
the fire and blow with all their force through the reeds tipped with clay which
served as blow-pipes, but about 1450 B. C., the air is forced into the pipes by
one or more pairs of bellows, each manipulated by one man, who stands on
the two bellows, rocking back and forth, expelling the air from one and re¬
leasing the other and filling it by drawing a cord, as the Egyptian bellows was
without a spring to expand it automatically. Again in the older period men
are pictured boring beads singly; about the time of the introduction of the
bellows, however, we find represented the multiple bow-drill, that is, several
drills being operated simultaneously by a single workman using one bow. By
Classical times, when there is again evidence available in such matters, some
of the convenient tools which were wanting earlier—shears,*® proper ham¬
mers with handles,*® possibly files *^—had come into use.

Ancient tools now and then present interesting points of comparison
with modern tools. Thus the Egyptian jeweler’s drills did not resemble the
modern drill pictured by M. Vernier,*® having the cutting edges at the widest
place, and thus making a bore of uniform diameter, but, rather, their cutting
was done by the tapered ends which swerved about and produced tapering
bores (Nos. 23, 83); this conclusion is based on the appearance of the bores.
On the other hand, it has been shown that the ancient gold-beater’s block of
about 1450 B, C. was essentially like that of his modern successor, consisting of
a block of wood set in the ground to carry off the shock of the heavy blows
and of a great stone, set into the wood, on which the gold was beaten.*®

Mr. Wilson in Silver Work and Jewelry, Ch. Ill, mentions 40 to 50 chasing tools as sufficing for the
most simple work.

See Petrie, op. cit., p. 48 on the convenient form peculiar to Egypt.

See the Pompeian wall-painting of Hephaestus chasing a helmet; Bliimner, op. cit., Vol. IV, Fig. 28, and
cf. Fig. 48. It may be mentioned that in Egyptian reliefs of the 4th cent. B.C. the old handle-less
hammer was still represented; Annales, Vol. XX (1920), p. 65. But it is questionable whether this is
good evidence as to contemporary practice, so much did artists of the late period take their themes from
older work and even make copies of their ancestors’ wall-decorations, as in the case of the tomb of Ibi
at Thebes; there the scene showing gold-beaters wielding oblong or cylindrical hammers (bars of metal
or a misunderstood copy of the earlier stones?) may not be dependable evidence for the 7th cent. B.C.;
yet, just below the gold-beaters are depicted Canopic jars with covers in the form of animal heads un¬
known in the days of the first Ibi! For these reliefs see V. Scheil, “Tombeaux thebains. Le tombeau
d’Aba,” PI. Ill, in Memoires. Mission, Vol. V, Pt. 4.

17 Bliimner illustrates, op. cit., p. 276, only coarse files, but see the literary evidence cited by him, p. 321,
n. 2, for goldsmith’s files; in the same passage, an epigram from the Palatine Anthology, a haresfoot
is mentioned, and on a goldsmith’s tombstone {op. cit., p. 320), among other tools, a pair of dividers is
represented. Cf. Petrie’s statement in Tools and Weapons, p. 60, that compasses were unknown in
Egypt until the time of Graeco-Roman influence and see Edgar, Greek Bronzes (Cairo Catal.), Cairo,
1904, No. 27880, PI. XIX.

Bijouterie, Figs. 29, 30.

19 Theobald in Kunst und Kunsthandwerk, Vol. XIV, pp. 567-8, judging by the colors of the different parts
as shown in an ancient Egyptian wall-painting.

[200]

Two questions have been much discussed in the past and are occasionally
revived even now, namely, whether the early Egyptians made any industrial
use of iron, or even steel, and, if not, whether they and other Mediterranean
peoples knew some especially efifective way of hardening bronze. Although
sporadic occurrences of metallic iron, reaching from the Prehistoric period
down into the Iron Age, have been recorded,^** the indications are that in early
times alloys of copper, obtained by smelting impure ores, and later,^^ arti¬
ficially made bronze, were the principal metals of industry. Examples of
actual steel from Egypt are very rare indeed, a fact for which the perishability
of steel is not the only possible explanation! Aside from an early alleged in¬
stance of the Pyramid Age and some specimens of doubtful origin, men¬
tioned by Mr. Herbert Garland,we are able to cite only the set of imported
tools of mild steel of the seventh century B. C. found at Thebes by Mr.
Petrie.^^ Even in the last millennium before Christ, the majority of the tools
were of bronze, and iron tools did not become common in the Nile Valley until
the early years of the Christian era. Whatever was learned in antiquity about
hardening iron, as by the Assyrians for weapons and armor and by the

20 See Gowland’s list in Journ. Royal Anthr. Inst., Vol. XLII (1912), pp. 283-4; the list appears with some
additions in a review of Gowland’s paper, C.S.J., Vol. VII (1913), p. 137. Also Petrie, Arts and Crafts,
pp. 104-6; Ancient Egypt, 1915, pp. 19-23.

21 The interesting question culturally is not what are the earliest alloys which reveal the presence of tin,
for these may be due to the accidental acquisition of ores containing tin (cf., however, on this point H. C.
and L. H. Hoover, Agricola, p. 411, n. 53), but when did the Egyptians first possess an empirical knowl¬
edge of the metallurgy of bronze? This, of course, is difficult to answer. The references in Egyptian
texts to “bronze of six-fold alloy,” and the like, thus far noted, which show bronze-making well estab¬
lished, are comparatively late, of the period around 1200 B.C.; Erman, Life in Ancient Egypt, p. 460;
Gardiner, Anastasi I, p. 37, n. 24. But by 1400 B.C. the Egyptians were acquainted with metallic tin (see
No. 27, n. 80), and earlier, by the processes in use in antiquity, as Gowland demonstrated {op. cit., pp.
241, 242), it w'ould have been possible to make bronze by smelting tin ore with copper ore. Professor
Petrie reports {Ancient Egypt, 1915, p. 17) an analysis of a Illrd Dyn. sample (around 3000 B.C.) which
revealed 9 per cent, of tin, a proportion which ordinarily would not be accidental, and yet might be ac¬
cidental under exceptional conditions (see Gowland on this point, p. 242). Statements are conflicting about
the “copper” statues of Pepi I and his son (not later than 2500 B.C.), as Dr. Gladstone found only a
slight trace of tin (Petrie, Bender eh, p. 61) and Maspero {Guide to the Cairo Museum, 4th Engl, ed.,
Cairo, p. 75) reported an Italian analysis indicating 6.5 per cent, of tin; cf. further, on this uncertainty,

H. R. Hall in J.E.A., Vol. VHI (1922), p. 251. Again, the tools from Kahun, of the period of 1900 B.C.,
contained less than 2 per cent, of tin; cf. J. H. Gladstone, P.S.B.A., Vol. XII (1889-90), pp. 227-34;
Vol. XIV, pp. 223-6; Vol. XVI, pp. 97, 98; Petrie, Illahun, p. 12; Berthelot in De Morgan, Dahchour,

I, pp. 136 ff. Presumably metallurgical experimenting on the part of the Egyptians began almost with
their first acquaintance with metal (not later than 5000 B.C.), and Professor Petrie implies {Ancient
Egypt, loc. cit.) that the hardening of copper by mixing in ores containing arsenic, etc., was sometimes a
deliberate process, although he would have us believe that the art of bronze-making was introduced
from abroad, not earlier than 1600 B.C. Maspero’s view, based chiefly on the researches of Berthelot,
was that bronze came in gradually, beginning with the Vlth Dyn. (2500 B.C.) ; Manual of Egyptian
Archeology, translated and enlarged by Agnes S. Johns, 6th Engl, ed.. New York and London, 1914, p. 339.

22 Gowland, loc. cit., and Mr. Garland’s comments in C.S.J., Vol. VII (1913), pp. 61, 193.

23 The chief recent exponent of the view that the Egyptians may early have had iron, and later steel,
tools, with which to work their hardest stones. The old controversy over the use of bronze and iron in
the Bronze Age is well summarized from the archaeologist’s point of view by Miss Richter in her catalogue
of Bronzes, pp. XV, XVI, and from the natural scientist’s point of view by H. C. and L. H. Hoover in
Agricola, pp. 420-23, “Historical Note on Iron Smelting.”

Tools and Weapons, pp. 39, 44; Arts and Crafts, p. 106; Six Temples at Thebes. 1896, London, 1897,
pp. 18-19, PI. XXL

25 Petrie, Arts and Crafts, p. 106; cf. Breasted, Ancient Times, p. 157.

[ 201 ]

Greeks and Romans for tools to be used with wheel-power^® and for coin dies,*’
no definite evidence is known to us of any contribution to such knowledge by
the Egyptians, and it remains uncertain to what extent Egyptian artisans, even
in the late period, made use of mild steel.

The old theory that the Egyptians had, in addition to regulating the compo¬
sition of the alloy, some method of hardening bronze superior to cold hammer¬
ing, and now lost to the world, may be regarded as demonstrably weakened,
now that the tests of the new science of physical metallurgy have been applied
to a selected series of ancient Egyptian copper and bronze tools. In every in¬
stance Mr. Garland found the very microstructure characteristic of modern
castings whose “cores” have been deformed by cold hammcring.“‘' Further,
as the application of intense heat to an alloy which has been cast and then
cold hammered results in a recrystallization, it may be affirmed that after these
ancient tools were made, they were not subjected to any kind of tempering
involving severe heat. After examining the structure of the tools as they had
come down from antiquity, Mr. Garland annealed some of them, which then re¬
vealed under microscopic examination irregular crystal grains. Thus the micro¬
scopic appearance and the behavior of the alloys composing the tools are in
favor of the view that well-known processes, and not mysterious lost arts, were
used in their production.

In flint the Egyptians possessed a material with the hardness of 7 (Smith¬
sonian tables),®® which would cut many substances intractable to bronze tools.
M. Vernier suggested that also flint tools were employed by Egyptian gold-
workers, and we think it not improbable that this hard material, so abundantly

2 ^Pernicc, Jahreshejte, Vol. VITI (1905), pp. 51-2; G. M. A. Richter, Bro?tzes, p. XXIII.

27 The mooted question of the material used for coin dies was dif^cussed again interestingly in favor of a
hard metal by S. W. Grose in Numismatic Chronicle, 4th Series, Vol. XVI (1916), pp. 113 ff.

28 C. S. J., Vol. VII, pp. 45-61, 186-9; The .Journal of the Institute of Metals, London, 1913, Vol. IX, pp.
118-19; Vol. X, pp. 329-43; also a reference to this investigation in Walter Rosenhain, An Introduction to
the Study of Physical Metallurgy, New York, 2nd ed., 1919, p. 255.

2^>In this connection the open moulds of “thick pottery lined with a smooth coat of clay and ash,” dating
from about 1900 B.C. and used for casting chisels and knives, are of interest. The blades were cast of
an inch (0.635 thick and then hammered down to the required thinness; so Petrie, Tools and

Weapons, p. 61 and PI. LXXVII, 249. With this statement may be compared Mr. Garland’s description
of the process as deduced from these tools which he examined: “The metal was smelted, either directly from
the ore, or from blocks previously reduced, cast approximately to shape, and, when cold or almost cold, the
cutting edge was hammered out. The amount of hammering does not appear to have been excessive, but
owing to the entire oxidation of all thin sections, it has not been possible to make microscopical examina¬
tion to the extremity of the cutting edges: for this reason also it cannot be said whether the edges were
afterw'ards ground, but presumably they were ground a little” (C. S, J., Vol. VII, p. i88). A great
difficulty in producing good working tools in this way is the tendency of the metal to become brittle under
hammering. Metallurgists have also pointed out the effect of bismuth and other substances found in early
copper alloys not only to harden but to render the alloys brittle. Undoubtedly these disadvantages had to
be struggled with and they limited the results that could be effected with tools of which copper was the
chief ingredient. We have seen above how one bronze tool was made suitable both for cutting and endur¬
ing percussion (p. 198). We doubt not that the Egyptians were constantly experimenting to regulate the
composition of the alloy and the amount of hammering according to the use to which the respective tools
were to be put.

80 In which 10 represents the hardness of the diamond.

Bijouterie^ p. 62.

[202]

available and known to have been in use in the land in the historic periods,
may have been found more enduring for cutting sheet gold and some other
purposes. Yet we do not see that its use was essential. Copper, gold, and
silver all have the same range of hardness, 2.5 to 3, and for many processes,
the metal to be worked would be in a softer state than the tools used, even were
the latter pure copper. But as analyses have shown that ancient Egyptian
tools were commonly of alloys of copper, whether reduced from ores contain¬
ing all their component metals, or put together by man, these certainly were
efficient enough on the precious metals,^^ although they readily lost their keen¬
ness. The Egyptians possessed hones,®* and if their metal tools wore out more
readily than modern steel tools, they were also comparatively easy to make.

The question of the engraving of gem-stones is less important in Egyptian
jewelry than in that of Greece, although there exist a few elaborate Egyptian
designs engraved in carnelian, sard, and jasper, of which the majority date
from about 1500 to 1400 B. C.®^ No discussion of the technique of these older
gems has yet appeared, but since the Egyptians employed the bow-drill
in bead-making, the bow may well have furnished power and rapidity of action
to the tools and the abrasive used with them. In the engraving of Classical
gems, of which two examples are included in the present catalogue (Plate
XVIII, 88 c, 89 c), there is evidence for the use both of the wheel and the
bow.®®

As we have indicated above, the material for the consideration of gold¬
smith’s dies and moulds is a little less scanty than that available for other
tools. Many of stone, of late date, a large proportion of them in the
Classical style, have been found in Egypt,®® but very few which go back to
the Eighteenth to Twentieth Dynasties have been published, and none from
Egypt, so far as we know, antedates 1500 B. C. Among the oldest Egyptian
moulds is a composite one in Berlin,®' which was designed to produce, in ad-

32 Cf. Vernier, op. cit., p. 123, rejecting the necessity of steel for gold-workers, and the experiments referred
to by Bliimner, op. cit., p. 51, establishing the efficacy of bronze tools on bronze, at least for chasing, if not
for engraving. Professor Pernice’s experiments {Jahrshefte, VIII, p. 51, n. 3) proved that bronze could
be engraved with bronze by using a tool of an alloy richer in tin than the surface to be engraved. Thus
bronze would surely have sufficed for the nobler metals. The problem of the carving of statues of hard
stones in early times does not concern us, but see Mr. E. S. Thomas' remarks, citing evidence from Dr.
Reisner’s excavations unfavorable to the theory of the use of iron or steel; C. S. J., Vol. VII, p. 193.

33 In the Illrd millennium B.C., in the scenes of the slaughter of animals, the butcher usually has what looks
like a hone attached to his person by a cord and is often represented sharpening a knife. The knives,
however, following some authorities, were of flint, and if so the instrument was one for re-flaking the
edge by rapid, skillful pressure; A. Z., Vol. XXXV (1897), pp. 105-6; Borchardt, Sahu-re, II, p. 37 - Mr.
Winlock has kindly reminded us of the gritstone hone included in a shaving set of the XVIIIth Dyn., No.
12.182.7 of the Metropolitan Museum’s collection; another is published in Carnarvon and Carter, Five
Years* Explorations, p. 72, PI. LXV.

347. E. A., Vol. Ill (1916), PI. XI, pp. 73-5; Perrot and Chipiez, Hisioire de Vart, I, pp. 738 - 9 » Figs* 496 - 9 *

3 ^ G. M. A. Richter, Catalogue of Engraved Gems of the Classical Style, M. M. A., New York, 1920, pp,
XLVII-LIV, and the authorities there quoted.

36 Schreiber, Toreutik, Ch. I. To the examples listed there may be added two dies with purely Egyptian
designs: (a) Berlin, No. 18,846; Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, p. 71, Fig. 77; (b) the large unpublished
die in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston; see our pp. 155, 207.

37 Berlin Ferz., p. 205, No. 8920; Schreiber, op. cit., p. 279, Fig. i; Schafer, op. cit., p. 51, Fig. 33.

[ 203 ]

dition to other ornaments, pendants imitating the form of a poppy-fruit or
corn-flower, motifs especially common in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Dy¬
nasties. For the use of stone dies in this period, we may cite the evidence of
such figures as our Nos. 9 to ii, which present all the appearance of having
been made with a tool differing from No. 139 a (Plate XXXI) only in the
style of the figure. These dies and moulds were not confined to Egypt but
have been found in Italy,®* in Greek lands,®® and in Assyria.^® Nor were the
dies invariably made of stone, for some of bronze are extant, including a piece
of the middle of the seventh century B. C.‘‘^ Further, there are stone moulds,
and perhaps dies, which were bronze-worker’s, rather than goldsmith’s, tools.
Some of the extant stone moulds are open, others are two-part moulds,
of which usually one part is missing. The oldest three-part stone mould
known to us is an incomplete one figured by Mr. Marshall,^® which is dated
to the first Late Minoan period (about 1600-1500 B. C.) by the distinctive form
of the signet ring to be cast with its aid; none has been made known of so
early a time from Egypt; Moller published part of one bearing a Greek in¬
scription, of uncertain provenience; ^® the special interests of a late Roman (?)
mould for rings, reproduced by M. Vernier,^'* are that all three parts are pre¬
served and that three rings were to be cast at one time.^®

Long ago Layard remarked that the stone moulds found by him were
“precisely such as are used to this day by Arab goldsmiths,” a remark later
quoted by Perrot and by Schreiber,^® but no one of these authors described
how the Arabs employed the moulds. Tacitly, however, everyone assumed
that in the goldsmith’s moulds molten gold (or silver) was cast, into the bronze-
worker’s moulds, molten bronze was poured; the gates were there for the pas¬
sage of the molten stream and registers were present for the matching together
of the two parts, or three parts, when the moulds were not open; it was less
evident how the air displaced by the molten metal was to escape from the
closed moulds, but this question seems not to have been discussed. Then early
in the present century. Professor Pernice undertook, at a foundry in Berlin, an
extensive series of experiments,^® endeavoring, in modern stone moulds made

38 Marshall, Jewellery, p. LIII.

89 Marshall, op. cit., p. LI.

Schreiber, op. cit., pp. 281-2.

Marshall, op. cit., pp. LI, LII; J. H. S., Vol. XVI (1896), pp. 323 flF. See also the Roman composite die
published by Miss Richter; Bronzes, No. 1710. Although the proportion of extant bronze dies to those of
stone is small, it does not presumably represent their relative numbers in antiquity.

42 Op. cit., p. 40, Fig. 7.

43 In Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, p. 51, Fig. 31; cf. Berlin, Verz., p. 364, No. 11,337.

Bijouterie, Figs. 130-34.

45 Cf. Berlin Verz., p. 364, No. 8876.

48 Austen H. Layard, Discoveries in the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon, New York, 1853, pp. 595-7. Parts of
several two-piece moulds were included in Layard’s finds.

47 Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de Vart, II, p. 766, n. i.

48 Op. cit., p. 282.

Jahreshejte, Vol. VII (1904), ‘*Uber antike Steinformen,” pp. 180-97; see especially pp. 194-6, with re¬
spect to stone dies and moulds from Egypt.

[204]

in imitation of the various materials, workmanship, and designs of an¬
cient moulds, to cast bronze, with the result that his stone moulds, even when
heated in advance as much as is practicable, were seriously injured by the hard-
flowing metal and the castings obtained were too poor to be utilized. His con¬
clusion was that stone moulds could have been employed only for the easy-
flowing metal lead, or for wax, and that when the latter was used, the inten¬
tion was to produce a model, afterwards to be perfected in its details and cast
by the waste wax process. He found no evidence in examining actual bronzes
for the use before about the fourth century B. C. of many-part plaster
moulds®® which could be used over and over again; rather, even after this me¬
chanical means of duplicating wax models for bronzes was known, the Greek
artisans often continued to perfect an individual model for each casting. Now
whatever is true of the deleterious effect of molten bronze on a stone mould
would hold presumably also for the precious metals, as their melting points
are close to that of bronze.®^ Yet Professor Pernice’s results, although fav¬
orably received, have not been universally applied and possibly need confirma¬
tion with respect to goldsmith’s moulds. M. Vernier, who does not indicate
that he was familiar with them, with all his technical training, did not hesitate
to say that gold could be cast in the talc moulds which came under his observa¬
tion ®^ and Moller ®® and Mr. Marshall ®'‘ both implied the direct use of three-
part stone moulds in casting signet rings of hard-flowing metals.

With those tools which we have termed dies, namely those into which sheet
metal was impressed, it is easier to experiment without danger of injuring the
ancient pieces. Clearly with bronze dies impressions could be struck.®® From
a die of the third century B. C. in the Egyptian Department of the Metropolitan
Museum of Art,®* impressions in sheet brass were obtained in the following
way: the modern sheet brass was placed on a lead block, the ancient die was
set over the brass and its reverse protected by a block of wood, then one or
more sharp blows were struck with a metal hammer to force the die down-

Zeitschr, f. hild. Kunst, Vol. XXI (1910), p. 222.

51 According to Charles D. Ilodgman and others, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 8th ed., Cleveland,
1920, p. 90, a bronze of 90 per cent, copper, 10 per cent, tin melts at 1010° C; the melting point of pure
gold is 1065° C, of pure silver, 961° C, that of lead only 327° C. Miss Richter, discussing in the Bull,
M, M. A., Vol. XVI (1921), p. 56, two pairs of Greek earrings with animal’s heads dating from the 4th
cent. B.C., calls attention to the two heads of each pair as cast from separate moulds; this being true,
they were presumably cast from individual models by the waste wax process, and not directly in such a
stone mould as that for an animal-headed earring in the British Museum (Marshall, op. cit., No. 2112),
but the latter may have been used to produce the model in its first stage.

Bijouterie, § IX, pp. 104 ff., especially p. 109, n. i, and see also in Annales, Vol. VIII (1907), p. 117, the
verdict of Monsieur Cayeux, attached to the national School of Mines, Cairo, that the properties of talc
used for goldsmith’s moulds which made it especially suitable to this purpose are its softness, rendering it
easy to carve, and its ability to resist a high temperature.

53 In Schafer, Goldschmiedearheiten, p. 50, b.
cit, p. LI.

55 Provided, however, in the use of gold sheet, that the design was not very deeply cut. The gold would
tear if very much relief must be secured.

56 Access. No. 20.2.24. We are indebted to the Museum for photographs of the two faces of the die and the
impressions struck from them. With this die we should think that gold sheet would endure striking.

[205]

ward on the sheet metal; the resultant impressions are very sharp and clear. It
is less certain how the stone dies were employed. Obviously the procedure just
described would be too violent. Professor Pernice suggested two ways: (a)
placing the die face upward with the sheet to be impressed over it and a layer
of wax above the sheet which was then to be struck with a wooden hammer;
(b) as less precarious for the die, and therefore more probable, rubbing the
sheet gold into the die with wooden sticks, or into the deeper depressions with
metal tools; in this way he succeeded in securing impressions with all
the sharpness of the die. The suggestion in a label attached to the Egyptian
stone die in Boston (compare page 155) that the gold sheet was forced into
the die by the use of a stiff brush does not take into account the liability of
sheet gold to develop rents when subjected to strain. Another and interesting
suggestion, which has survived some practical tests, is that fine linen bags about
three-fourths filled with emery may be used gently to push the sheet into all
the interstices of the depressions.The same idea of pushing rather than
striking was carried out by our preparator, Mr. Hoffmann, who made lead
positives from the New York Historical Society’s original dies (Plate XXXII,
A, B) and pressed modern sheet gold between the negatives and positives, be¬
ing obliged, however, to interrupt the process to anneal the gold. (Plate
XXXII, C-G.) Mr. Heins, also, was so kind as to try both pushing gently
with a positive and working the gold sheet into the die with metal burnishers.
Both ways in his opinion had advantages and disadvantages. By using a
positive the work is done more rapidly and the sheet is unable to move about,
hence the danger of doubling any line is avoided. By tooling the gold in, it
is possible to stretch it first to help secure the relief, and sharper impressions
may be made (Plate XXXII, H-L); the ruffles produced around the edges by
the former process are avoided, but this way takes more time. Mr. Heins pro¬
ceeded as follows: (a) he annealed the sheet gold, (b) stretched by rubbing
with a burnisher the part to be pressed into the die; this made the gold b.ard
and (c) he annealed it again and (d) tooled it into the die, annealing one or
more times during the process, according to the depth of the depression. 'Phe
sheet gold used for the modern impressions shown in Plate XXXII was of
22 carat quality and was 0.002 inches (0.051 mm.) in thickness, corresponding
in thickness to a number of the ancient amulets in our collection (so No. 100
and the pieces associated with it) which have been impressed in dies.
Mr. Heins, having examined the die-made amulets of the present collection
(section E), believes hand-tooling was the means employed in securing the
impressions in the majority, if not in all, the pieces; as we pointed out in
a number of instances, these amulets are frequently imperfect, having rents
in the metal, folds, or parts of the design wanting, due to failure to be im¬
pressed. We ourselves believe that, however the dies were used, the sharpness
of the original was often not obtained when the material of the die was stone.

A method used by the late Mr. Richards in the Repair Department of the Metropolitan Museum of Art.

[206]

Only when the thickness of the sheet and the annealing are suited with
special nicety to the character of the carving in the die and the operation is
carried out very carefully is this possible. We do not think that such amulets
as our Nos. 105 and 128 (Plates XXVII, XXVIII) could be executed with
stone dies, although conceivably they might be with bronze dies, especially if
struck, and we consider the vagueness and softness of such work as Nos. 9 to
II (Plate V) just the effect commonly got from stone dies, as contrasted with
metal dies. In the Boston stone die it is interesting to observe that the de¬
tails of wings and body are omitted from some amulets, which presumably
were to be especially carefully finished by chasing.

No. 139 (Plates XI, c-g), XXXI, a, b; compare Plate XXXI, A, B). Goldsmith’s combi¬
nation die and mould.

Steatite. Late Ptolemaic or Roman period, first century B. C. to third cen¬
tury after Christ.

The stone is slightly abraded here and there, but is unbroken. It had never
been used in antiquity, so far as its condition indicated.

Both faces of this tool were carved in intaglio with the designs to be
reproduced by its aid. On the face a (Plate XXXI) the design is shallow
and was used as a die. The face b, however, was used as a mould, as indi¬
cated by the greater depth of the form to be cast, the channel for the inflow
of liquid material, and the holes (registers) for the attachment of a second
piece having corresponding holes; the attachment was probably effected by
pins of lead, such as have been noted in position in at least one instance.®® The
lines on the edges of the piece probably matched others on the missing part
of the mould and helped the workman to put together the two parts of the
mould quickly and correctly (Plate XI, c). The missing part of this two-piece
mould completed the figure in the round, we may assume, since the registers, de¬
signed to avoid any variation in the relative position of the two parts, would
hardly be necessary with a blank covering piece. But this part of the mould
could be used, on occasion, to produce the design in high relief for use as
an applique, or as a figure to be viewed only from the front, by simply bind¬
ing over it a flat cover. Professor Pernice remarked that such moulds
could also be used for impressions in sheet metal, but our preparator, with the
most careful annealing, was unable to get a perfect impression from this
mould; instead, the gold was rent here and there, because of the greater depth
of the design in intaglio. We conclude that the present tool was for the use
of a goldsmith, or conceivably a silversmith, because of the small size of the
two figures to be reproduced and especially because one of the faces served

Pernice, Jahreshefte, VII, p. 184.

Op, city p. 193.

[207]

as a die, for it would not have been advantageous to make hollow in thin sheet
so tiny a figure except as one of the nobler metals was to be used.

The piece is assigned to a late date on stylistic grounds. The theme of
both figures, the little god Horus, is Egyptian, but the treatment of the
drapery in the design A and the pudginess of the body in the seated Horus are
late Classical, not traditional Egyptian. The design B, cast solid in gold, may
have had a loop soldered on subsequently and have been worn as a pendant;
the kind of statuette to be produced with the help of face a is illustrated by
the original figure. No. 136, in the New York Historical Society’s collection.
Other dies are known showing the front half of figures of similar style, but
we believe that this one for the back of a figure is unique among published
specimens; indeed such figures were often finished plain at the back.®*’

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, 1915, p. 84, No. 74, in the Edwin Smith
collection.

No. 140 (Plate XXXII, a-c; compare A-L). Part of a composite combination die and

mould.

Steatite. First century after Christ. From Sakkara.

It is impossible to determine the original size and shape of this tool; quite
possibly less than half of it is preserved. Eight dies are carved in intaglio in
the extant part, but the registers in both faces and the marks along the edge
(Plate XXXII, c) for matching to it another part indicate that moulds for cast¬
ing were included in the lost part.

The majority of the dies are of geometric patterns such as might have been
used by a goldsmith for impressing diadems or other ornamental bands. Face
a, how;ever, has one Egyptian motive (L), two serpents facing each other, per¬
haps reminiscent of the patron goddesses of the North and the South. At the
left end of ^ is a bust of Serapis—Osiris-Apis—god of the dead, revered both
by Egyptians and by Greeks and Romans at this time. This is the most deeply
cut of the dies and the one with the greatest number of fine details; we did
not succeed in getting a good impression from it in the gold used (see above,
page 206) and think it may have been intended for gold foil. The date of the
tool is fixed by the form of the bust ®^ in this last-mentioned die.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 12, No. 68. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 fif.. No. 303; edition 1915, No. 306.

Nos. I41,142 (Plate XIV, a, b). Two chasing tools (?).

Bronze. Provenience and date unknown.

Neither tool shows any mark of hammer blows on tbe outer end and it is
probable that they were not used in antiquity. The working edges have so

Schreiber, op. cit., pp. 298, 299.

P. Bienkowski, Revue archeologique, 3rd series, Vol. XXVII (1895), pp. 293 ff.

[208]

much oxydized that it is difficult to say whether these pieces are small chisels
or chasing tools, but if, as we think, the edges were somewhat blunt, we may
regard them as straight liners, capable of such work as that shown in the
photomicrograph of Plate IV, 17 d. On the method of their production, see
above, note 29. Characteristic of the form is its oblong section and double
slope to the working edge. It is not to be supposed that the tools were in¬
serted in handles, since they are without tangs or sockets. Similar-shaped
tools are known from the First Egyptian Dynasty, not later than 3400 B.

But as these pieces are of bronze, not copper, they are likely to be much later,
nevertheless pre-Classical.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ffi, included under No. 845;
edition 1915, under No. 842.

See the material in Petrie, Tools and Weapons, pp. 19, 20, Pis. XXI, XXII.

[209]

H.—Miscellaneo us

In this section arc catalogued the remaining objects of the New York His¬
torical Society’s Egyptian collections which belong within the scope of Part I
of the exhaustive catalogue and do not fall within the foregoing sections A
to G. Some of these pieces are not closely datable, others are single representa¬
tives of their kind, and of still others the interpretation is uncertain.

No. 143 (Plates XIV, a, XXX, b). Bracelet.

Fine gold. About fourth century B. C. From Sakkara. Weight, 235.62 grains
(15.268 grams).

Except for a disturbance of the small wires, which in places overlap or are
spread apart—the consequence chiefly of much handling—the bracelet is in
excellent condition.

Eight coiled wires surrounding an inner heavy gold wire, the latter 0.01^9
to 0.079 inches (i.5-2.0 mm.) in diameter, compose the main part of the brace¬
let; the inner wire projects at each end and has been riveted down to a small
sleeve, which itself was soldered to a nine-lobed sleeve, thus forming an orna¬
mental knob, perhaps intended to represent a lotus flower; the nine lobes were
chiseled in. It is noticeable that the outer coiled wires do not fit closely about
the inner wire and that the wires are soldered to one another for about a
half inch (1.27 cm.) from the inner edge of each knob. The procedure was
probably about as follows: the eight small wires were laid side by side with
ends projecting each slightly beyond the one next to it, giving a diagonal
termination at each extremity; they were then soldered together at the ends and
the resulting compound band was coiled about a rod slightly larger in
diameter than the present inner gold wire; the edges of the last coils at each
end were next soldered together to prevent the band of wires from uncoil¬
ing. The mandrel was now removed and the heavy gold wire, which in the
meantime had been finished with a knob at one end by tbe addition of two
sleeves, as noted above, was slipped in its place; tbe other knob was then
completed and the edge of the coils and inner edges of the knob at each end
were soldered together. Finally this finished long piece was bent into brace¬
let form by exerting pressure on the inner wire. The inner wire, where
visible between the coils, exhibits various planes, which suggest that it was
produced by hammering and lengthwise burnishing. The outer small wires
have the same pleasing dull surface and uniform diameter as the far earlier
and somewhat smaller wires of No. 2, but differ from them in the lesser promi-

[210]

aence of the scams; in part the seams may be turned under in coiling the wires;
on their technique, see page 41. The present smoothness of these wires may
be due in part to wear, the more so as a microchemical analysis has revealed
that their material is fine gold. The solder in some lights, in contrast to the
rich yellow of the gold, has a slightly orange tint.

This late piece is the only example in the present collection of an article of
jewelry which was popular in Egypt with both men and women from prehis¬
toric times down through the centuries. In its essential construction, it belongs
to a universal type of bracelet, namely, the hoop of metal with an opening to
allow it to be passed or sprung on the arm, thus differentiated from
unbroken hoops, which must be slipped over the hand, and flexible and hinged
bracelets, which must be tied or clasped on. This type was represented,
among others, in Pharaonic Egypt; ^ variants, in which the ends overlap some¬
what, were found in the Second city of Troy; ^ it was common in Assyria ® and
occurred also in Cyprus ^ and Italy ® as early as the eighth or seventh century
B. C.; it is represented in Persian reliefs® and throughout Classical times
was wide spread in Mediterranean lands; ’’ and, omitting its intervening history,
we may note that it is still made by present-day Egyptian jewelers.® Dr. Pol¬
iak expressed the opinion ® that the styles with animal heads en face, guard¬
ing the opening, entered Mediterranean countries from Assyria, and Legrain
pointed out evidence for their occurrence in Egypt toward the close of the
Twenty-sixth Dynasty, or beginning of the Persian period. But in their later
history, when the hoops were wound spirally with small wires, or consisted of
several heavier wires twisted together, they seem the counterparts of the ear¬
rings with animal’s head (Plates XVII, Xyill) and may have followed the
same lines of development and dissemination.

Stylistically our piece is related to the earrings just mentioned. Its dainty
knobs occupy the place of the commoner animal heads and the delicacy of its

1 So some of about 1900 B.C.: De Morgan, Dahehour, I, p. 61, Nos. 10, ii; p. 66, No. 17; Dahclioufy II, p. 53,
No. 6; p. 60, No. 13 = Vernier, Bijoux, I, Pis. VII, VIII, Nos. 52,022-3, 52,050. Again, about 1200 B.C.:
Vernier, Bijoux, II, PI. XXIX, Nos. 52,584-5 = Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, p. 40, No. 18.

“ Dorpfeld, Troja und llion, PI. 43, I.

3 Perrot and Chipiez, Ilistoire de I'art, II, Figs. 8, 29, worn with the plain opening on the inside of the wrist
and ornamented with a rosette opposite the opening. Judged by a photograph, the bracelet worn by the
foremost figure in the Louvre relief = Perrot and Chipiez, op. cit., II, Fig. 23, is decorated with animal
heads at the opening. Cf. the armlet represented in a relief of Assurbanipal (mid-7th cent. B.C.) in the
'British }Auseum = C. Bezold, Ni?ieve ufid Babylon {Monograpliie 7 i %ur Weltgeschichte, XVIII), Bielefeld,
1903, Fig. 39; here, again, a photograph in our possession shows clearly ram’s heads en face at the opening.
With animal heads at the opening, worn by a lady of rank, represented in a statuette not later than about
700-650 B.C.; Myres, Handbook. Cesnola Coll., p. 197, No. 1262; later Cypriote examples, pp. 392-3-

^ Marshall, Je^vellery, PI. XV, Nos. 1368, 1369.

® An especially good example in Robert Koldewey, Das vAeder erstehende Babylon, Leipsic, 1913, Fig. 80,
color of gold, with one end plain(?), the other having a pyramidal knob = Koldewey, The Excavations at
Babylon, translated by Agnes S. Johns, London, 1914, Fig. 64.

” Marshall, op. cit., PI. XXXIX, Nos. 1985, 1989; PI. LXVI, Nos. 2763, 2769.

8 Legrain, Annales, Vol. VIII (1907), p. 52.

® Poliak, Goldschmiedeai-beiten, p. 135, with useful bibliography. Cf. on this point, Myres, op. cit., p. 393.
See above, n. 8. Later examples found in Egypt: Vernier, Bijoux, I, PI. XIII, No. 52,097 (heads, horned
Hons); PI. XII, No. 52095 (sphinxes, plain hoop) ; II, PI. XXI, No 52,587 (ram’s heads, plain hoop).

[211]

design is enhanced by the unusually small diameter of the outer coiled wires.
The bracelet would fit only a small wrist, a woman’s or a child’s.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 45. Abbott catalogue, edi¬
tions 1853 f¥.. No. 994; edition 1915, No. 990.

No. 144 (Plates XI, b-d, XXXIII, a). Box, said to have contained the finger ring No. 25.

Wood. Presumably Eighteenth Dynasty, 1448-1420 B. C. From Thebes.

The box has obviously been tinkered with in modern times, as the broad
cross-strip of some dark tropical wood on the cover, the wooden pegs and
glue by which it is secured, the adjacent narrow strip of bone glued on, and
possibly also the floor and the cleats on the bottom, are modern. This leaves
as indubitably ancient the side and end walls of the box, with knob on one
end, and the main part of the cover. In Prisse d’Avennes’ day, either
the original second cross-piece with knob, or a modern substitute, was in posi¬
tion on top of the cover at the front (see Bibliography below), and a second
strip of bone bordered the present dark wood on the other side. We found
that the modern restorations could not be removed without danger to the fragile
old parts and they are probably not far from giving a correct picture of the
box as it was in antiquity. A light brass rod has now been inserted cross¬
wise within the box to keep the cover from dropping into the interior.

The construction of the box is clear in Mr. Hall’s plan, elevation, and
section (Plate XI), showing it as it is today. It is to be noticed that the
side walls inclose the end walls, the floor, and the cover. There are no
grooves on the inside for the cover to slide in, but when the front cross-piece,
for whose presence originally the ancient cutting in the wood of the main
piece is evidence, was in place, the cover would not drop down, because pre¬
vented by the projecting ends which rested and moved on the top surface of
the side walls; the lid could be drawn out only until the front cross-piece hit
the one at the back, when about two-thirds of the box was open.

Prisse d’Avennes referred to the piece as a “boitelette de sapin.” We are
greatly indebted to Professor I. W. Bailey of the Bussey Institute of Harvard
University for his kindness in examining the box with reference to its wood.
The species could not be named, as it was impossible to take a specimen suit¬
able for so close a determination, but it is of interest to know certainly that
the surviving ancient parts, with the exception of the knob, are of coniferous
wood—probably imported into Egypt, since there is no reason to believe that
coniferous trees grew in the lower Nile Valley in historical times and we have
literary evidence for the importation of wood from Syria.“ Coniferous wood
dating not later than about 2750 B. C. was found used in cultus objects of the

Breasted, Records, II, § 838; III, § 94; IV, § 577. Cf. History, pp. 95, 252, 265, 513.

[212]

pyramid-temple of the Fifth Dynasty king Neferirkere/^ and later, “cedar”
coffins were much used in burials of the wealthy. The surviving knob, the
present floor, cleats, and pegs of the box are of dicotyledonous wood, certainly
of more than one kind.

When it was desired to insure that the box should not be tampered with,
a cord was wound about the two knobs, knotted, a lump of Nile mud pressed
over the knob, and this stamped with a scarab, or other kind of seal. Thus,
presumably, in the tomb of some prominent Theban, if the old record is au¬
thentic, the box was found, guarding its valuable contents. To be sure we are
unable to cite any account of a similar discovery in scientifically conducted
excavations, but so few records are available of finger rings found in position
that we need not for this reason cast doubt on the early statement, which in
itself is plausible enough. A goodly number of wooden jewel boxes which held
an entire treasure of jewels are known,some of them splendid with appliques
or inlays of gold, silver, ivory, and other rich materials.

Bibliography : Not separately listed in the Bonomi catalogue, 1843, but see p.
32, No. 3. Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif.. No. 477; edition 1915, No. 483.
Prisse d’Avennes, Monuments, PI. XLVII, 24.

Nos. 145,146 (Plate XXXIII, a, b). Two bell-shaped pendants.

Gold. About Twenty-fifth Dynasty, seventh century B. C.(?). From Sakkara.
Weight of No. 145, 21.02 grains (1.362 grams); of No. 146, 23.26 grains
(1.307 grams).

Both pieces are bent out of shape and somewhat broken open at the top; the
gold of No. 146 seems to have been burned in antiquity and then crudely
patched around the loop for suspension.

Each pendant consists of three parts: (i) a main piece of sheet of variable
thickness around o.oi inches (0.25 mm.), cut on a curvilinear plan, bent over
and soldered together in an overlapping seam to form the bell shape, and pos¬
sibly somewhat domed on the interior; (2) a strip of gold only 0.08 inches
(2 mm.) wide, bent over into a cylinder, and soldered to piece (i) ; (3) a loop
of wire about 0.02 inches (0.5 mm.) in diameter, soldered into piece (2); a
longitudinal seam is prominent on the wire of one loop. The color of the
metal is close to that of fine gold.

The suggestion made for the date of the pendants is based on a comparison

12 Borchardt, Nefer-ir-ke-re, p. 63, “Tannenholz” (Abies, sp.) rather than ‘‘Kiefer” or “Fichte,” according
to the scientist, Geh.-Rat Wittmack, who examined it.

13 Breasted, History, p. 168; examples also in the Metropolitan Museum of Art, including that of the lady
Senebtisi, published: Mace and Winlock, Senebtisi, pp. 26 ff., Pis. VII, XVII; numerous in Lacau,
Sarcophages.

14 A. C. M[ace], Bull. M. M. A., Vol. XV (1920), pp. 151-6; Carnarvon and Carter, Five Years' Explora¬
tions, pp. 53, 80, 87, Pis. XLV, XLVI.

[213]

with similar pieces of the Twenty-fifth Dynasty, as yet unpublished, from Pro¬
fessor Reisner’s excavations.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, page 34, Nos. 41, 42. Abbott cata¬
logue, editions 1853 f¥.. Nos. 1038-9; edition 1915, Nos. 1034-5.

No. 147 (Plates XI, b, c, XXXIII, a). Bead.

Gold. Date uncertain. From Sakkara. Weight, 4.83 grains (0.313 grams).

The bead is hollow, having been made in two halves from sheet pressed in
a die, soldered together, and subsequently pierced twice for double thread¬
ing; the holes are in the lower half and are not visible from above; three show
a slight burr turned outward, and the fourth is larger and has the edges forced
into the interior. Where the surface is scratched, the metal is paler, below a
rich yellow surface, almost that of fine gold.

We have been unable to find any dated parallel, but think the bead is pre-
Classical.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 fif., No. 1010; edition 1915,
No. 1006.

No. 148 (Plate XXXIII). Bead.

Pottery gilded. Date uncertain. From Sakkara.

One end has a chip broken out and portions of the gold have peeled ofif.

The gold is very rough and gritty in quality and appears to be at least as
thin as modern dentist’s foil (that is, about 0.00025 inches, 0.006 mm.); it may
have been put on in sheet form and then fired on.’® The way the gold over¬
laps and peels seems to us to indicate that it was not rubbed on as a paste. The
color is that of fine gold.

We have no definite clue to the date of the bead.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., under No. 1022; edition
1915, under No. 1018.

No. 149 (Plate XXXIII). Bead.

Glass and gold leaf. Roman, about second century after Christ(?). From
Sakkara.

The technique of this kind of bead is described on page 44.

Bibliography : Same as that of the preceding number.

Cf. Vernier, Bijouterie, pp. 132, 133; the gold of our bead adheres too closely presumably to have been
put on only with a binder.

[214]

No. 150 (Plate XXXIII). Bead.

Gold. Date uncertain, but probably late. From Sakkara. Weight, 1.94 grains
(0.126 grams).

The piece was made in two halves, each pressed in a die, and is soldered or
fused together lengthwdsc.

The old records describe this number as representing a grain of wheat, but
it has a symmetrical, eight-ridged form. As it is not perforated, it must have
been held in position on the mummy by the preservatives and bandaging.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., under No. 1021; edition
1913 under 1017.

No. 151 (Plate XXXIII). Mouth-covering (?).

Silver. 1300-U00 B.C., or later (?). From Sakkara (?). Present weight, 42.86
grains (2.777 grams).

While being cleaned the piece broke in two at one end, where it had pre¬
viously been sharply bent; it has now been soft-soldered together.

This object is a charming example of primitive decoration executed with the
simplest means. The silver sheet was beaten out very thin (0.0062-0.0064
inches, 0.157-0.163 mm.) and its surface quality is porous, probably because
the anvil and implement used as a hammer were not quite smooth. Its outline
was first chased in and then the shape was cut out with a chisel, for along one
edge miscuts are visible and parts of the chased guiding line are left.
The edges in some places look as if they had been burned in annealing. In
cutting out the piece and in decorating it, the silversmith used no mechanical
aid, as we may judge by the unsymmetrical form and unevenness in the lines
of bosses. The bosses were punched in from the reverse, but the holes in each
end, through which strings or wires for fastening the piece in position were
passed, were punched from the obverse. A microchemical analysis has proved
the presence in the alloy of silver and lead and the absence of gold, copper, tin,
zinc, and mercury.

The decoration of lines of small bosses punched in from the back does not
help in dating the piece, as it is found in objects as widely separated as the
Mochlos ornaments (Early Minoan, antedating 2000 B. C.) and a large gold
boss from Naucratis of the first century after Christ.^’^ But it seems probable
that our piece is contemporary with the Cypriote mouth-coverings of similar
size and outline.^® If it was not brought into Egypt from Cyprus in modern
times, but really, as Dr. Abbott believed, was found at Sakkara, it may have

Seager, Mochlos, p. 77, Fig. 20, No. XXI, 14, etc.

Petrie, Naukratis I, p. 44, PI. XXVII, below at right = Marshall, Je^wellery, No. 3123, PI. LXX.

See especially Marshall, op. cit., Nos. 190, etc., PI. Ill, and on their date, p. i; compare Myres, Handbook.

Cesnola Coll., p. 376, Nos. 3003-4, p. 386, Nos. 3290-6.

[215]

come from the grave of a Cypriote, vv^ho died in Egypt and was given the
kind of burial customary in his own home; no such pieces have been recorded
from the tombs of Egyptians.^®

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 f¥., No. 956; edition 1915,
No. 952.

No. 152 (Plate XXXIII, a-c). Ornaments of thin sheet.

Copper, gilded. Date uncertain, but probably late. From Sakkara. Weight,
7.93 grains (0.514 grams).

The entire lot of thin sheet, as we found it, crumpled together, is pictured
in a and b. A portion of it, after being cleaned and flattened out, is given in c.

The sheet, of which the thickness is about0.002 inches (0.05 mm.), has been
tooled from the reverse over a yielding bed,"’® in a pattern of radiating lines
and ribs, which show on the obverse in slight relief. Presumably it once cov¬
ered some heavier surface, which may have been roughly cone shaped. It
consists of two metallic layers, a heavier ground of copper sheet and applied
over it, possibly with the aid of a binder, a surface of gold leaf.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.. No. 1001; edition 1915,
No. 997.

No. 153 (Plate XXXIII, a-c). Figure of a tortoise.

Bronze, gilded. Date uncertain, but probably late. From Sakkara. Weight,
125.70 grains (8.145 grams).

The under surface of the piece was never gilded. The gold lies thick in
the depressions of the shell and head, but is almost gone from the exposed
surfaces.

The bronze figure is a one-piece, solid casting, probably made by the waste
wax process; whether from an individual model or one produced in a perma¬
nent two-part mould is not to be determined with certainty, although the
rough under surface suggests the use of a rather coarse abrasive to obliterate
markings perhaps left in the model by a two-part mould. The question of
how the gold was applied has considerable interest. Some technicians have
thought the piece fire gilded, and it may well date from a period subsequent

^®We refer to the size and shape. “Tongue-plates” laid over the lips and coverings in which the form of
the lips is impressed are well known from Egypt. See, for instance, Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, Nos.
130, 136-8, PI. 18.

20 At Amarna in the late XVIIIth Dyn., the “yielding bed” consisted of a resinous mass. Such a mass, bearing
the impression of the scene in relief worked over it, is published in Borchardt, Mitteilungen der D. O. G.,
No. 55 (1914), Pis. 3, 4, and interpreted in Mitt,, No. 57 (1917), p. 2.

21 See under No. 135.

22 Cf. section F, n. 10.

[216]

to the discovery of mercury.^® The color is paler than that of fine gold but
this in itself is not an objection to a theory that it was gilded by the use of
mercury, for the mercury would unite with the component metals of a gold-
silver alloy, and a mixture of an amalgam of gold with an amalgam of silver
would be formed, which would be paler than an amalgam of fine gold.^^ The
gold has a burnished surface and seems too firmly attached to have been
cold-burnished on or to have been put on with a binder. If the piece was not
amalgam gilded, or lead gilded,perhaps the gold may have been fused on
and subsequently burnished.

The utility of the little tortoise figure, if it was not a late genre piece, is
also uncertain. According to the old catalogues it was the headdress of a
divinity, and Mr. Griffith in the eleventh edition of the Encyclopaedia Brit-
tanica does indeed mention the tortoise in a list of the sacred beasts kept in
the various temples. But the only trace we have come upon of a tortoise or
turtle god is the very minor guardian in the Lower World called Tortoise
Face^’’ who figures in the Coffin Texts and in Chapter 136 of the Book of
the Dead. Possibly it is he who is represented in a wooden statuette from the
Salt collection,^® now in the British Museum. But even so, our piece shows
no mark of attachment to another part and the form below is not suited to a
headdress. Perhaps the likeliest guess is that the figure was an amulet, since
the tortoise was pictured occasionally in late times among maleficent beings,^®
and perhaps could be conjured just as were scorpions and serpents by
“Similars.” Professor Junker has discussed the symbolic meaning of animal
sacrifices and burnt offerings in temple ceremonies of late times and has shown
that the victims were not regarded as food for the god, but as his enemies
who were reduced to impotence by being slain and in part burnt. Among

23 According to Von Lippmann, Entstehung u. Aushreitung der Alchemie, p. 6oi, Aristotle, who died 322
B.C., and not Theophrastus, was the first author in Greece to mention mercury, and a hitherto unnoticed
passage in the Indica of Ctesias, Ch. 3, gives evidence that mercury was well known at least by the begin¬
ning of the 5th cent. B.C. On the process of mercury gilding, see: Wilson, Silver^ork and Jewelry, pp.
237-9; Vernier, Bijouterie, p. 133; G. M. A. Richter, Bronzes, p. XXVI.

24 ^ So Mr. Nyland tells us.

24 » See Moller’s discussion (in Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, pp. 207-8) of fire gilding, agreeing with Ver¬
nier {Bijouterie, p. 133), who followed Berthelot, in assuming the use of lead in Egypt before mercury
was available.

25 The actual tortoise had utility in ancient Egypt. Tortoise shell bracelets are recorded in: Petrie and
Mace, Diospolis Parva, p. 38; Ayrton and others, Abydos. Ill, p. 50; Wainwright, Balabish, pp. 31, 32,
51; Maciver and Mace, El Amrah and Abydos, p. 27. Tortoise shell comb and dish: Maciver and Mace,
op. cit, pp. 88, 89. Ivory and tortoise hilts to bronze daggers were found at Kerma: J. E. A., Vol. I
(1914), p. 219. An entire tortoise shell was included in a scribe’s outfit found at Thebes: Carnarvon and
Carter, Five YearP Explorations, p. 76, PI. LXVI, No. 15.

26 Vol. IX, p. 46.

27 Lacau, Sarcophages, No. 28,083, Floor I, 15; ^c\\2ick-Sc\i2LQktnhurg, Das Buck von den zwei JVegen,

Leipsic, 1903, Ch. XII, b.

28 With a tortoise or turtle as head; Arundale, Bonomi and Sharpe, Gallery of Antiquities, p. 48, Fig. 88,
from Valley of the Kings. Cf., too, Lanzone, Dizionario, p. 123, a minor tortoise or turtle god of the
Lower World called “Apesh.”

29 Daressy, Annales, Vol. XII (1912), pp. 143, 144; also J. E. A., Vol. I, p. 283.

66 z., Vol. 48 (1910), pp. 71, 76-7.

[217]

the creatures symbolic of darkness and evil was the tortoise, and either the
actual creature or wax effigies of it were transfixed with a spear in certain
ceremonies.^^ Again in the Book of the Dead we are told that {the Sun-
god) liveth, the tortoise dieth. As an amulet,®® the piece would have been
carried about, or suspended on the person tied to a string, or set somewhere
in the house, and eventually, as its find-spot, Sakkara, indicates, buried with its
owner.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 34, No. 48. Abbott catalogue,
editions 1853 9 ^^! edition 1915, No. 982.

No. 154 (Plate XXXIV). Ornaments from the neck of a mummy.

Pale gold. Probably Roman, about second century after Christ. From Sak¬
kara. Total weight, 44.00 grains (2.831 grams).

Many pieces are now incomplete and even the best preserved are chipped
about the edges. One unit is simply flat unworked sheet cut to the general
outline of the other ornaments.

The separate units were executed in a die from stock around 0.004 inches
(0.102 mm.) in thickness. Some five of the pieces show under the microscope
particles of white metal.

The ornaments were probably amuletic in character, since each incloses a
crescent (compare under No. 123).

In antiquity it was customary to cover the bodies of well-to-do persons in
burial more or less lavishly with gold, sometimes in the form of masks,®^ most
frequently in the form of jewels and other ornaments. Often this gold
was outside, or in the midst of, the burial clothing, sometimes in direct con¬
tact with the body. In Egypt, from the time the processes of mummification
were well developed, in burials of the very rich, gold coverings, like so many
thimbles, incased the tips of the fingers and toes to prevent the loss of the nails,
while the body was immersed in the bath of salt, which was one of the principal
processes in preserving it.®® Especially characteristic of the Roman period in

8^ Rochemonteix, EdfoUj PI. XLc, 3g., IV.

82 Ch. 161 and elsewhere.

83 Petrie, Amulets, § 239, classifies all his amulets representing reptiles of this order as Trionyx triunguis
and water turtles are represented in Egj^ptian art; see Blackman, Meir. Ill (Arch. Survey of Eg. XXIVth
Memoir), London, 1915, PI. VII, p. 15, citing Naville, Deir el Bahari, III, PI. LXIX. Also, ancient
shells of Trionyx triunguis have been found; Cl. Gaillard and Daressy, La faune momifiee de Vantique
Egypte (Cairo Catal.), Cairo, 1905, Nos. 29,586, 29,587, PI. XXXIII. But our piece apparently repre¬
sents a small terrestrial tortoise, therefore, perhaps Testudo leithii, Gunther = T. kleinmanni, Lortet,
which has been observed in modern times in the Nile Delta; see Anderson, Zoology of Egypt, I, pp. 28-31,
PI. II.

84 Among the most famous examples are the masks found by Schliemann in the shaft graves of Mycenae.
The faces of Egyptian mummy masks were very often gilded.

85 Smith, Royal Mummies, No. 61,092, p. 106, one preserved on a mummy of the XXIst Dyn. A nearly com¬
plete set of silver cases of a late period, mentioned Petrie, Tanis II, etc., p. 24; Annales, Vol. I (1900),
p. 269, etc. The Egyptian custom was followed in the burial of Ethiopian kings; Reisner, Boston Bulletin,
Vol. XVI (1918), p. 74,

[218]

Egypt was the placing of gold leaf,®® as in some examples in the New York
Historical Society’s collections,®^ or thin sheet®® (so No. 156 and probably
Nos. 157 to 160), in direct contact with the skin. From the wording of the
old record,®® one would suppose that the present ornaments were actually in
contact with the body; yet possibly this is not what was meant and they were
taken from the neck of such a mask as one of the second century after Christ
in Berlin which has round ornaments in position about the neck.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff., under No. 1037; edition
1913, under No. 1033. These numbers included also the gold circlet. No. 2
of the present volume. There is not the slightest ground for thinking
the ornaments and circlet contemporary. Probably it was convenient to ex¬
hibit the loose ornaments within the area fenced off by the circlet and so they
were given a common number.

No. 155 (Plate XXXIV, a, b). Rosette.

Gold. Date uncertain. From Sakkara. Weight, 11.30 grains (0.732 grams).

A circle of gold sheet was hammered out, then tooled over a yielding bed,
chiefly from the reverse; the punching in of the bosses near the edge helped to
raise the edge; from the obverse {a in Plate XXXIV), the central depres¬
sion, the only part of the design not in relief, was punched in. The color is
about that of fine gold.

According to the old record this rosette formed the central ornament in the
clasp of a girdle found on a mummy.

Bibliography; Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 No. 1023; edition 1913,
No. 1019.

No. 156 (Plate XXXIV). Triangular piece of sheet from the mummy of a little girl.

Gold. Roman period, about second century after Christ. From Sakkara.
Weight, 31.44 grains (2.037 grams).

The piece is much crinkled and has its edges rent here and there.

80 Discussed by Moller in Schafer, Goldschnnedearbeiteiiy p. 209; see also the older account in the Boston
Journ. of Philosophy and the Arts, No. V, April 1824, of the examination of a mummy brought to Paris
by Cailliaud: p. 552, “The chest and one part of the abdomen were gilded irregularly upon the epi¬
dermis;” p. 553, “The arms were gilded in places like the breast.” Another example is given in colored
Pis. I, II of the following work: A History of Egyptian Mummies and an Account of the Worship and
Embalming of the Sacred Animals by the Egyptians, by Thomas Joseph Pettigrew, London, 1834; descrip¬
tions, pp. XVI, 63, 64.

87 Abbott catalogue, ed. 1915, p. 98, a skull, with considerable remains of gold leaf, presented in 1861 by
Robert L. Stuart; p. 15, Nos. 218-21, gilded hands and feet.

88 Cf. Moller in Schafer, op. cit., p. 71; also Cledat in Rec. de trav., Vol. 38 (1916-17), p. 28.

8^ “Several circular, thin plates of gold, taken from the neck of a mummy, around which they were placed
as a necklace.”

No. 13,462; Verzeicfniis, 2nd ed., p. 345; Schafer, op. cit., Fig. 79.

[ 219 ]

It was cut from sheet about 0.002 inches (0.051 mm.) in thickness and has
a color close to that of fine gold.

This piece covered the vulva of the child.^* Probably, as in other recorded
instances,^ she was provided also with gold coverings for the eyes, breasts,
navel, finger nails, and toe nails, and with a “tongue-plate” laid across the lips.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 35, No. 53. Abbott catalogue,
editions 1853 ff.. No. 1046; edition 1915, No. 1042.

Nos. 157-160 (Plate XXXIV). Coverings for the orifice of the ears of mummies (?).

Gold. Probably Roman, first to third century after Christ. Weight of No.
157, 2.44 grains (0.158 grams) ; of No. 158, 7.02 grains (0.455 grams) ; of
No. 159, 4.81 grains (0.312 grams) ; and of No. 160, 6.39 grains (0.414 grams).

Nos. 159 and 160 are of pale gold. No. 157 is somewhat warmer in color.
No. 158 is the yellowest of the four. The pieces were apparently cut from
sheet metal, as Nos. 157 and 160 exhibit a few chisel marks—miscuts—^near
the edge. Their thickness, however, varies from one to the other and in one
and the same piece; it ranges from 0.0038 to 0.0137 inches (0.096-0.348 mm.).
No. 158 contains particles of white metal.

In the old Abbott catalogue the definite statement is made that the two
pieces mentioned were “taken from the ears of a mummy.” We do not know
of any record from scientific excavations of such an instance.

Bibliography: Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 io 47 ; edition 1915,

No. 1043. We found four, instead of two, pieces associated with No. 1043.

There is no cartouche as described in the old catalogue, but the sheet gold was tooled from the reverse.

^2 See especially Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, Nos. 132, 133, of the 2nd cent, after Christ. Cf. also above
under No. 154.

[220]

L—The “Menes Necklace and Earrings”

Plate XXXVI.

Almost rivaling in fame the ring inscribed with the name of Khufu (No.
34), the necklace and earrings which are the subject of the present section owe
their reputation ^ to an analogous circumstance, namely that they bear the
name of Menes, the first historical king of Egypt. Unfortunately the early
interest in them cannot, as in the instance of Neferibre’s ring, be fully main¬
tained on other grounds; instead, their present chief value is that of an illustra-
fion of a forgery, made at some time in the decade 1833 to 1843.

Even Prisse d’Avennes, who always believed that the ring was con¬
temporary with the reign of Khufu, was less confident that the necklace and
earrings were as old as Menes’ time, and he observed a difference between the
workmanship of the three gold pendants and that of the other gold units,
which led him to suggest that the pendants did not belong originally to the
necklace, having been added to it later. But no doubt of the genuineness of
this jewelry, if ever entertained,^ got into print in Dr. Abbott’s day, and the
first, and, so far as we know, the only, reflection which has ever been cast
on it hitherto is that of Maspero, who expressed himself as follows: “The gold
medallions engraved with the name of Menes are ancient, and perhaps go back
to the Twentieth Dynasty: the setting is entirely modern, with the exception of
the three oblong pendants of cornelian.” Maspero never saw the originals, and
it is of little consequence that he called the blue glass pendants “cornelian”
and thought the medallions, which were actually made in a die, “engraved.”
By modern “setting” he surely intended to cover the gold loops and small oval
pieces of gold intervening between the medallions with the name, but whether
or not he suspected that the three gold pendants were not genuine is less cer¬
tain. In contrast to Maspero’s opinion may be noted that of Professor Wiede¬
mann, who accepted the entire necklace and earrings and suggested for them
a date in the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, and that of M. Gauthier, who referred
to them as “no doubt” of the Twenty-sixth Dynasty.

We ourselves did not come on Maspero’s partially adverse verdict until
after long independent consideration of the merits of the pieces. From the

1 The technical literature referred to in this section is listed below under “Bibliography.” The necklace is
mentioned in nearly all the works cited in n. i, p. 229 and was evidently one of the objects on which Dr.
Abbott set very great store. See also: Harriet Martineau, Eastern Life, under Feb. 9, 1847, P- 226; Gustav

Summary of Recent Discoveries in Biblical Chronology, Universal History, and Egyptian Archce-
ology, vuith Special Reference to Dr. Abbott*s Egyptian Museum in Nevo York, New York, 1857, p. 12.

2 We suspect that Lepsius’ unfavorable impression of the collection was largely influenced by this jewelry;
Denkmdler, Text, Vol. I, p. 9.

[221]

first we were distrustful of them in the form in which they had come down
from Dr. Abbott’s day. The most noticeable fact was the inorganic char¬
acter of the design of the necklace, andwe at once assumed that, as put together,
it was not in order. Three dark-blue glass pendants in the form of corn¬
flowers or poppy-fruits, a motif and a material characteristic of the time
around 1350 B. C., a single well-formed, but injured, barrel-shaped amethyst
bead of about the nineteenth century B. C., and two blue glass beads in the
form of flattened spheres, of a good period but with surfaces in poor condi¬
tion, were combined with certain gold parts in a particularly un-Egyptian
and bungling way to mark the center of the supposed necklace. The inter¬
lacing ornament of the small ovals looked to our eyes like a modern Moham¬
medan design, the links proved to be made out of scraps of sheet gold of
uneven width, and we soon came to aa opinion similar to Maspero’s, that the
necklace sold to Dr. Abbott was a combination of ancient and modern parts. The
one amethyst bead and the few glass beads were obviously ancient, and at first
we trusted the medallions with the name Menes and the three gold pendants,
but the gold earrings were difficult to date at any time which would suit the
gold medallions with Menes’ name, and if the set of medallions and the pair
of earrings were both ancient, because of the name, they would presumably
have formed parts of the same lot of jewelry. The earrings have the name
Menes rudely executed with punches; their form is wholly unlike that of
the types of earring known from the earlier Egyptian periods, and their edges
have a burr of a kind produced by cutting with shears. In Classical times
some earrings had a separately made hook soldered on at the back, which
then hung free when the earring was in position; the hook was inserted from
the front of the ear (see above. Nos. 56, 57). But the earrings with the name
of Menes were made in one piece and were intended to have the hook in¬
serted from the back of the ear and its point snapped into a little hol¬
low punched into the top of the main part; at least we do not think that these
earrings were designed to be worn the other side up, for, not only would the
name then have been in the wrong position, but the sharp-edged sheet wffiere
it begins to widen would have come in contact with the ear. Because
of their unconvincing design and exceeding crudeness, irreconcilable with an¬
cient standards, we soon set aside these pieces as modern productions, made
to accompany the necklace.

There then remained as the only parts—aside from the beads—which it
seemed plausible to accept as ancient the eight die-made gold medallions with
the name of Menes and the three die-made gold pendants; and some connection
with ancient Egyptian work these two sets of pieces undeniably have. The
three pendants contain elements of design suggestive of the art of the latter
half of the Eighteenth Dynasty—perhaps a metal vase on a high foot^ and over
it a cover in the form of the symbolic plant of the South inverted. Even more

8 We confess that we do not understand the handles, if such they are.

[222]

tantalizing is the name Mny in the medallions, because of the writing in which
the final sign differs from that usually found in ancient writings of the name,
although it can probably be paralleled once among them.^ That we, neverthe¬
less, finally hesitate to accept even these pieces as ancient is due in part to cer¬
tain technical considerations.

It will be worth while at this point to speak of the published illustrations
of the necklace and earrings. The Bonomi catalogue contained a lithograph
made on the island of Malta not later than 1846, the year when the catalogue
was printed, and this lithograph was reproduced in every edition of the cata¬
logue, down to, and including, the one of 1915. Our Plate XXXVI shows the
actual pieces as we fourfd them, not one missing, and arranged as in the litho¬
graph, except that one of the earrings was photographed purposely by us
from the reverse, that the necklace having parted in a number of pieces was
not again joined into one piece, and that the position of the two name-medal¬
lions on the left had at some previous time been altered—unless we assume that
the lithograph corrected an obvious mistake in their position as originally ar¬
ranged.® Prisse d’Avennes’ colored plates, on the other hand, attempted to re¬
store and complete the design by adding pendants like the three actual gold
ones to the other medallions with the name Menes; apparently Prisse did
not notice that the other medallions have no holes for the attachment
of pendants, and therefore never had pendants. To complete our account of
the illustrations, we add that Maspero’s cut of a part of the necklace repro¬
duced a drawing by Faucher Gudin which was based on the earlier of Prisse’s
plates.

Concerning the three gold pendants, it is to be remarked further that, if
ancient, we should expect them to be pierced for suspension and presumably
to be pierced in the same way, but when we examined them in this regard, we
found that one of the three is pierced from side to side, that is, two holes were
punched through the gold that the pendant might be suspended on the middle
festoon; the two pendants which were hung on single loops, however, are each
pierced through the top, once; in this particular the pendants were adapted to
the position which they were to occupy in the necklace acquired by Dr.

4 See Gauthier, Livre des rois^ I, p. 3, III, citing: (a) Ramesseum relief, Lepsius, Denktndler, III, 163; (b)
‘^scarab of FI. Petrie collection,” Petrie, Historical Scarabs: A Series of Drawings from the Principal
Collections. Arranged Chronologically, London, 1889, No. i. Professor Erman informs us that the files of
the Berlin Dictionary do not afford additional examples. The known instances of this writing, however,
evaporate to a possible one, viz. (a) of Gauthier’s enumeration, for, on consulting Petrie, Historical Scar¬
abs, No. I, M. Gauthier’s second example is found to be, not a scarab in the Petrie collection, but a piece
in the Louvre, the gold-sheet covering of a scarab-base in which the name Mny Is chased, and the genuine¬
ness of this piece was questioned by Professor Petrie, as well as by Pierret, in whose Salle Historique, on
p. 105, it was described as No. 456. See further our remarks on p. 324. We wish warmly to thank Dr.
Ludlow Bull for undertaking at considerable trouble to collate the writing of Menes given in Lepsius,
Denkmdler, III, 163 with the original. The name is in so inaccessible a situation that he was unable to
satisfy himself fully, but he thought the Lepsius reading probably correct.

5 They are placed upside down. The necklace has never been repaired, or otherwse altered, within the
memory of the Librarian Emeritus of the New York Historical Society, Mr. Robert H. Kelby. We note on
the proofs of Plate XXXVI that the last medallion on the night was inadvertently wrongly placed in pho¬
tographing the pieces, it is right in the old lithograph.

[223]

Abbott, and there is no indication that they ever occupied any other position
elsewhere. The name-medallions, too, are rudely pierced, probably with the
same awl as the pendants, and show no trace of attachment in any previous
and different context. We consider it, then, as probable that also these two sets
of pieces were made in modern times, possibly in dependence on ancient de¬
signs or even in ancient dies. We believe that there were natives and Levan¬
tines in Egypt in Dr. Abbott’s time astute enough, having picked up a little
acquaintance with Egyptian royal names,® to anticipate the great value after¬
wards actually attached to the necklace and earrings because of the presence
on them of Menes’ name. The suggestion has been made to us ^ that late
scarabs furnished the model to the forger; if the die for the medallions, too,
was modern, we should think this not impossible, although it is to be reckoned
with that the published scarabs ® of late date bearing Menes’ name show writ¬
ings different from the one on the jewelry in question. It is a striking and
perhaps significant circumstance that the Louvre contains a piece of sheet gold,
also of suspicious character, in which the name Mny appears in the same writ¬
ing as in our medallions, a piece which was included in the Louvre collec¬
tion by 1876, when Pierret’s catalogue was published.® Is it possible that the
Louvre piece and our “Menes jewelry” came from the same source? The
Louvre piece, to judge by the published drawing of it, is as crude-looking as
the earrings of the present set, and the details of its design other than the
name seem to us of a character wholly unlikely to be ancient Egyptian.

Occasionally, since the present catalogue was undertaken, the remark has
been made to us: “But at least there were no forgeries at that early time.”
We should like therefore to refer briefly to two early articles lamenting the
growing prevalence of forgeries in Egypt in the decade of the forties of the
last century. One of these, by Prisse d’Avennes,^® attributes the lamentable con¬
dition to a recent effort of Mohammed Ali to found a national museum “ and
the accompanying prohibition of excavations, except under a permit from the
Pasha; the travelers must have antiquities and the natives, no longer able freely
to dig for them, began to make them. An open letter to De Saulcy by another
Frenchman, printed in 1847,'^ describes in detail the different kinds of forgeries
then being made, the majority of them, it would seem, not at all clever, and
indulges in facetious remarks at the expense especially of English tour¬
ists, finally telling a story of an Englishman who went out to Egypt and died
there, eventually to be brought back to his native land, in the character of an

® Conceivably in Lepsius’ employ, as Mr. Lansing suggested to us.

^ By Professor Erman; also by Professor Reisner, to whom we submitted for examination one each of the
different kinds of gold units included in the necklace and who was willing to be quoted as considering
them all forgeries.

8 Gauthier, op. cit., pp. 2, 3, under VII-IX; Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, PI. VIII, two examples.

^ See above, n. 4.

Revue archeologique, Vol. II, Pt. 2 (1846), pp. 729-30.

An abortive effort, especially as Mohammed Ali was in the habit of giving away the best pieces, as they
accumulated, to titled visitors; it was not successfully resumed until 1857 by Mariette.

Revue archeologique, Vol. Ill, Pt. 2, pp. 650-57.

[224]

ancient Egyptian mummied Pharaoh, by a compatriot, who had demanded a
mummy and whom the natives, having no ancient mummy available, had sat¬
isfied in this gruesome way. It should not be a cause of disappointment, then,
if a few modern things turn up in the'Abbott collection. The number which
we have observed is very small, to be counted on the fingers, and, except
for the present instance, includes only lesser objects in the collection.

Bibliography: Bonomi catalogue, 1843, p. 30, No. i. Abbott catalogue, 1853,
printed by Varey, No. 1050; 1853, printed by Watson, and thereafter. No.
1052; edition 1915, No. 1048. Prisse d’Avennes, Revue archeologique, 'Vol.
II, 2 (1846), p. 732, Plate 40 bis. Nos. 5, 6; Monuments egyptiens, pp. 8, 9,
Plate XL’V^II, Nos. i, 2; Histoire de Part, II, “Art industriel,” Plate 20, Nos.
7, 8. Wiedemann, Agyptische Geschichte, I, pp. 165-6; Supplement (1888),
p. 13, citing Ebers, ^Egyptiaca, II, p. 287. Maspero, Dawn of Civilization,
edited by A. H. Sayce, translated by M. L. McClure, 5th ed., London, 1910, p.
235. Gauthier, Livre des rois, I, p. 2, under III.

[225]

The Early Catalogues
and Concordances of Old Numbers

Chronological List of Outstanding Jewels from
Egypt and the Upper Nile Valley,
with Selected Bibliography

THE EARLY CATALOGUES AND CONCORD¬
ANCES OF OLD NUMBERS

The first catalogue of the Abbott collection was written by Joseph Bonomi in
1843, but probably was not printed until 1846. It preserves for us, under 100 + 414
+ 55 numbers, a record of the size and content of the collection at that early time
and of its arrangement In Dr. Abbott’s house, then one of the show places of Cairo.^
The title-page of the copies in the possession of the New York Historical Society
reads: “Catalogue of a Collection of Egyptian Antiquities, the Property of Henry
Abbott, Esq., M. D., Cairo, 1846.” The author’s name with the year 1843 ^re at
the end of the text. Three lithographic plates and twenty-one wee line cuts illustrate
the book, of which the plates were made on the island of Malta, and the text with its
cuts was printed by William Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar, London. We
have cited this interesting old document in the bibliography of the different numbers
of the present catalogue as “Bonomi catalogue, 1843,” and for the convenience of
persons owning or consulting copies, those of its numbers included here are given
with their present equivalents in the following table:

Bonomi
catalogue
p. 12, No. 68

30,

a

I

31,

a

2

32.

a

3

a

((

4

((

a

5

u

a

6

u

((

7

u

a

8

((

((

9

u

a

II

a

12

u

a

14

33.

((

18

u

a

25

u

27

Numbers in
present catalogue
140

See pp. 221-5
34

25, 144
28

33

20

19

43

.. 38

27(?)

.. 26(?)

24

•• 3 o(?)

51

.. 8s

^ Hist. Soc. Quarterly Bull., Vol. IV (1920-21), pp. 9-11; also the following contemporary testimony:

James Ballentine, The Life of David Roberts, R. A., Compiled from His Journals and Other Sources, Edin¬
burgh, 1866, p. no, journal entry of Jan. 24, 1839: “Dined with Dr. Abbott a la Turk’’; also p. 113 under
Feb. 3, 1839; Eliot Warburton, Crescent and Cross, New York, 1845, Vol. I, p. 243; Francis L. Hawks,
The Monuments of Egypt; or, Egypt a Witness for the Bible, vjith Notes of a Voyage up the Nile, New
York, 1850, p. 23 of “Voyage up the Nile”; J. V. C. Smith, A Pilgrimage to Egypt, Embracing a Diary of
Explorations on the Nile v)ith Observations Illustrative of the Manners, Customs, and Institutions of the
People and of the Present Condition of the Antiquities and Ruins, Boston, 1852, pp. 74, 75, 242-55; J. M.
Wainwright, The Land of Bondage; its Ancient Monuments and Present Condition, being the Journal of a
Tour in Egypt, New York, 1852, pp. 59-63.

[229]

Numbers In
present catalogue

4 o(?)

88, 89
86, 87

75 . 76 (?)

.. 83

70-74 (?)

59 . 6 o(?)

67 (?)

.. 4 i(?)

69

• • 145

. . 146

81
80

• • 143

10, 11

7

• • 153

.. 105

104

• • 137

17

.. 156

4 . 5 . 98

In 1853, when the augmented collection was placed on public exhibition in New
York, another catalogue was issued. Many of the entries of the earlier catalogue,
just as Bonomi had written them, were incorporated in it; others were rewritten in
an effort to popularize them. It is uncertain whether or not Dr. Abbott himself
made the new catalogue, but at least he wrote a preface for it and William C. Prime
wrote an introduction. Several editions of this catalogue appeared in 1853. The first
of these, containing 1107 numbers, has a cover and title-page reading: “Catalogue of
a Collection of Egyptian Antiquities, the Property of Henry Abbott, M. D., now
Exhibiting at the Stuyvesant Institute, No. 659 Broadway, New York. Printed for
the Proprietor by Edwin Varey, 1853.” In this edition, there were only five text
illustrations, and on the four plates nearly all the objects were reversed. Prisse
d’Avennes’illustrations for an article, “Collections d’antiquites egyptiennes au Kaire,”
printed in 1846 in the Revue archeologique, were drawn on for four of the line cuts;
the other illustrations were in part from the Bonomi catalogue, in part, it would
seem, from new drawings. The next edition with 1109 items was printed by J. W.
Watson; plates were abandoned and the text illustrations, partly new, and partly
taken from the previous catalogues and Prisse’s article, were increased to 30. Pic¬
tures were added to the cover, namely, two just alike representing one and the same
ushebti of the Clot Bey collection, which were derived from one of the plates of Prisse’s
article, and a Horus eye and a Soul, the latter similar to, but not, our No. 104,

[230]

Bonomi

catalogue

p-

33.

No.

28

((

((

tt

31

u

((

((

32

((

U

tt

33

u

((

tt

34

((

U

tt

35

((

34.

tt

36

((

((

tt

37

((

it

tt

39

u

it

((

40

((

it

((

41

((

tt

tt

42

(i

tt

tt

43

u

tt

tt

44

u

((

tt

45

((

tt

((

46

u

((

((

47

((

tt

tt

48

((

tt

tt

49

((

tt

((

50

it

35.

tt

51

it

tt

tt

52

it

tt

tt

53

it

tt

((

54

of which we have been unable to locate the source. In another printing by J. W.
Watson in 1853 some typographical errors were corrected and a text illustration for
No. 541 was added. The copies of the catalogue dated 1854 still bear the title-page
of J. W. Watson, but name on the cover J. W. Harrison, Printer, 197 Centre St.
These duplicated the previous Watson catalogue, except that a few additional objects
had been added to the exhibition, and the number of catalogue items had now reached
1113. Before the year was out J. W. Harrison had removed to 447 Broome St. and
the number of entries had become 1118. It was in these two editions that an extract
from the Easy Chair of Harper’s Magazine, June, 1854, treating of the collection,
was reprinted. Toward the end of this year another printing gave the firm name
as T. B. Harrison and Company. Except for the change of printer, the title-page
had undergone no alteration since Varey first produced the book. In 1857 the cata¬
logue was copyrighted, and in i860 the stereotyped plates for it passed, with the
Abbott collection, into the ownership of the New York Historical Society, and it was
thereafter issued bound with the catalogue of paintings and received the title-page:
“Catalogue of the Museum and Gallery of Art of the New-York Historical Society.”
In 1874 the numbers were increased to 1127 by the entry of a cast of the Rosetta
stone, of a mummy sent to America by Dr. Abbott shortly before his death, and of
gifts from other persons. In 1915 the catalogue was again brought out separately
with slightly changed numbers totaling 1121.^ The title-page now reads: “Cata¬
logue of the Egyptian Antiquities of the New York Historical Society,” and to the
old Abbott catalogue were appended Miss Leonora Smith’s inventory of the collec¬
tion of her father, Edwin Smith, a summary of the Anderson, Minturn, and Haight
collections, and a list of miscellaneous gifts of Egyptian objects. In our Bibliog¬
raphies we have used the abbreviation “Abbott catalogue, editions 1853 ff.” to
cover all the issues except the last, which is cited as “edition 1915,” and we have
referred to the first printed record of Egyptian objects from other collections owned
by the Society by the page and number in the “Abbott catalogue, 1915.” A con¬
cordance of numbers follows:

Abbott

catalogue,

Abbott

editions

catalogue,

Present

1S53 f;

edition 1915,

Catalogue,

Nos.

Nos.

Nos.

303.

. 306.

. 140

477.

. 483.

. 144

845.

. 842.

. I4I, 142

883.

. 880.

. 13s

954.

. 950.

. 138

956.

. 952.

. 151

964.

. 960.

965.

. 961.

. 30

968.

. 964.

. 32

972.

. 968.

. 35

973.

. 969.

. 37

2 The numbering was made consecutive, omitting half-numbers and closing gaps in the older numbering.

[231]

Abbott

catalogue,

Abbott

editions

catalogue

Present

1853 f;

edition IQJ5,

catalogue,

Nos,

Nos.

Nos.

974 .

. 970 .

. 36

975 .

. 971 .

. 21

976 .

. 972 .

979 .

. 975 .

. 53

980.

. 976 .

. 54

981.

. 977 .

. 55

982.

. 978 .

983 .

. 979 .

. 63

984 .

. 980.

985 .

. 981.

. 132

986.

. 982.

. 153

987 .

. 983 .

. 137

988.

. 984 .

989 .

. 985 .

. 117

990 .

. 986.

. 119

991 .

. 987 .

. 127

992 .

. 988.

. 97

993 .

. 989 .

994 .

. 990 .

. 143

995 .

. 991 .

. 122

996.

. 992.

. 9

997 .

. 993 .

. 130

998.

. 994 .

. 131

999 .

. 995 .

. 124

1000.

. 996.

. I16

1001.

. 997 .

. 152

1002.

. 998.

. 81

1003.

. 999 .

. 69

1004.

. 1000.

. 102 (?)

1005.

. 1001.

.

1006.

. 1002.

. 46-49

1007.

. 1003.

. 66

1008.

. 1004.

. 14

1009.

. 1005.

. 52

lOIO.

. 1006.

. 147

lOI I.

. 1007.

. 12

1012.

. 1008.

. 92

1014.

. 1010.

. 120

1015.

. lOII.

. 106

1016.

. 1012.

. 118

1017 .

. 1013 .

. 99

Abbott
catalogue
edition IQI^,
Nos.

Abbott
catalogue,
editions

1S53 f;

Nos.

1100.. .

1101.. .

1102 .. .

1103.. .

I 104. . .

I 105. . .

1108.. .

1109.. .

1854 ff-

I I 10 . . .

nil...

I I 12 . . .

III3. . .

Abbott catalogue, 1915, p.

1096

1097

1098

1099

1100

I lOI

1104

1105

1106 .

1107 .

1108 .

1109 .

84, No. 74.

92, “ 288.

97, Hand of a mummy,

etc., Minturn gift

Present

catalogue,

Nos.

70

71

83

72

73
105

98

136

90

109

56

128

139

44

23

Anyone who has had to do with old collections formed before modern standards
of Museum management were established will wonder, not that here and there con¬
fusion exists in the old numbering, but that it has been possible to make a concord¬
ance which is so near to being complete and in all probability is accurate with respect
to a very large majority of the numbers.®

Incidental references to other objects are as follows:

Abbott
catalogue,
editions ff.

II.

49-52.

77.

Abbott

catalogue,

edition

II.

50, 51. . ,

78.

Present
catalogue
p. 5, n. 30
“ 57. “ 41

“ 148, “ 4

®The table above represents the numbers of the 1915 catalogue as we found them distributed in 1919, together
with their earlier equivalents from 1853 on. As we have noted in the body of the present catalogue, the
old numbers are not quite in order with respect to our Nos. 101-103 and 157-160 and in the numbering, as
we found it, 1070, “A gold ring with two drop stones” is unaccounted for; is it properly our No. 65 which,
however, was found numbered 1057? Also the sets of amulets under Nos. 1008-1016 and 1027-1032 may not
have been preserved in their original composition, and No. 1009 was found on our present No. 103. Some of
the gaps in the sequence of numbers above are explained by the fact that the objects bearing the absent num¬
bers do not belong within the scope of the present Part I of the new catalogue. The entry in the old Bonomi
catalogue, p. 32, No. 10, ^‘Ring with a cornelian scarabaeus,” does not occur in the later Abbott catalogues
and we may be confident that the ring never formed a part of the collection exhibited in New York. Some
items, such as No. 15 on p. 32, “Silver Ring. From Sakkara,” are too vague for identification in the later,
enlarged collection.

[235]

Abbott

Abbott

catalogue^

catalogue^

Present

editions ff.

edition Jgi^

catalogue

149.

•••• 150.

p. 65, n. 84

216-219.

.... 218-221.

“ 219, “ 37

291.

— 294.

“ II, “ 61

and

“ 57 . “ 41

370. 371.

— 375.376.

“ 79. “ 24

458.

— 464.

“ 98, “ 100

612, 614.

.... 619,621.

“ 172, “ 77

734 (one).

.... 741 (one).

“ 69, “ 98

805.

- 803.

“ 65, “ 89

931.

- 927.

“ 195, “ 10

967.

- 963.

“ 98, “ 99

p. 87, No. 155.

“ 172, “ 78

“ 98, Phoenix gift.

Pis. XXIV, XXV
pp. 160-61

“ “ Schieffelin gift. . . .

p. 88, n. 68

“ “ Stuart gift.

“ 219, “ 37

[236]

CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF OUTSTANDING
JEWELS FROM EGYPT AND THE UPPER
NILE VALLEY, WITH SELECTED
BIBLIOGRAPHY

(a) First Dynasty, around 3300 B.C., or Earlier.

Four bead bracelets, principally of gold and semi-precious stones, belonging to a
queen; without clasps, having been designed to tie or button on; Cairo Museum.
Colored plate and full description: Petrie, Royal Tombs, II, pp. 16-19. Clear
photographic views: Vernier, Bijouterie, Pis. II, 2, 4, III, 3, 4. Details enlarged:
Rosenberg, Aegyptische Einlage, Figs. 5-8. Construction, material (some
glass?): Vernier, Bijoux, I, Nos. 52008-11. Very accessible: Breasted, His¬
tory, Fig. 17; Maspero, Art in Egypt, Fig. 2; Petrie, Arts and Crafts, pp. 84-6,
Fig- 93 -

Gold or-naments of a provincial grandee, including a circlet for the head, bracelets,
finger rings, amulets representing a bull and gazelle, amulet case In form of a
beetle, and variously shaped beads; also garnet, carnellan and syenite (?) beads.
Published In full: Relsner, Naga-ed-Der, I, pp. 30, 31, 143-4, Fig. 54, Pis. 5-9.

(b) Fourth Dynasty, around 2800 B.C., or Earlier.

Silver cylinder seal, bearing the name of Khafre (Chephren), builder of the Second
Pyramid, Giza; Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Unpublished.^

Gold cylinder seal bearing the name of Menkure (Mycerinus), builder of the Third
Pyramid, Giza; Berlin Museum. Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 7, PI. 2.

(c) Sixth Dynasty, around 2500 B.C., or Earlier.

Gold chain, five feet long, with links of form shown in our PI. XXXVIII, 69 f,
belonging to a private person; Cairo Museum. Garstang, Mahdsna and Bet
Khalldf, pp. 2, 30, PI. XXXVII; Petrie, Arts and Crafts, p. 86, Fig. 94.
Funerary, broad bead collar, the earliest of its kind yet published; of thin gold over
a core and blue-glazed pottery, belonging to a noble; Museum of Fine Arts,
Boston. Boston Bulletin, Vol. XI (1913), p. 59 and Fig. 14.

(d) Late Sixth to Tenth Dynasties, 2500-2160 B.C.

Two solid gold “button” seals; Berlin Museum and private possession. Schafer,
Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 9, PL 3. Hilton-Price Sale Catalogue, 1911, PI.
XXIII, No. 969 = Burlington Fine Arts Club, Catal. Egypt. Art, 1922, p. 25,
No. 20, PI. L.

(e) Eleventh Dynasty, around 2100 B.C.

Complete set of jewels of an infant princess of the house of King Nibhapetre-
Mentuhotep II; consisting of five bead necklaces of gold, silver, carnelian, green
felspar, and blue glass. Recovered in their original arrangement and in part
on their original strings of linen or on leather bands; without clasps; Metro-

1 We are indebted to Mr. Ashton Sanborn for his kindness in looking through this list with reference to
objects in the Boston Museum.

[237]

politan Museum of Art, New York. Preliminary publication: Bull. M. M. A.,
November, 1921, Part II, p. 52, Fig. 30.

(f) Twelfth Dynasty, 2000-1788 B.C.

Jewels of five princesses of the houses of Amencmhet II and III and Sesostris III,
including, whole, or broken up into units: diadems, necklaces, broad collars, pec¬
torals, cylindrical amulets, armlets, bracelets, finger rings, girdles, and anklets;
made principally of gold, silver, and semi-precious stones, illustrating in design
and workmanship the finest accomplishment of the Egyptian jeweler, and afford¬
ing examples of many important technical processes, such as chasing, chain¬
making, inlaying with stones (cf. our No. 104), and granulated work (cf. our
No. i) ; Cairo Museum. Published in full, with four colored plates; De Morgan,
Dahchour, I and II. Vulture on one of the diadems: Vernier, Bijouterie, PI.
XIX, 2. Detail of pectoral enlarged: Rosenbei-g, Aegyptische Einlage, Fig. 14,
and Zellenschmelz I, Fig. 5. Construction of end-piece of collar: Rosenberg,
Einlage, Fig. 25, and Einfiihrung, Fig. 96. Construction: Vernier, Bijoux, I,
(pectorals, bracelets, clasps) and II (finger rings). Construction, present con¬
dition, of inlaid silver diadem: Rosenberg, Einlage, pp. 4-5, Fig. 10. Supposed
glass mosaic: Newberry, /. E. A., Vol VI (1920), p. 159, PL XVI, i (in colors).
Granulated work: Rosenberg, Granulation, pp. 37-8; Figs. 57, 58; Curtis,
Memoirs Am. Academy in Rome, I, pp. 66-8, PI. 16, 1-3. Especially acces¬
sible: Breasted, F/wtory, Figs. 97, 98; Maspero, Art in Egypt, Figs. 226-30;
Petrie, Arts and Crafts, pp. 87-91, Figs. 97-101. Jewel-units in private posses¬
sion, belonging to one or more of tbe above-mentioned princesses, or to others
buried at Dashur: Sale Catal. MacGregor Coll., pp. 184-5, XXXIX; Burling¬
ton Fine Arts Club, Catal. Egypt. Art, 1922, pp. 20-23, No. 10, PI. L.

Jewels of a princess of the house of Sesostris II, including pieces analogous to the
foregoing and of equal importance and artistic quality; divided between the
Cairo Museum and the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. Published
in full, with seven colored plates (less good than those of Dahchour, I) : Brun-
ton, Lahun L See also: A. M. Lythgoe, Bull. M. M. A., Dec. 1919, Part II,
numerous illustrations, pectoral in colors; J. E. A., Vol. I (1914), PI. XXIX.
Discussing composition of jewels, especially of cowry-shell girdle: Winlock,
Ancient Egypt, 1920, pp. 74-87. In pectorals, a blending of static and dynamic
symmetry, according to Jay Hambidge, The Diagonal, New Haven, Vol. I, No.
9 (July, 1920).

Uraeus for the head, a jewel belonging to the king Sesostris II; a solid gold casting
with inlays of lapis lazuli, carnelian and garnet; Cairo Museum. Ancient
Egypt, 1920, Part III, p. 67, half-tones on cover and first plate.

Jew'els of a well-to-do woman of court circles, including: circlet for the head, rosettes
for the wig, necklaces, with one sliding clasp in the form of a reef knot, broad
collars, a cylindrical amulet, bracelets, girdles, anklets; made of gold and silver
(in part economically, over a core), semi-precious stones, some substitutes for
stones, and glazed pottery; in Metropolitan Museum of Art. Published in full,
with admirable construction drawings and plates, three colored: Mace and Win-
lock, Senebtisi.

[238]

Pectoral of a private person, similar In material and technique to the Dashur pec¬
torals, but less fine, and other jewels; Manchester Museum, England. Exca¬
vator’s account: Engelbach, Riqqeh and Memphis FI, Ch. Ill, PI. I, 1-4 (In
colors) = colored plate in preliminary account. Ancient Egypt, 1914, Part I, pp.
3-4. Good half-tones: J. E. A., Vol. I (1914), PI. VI. Also well set forth in:
Burl. Fine Arts Club, Catal. Egypt. Art, 1922, p. 17, No. i, PI. L.

Necklace, 1.09 yards (i m.) long, of graduated amethyst and gold beads, with gold
figures of recumbent Hons as end-pieces, pleasing gold wire bracelets, and other
jewels; belonging to a resident of the town at the second Nile cataract; Univer¬
sity Museum, Philadelphia. Maciver and Woolley, pp. 200-201, colored

frontispiece.

(g) Thirteenth to Seventeenth Dynasties, 1788-1580 B.C.

Inlaid silver diadem, with gold uraeus, of a king Intef (variously placed, but surely
not of Eleventh Dynasty); Leyden Museum. Original publication: Leemans,
Monumens egyptiens. Part II, p. 18, PI. XXXIV, i a. After removal of parts
not original to diadem: Boeser, A.Z., Vol. 45 (1908), pp. 30-31 and Deschrijv-
ing van de Egyptische Fersameling. Leiden, III, p. 8, PI. XVIII. Pictured:
Jequier, Erises d’objets des sarcophages. Fig. 107.

Signet ring inscribed with name of the Hyksos king, Apophls, consisting of green-
glazed steatite scarab, set in gold, with gold shank; Davis collection, on loan
in Metropolitan Museum of Art. Newberry, Scarabs, PI. I, No. I.

Complete jewelry of a provincial woman, including earrings (among the earliest
specimens from Egypt), a dainty girdle, necklace and other pieces; made of
gold and clectrum. Petrie, Qurneh, Ch. Ill, PI. XXIX.

Large gold pendant in form of a bivalve shell, inscribed with name of King Seken-
enre-Tao, possibly from royal jewelry. Petrie, Scarabs and Cylinders, PI. XXIII.

(h) Eighteenth Dynasty, 1580-1350 B.C.

Jewels of Queen Ahhotep, including: bead and hoop bracelets and others hinged and
inlaid, an inlaid pectoral, splendid chains, three large pendants in the form of
flies, a sumptuously wrought and inlaid scarab-pendant, units from an elaborate
broad collar, and other pieces, but no granulated work; materials, chiefly gold
and semi-precious stones; Cairo Museum. In comparison with the royal jewels
of the Twelfth Dynasty, some falling off in the merit of the designs and work¬
manship is to be noted. Published in full, with four of the plates in colors:
Von Bissing, Ein thebanischer Grab fund. Conditions of finding: Daressy,

Annales du Service, IX (1908), p. 63, XII (1912), pp. 64-8 and literature cited
by him. Enlargement of inlays in vulture bracelet: Rosenberg, Aegyptische Ein-
lage. Fig. 17, and Zellenschmelz I, Fig. 7. Comparison with Dashur jewels:
Rosenberg, Einlage, p. 9. Gold falcon heads inlaid, not with steel, as: Desjar¬
dins, Revue de I’architecture, XVIII, 105, cited by Rosenberg, Einlage, p. 10,
Figs. 22-3, but probably with niello: Von Bissing, op. cit., col. 17; cf. col. i, n. 2;
Rosenberg, Niello, p. 3, Figs. l, 2. Forerunner of enamel ( ?) in one kind of inlay;
Rosenberg, Zellenschmelz I, pp. 7-8. Good reproductions: Vernier, Bijouterie,
Pis. II, I ; VIII, I, 2; X, I, 4, 7; XIV; XV, i, and Bijoux, I, Pis. Ill, IX, and X.

[239]

Also: Petrie, Arts and Crafts, pp. 91-2, Fig. 102; Maspero, Art in Egypt, Figs.
400, 403.

Two pairs of gold armlets, and a single bracelet, the last inscribed with name of
Thutmose III, Leyden Museum; a single gold armlet, Berlin Museum. Lee-
mans, Monumens egyptiens, II, PI. XLI, Nos. 3^6, 3 ^ 8 > Schafer, Gold-

schmiedearbeiten. Fig. ii, No. 59, PI. ii. Wilkinson, Manners and Customs,
ed. Birch, II, p. 342, 2 in Fig. 448.

Gold vulture collar (not headdress) : Davis’ Excavations, The Tomb of Queen Tiyi,
London, 1910, p. 20, No. 8, PI. XX.

Massive gold signet rings, inscribed with royal names: (i) Amenhotep II, ring in
Louvre; Newberry, Scarabs, PI. I, No. II (cf. our Nos. 25, 26, and Hall, Catal.
of Scarabs, I, No. 2657); (2) Nefertiti, consort of Amenhotep IV, ring in
Edinburgh Museum; /. E. A., Vol. IV (1917), p. 45; (3) Tutenkhamon, ring
in Metropolitan Museum of Art; Bull. M. M. A., Vol. XVII (1922), p. 172.

Silver signet rings inscribed with name of Amenhotep IV (Ikhnaton) : (i) in British
Museum; Hall, Catal. of Scarabs, I, No. 2678; (2) in private possession;
Newberry, Scarabs, PI. I, No. IV. Cf. electrum ring with same name, in Berlin;
Schafer, op. cit.. No. 78, PI. 13.

Ornaments of a young girl in private life, including earrings, fancy hairpins, four
necklaces, bracelet, scarab worn as a finger ring, and girdle; gold and semi¬
precious stones, except bronze in hairpins (some gold-covered) and glazed
pottery in scarab (set in gold) ; all but two pieces in Berlin Museum. Schafer,
op. cit., pp. 25 ff.. Nos. 20-26, Pis. 5-7. The bracelet and girdle disappeared
when excavated long ago by Passalacqua, but, according to his statement, were
similar to other jewels found by him, now in Berlin, loc. cit.. Nos. 35, 37, Pis.
8, 9.

(i) Nineteenth Dynasty, 1350-1205 B.C.

Massive gold signet ring inscribed with name of King Harmhab, in Louvre. Good
photographic view: Vernier, Bijouterie, PI. I, 6. See also: Newberry, Scarabs,
PI. I, No. V; Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de I’art, I, Fig. 500, showing other
faces of the bezel.

Jewels of reign of Ramses II, one bearing his name, found by Mariette in three
burials in the Serapeum; including various inlaid pectorals, handsome amulets and
chains; made of gold, semi-precious stones, and glass (?) (probably not enamel,
as so often stated) ; in Louvre. Reproduced in colors: Mariette, Serapeum. Dis¬
cussion, accompanied by half-tones: yidisptro, Egyptian Art. Studies,, C)\. yiVl.
Detail of one pectoral enlarged: Rosenberg, Einlage, Fig. 20. Additional illus¬
trations: Vernier, Bijouterie, Pis. VII, i, VIII, 4, XI, 2; Perrot and Chipiez,
Histoire de I’art, I, Figs. 566-8; Maspero, Art in Egypt, Figs. 407, 408; Petrie,
Arts and Crafts, p. 93, Fig. 105.

A pair of gold and lapis lazuli hinged bracelets, with cartouche of Ramses II; with
granulated decoration and various gold appliques; Cairo Museum. These are
two of the most gorgeous Egyptian jewels extant, but lack the delicacy of design
and workmanship characteristic of many earlier pieces. Edgar in Maspero, Le
Musee Egyptien, Vol. II, Part 3 (1907), p. 106, PI. LIV; Vernier, Bijoux, II,

[240]

PL XVIII, Nos. 52575-6; Rosenberg, Granulation, Figs. 59, 60; Curtis,
Memoirs of the Am. Acad, at Rome, I, p. 71, PL 16, 7; Maspero, Egyptian Art.
Studies, pp. 158-9, with good half-tones, and Art in Egypt, Fig. 406.

Jewels of which some bear the names of Seti II and Queen Tewosret, found in the
Valley of the Kings, Thebes; including a diadem, units from a necklace or collar,
large, heavy earrings, a variety of finger rings, bracelets and amulets; made of
gold, electrum, silver, semi-precious stones and glazed pottery; interesting, but
often overloaded, designs, workmanship poor as compared with that of earlier
periods—good examples, however, of filigree work; wire appliques imitated in
repousse; the greater share of the treasure is in the Cairo Museum, parts of the
necklace are in the Davis collection, on loan in the Metropolitan Museum of
Art. Davis’ Excavations, Siphtah, pp. 35 ff., with excellent plates, three in
colors. Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52261-7, 52331, 52397-402, 52577-8, 52580-5,
Pis. XIX, XX, XXV, XXVI, XXVIII, XXIX.

A remarkable gold finger ring, bearing on the bezel figures in the round of a pair
of horses, also some granulations; in Louvre. Maspero, Egyptian Art. Studies,
p. 151, Fig. 3, opposite p. 146. Vernier, Bijouterie, PL I, 4. Perrot and Chi-
piez, Histoire de Vart, I, Fig. 574.

A pair of large earrings, one fragmentary, ascribed on stylistic grounds to reign of
Ramses II; made chiefly of gold, but with pottery core in main piece and glazed
pottery inlays; having a complicated, but well-organized, design and decorated
also with granulated and filigree work and appliqued wires and bosses; in Berlin
Museum. Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, No. 92, Pis. I a (in colors) and
14; technique described in detail by Mdller. Pictured: Rosenberg, Granulation,
Fig. 61.

A pair of hinged bracelets, inlaid, and a jour, made of gold, semi-precious stones,
and glass or paste (not enamel) ; date uncertain, but resemble stylistically the
Serapeum jewelry; in Louvre. Vernier, Bijouterie, PL VII, 2. Prisse d’Avennes,
Histoire de Vart, Atlas Vol. II, under “Art industriel,” PL 20, Fig. 14 (in colors).
Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de l^art. III, Fig. 598. Rosenberg, Zellenschmelz
I, Figs. 9, 10, the latter, an enlargement.

(j) Twentieth Dynasty, 1200-1090 B.C.

Pectoral, found on the mummy of Ramses III (contemporary? or dating from time
of rewrapping of mummy in the next dynasty?), a shallow box of sheet gold,
filled with a sustaining composition (resin and plaster?), having designs, includ¬
ing the king’s cartouches, chased on both faces, but no inlays; also beads of gold,
the larger ones with a core of other material, by which the pectoral was sus¬
pended; Cairo Museum. Vernier, Bijoux, I, No. 52005, PL IV, ^ind Bijouterie,
PL XIX, 3. Conditions of finding: Maspero, Les momies royales de Deir
eUBahari {Memoires. Mission, Vol. I, 4), Cairo, 1889, p. 769, reprinted in G.
Elliot Smith, Royal Mummies (Cairo Catal.), p. 85.

A pair of imposing gold earrings bearing cartouches of Ramses XII (Menmare-
Setepneptah), with pendants hanging from chains, granulated work, and
appliqued wires; even larger than earrings previously listed, and distinctly poorer
in workmanship; Cairo Museum. Vernier, Bijoux, II, Nos. 52323-4, PL XXVII;

[241]

Rosenberg, Granulation, p. 40, enlarged detail of names, appliqued grains and
wires. Fig. 63. Conditions of finding: Mariette, Catal. Abydos, No. 1370, pp.
528-9. Also: Art in Egypt, Fig. .305; Petrie, Arts and Crafts, Fig.

106.

Units from a collar, of solid gold, found with foregoing earrings, and in contrast to
them, of charming and delicate workmanship. No illustrations are available,
but see descriptions: Mariette, p. 267, No. 857; Maspero, Cairo Guide,

4th Engl, ed., p. 441, No. 973.

(k) Twenty-Second and Twenty-Third Dynasties, 945-718 B.C.

Pendant in form of a triad of gods, Osiris, Isis and Horus, solid gold and lapis lazuli,
inscribed with names of Osorkon II; beautiful workmanship; in Louvre. Ver¬
nier, Bijouterie, PI. XVIII, I; Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de I’art, I, Fig. 571.
Large electrum amulet of type of our Nos. 8, 9, inscribed with names of an Osorkon
and the “King’s Wife,’’ Tedibast; in Louvre. Vernier, Bijouterie, PI. XIX, i;
Perrot and Chipiez, Histoire de Vart, I, Fig. 569; Hilton Price, Catal., 1897,
No. 2520.

Solid gold statuette (pendant) of the god Harsaphes; Museum of Fine Arts, Boston.
Boston Handbook, p. 50; cf. above, p. 194, n. 4.

( l ) Ninth to Fifth Centuries B.C.

Jewels of the Ethiopian royal house, Egyptian in style, and probably in part the work
of Egyptian craftsmen, found in kings’ and queens’ tombs at Napata; many pieces
now in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston; as yet only partially available in pre¬
liminary notices. Necklaces, finger ring, figure of child Ptah, of gold, garnet,
and carnelian, from early tumuli: Boston Bulletin, Vol. XIX (1921), p. 29.
Two silver figures of a goddess, a falcon of silver with inlays of “colored paste’’
in gold cloisons, amulet of crystal and gold, time of Piankhi: op. cit., pp. 29, 30.
Beautiful hinged collar of burnished sheet gold with two chased plaques appliqued
front and back and border wires, time of Shabataka: op. cit., p. 35. Gold
finger ring, amulets, and ornaments, time of Taharka; Boston Bulletin, Vol. XVI
(1918), p. 72. Gold cylinders, bead collar of gold, amethyst, and amazon stone,
from tomb of Aspalta: Boston Bulletin, Vol. XV (1917), p. 33, Fig. 13; Vol.
XVI, pp. 79, 80. Beautiful chased gold breast plaque of goddess Isis with wings
spread: Boston Bulletin, Vol. XVI, p. 67; Harvard African Studies, II (1918),
PI. XVII, 6.

(m) Twenty-Sixth Dynasty, Reign of Ahmose II, 569-525 B.C.

Jewels found in town ruins on the site of the palace of Merneptah at Memphis, in¬
cluding: six figures of gods, some in solid gold, others in silver covered with
gold; two remarkable amulets of electrum; gold beads in form of cowry shells;
globular gold bead covered with granulated work, chalcedony bead with granu¬
lated gold caps; onyx beads, one a ram’s head marvelously cut; and a few other
pieces; divided between the Cairo Museum and the University Museum, Phila¬
delphia. Preliminary publication: The Museum Journal,Vo\.N\ll
228-30, Fig. 89.

[242]

(n) Persian Period, Early Fifth Century B.C.

Funerary jewelry of Thanhebu, including excellent examples of chased, inlaid, and
carved gold; Cairo Museum. Maspero, Egyptian Art, Studies, Ch. XXIII, and
Art in Egypt, Fig. 565. See further, above, p. 154, n. 5.

(o) Early Ptolemaic Period, about 300 B.C.

Rich gold bracelets of several designs, heavy gold chain terminating in animals’ heads,
in Greek Flellenistic style and inlaid, gold collar-amulet in Egyptian style; Cairo
Museum. Edgar in Maspero, Le Musee Egyptian, II, 2 (1906), pp. 57 ff.. Pis.
XXII, XXIII. Vernier, Bijoux, I, Nos. 52093-8, Pis. XII, XIII, Vind Bijouterie,
Pis. II, 3, III, 2, IV, 5, 6, XII, 3. Maspero, New Light on Ancient Egypt, trans¬
lated by Elizabeth Lee, London, 1908, Ch. XXXVI.

(p) First Century after Christ.

Meroitic jewels, showing Egyptian and Classical influence, including bracelets, finger
rings, earrings, amulets, and other pieces, illustrating many techniques, among
them a kind of enameling; divided between the Munich and Berlin Museums.
Published in full, with accurate and detailed descriptions and plates, one of the
latter in colors: Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten, See also: Rosenberg, Zellen-
schmelz I, p. 42, Figs. 26, 59.

“Enameled” gold bracelet from Barkal; Museum, Boston. Boston Bulletin, Vol.
XV (1917), p. 33; cf. Vol. XXI (1923), pp. 19, 24-7, including some pieces of
first century B.C.

(q) Late Roman Period, Principally Sixth Century after Christ.

Treasure including thirty-six gold pectorals, medallions, necklaces, armlets, bracelets,
set with pearls, sapphires, and emeralds, in the late Roman style; from the Mor¬
gan, Burns, Freer and Cans private collections, some pieces have come into the
public collections of the Berlin Museum, the British Museum, and the Smith¬
sonian Institution. Published in full: Dennison, Gold Treasure,

[243]

GENERAL INDEX

Abbott, 229,^ VI, 102; no, n. 136; 148; 171,
n. 75; 174; 221, n. I; 222; Acquisition of
signet ring by, loo-ioi; attended meeting of
N. Y. Hist. Soc., loi; Cairo residence of,
229, with n. I; wrote at least preface of Ab¬
bott catal., 230.

Abbott catalogue. Concordances for, 231-6; Edi¬
tions of, 230-31; Sources of illustrations in,
99-100, 223, 230-31; Statements of proveni¬
ence in, VI, 148.

Abbott collection, V; Catalogues of, 229 ff.; Few
modern pieces in, 225.

Objects in: 235-6; amulets, 69, n. 98; 172,
with n. 77; finger ring, 98, with n. 99; mould,
with bronze in it, 195, n. 10; reliefs, 5, n. 30;
79, n. 24; statue, 65, n. 84; statuette, 65, n.
89; toilette dish, 98, with n. 100; ushebtis, ii,
n. 61; 57, n. 41; vase, Cretan, 148, with n. 4.
Parts of mummies in, 219, with n. 37.

Abu Billou, Earring from, 128, with n. 88.

Abu Gurob, Relief from, 22, n. 144.

Abu Simbel, Carnelian, onyx, found near, 23.
Abusir el-Meleq, Amulets from, 157, with n. 22;

Finger rings found in position at, 76, n. 8.
Abydos, Objects from: amulets, 50, with n. 8;
51, with n. 12; 68, n. 96; 175-6; 176-7, with
n. 97; 182, with n. 113; 190, n. 133; beads,

7, n. 38; 12, with notes 74, 76; 67, with n.
93; bracelets, 217, n. 25; 237; earrings,
116, with n. 37; 119, with notes 45, 46;
127, with n. 83; 134, 241-2; finger rings,
76, n. 5; 78, with notes 14, 17; 80, with n.
34; frog-seal, 72, n. 6 (c) ; hypocephali, 178,
n. 104; nose-ring, in position, 8, n. 45; pin,

8, in n. 41; reliefs, 95, with n. 88; sealings,
84-5, with n. 54; statuettes, 194, with n. i.
Reliefs at, 8, n. 46; 94, n. 86; 163, n. 40.

Acid bath, to ‘WoF^ gold, 37, iii.

Adab, see Bismya,

Aegina, Temple, sculptures, of, 147.

Agate, Amulet of, 50, n. 10 (c) ; Bead of, in
earring, 129; in scorpion-amulet, 190, n. 129.
Agatharcides on metallurgical processes, 26, with
n. 175.

Ahet, 176, 178.

Ahhotep, Jewels of Queen: 239-40; bracelets, 2,
n. 9; 57 . with n. 43; 58; flies, large gold, 61,
n. 64; 62-3, with n. 72; Inlaid work in, 61;
Niello in, 33; scarab, without base, 170, with
n. 73.

Name, on signet ring, 84, with n. 50; 93, n. 82.
Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet, Ahmose, son of Ebana,
Royal gifts to, 2.

Ahmose II, Objects of time of: 242; scorpion-
amulet, 190, with n. 128; signet ring, 97, 98;
statuettes, 194, n. 6.

“A jour” work, 68, 125, 176, 185; done with
chisels, 199; in Louvre bracelets, 241.

Akhmin, Mummy cases from, 134, n. 107.

Alchemy, 39.

Alexander the Great, Coins of, as evidence in
dating, 134, n. 107; 138-9.

Alexandria, Serpent rings from, 108, with n. 131.

Alford, Article by, cited, 17, n. 109; discovered
“old workings” of lead ore, 21, with n. 140;
on mining emeralds, 24, with n. 162.

Allen, VI; 105, n. 118; 116, n. 36; on cartouche,
98; on pottery disks as earrings, 115, with n.
32.

Handbook, 64, n. 78.

Alloys, Artificial, when first made, 29-30.

Classes of (the preponderating metal named
first) : gold-silver, 25, with n. 171, A-D, F,
G; 47-8, 56, 90, 94, 96, 97, 99; 118, with n.
41; 143, with n. 123; gold-silver-copper, 25,
n. 171, E, F; 29, with notes 191, 194; gold-
silver-lead, 181; gold-silver-tin, 94; silver-
copper, 29-30, with notes 195, 196; silver-
copper-gold-lead, 29; silver-gold, 29, 106, 118;
silver-gold-copper, 28, with n. 190; silver-
iron, 28; silver-lead, 28, 91, 95, 97, 215;
silver-tin, 29, 92-3.

of present catal.. Terms used for, 30-31.

See Copper.

Alluvial gold, perhaps known before gold was
mined, 19-20; Possible sources of, 18; used at
Kerma (?), 19, n. 124; whether imported
from Asia Minor, 19.

Amalgamation, whether employed to recover
gold from ores, 26, n. 176.

Amarna, Balcony scenes in tombs at, 3 ; 77, n. ii;
91; Resinous mass used in repousse work
found at, 216, n. 20; Scarab said to be from
Ikhnaton’s tomb at, 75, with n. 16; Work¬
men’s houses at, 5, with n. 28.

Amarna letters, edition Knudtzon, 24, n. 164;
on Egypt, couches, 64, n. 78; on gold of Eg.,
lapis lazuli of Near East, 24, n. 164; show
knowledge of qualities of gold alloys, 102, n.
109.

Amarna moulds: for figures of Bes, 67, n. 92;
for crescent-amulets, 184, n. 115; for finger
rings, 78, n. 21; 79, n. 22; 81, with n. 37.

Amazon stone. Fish-amulets of, 52; in Ethiopian
royal jewels, 242; in four-color designs, with
carnelian, gold, lapis lazuli, 6; in woman’s

^Numbers refer to pages unless preceded by n. for note, Ch. for Chapter, § for paragraph, or Pt. for
Part. Under the main catch words, items beginning with a small letter are to be read after the catch word,
items beginning with a capital, in whole, or in part, before the catch word.

[245]

amulet, 49, n. 3 (b) ; Scarab-bezel of, 87-8;
Source in nature of, 23, with n. 158. See
Felspar, Green.

Amenardis, Heart scarab of, 75, with n. 20.

Amenemhet I, Relief from temple of, 69, n. 100;
Scarab-ring found near tomb of, 83, with n.

47. , .

Amenemhet II, his assistant treasurer’s stela cited,
18.

Amenemhet III, Head of, in obsidian, 32, n. 207;
Pectoral bearing name of, 12; Scarab-ring
bearing name of, 80, n. 28.

Amenhotep I, Gifts of, to Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet,
2; Relief from temple of, 69, n. lOi ; Signet
ring bearing name of, 84, n. 50 (b) ; Vulture
collar pictured on coffin of, 164, with n. 46.

Amenhotep H (Okheprure), Dorsal ornament
on mummy of, 8, n. 46; Signet rings bearing
name of, 89-91, with notes 73, 76; 240;
Whether we possess personal signet of, 91.

Amenhotep III (Nibmare), Objects of time of,
81, with n. 36; Signet ring bearing name of,
97, with n. 94; Signet ring possibly bearing
name of, 92-3.

Amenhotep IV (Ikhnaton), Heart scarab of ( ?),
75, with n. 16; Reliefs showing, 115, with n.
29; Sealing with cartouches of, 85, n. 55;
Signet rings bearing name of, 93, with n. 83;
240; Signet ring bearing name of consort of,
240; Vulture collar from supposed mummy of,
164, with n. 45; 240.

Amethyst, Bead of, 222; how used in Eg^’pt.
jewelry, 6-7; in Ethiopian royal jewHs, 242;
in necklace from Buhen, 239; in woman’s
amulet, 51, n. ii (b) ; product of Ethiopia
(?), 15; Rings of, mentioned in magical pa¬
pyrus, 52; when first knowm in Upper Eg., 16.

Amherst collection. Heart scarabs in former, 74,
n. 12.

Amon, Finger rings given to, 77, with n. 12;
Gold lands of, 14, n. 86; represented wearing
anklets, 7, n. 39; Statuette of, 194, with n. 2.
See Cultus objects.

AmtUche Berichte, 3, n. 15.

Amulet case in form of beetle, Gold, 31, witli n.
205; 237; Stone, 170, with n. 71.

Amulets, Bibliography for, 154, n. i.

for the living: 155-6, 190; Finger rings as, 76;
in form of fish, 52; stones, gold, etc., for moth¬
ers, children, 51, 52-3; used in life, buried with
owner, 53, 156, 167, 184, 185-6; worn hang¬
ing from neck, 74, n. 14; 156.
for use in temples, 156-7.

Funerary: Charms spoken over, 74, 159, 163,
173) 176, 178; Charms written on, 74, 159,
163, 172, 187; Composite, 191-3; Functions
of, 53, 156, 159; how fastened to mummy, 73,
154, 171; King’s supply of, 155, n. 10; Ma¬
terials of, prescribed in Bk. of Dead, 74, 159,
163, 164, 173, 176; Materials proper to, in¬
scribed on Kennard tablet, 155; Number of,

in single burial, 154, 155; References to, in
]lk. of Dead, 160, with n. 30; 161, and above.
Materials of; representing royal equipment,
158, with n. 28; 161-5, 191, 192-3; their po¬
sition on mummy, 154, 159, 163, 164, 174,
175, 176, 182; Substitutes for, or additions
to, 157.

Late: 72-5, 154 ff.; Dating of, 157-8; Fore¬
runners of, 158, with notes 25, 28; 176-7,
with n. 97; Lists of, 154-5 ; Technique of, 157.
representing (or in form of) : Anubis, 159,
181 ; beads (?) of gold, 52; beetles, 170, with
n. 70; bull, 237; celestial cow, 176-7; collars,
various, see Collar-amulet; crescent, 184;
crocodile, 52, 53, 63; crook, 164-5, L'93;
crowns of Eg., 158, n. 28; cylinder, 49-54,
238; “ded,” see “Ded”-amulet; eye, Iloriis,
165-6, 191 ; falcon, 167-8; figure holding
notched palm-ribs, 68-70, with notes 96-8;
figure holding “was”-staves, 68-70, with n.
103; fly(?), 61-3; fish, 52, with n. 17;
gazelle, 237; girdle-tie, 156, 161, 192; gods,
funerary, 159, 181-2, 184, 185; hand, 52, 53;
Hathor(?), 178-9; headdress, 157; heart,
171-2, 191; “ibheti” stone, 52; implement,
ceremonial, 187, n. 125; Isis and Nephthys,
179-80; Isis holding Horus, 180; Isis kneel¬
ing, 180-81; Isis-Serket, 189-91, with notes
128-30; Khons-Re, 185-6; knife, toilet, 193, n.
152; lioness head with broad collar, 64-6;
Mut, 65, with n. 86; Neith, 190; Nephthys
kneeling^ 180-81; pectoral, 186-7; phallus,
193; rings of amethyst, 52; rings of “ibheti”
stone, gold, seven each, on seven threads, seven
times knotted, 52; scarabaeus (scarab), 72-5,
170-71; scorpion, 190, with n. 133; 191, with
n. 137; scorpion, human-headed, see Isis-
Serket; Sons of Horus, 181, 182, 184; soul,
see Soul-amulet; swallow, 168; Teweret,
63-4; tortoise (or turtle), 218, with n. 33;
uraeus, see Uraeus-amulet; vase, ceremonial,
187, with n. 123; vulture, see Vulture-amulet;
“whip,” 164-5.

Analyses, by: Huybrechts, 28; Nyland, see An¬
alyses, Microchemical; Whitfield, 29, 106;
118, with n. 41; 143, n. 123.

Microchemical: of gold, 47-8, 56, 90, 94, 96,
97, 99, 107, 109, 168, 181, 211; of silver,
87, 91, 92, 95, 97, 215; of tin, 124.
of gold: Bibliography for, 25, n. 171; from
Egypt., Sudanese, mines not readily accessible,
19, n. 127; of Dyn. XVHl-XXVI needed, 27.
of silver, 28-9, 118.

Quantitative: of gold, 118, n. 41; 143, n.
123; of silver, 28, 29, 106.

References to, by: Berthelot, 25, n. 171, C-E;
26, n. 177; 28, with n. 189; 29; 201, n. 21;
Gladstone, 19, with n. 126; 25, n. 171, A, B,
G; 29, with n. 193; 92, n. 80; 201, n. 21;
Pollard, 25, n. 171, F; 27, with n. 183; 28,
with n. 190.

[246]

Analysis, Advantages of microchemical method
of, VII, 27; Spectrographic, 25, n. 173.
Ancient Egypt, 7, n. 38.

Anderson, Zoology of Egypt, I, 63, n. 74.
Anderson collection, 231.

Ani, Papyrus of, 160, n. 30; 173.

Animal heads, on bracelets: Assyrian, 211, n. 3;
Cypriote, 211, n. 4; Egyptian, 211, n. 10.
on chain, 243.

on earrings, 134 flE.; Technique of: cast from
separate moulds, 205, n. 51; die-made (?),
139, 150; repousse, 135, with n. in; 137,
138, 140, 141, 143, 144, 145, 150, 151;
Horns of, their technique, 135, 137.
represented, of: bull, 134, n. 108; 140; 141,
with notes 117, 118; 142; calf(?), 140;
dolphin, 134, n. 108; 146, n. 130; gazelle,
134, n. 108; 135-7; lion, 134, n. 108; 138,
139; 149-50, with n. 8 ; lion, horned, 134, n.
108; 211, n. 10; lynx, 145, with n. 128; 151;
ram, 134, n. 108; 211, notes 3, 10; sheep, 144.
See Heads.

Animal sacrifices. Meaning of, 217, with n.
30.

Anklets, among Dashur, Senebtisi, jewels, 238;
Construction of, 9; Funerary, ii, with n. 62;
represented as of 8, ii, 16, rows of beads, 10,
n. 56; restricted usually to women, 7, with n.

39.

Annales de chhnie, 25, n. 171, C.

A finales du Service, or Annales, 4, n. 21.
Annals, Royal, 16, with n. loi.

Antike Denkmaeler, 130, n. 96.

Antimony sulphide, whether used in antiquity in
parting gold, silver, 26, n. 176.

Antiq, du Bosp. Gimmerien, 149, n. 6.

Antoninus Pius, Coins of, as evidence in dating,
134, n. 107.

Anubis, Amulet representing, 181 (?); Function
of, with respect to dead, 159.

Anvils, represented in wall-scenes, 199.

“Apesh,’’ 217, n. 28.

Apis stelae, 103-4.

Apophis, Scarab-ring bearing name of, 87, with

n. 64; 239.

Appliques, Gold, on bracelets, 240; of wire, see
Wire appliques; on jewel boxes, 213, with n.
14.

Archaeologia, 18, n. 123.

Archdologische Zeitung, 134, n. 107.

Archiv fur Religionswissenschaft, 159, n. 29.
Arch. Survey of Egypt, 3, n. 19.

Ardaillon, Mines du Laurion, 18, n. 123.
Aristotle, 217, n. 23.

Armlets, among chief articles of Egypt, jewelry,
7; Construction of, 9; Examples of, 108, with
notes 130, 133; 238, 240, 243.

Arundale, Bonomi and Birch, Gallery of An¬
tiquities, 186, n. 119.

“Asem,’* 30.

‘‘Asemos,” 30.

Asia, Gold, silver, gem-stones, as tribute from,
16; home of earrings, 112-14; Silver derived
from, in Dyn. XVIH, 21; Whether silver
derived from, in early times, 20-22, with notes

135, 145-

Asia Minor, Earrings found in, 134, with n. 107;

136. See Ephesus, Troy.

“Asiatic gold,” 19, with n. 128.

Aspalta, Jew-els from tomb of, 242.

Assurbanipal, Relief of, 211, n. 3.

Assyria, Moulds from, 204, with notes 40, 46.
Assyrian influence, 123, with n. 71; 143.
“Atef”-crown, worn by Horus, 196; worn by
Nekhbet, 188, with n. 126.

Athenische Mitteilungen, 4, n. 21.

Athens Museum, Statuette in, 4, n. 21.
Attributes of divinities: became traditional, 94,
179; images of themselves, 65, with n. 89;
life-symbol, “was”-symbol, 69, 94, 179; once
significant of gifts to king, 69, with n. 102;
94, 179; papyrus, confined to goddesses, 179-
80.

Ayrton, and Loat, El Mahasna, 16, n. 103.

and others, Abydos. Ill, 68, n. 96.

A. Z,, 2, n. 7.

“Ba,” 169, n. 64.

Baboon head, characteristic of Hapi, 182.
Babylonia, Diffusion of earrings possibly from,
113; Earrings used early in, 112-13; King of,
complains of gold from Eg., 102, n. 109;
Kings of, send lapis lazuli to Eg., 24, n. 164;
“Leech” earrings found in, 119, with n. 52;
Presents sent from Eg. to king of, 64, n. 78.
Back of statuette. Die for, 207-8.

Bags of emery, whether used with dies, 206,
with n. 57.

Bailey, Identification of wood by, 212.

Balcony, Audience: King bestows jewelry from,
2-3, with notes 13-15; 91, with n. 77; King
receives tribute standing in, 16; Merneptah’s,
3, with n. 16; Ramses Ill’s, 3, n. 16.

Ball, South-Eastern Egypt, 17, n. 109.

“Ball” earrings, 130, with n. 96.

Ballentine, Life of David Roberts, 229, n. i.
Bandage, Mummy, see Mummy bandage.

Banks, Bismya, 112, n. 6.

“Bar” earrings, 125, with notes 77-9.

Barkal, Bracelet from, 243.

Barron, Sinai, {Western Portion) y 22, n. 146.
and Hume, Eastern Desert, Central Portion,
17, n. 109.

Barton, Arch, and the Bible, 112, n. 7.

Base gold, an indefinite term, 25, with n. 172.
Bast, assimilated to Sekhmet, Mut, 65, with n.
85; associated early with Sekhmet, 65, n. 84;
lioness-headed, 65, n. 84; represented in some
pendants with lioness head, 64-6; Statue of
priest of, 65, n. 84; Statuettes of, cat-headed,
65, with n. 89.

Batter, in architectural form of pectoral, 187.

[247]

Bead jewelry, Articles comprising, 9; characteris¬
tic of northeast Africa, 9, n. 50; elaborated in
Eg., 9; Evidence of, found at Troy, 9, n. 51 ;
not adequately represented by ancient beads
sold today, 9, n. 53.

Beads, Barrel-shaped, with spiral ornament, 12,
with notes 72-5; Boring of, 145, 200; compos¬
ing women’s amulets, 51, with n. ii ; Cylindri¬
cal, disk, 9, n. 53 ; Finger rings of, 78, with
notes 17, 20; Gold, in magical text, 52;
Granulated, 242; Hexagonal, 131, with n. 99;
Hollow, 63, 67, 68, 214, 215; in animal¬
headed earrings, 134, 140; 144, with notes
126, 127; 145, 152; in pendants of earrings,
126, 127, 128, 129, 130; 131, with n. 98; 133.
Materials of: agate, 129; amethyst, 7; 51, n.
II (b) ; 222, 239; carnelian, 10, with n. 55;
51, n. II (e-g) ; 237; chalcedony, 242; faience
(glazed pottery), 9-10, n. 53; 12, with n. 74;
13, n. 77; 67, with n. 93; 237; garnet, 7, 237;
gilded pottery, 214; glass, 23, with n. 154;
129; 131, with n. 99; 222, 237; glass with
layer of gold leaf, 44, 214; glass with layer
of silver, or electrum, 44, 128, 129, 131 ; gold,
10, with n. 55; 12, with n. 75; 51, n. ii ; 67,
with n. 93; 68; 74, n. 12; 131, with n. 98;
133, 214, 215, 237, 239, 242; gold over a core,
237, 241 ; haematite, 7; ivory, 12, wdtli n. 76;
lapis lazuli, 12, wdth n. 76; 24, with n. 165;
51, n. II (c) ; onyx, 145, with n. 129; 242;
pearls, 125, 132; quartz, 129; silver, 20, n.
134; 28, with n. 187; 237; syenite (?), 237;
turquoise, 23, n. 154; 51, n. ii (c).
representing: crocodile, 63; cowry shells, 238,
242; flies, 61-2; Horus name of king, 12.
Spacers made of, 10.

Strings of: Cylinder seals hung on, 82, with
n. 40; found on mummy of Seti II, 155, n. 10;
Heart scarabs hung on, 74, with notes ii, 12.
Technique of gold: convex moulding wound
about rod, cut, ends of parts soldered together,
133; die-made, in two parts, soldered together,
67; 68, with n. 94; 214, 215.

See Bracelets, Bead; Collars, Broad bead ;
Ringlets, Granulated.

Beard, of divine beings, 69, n. 98; of Soul, 169,
with n. 66.

Beaten work: amulets, 68, 165; circlet, 55; legs
of scarab, 72; parts of earrings, 126, 131, 146;
ring bezels, 90, 95 (?), 96; ring shanks, 85,
88, 90, 95 (?), 96; serpent finger ring, 108;
sheet gold, 219; sheet silver, 215; tail of Bes
figure, 66; uraeus on amulet, 185; wire within
bracelet, 210. Cf. Wire.

Artistic merit of, 90.

Beating gold. Blocks used in, 199; 200, with n.
19; Stones serving instead of hammers in, 199,
with n. 12; cf. 200, n. 16. See Leaf, Gold.
Bee, Honey, 62, with n. 70.

Beetle, Amulet cases in form of, see Amulet
case.

Beetle amulets. Meaning of early, 170. See
Scarab-amulet.

Bellows, 199, 200.

Bell-shaped pendants, 213-14.

Benedite, Objets de toilette, I, 8, n. 42.

Beni Hasan, Amulets from, 50, n. 5 (b) ; 51, n.

II (e-g).

Berlin Dictionary, VI; 19, n. 128; 26, n. 178;

82, n. 41; 102, 103; 223, n. 4.

Berlin Museums, Classical Section, Late Rom.
jewels in, 243.

Egypt. Section, Objects in: amulets, 52, n.
17; 66, n. 91 ; 157, with notes 21, 22; 169, n.
68; 171, n. 75; 172, n. 79; 173, n. 83; i74,
with n. 88; 184, n. 116; 191, with notes 137,
139; armlets, 108, n. 133; 240; “button”
seal, 237; coffin, 115, witli n. 27; coverings
of sheet gold, 220, n. 42; die, 203, n. 36;
cylinder seal, 237; earrings, 61, with n. 62;
119, n. 45; 120, with notes 57, 59; 139, with
n. 113; 146, n. 130; 241; head (in round) of
Tiy, 114, n. 23; jewels of young girl, 240;
Iieart scarab, 74, n. 12; Kennard tablet, see
Kennard board; mask, 134, n. 107; 135, n.
no; 219, with n. 40; Meroitic jewels, 71, n.
2; 243; mould, 203, n. 37; moulds, parts of,
92, with n. 78; 204, with notes 43, 45; ro¬
settes, 177, n. 98; sarcophagus, 173, n. 85 (d) ;
scarab, 72, n. 6 (d) ; scarab-ring, 85, n. 58;
seal, 96, with n. 92; signet rings, 84, n. 51;
91) n. 75; 95, with n. 89; 96, n. 91 ; 97, with
n. 94; 106, notes 122, 123; 240; statuettes,
3-4, with n. 20; 197, with n. 16; stela, 13-14,
with n. 82; tongue-plates, 216, n. 19.

Section for Papyri, Papyri in: Middle Kingd.
funerary texts, 159, n. 29; 168, n. 63; 169, n.
65; No. 3027, 52-3, with n. 18; Westcar, 52,
n. 16.

Berlin Mus., Hieratische Papyj-us, 52, n. 18.
Berlin Ferzeichnis, or Vetz., 3, n. 20.

Bershch, Objects painted on coffins from: toilet
knife, 193, with n. 152; uraei, 162, with n.
36; vultures, 192, with n. 143.

Berthelot, Anal3^ses by, see Analyses; Article by,
cited, 19, n. 130; on discoloration of gold, 31,
with n. 203; on passage in Lej^den Pap. X,
107; on platinum alloy in an ancient Egypt,
object, 27, with n. 181 ; on use of lead in fire
gilding, 217, n. 24^; queried whether certain
gold alloys were native or artificial, 29; used
form “asem,” 30.

Archeoloffie, 27, n. i8i ; Coll, des anciens
edehimistes grecs, 37, n. 224.

Beryl, Inset of, in amulet, 190, with n. 128.

Bes, 64; 66-7, with n. 92.

Beveled edges, 125, 161, 181, 183.

Bezel, The term, 83, n. 42.

Bezels, Ring, Immovable: Blank, 92; 106, with
notes 120, 121 ; cast blank, 92, 99; in form of
two cartouches, 97-8, with notes 96-9; in form
of two ovals, 95, with n. 90; Larger size of, in

[248]

late per., 77, n. 9; Oval, ends soldered to
shank, 90, 95; Oval, in one piece with shank,
84, with n. 50; 92-3, with notes 82, 83; 94,
96; Oval, under surface soldered to shank,
98-9, 105-6; Rectangular, ends soldered to
shank, 90-91, with notes 73-5; 96; Rectangu¬
lar, under surface soldered to shank, 106-7,
with n. 128; with granulated decoration, 78,
with n. 19; with raised edge, unusual, 90; with
single inset, 83, n. 43; iio-ii, with notes 138-
141; with three insets, 80-81, with notes 36-8;
with two insets, iii, n. 138; simulating a
movable bezel, 83, n. 43.

Ring, Movable: Composite, 79; 80, with n.
33; set with fancy figures, 77, in n. 8; 80,
with n. 34; 83; set with miniature cjdinder,
83; 88-9, with notes 69, 70; set with plaque,
83, with n. 43; 87, n. 63; 91, with n. 76;
set with single scarab, 71, n. 2 (c, d) ; 80, n.
28; 83, with notes 45-7; 85-6; Small, 87.
Bezold, Nineve u. Babylon, 211, n. 3.

Bible, Passages from, referred to, 8, n. 44; 76,
n. 2.

Bienkowski, Article by, cited, 208, n. 61.

Binding wire, 88, 199.

Birch, Papyrus (Harris), 13, n. 80. See Arun-
dale, Bonomi and Birch; Wilkinson, Manners
and Customs,

Bismuth, Effect of, in copper alloys, 202, n. 29.
Bismya, Earrings from, 112, with notes 6, 7; 113.
Blackman, Articles by, cited, 14, n. 83; 185, n^

117.

Meir, I, Me'ir, II, 176, n. 95; Meir, III, 218,
n. 33 ;

Blow-pipes, 199, 200.

Bliimner, 40, n. 238; on experiments as to
efficiency of bronze tools, 203, n. 32; on files,
200, n. 17; on graver, 198, n. 6.

Technologie und Terminologie, 40, n. 238.
^‘BoaP^-shaped earrings, 119; 123, with notes
68-72; 127, n. 85.

Boehlau, Nekropolen, 119, n. 51.

Boeser, Article by, cited, 239.

Beschrijving van de Egyptische Verzarneling,
Leiden, 173, n. 85.

Bonnet, Die dgyptische Tracht, 7, n. 40.

Bonomi, First catal. of Abbott coll, written by,
99, 229; on findspot of ring, 100.

See Arundale, Bonomi and Birch.

Bonomi catalogue. Concordance for, 229-30;
Many entries of, incorporated in Abbott catal.,
230.

Book of the Dead, Bibliography for, 160, n. 31;
Chs. 157, 158, 162, known only in late copies
of, 160, 176; Character of, 159; Copies of,
cited, 74, n. 10; 82, n. 41; 160, n. 30; 173;
181, n. 109; Meanings ascribed to amulets in,
160, with n. 30.

Passages in, referred to: Ch. 17, § 20, 182,
n. Ill; Ch. 17, § 26, 69, n. 98; Chs. 26-30,
171; Ch. 30 B, 74, with n. 9; 172, 187; Chs.

77, 78, p. 167; Ch. 85, 169; Ch. 86, 168;
Chs. 89, 92, p. 173, with n. 85; Ch. 136, 217;
Chs. 155, 156, p. 161; Ch. 157, 160, 161, 163,
164; Ch. 158, 160, 161; Ch. 161, 218, with n.
32; Ch. 162, 176; 178, with n. 104.

Phrases from, quoted: 163, 164, 167, 168,
169, 171, 173, 176, I 77 > 218.

Rescensions of, Three main, 160, n. 31; Tor¬
toise god in, 217; Transformations, Spells of,
in, 167, 169.

Vignettes in, referred to: Ch. 17, § 18, 177 J
Ch. 30, 171; Ch. 30 B, 74, with n. 10; Ch. 71,
177; Chs. 85, 89, p. 169; Chs. loi, 102, 130,
133 ) I3fij P- 186, n. 121; Ch. 151, 181, n. 109;
Chs. 155, 156, p. 161; Ch. 157, 161, 164;
Ch. 158, 161; Ch. 162, 176, 177, 178.
Boomerang, Funerary, 64, n. 77.

Borax, 39, with n. 231.

Borchardt, VI; on butcher’s knives, 203, n. 33;
on chronology, VI; Reports by, cited, 115, n.
29; 216, n. 20.

Die Annalen, VI; Nefer-ir-ke-re, 32, n. 209;
Ne-user-Re, i, n. 3; Sahu-re, II, i, n. 3;
Statuen, I, 7, n. 40.

Bore, made by ancient and modern drill con¬
trasted, 88, 200; Straight, of nearly uniform
diameter, 146; Straight, larger at one end,
145; with change of direction in middle, 88.
Boss, Large gold, 215, with n. 17; on earring,
129.

—es, on clasp, 59, 61; on earring, 132; (or
scales), on earrings in Berlin, 61, 241; on
Mochlos ornaments, 215, with n. 16; on
mouth-covering, 215; on rosette, 219; Punched,
not indicative of date, 215.

Boston Bulletin, 8, in n. 41.

Boston die. Amulets included in, referred to:
celestial cows, 177; collar, 192; heart, 172;
Isis, 181, 190; Khons-Re (or Re), 186, n. 120;
Neith, 190; Nephthys, 181, 190; scarab, 171;
scorpion, 190; Serket, 190; Sons of Horus, 182;
soul, 174; swallow, 168; vase, 187; vulture,

187.

Casts of, obtainable, 155, n. ii; Designs on,
purely Egyptian, 203, n. 36; instructive as to
amulets in demand, 155; instructive as to
technique of amulet-production, 155, 187, 207;
Label attached to, 206; Number of different
amulets included in, 155.

Boston Handbook, 175, n. 91.

Boston Journ. of Phil, and the Arts, 219, n. 36.
Boston Museum of Fine Arts, Class. Dep.,
Bowl of gold in, 27, with n. 184; Earring in,
139, n. 114.

Egypt. Dep., Objects in: amulet of soul, 175,
n. 91; amulet, pebble-, 52, n. 15; bracelet,
243; collar, funerary, 237; cylinder seal, 237;
die, goldsmith’s, see Boston die; jewels of
Ethiopian royal house, 242; statue of Menkure,
163, n. 41; statuette, gold, 194, n. 4; 242;
wires, gold, tying down cover of vase, VII, 43.

[249]

Bow-drill, Multiple, 200; used in bead-making,
200, 203; used in engraving stones, 203, with

n. 35.

Bow-knot, Diadems with one, 56, n. 34; 57, with
n. 38; Flexible head-bands tied in, 56, n. 33;
imitated in metal, 56, with n. 33; Loops of,
stylized in metal as papyrus umbels, or lotus
flowers, 56, n. 33.

-s. Diadems with three, 56, n. 34; Diadems

with two, 56, n. 34; 193, with n. 148.

Bowl, Greek gold, 27, with n. 184.

Box, for finger ring (?): 77, 89, 212-13; Way
of fastening, 213. Cf. Jewel boxes.

Boylan, on two eyes of Sky-god, 166, with n. 53.
Thothj 166, n. 53.

Bracelets, among chief articles of Egypt, jewelry,
7, 211.

Bead: 9; in Dashur, Lahun, Sencbtisi, treas¬
ures, 238; of Ahhotep, 239; Royal, of Dyn. I,
12, 22; 23, n. 154; 38, 60; 68, with n. 94;
237; with 5 rows of beads, 10, with n. 55;
with 14, 13, rows, 10, with n. 56.
confined to women in Dyn. V, 7, n. 38;
Funerar}^, ii, with n. 62; given to Ahmose, 2;
given to temple of Abydos, 13.

Flinged: 211; bearing cartouche of Ramses II,
58, 240; from Barkal, 243; in Louvre, 241;
in Tewosret treasure, 58, with n. 49; 241; of
Ahhotep, inlaid, in vulture form, 239.

FIoop, Unbroken: 9, 211; bearing name of
Thutmose III, 240; in Tewosret treasure,
241; Name known of one form of, 2, n. 9; of
Ahhotep, 2, n. 9; 57, with n. 43; 58, 239; of
Dyn. I, from Naga-ed-Der, 237; Utility of
sliding knot in, 127.

Hoop, with opening: 211, with notes i, 3-10;
from Buhen, 239; made today in Eg., 211,
with n. 8; with knobs and coiled wires, 210-12;
with overlapping ends, 211, with n. 2. Cf.
Animal heads.

in serpent form, 108, with notes 132, 134;
109, with n. 135; Late Rom., Meroitic, of
Greek Hellenistic style, 243; surrendered by
prince Pediese, 115, with n. 25.

Braid-like ornament, 43, 80, 81, 150. Cf.
Twists.

Brannt, Metallic Alloys, 25, n. 173.

Breasted, VI, 26; editing Coffin Texts, 159, n.
29.

Opinion of, on: “ba,’’ 169, n. 64; beneficent
conditions in early Eg., 24, with n. 168; gold¬
smith’s furnace, 198, with n. 9; Horus eye,
166, with n. 54; Huy’s seal of office, 76, n. 2;
“ka,” 169, n. 64; neolithic products of Eg.,
20, n. 131; question of woman’s ‘‘cylinder,”
53, n. 20; Semerkhet, 15; source of early silver
found in Eg., 22, with n. 145.

Translations by, quoted: i, 2, 13, 14, 15, 18;
77, n. 12; 115, 156, 162.

Ajicient Times, 32, n. 209; History, VI;
Oriental Institute Communications, No. i.

159, n. 29; “Origins of Civilization” in The
Scientific Monthly, 15, n. 93; 24, n. 168;
Records, i, n. 2; ReL and Thought, 159, n.
29.

Br, AIus, Guide. First and Sec. Egypt. Rrns., 77,

n. 9.

Bronze, Casting of statuettes of, 92, n. 78; Ex¬
periments in casting, 204-5 Greek methods of
casting, 205.

Metallurgy of: “bronze of six-fold alloy,” etc.,

201, n. 21; composition adapted to purpose,
198; 202, with n. 29; 203, n. 32; melting
point, 205, n. 51; methods of hardening, 201;

202, with n. 29; no evidence of tempering by
heat, 202; whether first obtained by smelting
ores containing tin, 201, n. 21; whether nine
per cent, of tin may be accidental, 201, n. 21.
Objects of: chisel, 198, with n. 7; dies, 204,
with n. 41 ; 205, with n. 56; earrings, 121, n.
60; 134, n. 107; earrings, gilded, 123-4;
finger rings, 77 ; hairpins, gilded, 240; jeweler’s
tools (?), 198; 208-9; knives, 198, with n. 3;
shears, 198, with n. 4; signet ring, 83, n. 43;
signet rings, gilded Aegean, 102, n. 109;
statuette of tortoise, gilded, 216-18; statuettes
of Bast, Isis-Serket, 65, with n. 89; 190, with
n. 130.

Opinions as to time of its introduction in Eg.,
201, n. 21; Texts referring to, 201, n. 21;
Tools of, how efficient on bronze and precious
metals, 203, n. 32.

and iron, Use of, in Bronze Age, 201, n. 23.
and other copper alloys in industry, 201.
or copper. Inner strengthening case of, 47, 50;
inside ring shank, 106-7.

“Bronze disease,” 124, with n. 73.

Brooches, in form of ram’s heads, 8, in n. 41;
rare in Eg., 7.

Br. Sch. of Arch, in Eg., 7, n. 40.

Brunton, Lahun I, 8, n. 43.

Brussels, Musce du Cinquantenaire, Book of
Dead in, 74, n. 10; 186, n. 121; Predyn.
silver beads in, 28; Relief in, 192, n. 144.
Budge, Egypt. Sculptures. Dr. Mus., 83, in n.

41; The Mummy, 57, n. 38.

Buhen, Figures of flies from, 62, n. 72; Jewelry
from, 239; Scarab-ring from, 80, n. 28.

Bulaq collection. Signet ring said to have been in,
82, n. 41.

Bull, Amulet representing, 237; Head of, in de¬
signs of earrings, see Animal heads.

Bull, L., on writing of Menes in Ramesseum,
223, n. 4.

Bull, Cleveland Mus. of Art, 65, n. 85.

Bull, de ITnst. Frang., 33, n. 217.

Bull. M. M. A., 3, n. 14.

Burials of Persian per., 154, with notes 3-5;

Finger rings rare in, 77, n. 9.

Burl. Fine Arts Club, Catal. Egypt. Art, 4, n.
25.

Burned places, 81, 109 (?), 213, 215.

[250]

Burnished band bordered by wire appliques, in
bracelets, 57, with n. 43; 58; in circlet, 54-9.
Burnisher, Use of: to make convex mouldings,
133, 141, 142, 143; to make gutters, 140, 142.
Burnishing, Marks of, 92, 107, 118, 120, 121.
Burnt offerings. Meaning of, 217-18, with n.
30.

Burr, hammered down, 90; not removed, 55, 63;

turned inward, 214.

Buttoning on of early jewelry, 60, 237.

“Button” seals. Gold, 237.

Cabochon cut, 7, iii; Examples of, 81, with
notes 36-8.

Cailliaud, 5, n. 31; discovered emerald mines,
24, with n. 161; Examination of mummy by,
219, n. 36; found carnelian, onyx, near Abu
Simbel, 23, with n. 155; found platiniferous
gold in Sudan, 27, with n. 180; Garnets
bought and seen by, 23-4, with n. i6o,* on
quality of gold in southern Sudan, 19, n. 127.
Arts et met'iersy 5, n. 31; Voyage a Voasis de
Thebes, 23, n. 155; Voyage a Meroe, 19, n.
127.

Cairo CataLj 2, n. 9.

Cairo Egyptian Museum, Founding of, 224, with
n. II.

Objects in: amulet case, 170, with n. 71;
amulets, 49, n. 3; 50, with notes 5 (b), 7,
10 (a) ; 51, notes ii (a), 14; 157, with n. 19;

186, n. 119; see Harkhebit, Hikemsaf, Pedi-
neit, Thanhebu, Uzahor of Hawara, Uzahor
of Memphis; armlet, 108, with n. 130; brace¬
lets, 58; 108, n. 132; 211, n. 10; 237, 240;
clasp, 61, n. 59; coffins, 8-9, notes 42, 48, 52;
II, with n. 64; 164, notes 46, 47; 168, n. 62;

187, n. 125; see Bersheh; collar, units from
bead, 242; combs, 8, n. 43; compasses, 200, n.
17; earrings, 115, with n. 30; 122, with n. 67;
123, notes 70, 72; 130, n. 97; 131, with n.
98; 134, n. 108; 144, with n. 126; 146, n.
130; 241-2; finger rings, 78, notes 20, 21 ; 80,
with n. 33; 81, with n. 38; 89, with n. 70;
graver, 198, with n. 5; jewels of Greek
Hellenistic style, 243; jewels of time of Ah-
mose II (in part), 242; mask, 146, n. 131;
mummy cases, 134, n. 107; naos, 161, n. 34;
pectoral, 241; reliefs, 5, n. 30; 69, n. 100;
sarcophagus, 161, n. 34; scarab-rings, 71, n.
2(c); 83, n. 43; scarab-seal, 93, n. 85;
shells of Trionyx triunguis, 218, n. 33; silver
objects, 20, n. 134; statues, 96; 114, n. 22;
201, n. 21; statuettes, 57, n. 39; 180, with n.
105; 188, n. 126; 190, with n. 130; stelae,
magic, 190, with n. 134. See Ahhotep, Jewels
of <3ueen; Dashur, Objects from (greater
part) ; Lahun, Jewels from (in part) ; Parents
of Queen Tiy, Objects from tomb of; Te-
wosret. Jewels of (greater part).

Mummies in: 76, n. 8; 112, with n. 4; 114,
n. 21; 115, notes 26, 31; 155, n. 10; 162, n.

35; 166, n. 52; 193, with n. 145; 218, n. 35.
Mummy with portrait panel in, 125, n. 77.

Calf ( ?), Head of, in design of earring, 140.
“Campbell’s tomb,” 100, 103.

Canopic jars, 161; 200, n. 16; protected by
Sons of Horus, 182.

Capart, VI; on composite amulets, 191, with n.
138; on need of work on XVIIIth Dyn.
jewelry, i, n. i.

Legons, i, n. i; Primitive Art in Egypt, 78, n.
13; Rue de tombeaux, 7, n. 38; Temple de
Seti 94, n. 86.

Caps, on chalcedony bead, 242; on cylinder in
ring bezel, 84, 89; on cylindrical amulets,
49 ff.; on late glass beads, 44.

Capua, Earrings from, 150, with n. 8.

Carat (of gold). Approximate determinations of,
25, 90, 94, 96, 97 , 99 , 118, 143, 181; calcu¬
lated from published analyses, 25, n. 171;
Density method of calculating, not exact, 25,
n. 173; Example of high, 185; Low, also
found in Eg., 25, with n. 172; 96, with n. 93;
Twenty-four, see Fine gold.

Carnarvon, Objects found by: earrings, 112, n.
2; fillet of gold for head, 57, in n. 37;
statuette, 4, with n. 25.

Statuette in coll, of, 194, with n. 2.
and Carter, Five Years' Explorations, 4, n. 25.
Carnelian, a form of quartz, 23; Artificial, of
glass, 6, 81; Distribution of, 23; in Ethiopian
jewels, 242; in Senebtisi’s jewels, 24.

Objects of: beads, in amulets, bracelets, neck¬
laces, 10, with n. 55; 51, n. ii (e-g) ; 237; ear¬
rings, 116; engraved gems, 152, 203; finger
rings, 77; 78, with n. 17; 98, with n. 99;
inlays in clasp, 59; inlays in uraeus of Sesostris
II, 238; inset in finger ring, 81-2, with n. 38;
scarabs in ring bezels, 80, with n. 33; 235,
n. 6.

Carter, Report by, cited, 186, n. 118.

and Mace, The Tomb of Tut-Ankh-Amen,
64, n. 78.

and Newberry, Tomb of Thoutmbsis IV, 78,
n. 21.

See Carnarvon and Carter.

Cartonnages, 161, with n. 34; 186, with n. 118.
Cartouche, 86; Atrophy of meaning of, 98; not
on gold covering, 220, n. 41; of Isesi in re¬
liefs, 79, n. 24; of Khufu on signet ring, 98,
102; of Ramses 11 on bracelets, 240-41; Toilet
dishes in form of, 98, with n. 100.

-s, of Amenhotep IV on sealing, 85, n. 55 ; of

Ramses HI on pectoral, 241 ; of Ramses XII
on earrings, 241-2; Ring bezels in form of two,
97, with notes 96-8.

Carved work, in galena, 196; in ring inscription,
99; in stone, 73, 85, 207, 208; in Thanhebu’s
jewelry, 243; on human face of amulet, 174;
on legs of scarab, 72. Cf. Engraved work.
Cases, for fingers, toes, 218, with n. 35; for semi¬
precious stones, 50.

r 25 i]

Caskey, Article by, cited, 27, n. 184.

Castellani, Alessandro, CataL, Phila. Exp., 26,
n. 176.

Castellani, Augusto, Dell' 07’eficeria antica, 34, n.

220.

Castellani “Etruscan jewelry,” Quality, tech¬
nique of, 34, with notes 219, 220.

Casting, of hard-flowing metals, whether possible
in stone moulds, 204-5; of knives, chisels, in
open moulds, 202, n. 29. Cf. Moulds; Waste
wax process of casting.

Cast work, in glass: 81; miniature cylinder seal,

89; scarabs, 79.

in metal: amulets, 184, 185; earring, 121;
figure of tortoise, 216; signet rings, in one
piece, 92, 94, 96, 97; signet rings, parts of,

86, 90, 98, 106; statuettes, 195, 196; uraeus
of Sesostris II, 238; whether any part of de¬
sign on signet rings, 91, 92.

Casual work with delicate work, 136.

Catch, Earrings with, 122, with n. 67; 127 ff.;
Lion’s head taking place of, 150. Cf. Clasp,
Hook-and-eyelet fastening, Point-and-socket
fastening, Sliding knot.

Caulfeild, Temple of the Kings at Abydos, 8, n.

46.

Cayeux, on talc, 205, n. 52.

“Cedar” cofflns, 213, with n. 13.

Celestial cow, 178. Cf. Cow-amulet.

Cement, in inlaid work, 32, 59, 172; whether
used to hold caps of amulet, 49.

Cementation, “Coloring” gold by, 37, with n.

224; Parting gold, silver by, 26, with n. 176.

Cesnola collection. Objects in: beads, fly-, 62, n.

67; bracelets, 211, n. 4; earrings, 119, notes
49, 55; 122, notes 61, 63; 125, n. 75; 127, n.

84; 134, n. 106; 140, with n. 116; 141, n.

118; earrings, or hair-rings, 113, n. ii ; finger
ring, 82, n. 39*; jewels in serpent form, 107,
n. 129; mouth-coverings, 215, with n. 18;
statuette, 211, n. 4.

Chain, Heart scarab hung on, 74, n. 12; of
Dyn. VI, 237; of Dyn. XII, 51, n. 14; with
animal heads, 243.

-s, among Ahhotep’s jewels, 239; among

Dashur jewels, 238; among Serapeum jewels,

240; from Mochlos, 133, n. 104; Loop-in-loop,

133, with notes 103, 104; on earrings, 133,
with n. 105; 241-2; Sampler for making, 133.

Chairs ornamented with heads and broad collar,

65, n. 90.

Chalcedony, Bead of, 242.

Champollion, Monuments, 5, n. 31; Notices, 2,
n. 12.

Charms, addressed by mother to her child, 52;
spoken over amulets for the living, 53, with
n. 19; spoken over, written on, funerary amu¬
lets, 159. See Heart-scarab charm. Incanta¬
tions, Spells.

Chased work, in Dashur jewels, 238; in
Ethiopian royal jewelry, 242; in pectoral of

[252]

Ramses HI, 241; on amulets, 157, 161, 163,
165, 169, 174, 175, 176, 177, 181, 183, 184,

185, 187, 189, 191, 207; on animal heads,
137, 139, 143, 144, 145, 150, 151; on circlet,
55; on crocodile bead, 63; on scarabs, 71, 72,
73; on serpent ring, 108; on signet rings, 94,
95) 96, 97, 99; on statuettes, 195.

Chasing tools, see Liner, Straight.

Chassinat, Article by, cited, 163, n. 40; on fires
used by goldsmiths, 198.

Cheops, see Khufu.

Chephren, see Khafre.

Chicago, Field Museum, Earrings in, 118, n. 44;
120, n. 59; 150, n. 8.

Haskell Oriental Museum of Univ. of Chi¬
cago, Amulet in, 50; Earrings in, 112, with n.
6; 113; Sealing in, 85, n. 55.

Chisel, of alloy adapted to special use, 198, with
n. 7; used for cutting beveled edge, 125, 161,
183; used for cutting sheet gold, silver, 55,
187, 199, 215.

-s. Process of making, described, 202, n. 29;

Use of small, to be inferred, 199.

Circlet, for head: among Senebtisi^s jewels, 9, n.
49; 57 ) n. 37 (b) ; 238; of Dyn. I, 56, with n.
32; 237; of 1275B.C. (?), 54-8; Various
types of, 56-8, with notes 32-42; 193, with n.
148.

found in position on head: at Dashur, 56, n.
36 (a) ; at Lisht, 57, n. 37 (b) ; at Naga-ed-
Der, 56, n. 32; at Thebes, 57, n. 37 (f).

Cf. Diadem.

Clarke, Data of Geochemistry, 2i, n. 140.

Clasp, Earliest known, 60, with n. 55; of Dyn.
XVHI or XIX, 59-61; Various types of, 60-
61, notes 55-9.

-s, absent from: bracelets of Dyn. I, 60, 237;

necklaces of Dyn. XI, 237.

Cleaning gold, silver, 30, with n. 202; 117.
Cledat, Article by, cited, 219, n. 38; Earrings
found by, 122, with n. 66.

Cleveland Museum of Art, Disk, perhaps an
earring, in, 115, n. 32; Gold scarab in, 71, n.
2; Heart scarabs in, 74, n. 12; Rosettes in, 8,
n. 43 (reference to /. E. A,) ; Stela in, 65, n.

85. ,

Cloissonne work. Bibliography for, 32, n. 208;
Forerunners of true, 33, with notes 215, 217;
The term, defined, 32.

Clot Bey, no, n. 136; Ushebti in coll, of, 230.
Clothing, Ways of fastening, 7, n. 40.

Cobra, 108, 162, 192. Cf. Serpent, Uraeus.
Coffins, Anthropoid: Hands of, not decorated
with rings until late, 77, n. 9; Royal equip¬
ment for a time pictured on, 164, with notes
46, 47; with boldly painted interiors, 183;
with two pairs of earrings, 115, with n. 27.
Box-like: Finger rings never represented on,
78, n. 18; Legends on, ii, with n. 64; Orna¬
mental hairpin, or hair curler, represented on
one of, 8, n. 42; Royal equipment pictured on,

8-9, notes 48, 52; 164; 166, with n. 52; 187,
with n. 125. See Bersheh.

“Cedar,” 213, with n. 13; Pictures on, change
character, 159; Unplundered, of late date, 154,
with notes 2-5.

Coffin Texts, 159, 160, 167; 168, with notes
62, 63; 169, n. 65; 217, with n. 27; Bib¬
liography for, 159, n. 29.

Coin dies. Material of, 202, with n. 27.

Coins, Electrum, whether “colored,” 37, n. 224;
Fineness of gold in, 26, n. 177; Greek, show¬
ing animal-headed earrings, 135, with n. no;
helping to date objects, 134, n. 107; 138-9;
141, with n. 117; 197.

Cold hammering, 202, with n. 29.

Collar-amulet, Types of: Broad bead, 157, with
notes 18, 19; 160, 162-3; 243; reproducing
collar as stylized in late reliefs, 191-2, with n.
142; Vulture, 160, 163-4, 191-

Collars, Broad bead: among chief articles of
Egypt, jewelry, 7; Construction of, 9; Distri¬
bution of colors in, 9-10, with n. 53; Examples
of, 238, 239, 242; Narrowness an early char¬
acteristic of, 163, with n. 41; Pictures of, 9,
n. 52; replaced by amulets, 65, n. 88; 158;
Royal gifts of, i. See End-pieces.

Funerary: of beads, ii, 237; of copper, of
wood, covered with gold, ii, with n. 63; of
chased gold, 164, with n. 45.

Hinged, ii, n. 63; 242; in form of goddesses
of Two Lands, 164, with n. 47; 173, n. 83;
in form of Serpent-goddess of North, 164; in
form of Vulture goddess of South, 164, with
notes 45, 46; 240; of “real turquoise,” 13;
represented in late temple reliefs, 192, with n.
141; surrendered by prince Pediese, 115.

Color combinations in jewelry, 6-7.

“Colored” pieces (?), 94-5, in, 126, 214.

“Coloring” gold, in, 126; “Dry,” “wet,”
processes of, 38, n. 225; Methods employed in
antiquity in, 37-8, with notes 224, 225.

Colors, Interference, 31.

Combs, for combing hair, 8, n. 43; Ornamental,
confined to early period, 8, with n. 43.

Compasses, 200, n. 17.

Composite amulets, 191-93; in Berlin, 191, with
n. 139; found at Sakkara, 191, with n. 140;
Efficacy of, 191; published by M. Capart, 191,
with n. 138; 193.

Composite combination die and mould, 198, n.
2; 208.

Comptes rendus, Acad, des Sciences, 25, n. 171,

C.

Concentration of ores. Processes of, 18-19, with
n. 123.

Cones, Elongated, in hoops of earrings, 139, with
notes 113, 114.

Confusion in numbering, 132, 172; 235, with

n. 6.

Coniferous wood, 212-13, with notes 12, 13.

Construction of jewelry, 9.

Contraction in alloying metals. Tables showing,
25, n. 173; 92, n. 79.

Copper, Alloys of. Effect of bismuth in, 202, n.
29; Alloys of, how obtained, 201, 203; con¬
tained in silver alloys, 28, 29; Experimenting
to regulate alloys of, to suit uses, 202, with n.
29; Finger rings of, 78, with n. 14; found in
Egypt, graves of earliest known type, 20, n.
131; Gilded, Ornaments of, 216; Hardness of,
203; Jeweler’s tools of, 203; not present in
gold alloys of this catal., 31; Percentage of, in
alloys, 25, n. 171, E, F; 29-30, with n. 196;
Wire of, 39, n. 234. See Bronze.

Copper mines. Location of, 15; 21, n. 140; of
Lake Superior, Native silver found in, 21, n.
140.

Core, of animal-headed earrings: extending into
animal head, 144, 145; extending into animal
neck, 137; how composed, 135-6, 137, 138,
143, 144, 145, 150, 151; Seams visible in, 135,
138.

See Gold, Economical use of.

Corn-flower, 204, 222.

Counterweights of collars, necklaces, 8-9, with
notes 47, 48.

Cow-amulet, Types of: cow recumbent, 177, with
n. 102; cow standing, 176-7, with notes 96, 97.
Cowry shells. Beads in form of: 242; Girdles
composed of, 238.

Craftsmanship, Books on modern, cited, 32, n.

208; 34) n. 219; 36, n. 221.

Crescent, in ornaments from neck of mummy,
218; worn by Khons-Re, 185, 186.
Crescent-amulet, 184, with notes 115, 116.
Cretan vase, 148, with n. 4.

Crimea, Serpent ring from, 149, with n. 6.
Crocodile, Amulets representing, 52, 53; Bead
in form of, 63; Horus on, 190, with n. 134.
Croesus, Density of gold stater of, 26, n. 177.
Crook, Amulets representing, 164-5; I93) with n.

153; emblem of kingly rank, 158.

Cros, Tello, 112, n. 5.

Crown, of South, in headdress of Nekhbet, 188.
—s, of North, South: as amulets, 158, n. 28;
on uraei worn by royal family, 192, with n.
144; represented under bier, 161, with n. 34.
Crucible, for gold, 198, n. i.

-s, 199, with n. 13 ; and slag. Mounds of, near

Kerma, 18.

Crystal, Rock, see Rock crystal.

C. S, J,j 17, n. 108.

Ctesias, Reference to, 217, n. 23.

Cultus ceremonies, 104, n. 115.

Cultus image of Osiris at Dedu, 175.

Cultus objects: barks, shrines, decorated with
gold, 4; Coniferous wood in, 212-13, with n.
12; designed for Amon by king, 14, with n.
89; “menat,” 176, with n. 95.

Cultus statues. Amulets hung on, 156; Articles
of adornment made for, 4; Work on, superin¬
tended by king, 14, with n. 88.

[253]

Cumae, Earrings from, 150, n. 8.

Cunynghame, Art-Enamelling^ 32, n. 208.

Cursive writings, 161; 197, with n. 15.

Curtis, Paper by, cited, 33, n. 218; studied
granulated work, 33, 35.

Ancient Granulated Jewelryj 33, n. 218.

Cylinder-amulet, T3'pes of: beads, strung on wire,
with caps, loop, 51, with n. 11; cases, some
of which held garnets, 47; 49-50, with notes
3 (istex.), 5, 8; 54, with notes 28^ 29;
chain, with caps, loop, 51, n. 14; solid, of
stone, with caps, loop, 50-51, with n. 10; 54,
n. 28.

Cylinder seal, bearing name of Khafre, 237;
bearing name of Menkure, 21, in n. 134; 237;
how worn, 82, with n. 40; in miniature as ring
bezel, 89; Royal gift of, i.

Cyprus, Coarse alloys of silver, lead, used in, 28,
with n. 188.

Objects from: 143, n. 125; earrings, 134;
mouth-coverings, 215, with n. 18; statuettes,
8, n, 44; 114, n. 20. See Cesnola coll.,
Enkomi.

Reproductions of jewels from, 34, n. 219.

Dagger, given as reward, 2.

-s, of Dashur princesses, ii, with n. 67.

Dalton, Finger Rings, 76, n. i.

Dangers of life beyond death, 159.

Daphnae, Pyramid of grains from, 122, with
notes 64, 65; Scarab-ring from, 83, with n.
48;^ 87.

Dapping block, 117, n. 39.

Daressy, Articles by, cited; 8, n. 46; 13, n. 79;
162, n. 35; 239; on horns and disk as head¬
dress of Isis, Hathor, 180, with n. 105.
Cercueils, 164, n. 46; Statues de divinites, 180,
n. 105; Textes et dessins magiques, 190, n.
134. See Gaillard and Daressy.

Darns, in mummy bandage, 160-61.

Dashur, Objects from: 238; amulets, 51, n. ii
(c) ; see Mereret, Sit-Hathor; beads, 68, with
n. 95; bracelets, 175, n. 92; 211, n. i; see Ita,
Nebheteptikhrod; circlets, 9, n. 49; 56-7, notes
36, 37 (c-e) ; clasps, 60-61, notes 56, 58;
finger rings, 78, with n. 19; 143, n. 125; once
in MacGregor coll., 51, n. ii (c) ; 238;
scarab-rings, 77, with n. 10; 83, with n. 45;
scarab-seals with gold plates, 75, n. 15; spacers,
10, with n. 57; Turquoise in, 22; units, ques¬
tion of interpretation of, 158-9, n. 28; Waste
of evidence about, 10, with n. 58. See
Daggers.

Dating, Difficulties of, V-VI; 68.

Davies, Nina de Gan's.

-Gardiner, Amenemhet, 4, n. 22.

Davies, Norman de Garis: Article by, cited, 3,
n. 14; on means of carr>’ing hot crucibles, 199,
n. 13; on symbol of Serket, 190, with n. 135;
on “Tombeau des graveurs,” 5, with n. 27.

El Amarna, VI, 77, n. ii; Five Theban

Tombs, 3, n. 19; 78, n. 21 ; Puyemre, I, 5, n.
31 ; Tomb of Nakht, 58, n. 44.

Davis collection, Necklace from Tewosret
treasure (in part) in, 241 ; Scarab-ring bearing
name Apophis in, 87, with n. 64; 239. .

Davis’ Excavations, louiya and Touiyou, 65, n.
90; Siphtah, 58, n. 49; The Tomb of Queen
Tiyi, 114, n. 23. See Naville, Pap. of louiya.

“Ded,” as hieroglyph, 93, 175; as motif in art,
175; in Dashur bracelets, 175, n. 92.

“Ded”-amulet, 175-6; 177, with n. 98; 192;
Ch. 155, Bk. of Dead, related to, 161; Func¬
tion of, when funerary, 156, with n. 15; in
pairs, in decoration of catafalque, 93, n. 85;
number required for dead in late per., 154;
pictured worn by living, 156, with n. 14; Vig¬
nette of, on mummy bandage, 156, 161.

^‘Ded”-column, 175.

Dedkere-Isesi, Name of, in tomb reliefs, 79, n.

24.

Deir el-Bahri, Reliefs in Hatshepsut’s temple at,
7> n. 39; 65, n. 90; 113, n. 18; 176, n. 94.

Deir el-Bahri find. Second: Amulets in, 162,
with n. 35; 192-3, with n. 145; Finger rings
in, 77, in n. 8.

Delta, Earrings from, 119, with n. 48; Jewels in
serpent form from, 108, n. 132. See Abu
Billou, Daphnae, Goshen, Kasr Gheyt, Tanis,
Tell Basta, Tell Moqdam, Toukh el-Qarmous.

De Luynes, lOO.

De Morgan, 6, n. 36; Dahehour, I, 8, in n. 41 ;
Dahehour, II, 7, n. 41 ; Recherches, I, 6, n.
36; Recherches, II, I2, n. 73; Recherches arch.,
54, n. 28. ^ ^

Demotic inscriptions, on statuettes, 197, with
notes 15, 16.

Dendera list of late amulets, 154-5, with n. 6;
160, 171, 172, 177, 180, 181, 190, 192.

Dennison, Gold Treasure, 109, n. 135.

Density method of calculating carat of gold, 25,
n. 173.

Density tests, see Specific gravity.

De Peyster, lOi.

De Saulcy, Letter to, 224, with n. 12.

Deshasheh, Eye amulets from, 166, with n. 51.

Designs, best in Dyn. XII, 238; Colorful, V,
6-7; Complicated, well-organized, in earrings,
241 ; Overloaded, in Tewosret treasure, 241 ;
pleasing ones in ring bezels, 81, 94; Primitive,
Example of, 215. Cf. Motifs.

Dewamutef, 181, 182.

Dewey, Examination of ancient string by, 129-
30, with n. 94; on ramie, 130.

Dexter, on acquisition of ring by Dr. Abbott,
lOI.

Diadem, Examples of, 238, 239, 241 ; given as
reward, i, 2; given by king to god, 193, with
n. 148; rendered ornamental combs super¬
fluous, 8, n. 43; Same type of, worn by man
and wife, 7, n. 38. See Circlet.

Diagonal view, 189, with n. 127.

[254]

Diamond, Paper on the, cited, iii, n. 137;
standard for hardness, 202, n. 30.

-s, in late Rom. finger rings, iii, n.

138.

Dictionary, Berlin, see Berlin Dictionary.

Die, Definition of term, 198, n. 2; 205.

—s. Bronze: Examples of, 204, with n. 41; 205,
with n. 56; On striking impressions in, 205-6,
with notes 55, 56.

—s for coins, see Coin dies.

—s. Stone: and moulds, where found, 204, with
notes 38-40; Evidence for, in Dyn. XVIII-
XIX, 204; Examples of, 203, with n. 36;
Reference for Pernice’s discussion of Egypt.,
and moulds, 204, n. 49; Sharpness of, not
always obtained in impressions, 206-7; Ways of
taking impressions from, 206; with Egypt, de¬
signs, 203, n. 36; see Boston die.

Die-made pieces: 61, 64, 66, 67, 68, ii7) 168,
170, 171, 179, 214, 215, 218; balls on ear¬
rings, 124; boss on earrings, 129; Imperfec¬
tions in, 170, 179, 182; medallions, pendants
(modern), 222-3; statuette, 195; with chased
details, 63, 66, 187, 207.

Die, mould: Combination, 207-8; Composite
combination, 208.

Diodorus, Reference to, 26, n. 175.

Diospolis Parva, Objects from: amulet, 51, with
n. II (d) ; copper pins, 7, n. 40; finger rings,
78, notes 15, 16; fly-beads, 61, n. 63; scorpion
figures, 191, n. 137; tortoise shell bracelets,
217, n. 25.

Discoloration of gold. Causes of, 31, 88; Red,
88, 90, 96; Red to black, 97.

Disk, Domed: as back of human head, 172; as
pupil of eye, 166.

Sun^s: attribute of Hathor, 96; attribute
of Sekhmet, 65, 98; as hieroglyph, 93, with
n. 84; worn by funerary god, 184; worn by
seated figures holding palm-ribs, or ‘Svas''-
staves, 69, n. 98; 70, with n. 103; worn by soul
of Osiris, 93, n. 84. See Solar disk.

—s, abbreviated renderings of flowers, 58; In¬
scribed, see Hypocephali; of pottery, perhaps
earrings, 115, n. 32.

See Lunar disk.

Disk and horns, headdress of Hathor, 180, with
n. 105; headdress of Isis, 94, 180, 190; head¬
dress of Isis-Serket, 190; worn by a minor
god(?),i84.

Disk and pendant earrings, 113, 114.

Dividers, 200, n. 17. See Spacers.

Divinities, who gave metallic wealth, 14, with n.
90. See Attributes, God, names Amon, Bast,
etc.

Dorpfeld, Ti’oja und Ilion, 9, n. 51.

D. O. G., I, n. 3.

Dolphin, Head of, in designs of earrings, 134,
n. 108; 146, n. 130.

Doming, to help give bell shape, 213; to produce
curvature of head, 174. See Disk, Domed.

Door, Casting of, represented in wall-scene, 199,
n. II.

Dorsal ornaments, 8, with n. 46; 12, n. 71. See
“Menat,” “Menkhet.”

Douglas collection. Soul-amulet in, 174, with n.

Draw-plate, Possible use of, 40; 79, with n. 25;
107, 109, 143, 189.

-s, 41, 199; Experiments with improvised,

42-3; none known from antiquity, 40; Ver¬
nier’s idea of nature of ancient, 40-41, wdth

n. 239.

Drilling of beads, scarabs: from one end, 145;

from two ends, 85, 88. Cf. Bore.

Drills, different from modern drills, 200; repre¬
sented in wall-scenes, 199. See Bow-drill.
Diimichen, Article by, cited, 19, n. 129.
Grabpalast, 158, n. 26.

Dung-beetle, Several species of, imitated in
Egypt, amulets, seals, 71; Stone case in form
of, 170, with n. 71; Sun-god conceived as, 71;
171, n. 74; used figuratively in Egypt, texts,
62, with n. 70; Word for, 171.

-s. Jars of, in predyn. graves, 170, with n.

70.

Dunn, 16, n. 105; noted absence of hieroglyphic
inscriptions in gold mines of Sudan, 17, n.
iii; on old workings of gold in Sudan, 17;
on source of gold used at Kerma, 19, n. 124.
Mineral Deposits, 16, n. 105.

Dwarfs, 6, with notes 33-6.

Earrings, Animal-headed: 134-46; 149-53 > Bib¬
liography for, 134, notes 106-8; breaking
down of type, 146; Dating of, 134, n. 107;
Distribution of, in and out of Eg., 134; po¬
sition of head as worn, 135, with notes 109,
no; Varieties of, 134; with fixed beads in
hoop, 144, with n. 127; 146, n. 130; with gem¬
stone in front of head, 152, with n. 10; with
tendency to slip out of ear, 139 J with two
lion’s heads, purpose of 2nd head, 150. See
Animal heads, Core, Hoop.

Bibliography for, 112, n. i; Country of origin
of, 112-13; Diffusion of, 113; Disk and pen¬
dant, 113, 114; from Bismya, 112, with n. 6;
113; from Qurneh, 112, n. 3; 239; from
south Russia, 112-13, with n. 8; 114, with n.
20; from Tello, 112, n. 5; 113; from Troy,
113, with n. 13; 114; Hoop, Elaborated, 113,
with n. 16.

Hoop, more or less heavy, broken by slit:
116-18; found in position, 116, with n. 36;
Example of, from Memphis, 27; 116, with n.
35; occuring in Nubia, 112, n. 2; 116; one of
three earliest types found in Eg., 113, with n.
15; Ways of wearing, 116; worn by negroes,
113, with n. 18; 116, n. 37; worn by sons of
Thutmose IV, 116, n. 37.

Increase in size, weight, of, 115; introduced

[ 235 ]

late into Eg., 7, 112; Large heavy, Examples
of, 58, n. 49; 61, with n. 62; 241, 242.
“Leech,” “boat”-shaped, and derivatives: 118-
24; Earliest dated examples of, 119, with n.
45; Lower limit of, 119, with n. 53; Ornate
examples of, 119, with n. 55; 121-2; 123-4.
Meroitic, 243; of alabaster, carnelian, glass,
116; on statues, 114, w-ith n. 23; Pottery disks
as, 115, with n. 32; rare in representations of
gods, 114-15; Reliefs showing giving of, 115,
with n. 29; Spirals of wire as, 112, n. 2; 113,
with n. II ; 114, with n. 20; Two pairs of,
worn at once, 115, with notes 26-8; whether
ever tied on, 115; with catch, miscellaneous
styles, 127-33; cf. Catch; with hook for in¬
sertion in ear, 125-6; 146, n. 131; 222; worn
by both sexes, 114; worn by kings, 114, with
n. 21.

See “Ball” earrings, “Bar” earrings.

Ears, distended by heavy earrings, 115, with n.
31; of royal mummies pierced, 114, with n.
21; on animal-headed earring, how made, 135;
Pierced, represented in royal statues, 114, with
n. 22; unperforated, 115, n. 31.

Eastern Desert, 21, 23; Extent of gold regions
in, 16; Literature on, where cited, 17, n. 109.
Ebers, Aegyptiaca, 225.

Edfu, Reliefs in temple of, 193, with n. 148;
218, with n. 31.

Edgar, 61, n. 59; Articles by, cited, 78, n. 20;
240, 243; Earring found by, 128, with n. 88;
on amulets, 157, with n. 19; on “bar” ear¬
rings, 125, with n. 78; on a jeweler’s stock,
106, n. 120; on many-part moulds of plaster,

195, n. 10.

Graeco-Egyptian Coffins, 125, n. 77; Greek
Bronzes, 200, n. 17; Greek Moulds, 195, n.
10.

Edges, of bronze tools, whether ground, 202, n.

29.

of sheet metal: Beveled, 125, 161, 181, 183;
cut by means of chisel, 125, 161, 183, 187; left
jagged (or ragged), 65, 67, iii, 117, 133,
163, 164; turned under, hammered down,
64-5, 163; Well finished, 133.

Edinburgh Museum, Signet ring bearing name
Nefertiti in, 240.

Eg. Expl. Fund (or Society), i, n. i.

Egypt. Res. Acc., 4, n. 21.

Eisen, on artificial pearls, gold-colored glass
beads, 44, with n. 248.

El Araba, Amulet from, 49-50, with n. 5 (a).
Electro-gilding, 38.

Electrolitic process of refining gold, 28, n. 186.
Electrum, Derivation, vague meaning, of, 30;
found in Asia Minor, 19; from Troy, whether
native or artificial, 29, n. 192; Meaning of
term, in this book, 31; Objects of, 67, 117,
171, 176, 187; Objects partially of, 80, 88-9,
189-90; used as solder, 190.

El Kab, 16; Bracelet from, 10, with n. 55.

El Mahasna, Amulets from, 158, n. 28; Beads
from, 28; Chain from, 133, with n. 104; 237.

Emerald, imitated in glass, 7, 24, 131; popular
in Rom. per., 7, 243.

Emerald mines, 24, with notes 161-3.

Emery, employed as an abrasive, 199; in linen
bags. Use for, 206, with n. 57.

“Emu, Green gold of,” 18; 19, n. 127.

Enamel, Forerunners of true, 32-3 ; 239; in collar
from Cyprus, 33, n. 217; in late glass beads,
44; in Meroitic jewels, 33, with n. 215; 243;
none in Serapeum jewelry, 240; not found in
ancient Eg., 32, with n. 212; not in Louvre
hinged bracelets, 241.

End-pieces, of bead collars: 60; Position of, as
w^orn, II, with n. 61; Reference for construc¬
tion of, 238; Two main forms of, 9. Cf.
Falcon head, on collars.

Engelbach, Article by, cited, 239.

Riqqeh and Memphis VI, 67, n. 93.

Engraved work, on gold, 71, 92, 96, 108, 139,
144, 145, 150. See Gems, Engraved.

Enkomi, Bead collar from, 33, n. 217; Fly-
beads from, 62, n. 68.

Ephesus, Earrings from, 119, with n. 50; 127, n.

Erman, VI, 26; 224, with n. 7; on devices of
two signet rings, 93, 102-4; on ideogram for
“vast number,” 69, n. 98; on origin of Ne-
fertem, 196, with n. 12; on word for “seal,”
“sealing,” etc., 82-3, n. 41.

Die Hieroglyphen, 69, n. 98; Glossar, 30, n.
199; Life in Ancient Egypt, 3, n. 13; Litera-
tur, 15, n. 99; Papyrus IVestcar, 52, n. 16;
Reden, Rufe und Lieder, 6, n. 32; Religion,
64, n. 78; Zauberspriiche, 52, n. 18.
and Grapow, Handworterbuch, 30, n. 199.
and Krebs, Papyrus, Handbook, 15, n. 99.
-Ranke, Aegypten, 3, n. 13.

Ethiopia, Royal jewelry from, in part Egypt,
work, 242; Tribute expected from, 15-16. Cf.
Nubia.

Etruscan jewelry: at Exposition of 1876, how
classified, 26, n. 176; finger rings, 80, with n.
31; 83-4; 87, with n. 65; Imitations of, in
fashion in 1870s, 34, with n. 219.

Expansion, Danger of, in soldering sand-filled
piece, 165.

Eye, Signet ring bearing name of, 93, notes 83,
84.

Eye amulets, 165-6; 191 ; Blue-glazed, 154;
found on mummy of Seti II, 155, n. 10; 166,
n. 52; Meaning of, 166; Numbers of, given to
gods, 156-7; of Dyn. VI, 166, n. 51 ; pictured
on coffins, 166, with n. 52. Cf. Horus eye.

Eyelets: cut in one piece with amulet, 163, 164,
175; of plain strip of sheet, 64, 140, 144, 152,
161, 169, 176, 183, 188; of strip convex to
exterior, 135; of strip hammered to round sec¬
tion except at ends, 181; of strip tooled pro¬
ducing rills, 174-5; strip with ap-

[256]

pliqued wires, 172; of tubing (?), 141; Po¬
sition of, crosswise, 134; Position of, length¬
wise, 134, 141, 143; represented on amulet,
186; straddling top of amulet, 169; with
flange, 141-2; Worn condition of, 167, 185.
Cf. Loop.

“Eye of Re (or Sun-god),’^ 177, with n. lOO;
192.

Fabre, Work of, on dung-beetles, 71, n. i.

The Sacred Beetle, 71, n. i.

Fabretti, Rossi, and Lanzone, Antichita egizie,
76, n. I.

Faceting of gem-stones, begun by Romans, 7;
not practised in Egypt, finger rings, 77 ; Primi¬
tive, III; Primitive, imitated in glass, iii,
with n. 139.

Faience, Beads of blue, 67, with n. 93; Beads of,
in amulets, 51; Finger rings of, 78, n. 21;
Scarab-amulets of hard, 75. Cf. equivalent
term (as used here). Glazed pottery.

Faked ring, 88, n. 68.

Falcon, Coffin Text concerning, 159; 168, with
n. 63; Figure of, of inlaid silver, 242; Sun-
god conceived as, 171, n. 74; Human-headed,
see Soul; Wings of, given to scarab, 171,
n. 74.

Falcon-amulets, 167-8; Predynastic, 167, with
n. 58.

Falcon head, characteristic of Kebehsenuf, 182;
characteristic of Khons-Re, of Sun-god, 185;
on collars, smaller after 1300 B. C., 163, with
n. 40; cf. End-pieces.

Faras, Earrings from, 128.

Fashions in jewelry, set by king, 12-13.

Fastening jewelry. Means of, see Buttoning on.
Catch, Clasp, Hook-and-eyelet fastening. Loop
and button, Point-and-e5^elet fastening, Point-
and-socket fastening. Sliding knot. Tying on.

Fayum portraits, Earrings in, 125, with .n. 77;
146, with n. 131.

Feathers, Tall, in headdress of Nefertem, 196;
worn by Hathor, 177, 179.

Fechheimer, Kleinplastik, 180, n. 107.

Felspar, Green: Amulet of, 4, n. 21; Beads of,
237. See Amazon stone.

Felton, 105.

Ferrar, Article by, cited, 17, n. 108.

Files, Substitutes for, 199; used, possibly, in
Class, per., 200, with n. 17.

Filigree work, in copper ornaments of Old
Kingd., 39, n. 234; Later examples of, 241.
Cf. Wire appliques.

Filling, determined as sand, 119-20; having
appearance of sand, 61, 62, 65, 66, 119-20,
140-41, 165; Plaster, found in some earrings,
123; Wax (?), in a statuette, 195; with con¬
sistency of ashes, 132.

Fine gold. Determinations of, 26, 106-7, 109,
168, 210; Degree of fineness of, in ancient
coins, 26, n. 177; Earliest specimen of, hither¬

to known from Eg., 26, with n. 177; Meaning
of term, 26, n. 177; mentioned in Harris
papyrus (?), 156; Objects having color of,
60, 65, 66, 68, 86, 88, 94, no, 123, 126, 127,
128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 136, 137, 138, 139,
144, 146, 149, 150, 152, 170, 173, 175, 177,
179, 180, 188, 213, 214, 219, 220; Objects
probably of, 186, 187; Specific gravity of, 26,
n. 177; why not found in earlier jewelry, 26.
Cf. “Good gold.’’

Fine silver. Determination of, 28, 87.

Finger ring. Box for(?), 212-13; from early
royal Ethiopian tumulus, 242; referred to in
love song, 76, n. 3; Well designed example of,
81; with figures in the round of horses, 241;
with fly of lapis lazuli as bezel, 77, in n. 8;
with frog’s figure as bezel, 80, n. 34; with
uraei in relief on bezel, 78, n. 21; worn on
right hand, 149, with n. 5.

-s, 7; Bead, 78, with notes 17, 20; Bib¬
liography for, 76, n. I; carved with knobs,
figures of animals, 78, with n. 13; Classes of,
76; Construction of, 9; Early examples of, 76,
n. 4; Functions of Egypt., 76, with n. 2; 77;
Funerary, 87-8, 106-7; given as reward, 77,
with n. II; given to Amon, 77, with n. 12;
Granulated work on, 78, with n. 19; 81; Im¬
portance of, increased, 77; in Tewosret
treasure, 78, n. 21; 241; Iron, incased with
gold, 107; Materials of, 77; Materials of
early, 78; Meroitic, 243; Nubian, 76, n. 5;
78, n. 13; of Dyn. I, 237; of glazed pottery,
72, n. 6 (a) (b) ; 77, n. 9; 79, n. 22; 84; of
Rom. per., 107-11; Ornamental, not in signet
form, 78-82, 107-11; Overloading of hands
with, 76-7, with n. 9; Plain hoop, 76, n. 8;
78, with notes 14-16, 21; Plain hoop. Moulds
for, 78, n. 21; Position of, as worn, 76, with
notes 4-8; 78, with n. 17; 99, with notes 102,
103; 149, with n. 5; Position of, in tomb,
77; Position of, with reference to mummy
wrappings, 88, n. 67; Predyn.-Dyn. HI, of
metal, 78, with notes 14-16; Predjm., of ivory,
shell, 78, with n. 13; represented in Egypt,
art rarely, 77; Settings in, 77, 81, iii, 149;
Terms used in describing, 76, n. i; whether
in vogue Dyn. HI-XH, 78, with n. 18; worn
by both sexes, 76. See Bezels, Ring; Ring
shank. Scarab-ring, Serpent rings. Signet ring.

Fingers and toes. Cases for, 218, with n. 35.

Fires, whether open or in furnace, 198, with
notes 8, 9.

“Fire skin,” Two modern methods of producing,
38, with n. 227.

Firth, Arch. Survey. Nubia, 112, n. 2.

Fish, Oxyrhynchos, 193, n. 151.

Fish-amulets, 52, with n. 17.

Fisher, 50; Audience balcony found by, 3, n. 16;
Earring found by, 27; 116, with n. 35; Signet
rings found by, 97, with n. 98.

Flat stock. Ingenious use of, 142.

[257]

Flax, 130.

Flint, Butcher’s knives probably of, 203, n. 33;
Hardness of, 202; Re-flaking knives of, 203,
n. 33; Tools of, whether used by goldsmiths,
202-3.

Florence, Archaeological Museum, Stela in, 103,
with n. 114.

Flowers, free standing, on diadems, 57, with n.
42; 58; on rims of vessels, 58, with n. 45;
represented in top view as disks, 58. See Corn¬
flower, Lotus flower.

Floyer, on miners in Eastern Desert, 21, with n.
142.

Fluting sheet gold. Two methods of, 128, with
n. 90.

Fluxes, 39.

Fly, as bezel of ring, 77, in n. 8; in design of
collar, 2, n. 12; Latest Egypt, example of
figure of, 62, n. 65; Motif of, used by Greeks,
Romans, 62, n. 65; Possible amuletic, symbolic,
meaning of, 62; probably often mere art-motif,
62, 63; Predyn. figures of, 61, with n. 63;
Rewards of gold in form of, 2; 62, with n.
71; Symbolism of, in Homeric passage, 62,
with n. 69. See Ahhotep, Buhen, Kerma,
Tewosret.

Fly-beads, 61-2.

Fly-flap, 165, n. 48.

Foil, Gold: covering a statuette, 196; Thickness
of dentist’s, 214; used in bead, 214. Cf. Leaf,
Gold.

Forgeries, “Menes jewelry,” 221 ff.; of middle
of last cent., 224-5, with notes lO, 12; Ques¬
tion of, how affected by particles of white
metal, 27-8. Cf. Faked ring.

Forked tail, in Serket’s symbol, 190, with n. 135.

Fraenkel, published Haller’s drawings, VI, 147,

Fraudulent work, Ancient: Directions for, in
Leyden Pap. X, 39, 107; lead ore covered
wfith gold, 194, 196.

Free-hand work, 49, 55, 79, 106-7, 148, 215.

Frog, Figure of: as ring bezel, 80, n. 34; as seal,
72, n. 6 (c).

Funerary divinities. Amulets representing, 159,
183, 184, 185; Drawings of, accompanying
funerary texts, 159; holding a fillet (?), 183;
pictured on coffins, 159.

Funerary equipment, 158, 159. Cf. Royal equip¬
ment of dead.

Funerary incantations, Ancient editing of, 160;
inscribed on mummy bandages, 160; Modern
textual criticism of, 160, with n. 31. Cf.
Book of the Dead, Coffin Texts, Pyramid
Texts.

Funerary jewelry: lo-ii; amulets, 154-5, 157;
anklets, bracelets, ii, with n. 62; collars, 10,
in n. 53; II ; 164, with n. 45; earrings, 116,
129; finger rings, 87-8, 106-7.

Furnace, see Fires.

Furtw^angler, Die antiken Gemmen, 152, n. 9.

Fused work, 37, 48, 130, I43(?), 189; in
granulated decoration, 34, 35, 36; in Naga-ed-
Der gold find, 38.

Gaillard and Daressy, La faune momijiee, 218,
n. 33.

Galena, found in predyn. graves, 20, n. 133;

Statuette of, 196. Cf. Lead ore.

Gardiner, VI, 26; Articles by, cited, 24, n. 164;
53, n. 19; 176, n. 95; 190, n. 134; on “ded,”
girdle-tie, 156, with n. 15; on heart-scarab
charm, 74, n. 9; on Isis-Serket, 190, with n.
132; on map of gold mines, 17, with n. 108;
on Serket’s symbol, 190-91, with n. 136;
proved older reading of word “gold” incorrect,
30, with n. 198; Translations by, VI, 4, 15,
16, 26; Work of, on Coffin Texts, 159, n. 29.
Anastasi L 15, n. 99.

and Peet, Inscriptions of Sinai, I, 15, n. 94.
and Weigall, CataL Tombs of Thebes, 3, n.

19.

See Davies-Gardiner; Petrie, Wainwright and
Gardiner.

Gardner, Naukraiis II, 132, n. 100.

Garland, 201; Articles by, cited, 201, n. 22; 202,
notes 28, 29; Experiments of, on ancient tools,
202, with n. 28; on process of making knives,
chisels, 202, n. 29; on use of iron, steel, in Eg.,
201, n. 23.

Garnet, Beads of, of Dyn. I, 237; Distribution
of, 23-4, W'ith notes 159, 160; in Ethiopian
royal jewels, 242; Inlays of, in gold uraeus,
238; in Rom. finger ring, iii, n. 141; in sand,
120; used for beads and eyes of cobra, 7; well
imitated in glass, 6; when first known from
Upper Eg., 16.

-s, Amuletic virtue of, 52, n. 15; Artificial,

148, 149; contained in cylindrical cases, 47, 50;
in earrings, 141, 145; of minute size, in ring
inset, 79, with n. 23.

Garstang, 49, n. 5 (a) ; on cylindrical amulets,

49.

Burial Customs, 50, in n. 5 (b) ; El Ardbah,
49, n. 5 (a) ; Mahdsna and Bet Khalldf, 133,
n. 104.

Gauthier, on the “Menes jewelry,” 221; 223,

n. 4.

Livre des rois, I, 82, n. 41; II, 90.

Gazella dorcas, L., 134.

Gazelle, Amulet representing a, 237; Head of,
in designs of earrings, 134, n. 108; 135-8.
Gebel Hadrabia, Jasper found near, 23, n. 156.
Gebel Maghara, Turquoise mines at, 22.

Gebel Migif, Amazon stone found at, 23, n. 158.
Gebel Rossas, Lead ore found at, 21.

Gebel Zebara, Emerald mines at, 24; Garnet
found near, 24, n. 160; Road from Nile ter¬
minating at, 16.

Gecko, as hieroglyph, 75.

Gems, Engraved: Classical examples of, 152,
with notes 9, 10; 203; Egypt, examples of.

[258]

203, with n. 34; rare in Pharaonic Eg., 7;
"rechnique of, 203, with n. 35.

Gem-stones, Eye amulets of, 157, with n. 17;
Geographical sources of, 22-4; imitated in
glass, see Glass; in front of animal heads in
earrings, 151-2, with n. 10; in late Rom.
finger rings, iii, notes 138-41; inset in ear¬
rings, 142, with n. 120; not faceted until late,

6, 7; obtained as spoils of war, tribute, 15, 16;
semi-precious in Eg3^pt. jewelry, 6. See Beads,
Materials of; names Agate, Amazon stone,
etc.. Semi-precious stones.

'‘Genre,” 152, 217.

Geometric designs. Die for, 208.

Gheyta, Earrings from, 128, with n. 92.

Gifts, Exchange of, between Egypt, and foreign
kings, 24, n. 164; 64, n. 78; of gods to king,

14, with n. 90; 69, 179-80; of king to gods,
13-14; 77, with n. 12; 156-7; I 93 > with n.

148; of king to mortals, 1-3; 77, with n. ii;

91.

Gilded objects: bronze hoop of heart scarab, 74,
n. 12; bronze earrings, 124; bronze figure of
tortoise, 216; bronze hairpins, 240; copper
sheet, 216; pottery bead, 214; silver amulet,

51, n. 13; stucco amulets, 157, with n. 21;
wax amulets, 163, with n. 43. Cf. Plated
silver.

Gilding, of hands, feet, 219, n. 37; of skin of
mummies, 219, with n. 36; of skull, 219, n. 37.
Processes of: fire-gilding: fusing gold on, 217;
using lead, 107; 217, with n. 24^; using mer¬
cury, 217, with n. 23; Mechanical, gold leaf
applied with binder, 124; 214, n. 15; 216.

Girdle clasp. Rosette said to be from, 219.

Girdles, 7; Examples of, 238, 239; King^s,
women’s, 7, n. 38.

Girdle-tie amulet, Ch. 156, Bk. of Dead, related
to, 161; Erroneously supposed example of,

187, with n. 124; Example of, 192; Function
of, when funerary, 156; in pairs in catafalque,

93> 85; pictured w^orn by living, 156, with

n. 14; Vignette of, on mummy bandage, 156,

161.

Giza, Initiate (?) of, 103-4; Signet ring from,

98 ff.

Giza Museum, Signet ring said to have been in,

82, n. 41.

Gladstone, Analyses by, see Analyses; Articles
by, cited, 92, n. 80; 201, n. 21; on source of
electrum found in Eg., 19, with n. 126; on
tarnish on gold, 31; on use of native alloys, 29.

Glass, Artificial gem-stones, pearls, of: 6-7;
carnelian,, 81 ; emerald, 131; garnets, 149;
lapis lazuli, 81; 88-9, with n. 69; pearls, 44,

128, 129, 131; sapphire, iii, n. 139; turquoise,
22-3.

Blue, 23, with n. 152; 80, n. 34; 81; 88-9,
with n. 69; 221, 222, 237; Earrings of, 116;
Faceted stones imitated in, in, with n. 139;
Green, 79, 131; History of, affected by ques¬

[259]

tion of artificial turquoise, 22-3; Lenses of,
36, with n. 222; Red, 81, 129; Supposed
mosaic of, 238; used for inlays, 32.

Glazed pottery. Amulets of, 68, n. 97; 70, with
n. 103; 176, with n. 96; 177, with n. loi ;
186, n. 119; Beads of, 237; Bracelet of, 12-13;
Finger rings of, see Finger rings; in jewelry,
7; Inlays of, 32, with n. 206; 241; in Se-
nebtisi’s jewels, 238; in Tewosret’s jewels,
241; Scarab of, set in gold, 240. See Faience.
Glazed steatite, in jewelry, 7; Scarabs of, 85;
86, n. 59 (a) (c) ; 239; Seal of, 83, n. 43. Cf.
Steatite.

God, Jackal-headed, 181. See Minor god.

—s, see Divinities, Funerary divinities.

Goddesses, in feline form, 65. See Divinities,
Funerary divinities. Tutelary goddesses.
Godey's Lady's Book, 105.

“God’s father,” a priest’s title, 103, with n. 113.
Gotze, 9, n. 51; on electrum from Troy, 29, n.
192.

Gold, Abundance of, in Eg., 24, n. 164; Cast¬
ing of, whether possible in stone (talc)
moulds, 205, with n. 52; “Commercially
pure,” 26, n. 177; contained in quartz veins,
16; covering bodies of dead, 218-19; Deposits
of, once richer, 17; derived as spoils of war,

. tribute, 15, 16.

Economical use of: over another solid ma¬
terial, 47; 50, with n. 7; 106-7, 196, 214;
over a core, 237, 238, 241; with filling, 61,
65, 66, 119-21, 123, 132, 140-41, 165-6, 195-6.
See Base gold, Gilded objects. Hollow pieces.
Egypt, words for, 30; First occurrence of,
known from Upper Eg., 16; Geographical
sources of, 16-19; given as reward of valor, 2;
given in form of jewelry, 1-3; Hardness of,
203; invisible to unaided eye, 17, with n. 114;
Melting point of, 205, n. 51; Native, Fineness
of, 26, n. 177; present in silver, 29, 106, 118;
Quality of, like silver, 102, n. 109; Rolled
(modern). Danger of contamination of, 28,
n. 186.

See Alloys, Alluvial gold. Analyses, “Asiatic
gold,” Beating gold. Carat, “Coloring” gold;
Crucible, for gold; Discoloration of gold;
Electrolytic process; “Emu, Green gold of;”
Foil, Gold; “Ketem gold;” Mines, Gold;
Pale Gold.

Gold-beaters, represented in late tomb, 200, n.

16. Cf. Beating gold.

Gold lands of Amon, 4; 14, n. 86.

Gold objects: amulets, 51, n. 14; 54, with notes
28^ 29; 174-5; beads, 67, n. 93; 237, 242;
chains, 237, 243; circlet, 54-9; cylinder seal,
237; earrings, 133, 135-40, 144. 149-50, 241;
finger rings, 76-7, n. 8; 78, with notes 15, 19;
83, n. 43; 84, notes 50, 51 (b, c) ; 93, n. 83;
109-10; 237, 241; pendants, 213-14; statuettes,
194, notes I, 6. Others under Gold, Economi¬
cal Use of; Sheet gold. Solid gold.

with accessories of other materials: amulets,
49, n. 3 (b) ; 51, n. ii (a)-(c) ; earrings, 125-
29; 131-2; 141-3; 145-6; 151-3; finger rings,
78, n. 20; 79, 85, 87-8; iio-ii, 148-9;
statuette, 194, n. 3; 242. See Inlaid work.

Goldsmiths, Names of many, known, 3; 4, with
notes 21, 22, 26; not organized in guilds,
4-5 ; represented at their tasks, 5-6, with n. 31 ;
Station of, 3-5; Statues of, 3-4, with n. 20;
Titles of, 3, 4; Tombs of, 3, with n. 19; 4.
Cf. Jewelers.

Golenischeff, Metternichstele, 190, n. 134.

“Good god,” epithet of king, 91.

“Good gold,” 15; Meaning of term, 26-7.

Goodyear, 50.

Goshen, Earrings from, 118, with n. 42; Ser¬
pent ring from, 149, with n. 5.

Gowland, 16; Articles by, cited, 16, n. 106; 17,
n. 113; 18, n. 123; 201, notes 20-22; his
enumeration of examples of silver from Eg.,
20, n. 134; on Berthelot’s sample of fine gold,
26, n. 177; on earliest processes of recovering
silver, 20, with n. 133; on extent of gold re¬
gions, 16; on Head’s conclusions from color,
specific gravity, of coins. Reference to, 37, n.
224; on making bronze by smelting tin ore
with copper ore, 201, n. 21 ; on process of
parting used in Japan, References for, 26, with
n. 176; on proportion of copper in native, in
cupelled, silver, 30, n. 196; on proportion of
tin in bronze which might be accidental, 201,
n. 21; on recovery of alluvial gold, 18, with n.
120; on reduction of silver from Nubian elec-
trum, 21, with n. 139; cf. 26, n. 174; on
silver ore at Laurion, 18, n. 123.

Metallurgy, 27, n. 179.

Grain, see Hands holding grain.

Grains, Gold: flattened by hammer blows, 68,
122; how fastened to ground, 34-6, 133; how
made, 33-4, 35; Number of, on given pieces,
47; 49, n. 5 (a) ; 50, n. 9; 121, 130, 133, HO,
144, 146, 166; Size of, 48. Cf. Granulated
work. Rhomboids, Triangles, Zigzags.

Granular surface, 120.

Granulated work. Bibliography for, 33, with n.
218; in Dashur jewels, 238; on amulets, 47-8;
49, notes 3 (a), 5 (a) ; 50, notes 5 (6), 7, 9;
166; on beads, 242; on bracelet, 240; on
earrings, 133, 134; ^4}^ with n. 118; 142, 143,
144, 241 ; on finger rings, 78, with n. 19; 81,
with n. 38; 241; on, or forming, pyramids,
121-2, 131-2; on, or forming, ringlets, 130,
140, 145, 146; Technique of, 33-6; cf. Grains.

Grapow", VI; on “Asiatic gold,” 19, n. 128; on
figure of ring in love song, 76, n. 3 ; on “good
gold,” 26, with n. 178; on insects in figures
of speech, 62, with n. 70; on “Ketem gold,”
19, n. 129; on sign for p?y, 75, n. 24; on some
Egypt, words for “seal,” “sealing,” 82, n. 41 ;
on “white gold,” 30, n. 201; Work of, on Bk.
of Dead, 160, n. 31.

Religiose Urkunden, 160, n. 31 ; Totenpapyrus.
in. R.j 159, n. 29; Vergleiche, 52, n. 15;
Wortbildungen mit in, 2, n. 10.

Grasshopper, 62.

Graver, in Cairo, 198, with n. 6; found near
Mayence, 198, n. 6; used for details on ear¬
ring, 135.

Griffith, VI, 119; Article by, cited, 4, n. 23;
on dwarf’s duties, 6, with n. 35; on paper
by Rostovtzeff, 25; on tortoise as sacred ani¬
mal, 217; on weights of signet rings, quoting
Petrie, loi.

Hieroglyphs, 69, n. 98; Ptah-hetep, 6, n. 35.

Gritstone, Hone of, 203, n. 33.

Groove, Possible use of, in making serpent ring,
109; Use of, in making half-rounds, 143; Use
of, in making hoops of earrings, 121, 124, 129,
132.

Grose, on material of coin dies, 202, n. 27.

Gudin, Drawing by, 223.

Guiding lines, chased in, 55, 99, 215.

Guilds, No evidence for, 4-5.

Guiterre, Captain, 148.

Gum tragacanth, 36, 133.

Gurob, Earring from, 121, n. 60; Finger ring
from, 81, with n. 36.

Gutters, filled with grains, 140, 142, 146.

Hadaczek, Ohrsclnnuch, 112, n. i.

Haematite, used for beads, 7 ; when first known
in Upper Eg., 16.

Haight collection, 231.

Hairpins, Examples of, 8, n. 42; 240; Orna¬
mental, rare in Eg., 8.

Hair-rings, 113, 116, 118, 149.

Half-rounds, Ways of making, 85, 141, 143.

Hall, H. R., Article by, cited, 201, n. 21; on
cylinder seals as ring bezels, 89.

CataL, or Catal. of Scarabs, 71, n. i.

Hall, I. H., Atlas. Cesnola Coll., 62, n. 67.

Hall, L. F., VII; Construction drawings of box
by, 212; on model in Cairo Mus., 173, n. 84;
on Theban tombs of goldsmitlis, 3, n. 19.

Haller von Hallerstein, Drawings by, VI, 147,
148, 151 ; Legends accompanying drawings by,
147-8, 152.

Hambidge, on Lahun pectorals, 238.

Hammering, Cold, 202, with n. 29.

Hammers, Lack of heavy, for beating gold, 199;
Substitutes for small, 121, 199; with handles,
in use in Classical times, 200, with n. 16;
without handles, represented in late Egypt,
tomb, 200, n. 16.

Hand, Amulets representing, 53, with n. 23.

Handbook. Egypt. Rooms, M.M.A., 72, n. 5.

Hands and feet. Gilded, 219, n. 37.

Hands holding grain, design on gem-stones, 152,
with n. 9.

Hapi, 182-3.

Hapi-Enekhtifi, Funerary collar of, ii.

Hard-flowing metals injure stone moulds, 205.

[260]

Hardness, of copper, gold, silver, 203; of
diamond, 202, n. 30; of flint, 202.

Harendotes, Statuette of, grouped with Isis,
Osiris, 194, n. 3. Cf. Horus.

Haresfoot, 200, n. 17.

Harkhebit, 154, with n. 4; Collar-amulet of,
192, with n. 142; Inlaid soul-amulet of, 174;
Phallus-amulet of, 193, with n. 149.

Harkhentkhetai, 193.

Harmful creatures. Protection against, 190.

Harmhab, Consort of, see Mutnezmet; Signet
ring bearing name of, 87, with n. 63; 89, 102,
240.

Harper s Magazine, 231.

Harris Papyrus, Content of, 13; Eye amulets
in, 157, with n. 17; Finger rings in, 77, n. 12;
“Ketem gold,’’ mentioned in, 19, n. 129; Men¬
tion of fine gold in, doubtful, 156; New Egypt,
term for finger ring used in, 77, n. 12; Pas¬
sage quoted from, 156; Publication of, 13, n.
80; “White gold,” term used in, 30.

Harsaphes, Statuette of, as pendant, 194, n. 4;
242.

Harvard African Studies, II, 52, n. 15; V, 15,
n. 98; VI, 62, n. 72.

Hastings, EncycL ReL and Ethics, 14, n. 83;
Vol. I, 39, n. 233; Vol. VHI, 53, n. 19;
Vol. X, 14, n. 83.

Hathor, Blue glass head of, 23, with n. 152;
Character of name, 176, with n. 93; Epithet
of, 96, with n. 92; Headdresses of, 96, 177,
179; 180, with n. 105; Head of, on sistrum
handle, 95; identified with “Eye of Re (=Sun-
god),” 177, with n. 100; 192; represented as
cow, 96, with n. 92; 176, with n. 94; Statues
of, as cow, 96.

Hathor (?)-amulets, 178-9; cf. Cow-amulet.

Hatshepsut, Daughter of, see Nefrure; Expedi¬
tion sent to Punt by, 113; “Green gold of
Emu” prized in time of, 18, with n. 119;
had 12 “kas,” 169, n. 64; Scarabs bearing name
of, 86, n. 59; 119, with n. 45. See Deir
el-Bahri, Reliefs in Hatshepsut’s temple
at.

Hawara, Objects from: lenses, 36, with n. 222;
mask, 108, n. 134; 116, with n. 33; portrait
panels, 146, n. 131; 184, n. 116. See Uzahor
of Hawara.

Hawks, Monuments of Eg., 229, n. l.

Head, on density of gold stater, 26, n. 177; on
density, color, as indication of composition of
coins. Reference for, 37, n. 224.

Head and broad collar, motif in Egypt, art, 65,
with n. 90.

Head-bands, Flexible, 56, n. 33; Rigid, see Cir¬
clet, Diadem.

Headcloths, Royal, represented under bier, 161,
with n. 34.

Headdress, Amulet in forrn of, 157, with n. 19;
Hieroglyphs as, 179.

-es. Royal, painted on coffins, 162. See Atef-

crown; Disk, Sun’s; Disk and horns; Feathers,

Lunar disk; under names of many divinities.
Headdress of.

Heads, see Animal heads, Baboon head, Falcon
head. Human head. Jackal’s head.

Heart amulets, 171-2, 191; Blue glazed, 154;
Hybrid, 172, with n. 78; Large stone, 172,
with n. 77; of Dyn. VI, 171, with n. 76.

Heart-scarab charm, 74, with n. 9; Corrupt ver¬
sions of, 75, with n. 23; Early version of, 75,
n. 19; inscribed on heart amulets, scarab-heart
amulet, 172, with notes 77, 78; inscribed on
pectorals, 187.

Heart scarabs. Amulets related to, 171, 172, 187;
Chronological limits of, 75; Commercial hand¬
ling of, 74; Examples of, 73-5, with notes 12,
17-23; Form of, 73; 75, n. 19; Function of,
74, with n. 9; inscribed in ink, 75, with n. 17;
Materials of, 74; often without means of sus¬
pension, 74, with n. 13; Position of, on
mummy, 73-4; represented in vignettes of Bk.
of Dead, 74, with n. 10; with gold harness
or other means of suspension, 74, with n. 12.

Hebrew words for “seal,” “to seal,” 83, in n. 41.

Heins, VH, 56; 118, n. 40; on “fire-skin,” 38;
on method by which ancient impressions from
dies were secured, 206.

Experiments by: determining shape of flat
stock for “leech” earring, 120; drawing gold
wires, 41-2; fusing grains to a gold ground, 35-
6, 48; fusing sheet gold and silver, 118; im¬
pressing sheet gold in stone dies, 206; making
double tubing, 189; making earring with slit,
n. 39; making gazelle’s head of earring,
135) with n. iii; making grains of gold, 35;
making ring shank of gold tube containing
copper wire, 107; making sand-filled gold
shell, 165, n. 50; making wires by twisting
strips of sheet, 43.

Hephaestus, represented chasing a helmet, 2CX3,
n. 16.

Hermonthis, Relief from, 5, n. 30.

Hexagonal beads, 131, with n. 99.

Hieratic writing, 161.

Hieroglyph, Beetle-, with striated wing-cases, 72,
with n. 5.

meaning: “beautiful,” “good,” 98; “circle,” “to
enclose,” 188; “cylinder seal,” 82, n. 40; “en¬
durance,” “to endure,” 93; “goddess,” 97, 98;
“gold,” 86; “good fortune,” 69; “House of
Nekhbet (or Mut),” 188; “infinity,” 69, with
n. 98; “life,” “to live,” 91; “offering,” “to
be benignant, satisfied,” 93; “praise,” “to
praise,” 93; “protection,” 64; “ruler,” “to
rule,” 93; “soul,” 93, with n. 84; “year,” 69.

-s, Amuletic, on signet ring, 91, 93; Decora¬
tive, on signet ring, 93; for letters “k,” “t,”
73; for letters “n,” “t,” “w,” 99; for verb
75) with n. 24; for word “ring,”,2, n. 7;
in twos, 93, n. 85; meaning “eternity,” 86;
representing heart, sky, 99; superseded in re¬
ligious texts by hieratic writing, , 161; sym¬
bolizing gifts of gods to king, 69, with n. 102.

[261]

Hikemsaf, 154, n. 5; gold amulets of, 155, with
n. 8; Soul-amulets of, 175, with n. 90; Vul¬
ture-amulets of, 193, with n. 146.

Hill, on fineness of gold coins, 26, n. 177.
Handb, Gk. and Rom, Coins, 26, n. 177.

Hilton Price, CataL, 1897, 50, n. 9; CataL, 1908,
64, n. 77.

Hilton Price collections. Objects ,in former:
amulets, 50, n. 9; 51, n. ii (b) ; 174, n. 87;
gold “button” seal, 237; funerary boomerang,
64, n. 77.

Hilton-Price Sale CataL, 1911, 174, n. 87.

Hinge, forerunner of kind made by modern
craftsmen, 60.

Hinged pieces: bracelets, see Bracelets, Hinged;
clasp, 59-61; collars, ii, n. 63; 242.

Hippopotamus, Goddess represented as, 64.

Hittite word for “silver,” 19, n, 127.

Hodgman and others, Handb, of Chem, and
Physics, 205, n. 51.

Hoefer, Histoire de la chimie, 26, n. 174.

Holscher, Das hohe Tor v, Medinet Habu, 3, n.
16.

Hoffmann, H., Objects once in coll, of: statuette,
197, n. 16; ushebti, 173, n. 84.

Hoffmann, P. W., VH; Impressions from dies
taken by, 206; Wire drawn by, 42-3.

Hofmann, on “coloring” electrum coins, 37, n.
224.

Hogarth, Ephesus, 119, n. 50.

Holes, burned in accidentally, 37, 81; punched
in from obverse, 133, 135, 144; punched in
from reverse, 135.

Hollow pieces: animal heads on earrings, 135 ff.;
balls on earrings, 124; beads, 63, 67-8; 214-
215; bird’s body, human head, of soul-amulets,
172-174; earrings, 121-2; falcon-amulet, 167;
heart amulets, 171; hoops in earrings, 117-18,
121-2, 124, 127, 128, 129, 132; pendants,
63-4, 66-7; ring shanks, 79, 89, 109, no;
scarab body, 71-2; tubing, 42, 124 (?), 141
(?), 189; wires, 40, 41, 42-3, 80, 142.

Homer, Reference to, 62, n. 69.

Hones, 203, with n. 33.

Hook-and-eyelet fastening, 131-2, 134, 141, 143,
145; known in Eg. by Dyn. XVIII, 61, with
n. 60; 127, with n. 86; Earrings with, not
readily removable, 127, with n. 87.

Hoop of earrings (animal-headed), Types of:
elongated cones twisted together, 139, with
notes 113, 114; single heavy plain tapering
wire, 145; tapering core covered with fluted
piece of sheet, 151-2; tapering core wound
spirally with half-rounds, 143; tapering core
w’ound spirally with small wires, which may,
or may not, also taper, 134, 135-8, 145, 150;
two wires loosely twisted together, 140.

Hoover, H. C. and L. H., citing Strabo on con¬
centration of lead-silver ores, 19, in n. 123; on
borax, 39, n. 231; on parting gold, silver, 26,
n. 176; on supposed Egypt, representation of
concentration of gold, 19, in n. 123; their dis¬

cussion of use of bronze, iron, in Bronze Age,
cited, 201, n. 23; Opinion of, against Egypt,
bronze having been made lirst by smelting
stanniferous ores, 201, n. 21.

Agricola, 19, in n. 123.

Horned lion. Head of, in designs of bracelet,
earrings, 211, n. 10; 134, n. 108.

Horns, and disk, see Disk and horns; on animal¬
headed earrings. Ways of making, 135, 137.

Horses, Figures of, on ring bezel, 241.

Horus, Combination die, mould, for making fig¬
ures of, 208; extending gifts of years to king,
69, n. 98; Headdress of, 196; how visualized,
167; on the crocodile, 190, with n. 134; rep¬
resented with Isis, Nephthys, 116, with n. 33;
179; Statuettes of, 194-6. See Harendotes,
Horus eye; Isis holding Horus.

Horus eye, 166, with notes 54-6; between arms
in writing of late title, 104, n. 115; Picture of,
on cover of Abbott catal., 230. Cf. Eye
amulets.

Hoskins, Travels in Ethiopia, 23, n. 156.

“House of Gold,” 5, with n. 29.

“House of Nekhbet (or Mut),” 188.

Hovey, 196, n. ii.

Hughes, Passages quoted from, 147, 151.
Travels in Greece and Albania, 147, n. i.

Human head, characteristic of Imset, 182.

Human trunk, Distorted, as symbol of Serket,
190-91, with n. 136.

Hume, on northern limit of gold regions, 16,
with n. 104; reporting garnet in Sinai, 23,
with n. 159.

Catal, Geol, Mas, Cairo, 21, n. 141; Prelim¬
inary Report, Eastern Desert, 23, n. 159;
Sinai (South-Eastern Portion), 16, n. 104.
See Barron and Hume.

Huybrechts, Analysis by, VH, 28.

Huy, Form of seal of, 76, n. 2; in charge of gold
lands of Amon, 4; Pectoral pictured in tomb
of, 8, n. 46.

Hypocephali, 178, n. 104.

“Ibheti,” a gem-stone, 52.

Ibi, Tomb of, 200, n. 16.

Iconography, Questions of, 180.

Ikhernofret, Inscription of, 13.

Ikhnaton, see Amenhotep IV.

lllustrirte Zeitung, 173, n. 85.

Implement, Ceremonial, Amulet representing,
187, with n. 125.

Importations from Egypt (?): bar spacers in
Troy, 9, n. 51 ; beads, 67, n. 93 (last item) ;
fly-beads in Cyprus, 62, with notes 67, 68;
inlaid bead collar in Cyprus, 33, n. 217; scarab
in Rhodes, 106, with n. 124.

Imset, 182.

Incantations, 52-3; 169, n. 65; 171, 172, 173,
176, 178. Cf. Funerary Incantations, Spells.

Industry, Metals of, 201.

Infinity, Concept, how expressed in Egypt, art.

[262]

writing, 68-9, with n. 98; God, 69, with notes
98, lOI.

“Initiate (?) of Giza,’’ title, 103-4.

Inlaid work, Collar-amulets of, 157, with notes
18, 19; 163, with n. 42; Earliest known
example of, 31, with n. 205; Gold shell for,
32, 169; represented on coffins, 32; Soul-
amulets of, 172-4, with notes 86-9; Technique
3i-3> 59"6o, 172-3; Technique of, when
invented, 32; Various examples of, 238, 239,
240, 242, 243. Cf. Inlays.

Inlays, insets, in precious metals: “colored paste”
(late), 242; enamel, see Enamel; glass, 31-2,

79, 81; iio-ii, with notes 139, 142; 148-9,
240, 241; glazed pottery, 32, with n. 206;
241; niello, see Niello; precious stones (late),
III, n. 138; powdered substances mixed with
a binder (rare), 32-3, with notes 213, 214;
semi-precious stones, 31, 33, 59-60, 72-3, 79-

80, 141, 156, 169, 172-4.

how held in place, 32; need further investiga¬
tion, 33.

Insects, in Egypt, figures of speech, 62, with n.

70.

Intef, Diadem of a king, 239.

Intef I, II, Stela of chief treasurer of, 82-3,
n. 41.

Investiture of high-priestess. Amulets put on at,
156, with n. 12.

Iron, Finger rings of, 77, 107; Hardening of,
by Assyrians, Greeks, Romans, 201-2, with
notes 25-7; present in silver, 28; Use of, and
bronze in Bronze Age, 201, n. 23; Whether
Egyptians had tools of, to work hardest stones,
201, n. 23; 203, n. 32. Cf. Steel.

Isis, Cult of, 103, 180; Figure of, on signet ring,
94; Functions of, with respect to dead, 159;
Headdresses of, 94, with n. 86; 179; 180, with
n. 105; 181; kneeling, in amulets, pictures,
180-81, with notes 109, no; of Cheops, 103;
Writing (late) of word, 103; Statuette of,
194, n. 5; Winged figure of, chased in sheet
gold, 242.

Isis, Harendotes, and Osiris, see Haren-
dotes.

Isis holding Horus, Amulets representing, 180,
with n. 106; Statuettes of, 180, with notes
107, 108; 196.

Isis, Horus, and Nephthys, Pendant representing,
116, with n. 33; represented in late reliefs,
texts, 179.

Isis, Nephthys, Amulet representing, 179-80; in
late reliefs, texts, 179.

Isis-Serket, Amulets of, as human-headed scor¬
pion, 189-91, with notes 128-30; Headdress
of, 190; not included in late lists of funerary
amulets, 190; protected against sting of scor¬
pions, 190, with n. 132.

Ita, Bracelets of, 7, n. 41; Dagger of, ii.

Italy, Bracelets from, 211, with n. 5; Dies and
moulds from, 204, with n. 38. See Capua,
Cumae, Ruvo.

Ithaca, Discoveries in, 147; Jewelry from, 134,

147-53.

Ivory, Bead of, 12, with n. 76; Finger rings of,
78, with n. 13; Funerary boomerang of, 64,
n. 77.

Jackal’s head. Amulets representing gods with,
181-2, with n. 113; characteristic of Anubis,
Dewamutef, 181, 182.

Jahrb. d, KonigL Preusz, Kunsts., 3, n. 15,
Jahreshefte, 195, n. 10.

Jasper, Dull green. Heart scarab of, 75, n. 23;
Engraved gems of, 152, 203; Geographical
sources of, 23, with n. 156.

Red: Earrings of, 116; Finger ring of, 97,
with n. 96; product of Ethiopia, 15; Woman’s
amulet of, from Susa, 54, with n. 28.

/. jE. I, n. I.

Jequier, 154, n. i; on ceremonial implement in
Osirian equipment, 187, n. 125; on toilet knife
represented on Bersheh coffins, 193, n. 152.
Fi'ises d'objetSj 154, n. i.

Jewel, Word, how used in this book, 6, n. 37.
Jewel boxes, 50, n. 10 (b) (c) ; 77, with n. 10;
212-13, with n. 14.

Jewelers, Finest accomplishment of Egyptian, 47,
238; represented at work, 5-6, with n. 31;
198-9; Station in society of, 3-5; Tools used
by, 198 ff. Cf. Goldsmiths.

Jeweler’s stores, 106, with n. 120.

Jewelry, Bead, see Bead jewelry; Chief articles
of, 7-8, 112; Colorful designs, characteristic
of, V, 6-7; Condition of, when found, 10;
Differences in, as worn by men and women, 7,
n. 38; Difficulty in judging merit of normal,
II; Extinction of native styles of, 116, with n.
34; Fashions in, set by king, 12-13, 158; given
the dead. Nature of, ii; in temple treasures,
13; Inscriptions listing kings’ gifts of, 1-3, 13;
King’s gifts of, where made, 14; Legends ac¬
companying pictures of, ii, with notes 64, 65;
little extant from Dyn. HI-XH, 78; National
style of, when developed, 9; of gods, 10, n. 56;
13-14; 77, with n. 12; 114, with n. 24; 156-7;
Waste of evidence about, 10, with n. 58.

7 . H, S., 125, n. 78.

Joints, Abutting, 79, 88, 141; fine hair line in
altered ring shanks (modern), 37; finished to
invisibility, 63; soldered on end, not side, of
oval settings, 79; whether soldered or fused
not always determinable, 37. See Seams,
Swivel joint.

Jones, Finger-Ring Lore, 105.

Journ. Inst, Metals, 202, n. 28.

Journ, Manchester Egypt, and Or, Soc,, 20, n.

131.

Journ, Royal Anthr, Inst,, 16, n. 106.

Journ, Royal Asiatic Soc,, 2i, n. 142.

Journ, Royal Geogr, Soc,, 18, n. 116.

J, R, S,, 33, n. 218.

Junker, 76, n. 5; on Egyptians’ first contact with

[263]

negroes, 114, with n. 19; on late animal sac¬
rifices, burnt offerings, 217-18, with n. 30.
El-Kubanieh — Nord, 76, n. 5; El-Kubanieh —
Sudj 78, n. 13.

“Ka,’’ 169, n. 64.

Kafr Ammar, Knotted cord with fly-beads from,
62, n. 65.

Kahun, Bronze tools from, 201, n. 21.
Kashtaneferuwka, Statuette from tomb of, 194,

n. 5.

Kasr Gheyt, Earrings from, 122, with n. 66;

132, with n. 102.

Kebehsenuf, 182.

Kees, Article by, cited, 196, n. 12.

Opferianz, 65, n. 89.

Kelby, on “Menes jewelry,” 223, n. 5.

Kennard board (or tablet), 155, with n. 10;
157, 162, 168, 171, 172, 174, 182; 186, n.
120; 193.

Keragyrite, 20, n. 133.

Kerma, Daggers from, 217, n. 25; Figures of
flies from, 62, n. 72; Mounds of slag, crucibles,
near, 18; Source of gold used at, 18, with n.
117; cf. 19, n. 124.

Keromem, Statuette of, 163, n. 40.

“Ketem gold,” 19, with n. 129.

Khafre (Chephren), Cylinder seal bearing name

^of, 237.

Khasekhemui, Gold wires from tomb of, VII,

43.

^‘Kheprer,” 171.

Khian, Scarab bearing name of, 86, n. 59.
Khnumit, Dagger of, ii.

Khons, 185, with n. 117; Statue of, 114, n. 22.
Khons-Re, Amulets representing, 185-6, with
notes 118-20.

Khufu (Cheops), Signet ring bearing name of,
98 ff.

King, Engraved Gems, 105.

King, felling captive, scene on signet ring, 91 ;
Gifts of, see Gifts; Regalia of, 192; wore ear¬
rings in Dyn. XVIII-XX, 114, with notes 21,
22 .

Klebs, Frau, Reliefs, i, n. 4; Reliefs, Middle
Kingd., 5, n. 31.

Kneeling posture, 181, with n. 109; 184.

Knife, Toilet, as amulet, 193, n. 152; in royal
equipment pictured on coffins, 193, with n. 152.
Knives, Bronze: 198, with n. 3; Process of
making, described, 202, n. 29.
in scenes of butchering animals, 203, n. 33;
used by jewelers, 199.

Knossos, Neolithic accumulation at, 20, n. 131.
Knots, see Bow-knot; Reef, or square, knot;
Sliding knot.

Knotted cords. Extant specimens of, 53, with
n. 21 ; mentioned in magical text, 52-3.
Knudtzon edition of Amarna letters, 24, n. 164.
Koldewey, Babylon, 211, n. 6.

Koller Papyrus, 15-16, with n. 99; 26.
Koptos-Koser road, 16, 20, 23.

Koser, Lead ore found north, south, of, 21.

Kubbiin stela, 18, with n. 122.

Kunst und Kunsthandwerk, 118, n. 40.

Kunz, 105; on identity of an inlay, 172, with n.
80; on pearls, 125, with n. 76.

Rings for the Finger, 105.

Lacau, 8, n. 48; 50; Work of, on Coffin Texts,
159, n. 29.

Sarcophages, I, 8, n. 48; II, ii, n. 64.

Lahun, Jewels from: 10, 238; clasps, 60, n. 56;
pectorals, 12; scarab-rings, 83, with n. 46;
spacers, 10, with n. 57; Turquoise in, 22;
uraeus of Sesostris II, 162, with n. 38; wig
ornaments (?), 8, n. 43.

Relief from, 115, with n. 29.

Lake Superior, Native silver in copper of, 21,
n. 140.

Lansing, 112, n. 2; 224, n. 6.

Lanzone, Dizionario, 161, n. 34. See Fabretti,
Rossi, and Lanzone.

Lapis lazuli, abundant in Near East, 24, n. 164;
Bead of, 12, with n. 76; Cylinder of, in ring
bezel, 89, with n. 70; Fly-bead of, 61, n. 63;
Fly of, as ring bezel, 77, in n. 8; Geographical
source of, 22, n. 150; 24; imitated in glass,
6, 81; 88-9, with n. 69; in amulets, 49, n.
3 (b) ; 50, n. 10 (a) ; 51, n. ii (c) ; 172; in
bracelets, 240; in earring, 114, n. 23; in finger
ring, 81-2, with n. 38; in jewelry of gods, 13,
n. 79; 14, 156; in part of a clasp, 59; in
statuette group, 194, n. 3; 242; in uraeus of
Sesostris II, 238; less common than carnelian,
amazon stone, 24; Name of place from which
Egyptians derived, 24, with n. 164; “Real,”
156; Ring bezel of, 83, n. 43; Scarabs of, 72-
3; 80, with n. 33; 86, n. 59 (b) ; when
first known in Upper Eg., 16; 24, with n.
166.

Laurion, Silver mines at, 18, n. 123.

Lauth, Article by, cited, 17, n. 108.

Layard, on stone moulds, 204, with n. 46.
Nineveh and Babylon, 204, n. 46.

Lead, absent often from Egypt, silver, 28-9, with
notes 189, 190; Casting of, in stone moulds
practicable, 205; Coarse alloys of, with silver
found in Cyprus, 28, with n. 188; Melting
point of, 205, n. 51; Occurrence of, in predyn.
Egypt, graves, 20, n. 133; Pins of, to hold
parts of mould together, 207, with n. 58;
present with gold, silver, 181 ; present with
silver, 28, 29, 91, 95, 97, 215; Specific gravity
of, 91, n. 71.

Lead gilding, 107; 217, with n. 24^.

Lead ore. Old workings of, 40 miles north of
Koser, 21, with n. 140; found near Gebel
Rossas, 21, with n. 141. See Galena.

Leaf, Gold: applied with binder (?), 216; Beat¬
ing of, represented in Theban wall-painting,
118, n. 40; in contact with skin, 219, with
notes 36, 37; on skull, 219, n. 37; used in
beads, 44, 214.

Leather, Beads of Dyn. XI strung on, 237;
Straps of, bearing name of Osorkon I, 186, n.
118.

Lee, 147.

“Leech”-shaped earrings, 118-21; Filling of sand
in, 120; Sampler for making, 120.

Leemans, Monumens egyptiem, II, 74, n. 12.
Legends, accompanying pictures of jewels, ii,
with notes 64, 65; accompanying scenes of
artisans at work, 6, with n. 32.

Legrain, 114, n. 22; on bracelets with animal
heads, 211, with notes 8, 10.

Catal. Coll. HoffmanUj 1735 n. 84; Statues et
statuettes, 114, n. 22.

Lepsius, 8, n. 46; 171, n. 75; 176; his unfavor¬
able opinion of Abbott coll., 221, n. 2; on
signet ring, 100, 102, 103; on term ‘‘fine gold,^’
26; Pioneer work of, on ancient gem-stones,
metals, 30.

Denkm'dler, 8, n. 46; Denkmdler, Text, 90;
Metalle, 30, n. 197; Totenbuch, 181, n. 109.
Lewis, 18, n. 117; on terms “pipe,’^ “tubing,” 42,
n. 244.

Leyden, Egypt. Mus., Objects in: armlets, gold,
240; bracelet, 240; diadem of a king Intef,
239; earring, 129, n. 93; heart scarab on gold
chain, 74, n. 12; sarcophagus, 173, n. 85;
signet ring bearing name Eye, 93, notes 83, 84.
See Leyden Papyrus X.

Leyden Papyrus X, 37, n. 224; 39, with n. 233;
107.

Libyans, Bead jewelry worn by, 9, n. 50.

Lieblein, Deux papyr'us, 17, n. 108; Dictionnaire,
n, 105.

Life, Symbol of, attribute of divinities, 69, 94,
179 -

Linen, Old, used for mummy bandages, 160-61;

Strings of, in jewelry, 129, 237.

Liner, Straight: Evidence for use of, 73, 99, 195,
199; Possible examples of, 208-9.

Lion, Head of, in designs of earrings, 134, n.
108; 138, 139; Two heads of, in designs of
earrings, 149-50, with n. 8. Cf. Horned lion.
Recumbent, Figures of: as end-pieces of neck¬
lace, 239; found on mummy of Seti H, 155,
n. 10.

Standing, Figures of, pictured worn hanging
from neck, 2, n. 12.

Lioness head, in pendants, 64-6, with notes 81,
82, 91. See Bast, Sekhmet.

Lisht, Objects from: fish-amulet, 52, n. 17; re¬
liefs, 69, n. 100; 72, n. 5; scarab-ring, 83,
with n. 47. See Senebtisi.

Lists of amulets. Late: 154-5, 157, 162; Crescent-
amulet not in, 184; Sons of Horus not in most,
182; Vulture, Standing, in, 193. See Boston
die, Dendera list, Kennard board, MacGregor
list.

Lithographs, made on Malta, 223, 229.

London, British Museum, Objects in Class.
Dep.: beads, 67, n. 93; bracelets, 109, with n.
135; 211, with notes 5, 7; diadem, 43, n. 247;

earrings, 119, with notes 48, 50; 127, n. 85;
132, n. 100; 134, with notes 106, 107; 135, n.
109; 138-9, with n. 114; 142, with n. 120;
145, with n. 128; 146, n. 130; 150, with n. 8;
152, n. 10; 168, with n. 60; finger rings, 80,
with notes 30, 31; 82, n. 39; 108, with notes
131, 132; III, with notes 138-41; 149, n. 7;
flies of gold, 62, with notes 65, 68; jewels in
serpent form, 107, n. 129; 108, notes 131,
132; 109, with n. 135; 149, n. 7; jewels, late
Rom., 243; jewels ornamented with pyramids
of grains, 122, notes 61-3; jewels with grain
in center of spirals, 143, n. 125; jewels with
hexagonal beads, 131, n. 99; jewels with
spirals, pearl, 126, with n. 81; mirror cover,
134, n. 107; 135, n. no; moulds, 204, with
n. 42; 205, n. 51; mouth-coverings, 215,
with n. 18; scarabs of gold, 71, n. 2; soul-
amulet, 174, n. 87; statuettes, 8, n. 44; 114,
n. 20.

British Mus., Objects in Assyrian and Egypt.
Dep.: 103; amulet, 186, n. 119; finger ring,
89, with n. 69; heart scarab, 75, n. 19; mask,
77, n. 9; relief of Assurbanipal, 211, n. 3;
scarabs, 86, n. 59; 96, with n. 92; scarab-ring,
71, n. 2 (d) ; signet rings, 83, n. 43; 84, n.
51; 91, with n. 73; 106, n. 122; 240; stat¬
uettes, 180, with notes 107, 108; 217, with
n. 28; stela of Thethi, 82-3, n. 41.

University College, Objects in Egypt, coll.:
amulets, 53, n. 21; 62, n. 65; 65, notes 82,
86; 66, n. 91; 68, n. 97; 163, n. 43; 167,
n. 58; 172, with n. 78; 176, with n. 96; 177,
with n. 96; 177, with n. loi; 180, with n.
106; 181, with n. no; 184, n. 115; bulla (?),
123, n. 72; finger rings, 72, n. 6 (a) (b) ; 97,
with n. 96; flies, figures of, 61, n. 64; 62, n.
65; shell-pendant, 239; signet rings, 84, notes
50 (b), 51 (a); 93, n. 83 (b) ; 96, n. 93;
106, n. 122; statuette, 197, with n. 14; tools,
201, n. 24; 209, with n. 62.

Loop, Compound, with four soldered seams, 66;
made of strip of sheet with edges soldered
down, 184; on box holding tiny figure of god,
194, with n. 7; with rills chased in, 67.

—s, made each of a strip of sheet, 49, 59; made
of wire, 213; of wire of rectangular section,
128; on late amulets, 154; on statuettes of
gods, 194; showing wear, 49; 50, n. 9; 128,
156, 184.

Cf. Eyelets.

Loop and button, for fastening clothing (?),
7, n. 40; for fastening jewelry, 60, with n. 53.

Loop-in-loop chains, see Chains.

Loret, he tomheau de Vam-xent Amen-hotep, 74,
n. 14.

Lotus flower, and buds, represented drooping
over forehead, 57, n. 41; in designs of circlets,
56, with n. 33; in designs of finger rings, 77;
represented in knobs of bracelet ( ?), 210; worn
by Nefertem, 196, with n. 12.

Lotus leaves, in design of clasp, 59.

[265]

Love song, Reference to finger ring in, 76, n. 3.
Lower Egypt, Cretan vase from, 148, with n. 4;

Ring shanks from, 86-7; Unfinished signet
rings from, 105-6. See Delta.

Lower World, 183, 186, 217.

Lunar disk, characteristic of Thoth, 185; char¬
acteristic of Khons, Khons-Re, 185, 186.

L^mx, Head of, in designs of earrings, 145, with
n. 128; 151.

Lythgoe, VII, 29; 69, n. 100; Articles by, cited,

10, n. 58; 65, n. 83; 238.

Mace, 8, n. 43; 52, n. 17; Articles by, cited,

75, n. 15; 213, n. 14; on date of tomb at
Abydos, 176-7; on term ''charm-case,*’ 49.

Murch ColL, 32, n. 207; Naga-ed-Der, II, 20,
n. 134.

and Winlock, Senebtisij 8, n. 43. See Carter
and Mace, Maciver and Mace, Petrie and
Mace.

MacGregor collection. Objects in former: amu¬
let of Khons-Re (or Re), 186, n. 120; head of
Amenemhet III, 32, n. 207; jewels from
Dashur, 238; papyrus with list of late amulets,
see MacGregor list; vases with gold wires,

43, n. 245. See Sale CataL MacGregor' ColL
MacGregor list, 155, with n. 7; 157, 191.

Amulets enumerated in: cow, standing, but not
recumbent, 176, 177, 178; falcon, 167; heart,

172; Isis holding infant Horus, 180; Khons-
Re, 186; phallus, 193; scarab, 171; souls, 169,

174, 175; uraei, 162, 193; vulture collar, 164;
vultures, standing, 193.

Maciver, and Mace, El Amrah and Abydosj 7,
n. 38.

and Woolley, Bulien, 62, n. 72.

Magic, Sympathetic, in association with amulets,

156, with n. 13.

Magical properties of gold, semi-precious stones,
51-3, with notes 14, 15.

Magical texts, for dead, 159; see Funerary in¬
cantations; for mother and child, 52-3.

Magic stelae, 190, with n. 134.

Magnifying glasses, whether possessed by Egypt,
craftsmen, 36-7.

Mait, Jewelry of baby princess, 10; 20, n. 134;
237-8.

Makere, Finger rings found on mummy of, 76,

n. 8.

Maket, Tomb of: Date of, 71, n. 2 (b); 86, n.

59; Scarabs from, 71, n. 2 (b); 86, n. 59 (c,
d) ; Signet ring from, 84, n. 51 (d).

Maleficent beings, Tortoise among, 217, with n.

29.

Malta, Lithographs made on, 223, 229.

Manchester Museum, Pectoral in, 239.

Mandrel, 48, 66, 121, 149, 210. Cf. Rod.

Map, of gold region, 16-17, with n. 108.

Mariette, 72, n. 6 (c); founder of Egypt, na¬
tional mus., 224, n. II ; on soul-amulets, 158,
with n. 23.

CataL Abydosj 72, n. 6 (c); Denderahj IV,

[266]

93, n. 84; Denderah. Supplement aux planches,
154, n. 6; Monuments divers, 103, n. iii;
Notice, 158, n. 23; Seraphim, 159, in n. 28.
Marshall, 8, n. 44; on an Egypt, design sur¬
viving among Class, finger rings, 82, with n.
39; on casting signet rings in stone moulds,
205, with n. 54; on earrings with two lions*
heads, 150; on lower limit of "leech** earrings,

119, with n. 53; on lo\ver limit of swivel
rings, 83-4, with n. 49.

Finger Rings, 62, n. 65; Jewellery, 8, n. 44.
Martineau, on signet ring, 102.

Eastern Life, 105; 221, n. i.

Maryon, on "coloring** gold, 38, n. 227.
Metalwork, 32, n. 208.

Masks, Funerary: Jewelry represented on, 77, n.
9; 108, with n. 134; 115-16, with n. 33; 134,
n. 107; 146, n. 131; 219, with n. 40; often
gilded, 218, with n. 34.

Maspero, 52, n. 16; Articles by, cited, 154, n. 5;
156, n. 12; 163, n. 44; on alloy in statues
of Pepi I and son, 201, n. 21 ; on introduction
of bronze in Eg., 201, n. 21; on "Menes
jewelry,** 221, 222; on mummy of Meritamon,
112, n. 4.

Archaeology, 201, n. 21; Art in Egypt, 57, n.
42; Cairo Guide, 201, n. 21; CataL Marseille,

no, n. 136; Dawn of Civilization, 225;
Egyptian Art. Studies, 57, n. 39; Le Musee
Egyptien, II, Pt. 2, i, n. 4; II, Pt. 3, 61,
n. 59; Momies royales, 241; New Light on
Ancient Egypt, 243 ; Popular Stories, 52, n. 16.

Materials of jewelry, 6-7; Geographical sources

of, 16-25; how they reached Eg., 14-24.

Matt finish, 6, 63.

Mayence, Graver found near, 198, n. 6.
Mehitweret, 177.

Meir, Funerary mask from, 146, n. 131; Reliefs
in tombs at, 176, n. 95; 218, n. 33.
"Mekhtebet,** 2, with n. 10.

Melting of gold. Wall-scenes showing, 200.
Melting point, of bronze, gold, lead, silver, 205,

Memoires. Institut, 5, n. 31.

Memoires* Mission, 5, n. 31.

Memoirs. Am. Acad. Rome, 33, n. 218.
Memphis, Earring from, 116, with n. 35; Finger
rings from, 97-8, with n. 98; Jewels from, 242;
Scorpion-amulet found at, 190, with n. 128;
Statuettes of gods from, 194, n. 6; 196-7, with
notes 13, 14; 242; Soul-amulets at, 158; Type
of earring peculiar to, 123, with n. 70.
"Mcnat,** 8, with n. 47; 104, n. 115; 176, with
n. 95; 196.

Menes, VI, 12; Name, on forgeries, 221 ff.;

Writing of name, 223, n. 4; 224, with n. 8.
Menkheperre, see Thutmose III.
Menkheperreseneb, Tomb of, 14, n. 89.
"Menkhet,** 8, with n. 48.

Menkure (Mycerinus), Collar on statue of, 163,
n. 41; Cylinder seal bearing name of, 21, in
n. 134; 237 -

Menmare-Setepneptah, see Ramses XII.

Mentuhotep II (Nibhapetre), Jewels of princess
of house of, see Ma'it.

Mercury, Earliest literary references to, 217, n.

23. _

Mercury gilding, 216-17, with notes 23, 24^.

Mereret, Amulets of, 49, n. 3.

Meritamon, 112, with n. 4.

Merneptah, Audience balcony in palace of, 3,
with n. 16; had ears pierced, 114, with n. 21.

Meroe, Bracelets from, 33, with n. 215; 243;
Classical, Egj^pt., influence in jewelry of, 243;
Cylindrical gold case from, 54; Finger rings
from, 76, n. i; Gold scarabs from, 71, n. 2.

Meroitic earrings, from Faras, 128.

Mersekha, Traces of silver found in tomb of,
20, n. 134.

Metallurgical processes, adequate in late per. to
secure fine silver, 28-9; not represented in
Egypt, art, 19, in n. 123; not such as to elim¬
inate platinum and allied metals, 27; question
when man first made alloys, 29; to free silver,
20. See Bronze, Metallurgy of; Concentra¬
tion of ores. Processes of; Parting of gold,
silver.

Metallurgy, Physical, Tests of science of, applied
to Eg>^pt. bronzes, 202, with n. 28.

Metals, of industry, 201. See Hard-flowing
metals; names of metals. Bronze, Copper,
etc.

Microchemical analyses, see Anal3^ses, Micro¬
chemical.

Micrometer caliper. Measurements taken with,
33-4, 48. See Thickness, Determinations of.

Microstructure, of ancient bronzes, 202, with
n. 28.

Midgley, on occurrence of ramie in Eg., 130,
with n. 95.

Min, Statuettes of, 194, with n. i.

Mineral oil, for cleaning gold, silver, 30, with
n. 202; 117.

Mines, Gold: 16; Few ancient, identified, 17;
Map of, 16-17, with n. 108; Processes in use
at, 18, with n. 115; Water used at, how ob¬
tained, 18, with n. 116. See Om Nabardi
mine.

of steatite, 23, n. 157; Regions of, presided
over by divinities, 14, with n. 90; Silver, 18-19,
n. 123; 21, with n. 137; Turquoise, 15; 22,
with n. 146.

See Copper mines. Emerald mines.

Mining companies, Modern, Difficulties encoun¬
tered by, 17, with n. 112.

Mining towns. Ancient, 17, with n. 109.

Minneapolis, Institute of Arts, Cartonnage in,
161, with n. 34.

Minor god, seated on ground, 183.

Minturn collection, 231; Funerary ring from,
87-8.

Mirror cover, 134, n. 107; 135, n. no.

Mirror-ring (?), 106, n. 121.

Miscuts, 215, 220. , -

Mishaps and repairs, 37, 59, 66, 80-81, 138, 150,
151.

Mitanni, Kings of, send lapis lazuli to Eg., 24,
n. 164.

Mitteilungen der D, O, G., 24, n. 166; ii5> n.

29.

M. M. A., 3, n. 14.

Mochlos, Gold objects from: chains, 133, n. 104;
ornaments with punched bosses, 215) with n.
16; Publication of, 38, n. 229; slightly twisted
strips of sheet, 43, n. 247; Solder not used in,

38-9.

Model, of mummy on bier, 173, n. 84.

-s. Wax, see Wax models; Wooden, of

sceptres, etc., in late burial, 158, n. 26.

Moller, 2, n. 9; Articles by, cited, 19, n. 127;
24, n. 166; 61-2, n. 64; citing Homeric pas¬
sage, 62, n. 69; Earliest known example of
inlaid gold noted hy^ 31, with n. 205; Early
examples of silver listed by, 20, n. 134; Mould
(incomplete) published by, 92, with n. 78;
204, with n. 43; on casting signet rings, 92,
with n. 78; 205, with n. 53; on derivation
of Egypt, earrings, 113-14, with n. 14; on
filling in thin shell of metal, 120, with n. 59;
on Hittite word for ‘^silver,19, n. 127; on
Kennard tablet, 155, n. 10; on late amulets,
158, with n. 24; on parting gold, silver, 26, n.
176; on Qurneh burial, II2, n. 3; on rings
about threading holes, 79, n. 27; 80, with n.
32; on staTuettes of gods worn hanging from
neck, 194, with n. 8; on Teweret, 64, with
n. 79; on thickening of ring shanks, 87, with
n. 61; on time of introduction of earrings into
Eg., 112; on way of wearing earrings, 116;
published early drawn wires, 40, with n. 237;
References for discussion by, of fire gilding, of
gilding mummies, 217, n. 24^; 219, n. 36.
Paldographie, H, 93, n. 84; III, 69, n. 98.
See Schafer, Goldschmiedearbeiten,

Mohammed Ali, Attempt of, to found national
mus., 224, with n. 11; Prohibition by, of ex¬
cavations and its results, 224; sent Cailliaud to
find emerald mines, 24; sent mining expert to
Blue Nile, 19, n. 124.

Monthly Mining Handbook, 17? n. II2.

Monurnenti antichi, 150, n. 8.

Monuments, Piot, 27, n. 181.

Moon, Crescent, as amulet, 184; Disk of, see
Lunar disk.

Moon-god, 184, 185.

Moret, Sarcophages, 104, n. 115.

Mosaic, Supposed glass, 238.

Motifs, see: Bes, Bow-knot, Corn-flower, Croco¬
dile, “Ded,” Flowers, Fly, Head and broad
collar, Lotus flower, Lotus leaves. Papyrus,
Plant, Poppy-fruit; Reef, or square, knot;
Rhomboids, Rosette, Shell, Spirals; Teweret,
Figures of; Triangles, Twists, Uraei, Uraeus,
Zigzags.

Mouldy Definition of term, 198, n. 2; for door
pictured, 199, n. ii; for earring with animaPs

[267]

head, 205, n. 51; for signet rings, complete
specimen, 204, with n. 44; One-piece plaster,
195, n. 10; Three-part, Oldest known, 204,
with n. 42; Two-part, of Dyn. XVIII, 92,
n. 78.

-s. Bronze-worker’s: Divided, a late inven¬
tion, 92, n. 78 ,* Experiments with stone, by
Pernice, 92, n. 78; 204-5; Many-part plaster,
195, n. 10; 205, with n. 50; One-piece, used
in casting statuettes, 92, n. 78; Open, for
chisels, knives, 202, n. 29. See Mould, for
door.

--s. Goldsmith’s (or Silversmith’s) : for signet

rings, 204, with notes 42-5; 205, with notes
52-4; Marks for matching together parts of,
207, 208; Properties of talc favorable to use
for, 205, n. 52; Resemblance of, to modern
Arab moulds, 204, with notes 46-8; Separate,
for animal heads of pair of earrings, 205, n.
51 ; Three-part, for single signet rings, 204,
with notes 42, 43; Three-part, for three
signet rings, 204, with notes 44, 45; Two-part,
204, with n. 46; 207, 208; Two-part, whether
used also as dies, 207, with n. 59. See Dies,
Stone: and moulds.

-s. Pottery, 202, n. 29. See Amarna moulds.

--s. Stone: 203, with notes 36, 37; how used,

92, 204, 205; Parts of, how held together, 207,
with n. 58.

Mouldings, Cavetto, in pectorals, 187; Convex,
in earrings, 141, 142, 143; Torus, in pec¬
torals, 187. Cf. Half-rounds.

Moulding sand, not used in antiquity, 195, n. 10.

Mourning, Divinities represented, 181; Gesture
of, 181.

Mouth blow-pipes, 199, 200.

Mouth-coverings, 215-16, with notes 18, 19. Cf.
Tongue-plates.

Mud, Nile, used for sealing, 213.

Multiple bow-drill, 200.

Mummies, Royal: 115, n. 31; Amenhotep II, 8,
n. 46; Makere, 76, n. 8; Meritamon, 112,
with n. 4; Merneptah, Ramses II, Ramses III,
114, n. 21; Seti I, 155, n. 10; Seti II, 114,
n. 21; 155, n. 10; 166, n. 52; Thutmose IV,
114, n. 21.

Mummy, Examination of, before Hist. Soc. of
Quebec, 174, with n. 89; Examination of, by
Cailliaud, 219, n. 36; Ornaments from neck
of, 218-19.

Mummy bandage. Darns in, 160-61 ; Ink spilled
in inscribing, 160; Vignettes of collar-amulets
on, 161, 163, 164; Vignettes of “ded,” girdle-
tie, on, 156, 161; Vignettes on, not set in rela¬
tion to texts, 161.

-s, help to hold amulets, beads, heart scarabs,

in position, 74, with n. 13; 154, 215; Old linen
used for, 160-161; Texts inscribed on late,
160.

Munich Museum, Meroitic jewels in, 243.

Murch collection. Objects in: amulets of human¬
headed birds, 169, n. 65; cylindrical gold case.

54, with n. 29; earring, 134, n. 108; obsidian
head, 32, n. 207.

Murray, Smith, and Walters^^ Exes in Cyprus,
62, n. 68.

Museum Journal, 3, n. 16.

Mut, assimilated to Bast, Sekhmet, 65; House
of (?), 188; Pendant with head of, 65, with
n. 86.

Mutnezmet, Gold scarab bearing name, 71-2;

Small objects bearing name, 72, n. 6.
Mycenaean Age, Gold fly-beads of, 62, with n.

68; Earrings of, 119, n. 56.

Mycenaean gold signet rings, not of gold through¬
out, 102, n. 109; whether used as seals, 85,
n. 55.

M3^cerinus, see Menkure.

Myres, on diffusion of animal-headed earrings,
134 -

Handbook, Cesnola Coll,, 28, n. 188.

Naga-ed-Der, Objects from: 237; amulet case,
31, with n. 205; beads, 12, with n. 75; circlet
for head, 56, with n. 32; finger rings, 78, n.
15; Joints fused in, 38.

Nai, Statuette of, 57, n. 39.

Napata, Earrings found at, 116, 119; Royal
jewelry from, 242.

Native gold, how fine, 26, n. 177.

Naucratis, Earring from, 132, n. 100; Finger
ring from, 106, n. I2i ; Gold boss from, 215,
with n. 17.

Naville, 7, n. 39; on vignettes of Ch. 162, Bk.
of Dead, 178, with n. 103; Translations from
Bk. of Dead by, 160, n. 31.

Cem, of Ahydos. I, 20, n. 133 ; De/r cl Bahari,
Pt. HI, 18, n. 119; Pt. IV, 7, n. 39; Pt. V,
65, n. 90; Pap. of louiya, 74, n. 10.

Nazareth, Necklace found at, 126, with n. 80.

Near East, 24, with n. 164; 114.

Nebheteptikhrod, Bracelets of, 8, in n. 41.

Necho, Stela of time of, 103, with n. 114.

Necklace, among chief articles of Egypt, jew¬
elry, 7; Archaic, in writing of words “gold,”
“silver,” 30, n. 200; of lenticular beads, 2,
n. 8.

-s, given by king as reward, 2; Late Roman,

243 ; Rom., 126, with notes 80, 82; surrendered
by prince, 115; Various, 237, 238, 239, 242.

Neferhotep, Activity of, at Abydos, 14, with n.

88 .

Neferibre, King, see Psamtik II; Signet rings
bearing name, 98 ff.; 106, with n. 123; 221.

Neferirkere, Coniferous wood of time of, 213,
with n. 12; Dummy ceremonial vessels from
temple of, 32, with n. 209.

Nefertem, Demotic inscriptions on statuettes of,
197, with n. 16; Headdress of, 196; Origin
of, as flower, 196, with n. 12; Statuettes of,
194; 196-7, with notes 13, 14, 16; worshiped
at Memphis, 196.

Nefertiti, Signet ring bearing name, 240.

[268]

Nefrure, Signet rings bearing name, 84, n. 51;
95, with n. 89.

Negroes, Earrings worn by, 113, with n. 18;
116, n. 37; First contact of Egyptians with,
114, with n. 19.

Neith, 190.

Nekhbet, Beloved of, 159, in n. 28; giver of
metals, 14; Headdress of, 188, with n. 126;
House of (?), 188; over Sanctuary of South,
188; Protection of, how symbolized, 164, 188,
189, 192; Statuette of, 188, n. 126.

Neolithic remains, in Crete, in Eg., 20, n. 131.
Nephthys, Functions of, with respect to dead,
159; Headdress of, 179, 181; kneeling. Amu¬
lets, pictures, of, 180-81, with notes 109, no.
See Isis, Horus and Nephthys; Isis, Nephthys.
Newberry, 5, n. 31; on Huy’s seal of office, 76,
n. 2; Paper by, on glass, 23, with n. 153.
Beni Hasan, I, H, 5, n. 31; Rekhmara, 5, n.
31; Scarabs, 63, n. 75; Scarab-Shaped Seals,
83, n. 45.

New York, Brooklyn Museum, Amulet in, 50,
with n. 8.

Metropolitan Museum of Art, Classical Dep.,
Objects in: die, 204, n. 41; earrings, 205,
n. 51; necklace, 126, with n. 80. See Cesnola
coll.

Metr. Mus. of Art, Egyptian Dep., Objects in:
amulets, 157, with n. 18 (on loan) ; 66, n. 91;
boxes for jewels, 213, n. 14; coffins, 213, n.
13; die, 205, with n. 56; earring (on loan),
141, n. 118; fly-beads, 62, in n. 64; heart
scarabs, 74, with n. 12; 75, with n. 20; hone,
203, n. 33; masks, 108, with n. 134; reliefs,
72, n. 5; 95, with n. 88; royal jewels, V;
sarcophagus, 173, n. 85; scarab-seal, with gold
plate, set in ring, 75, n. 15; 83, with n. 47;
signet ring with name of Tutenkhamon, 102,
n. 109; 240; soul-amulet, 174, n. 87. See
Davis coll.; Lahun, Jewels from (in part);
Mai’t, Murch coll., Senebtisi.

New York Historical Society, Objects in
Egypt, coll, of, see Abbott coll., Phoenix gift;
Smith, E., Coll, of; Stuart gift.

United States Assay Office at. Information
given by, 28, n. 186.

Nibhapetre, see Mentuhotep II.

Nibmare, see Amenhotep HI.

Nicolo, III, n. 140.

Niello, 33, with n. 216; 239.

Nishapur, Turquoise from, 22, with n. 150.
Nitric acid, 28, n. 186; 38, n. 227.

North, Goddess of, 164, 192, 208; Plant of, 81.
Nose-rings, 8, with notes 44, 45.

Nubia, “A” group of material from, 78, n. 13;
Amulets from, 181; Conquest of, to obtain
gold, 15; Culture of, fell behind that of Eg.,
78, n. 13; Earrings from, 112, n. 2; Finger
rings from, 76, n. 5; 78, n. 13; Heart scarabs
in, 75, with n. 22; Quality of gold of, 19, n.
127. See Faras, Napata, Oxford Expedition.
Numbering, Confusion in, 235, with n. 6.

Numismatic Chronicle, 26, n. 177.

Numismatische Zeitschrift, 37, n. 224.

Nuserre, Reliefs in temple of, i, with n. 3; 10,
n. 56; 65, n. 84.

N5dand, VII; Analyses by, see Analyses, Micro¬
chemical; Calculations by, 25, n. 173; 92, with
n. 79; on composition of pale gold amalgam,
217, with n. 24; on discoloration of gold, 31;
on ore which would yield silver-tin alloy, 93,
with n. 81.

Obsidian, 32, with n. 207.

Ogilvie diary, 100, n. 106.

Okheprure, see Amenhotep II.

Om Nabardi mine, 17, n. 112; 18; 19, n.
124.

Onyx, 23; Beads of, 145, with n. 129; 242;
Representation of, 146, n. 131.

Order of procedure, 55, 72, 165, 191, 210.

Ore, Lead, see Lead ore; Silver-tin, 92-3.

Oriental Institute, Univ. of Chicago: Coll, of,
see Chicago, Haskell Or. Mus.; Files, library,
of, VI; Work of, 159, n. 29.

Oriental Institute Communications, No. l, 159,
n. 29.

Orientalistische Literaturzeitung, 19, n. 127.

Oriental pearls, see Pearls, Oriental.

Ornaments, from neck of a mummy, 218-19; of
thin sheet, 216.

Osirian cycle. Statuettes of gods of, 194-6.

Osirian equipment, 158, 160, 161; Ceremonial
implement in, 187, with n. 125; included cere¬
monial vases, 187; painted on coffins, 166. Cf.
Royal equipment.

Osirianization of funerary thought, 159, 166.

Osiris, 13; Anubis kneeling by coffin of, 181;
Backbone, ribs of, 175; Body of, cared for,
mourned, by divinities, 159; 181, with n. 109;
182; conceived with appurtenances of a king,
69, 158; Cultus image of, at Dedu (Busiris),
175; Dead identified with, 69, 158; Human
burials modeled on that of, 154; king in Lower
World, 69, 158; presides at weighing of heart,
74; represented in late reliefs, texts, 179; Soul
of, 93, n. 84. See Harendotes.

Osiris-Apis, see Serapis.

Osorkon, Amulet bearing name, 65, with n. 81;
242.

Osorkon I, Leather straps bearing name of, 186,
n. 118.

Osorkon II, Statuette group bearing names of,
194, n. 3; 242.

Osmiridium, 27, with n. 182. Cf. Platinum.

Overlapping seams, see Seams, Overlapping.

Oxford, Ashmolean Museum, Scorpion-amulet
in, 190, n. 133; Woman’s cylind. amulet in,
51, n. 12.

Oxford Expedition to Nubia, VI; Earrings
found by, 116, 119, 128.

Painting, Ceiling, 188, n. 126; in Ethiopian tomb,
161, n. 34; Pompeian, 200, n. 16; showing

[269]

amulets worn, 156, with n. 14; showing heart
scarab, 74, with n. ii.

-s showing: circlets, vases, 57, with notes 38,

40; 58, with notes 45-7; funerary gods, 183;
jewelers, metal-workers, 5, n. 31 (in part) ;
198-9; 200; papyrus thicket, 58, n. 44; royal
equipment, 158, with n. 26; tribute bearers,
16.

Palatine Anthology, Reference to, 200, n. 17.

Pale gold. Objects of, 50, n. 8; 63, 66, 67, 71,
94, 117, 121, 161, 162, 163, 164, 171, 178,
191, 218, 220; Use of term, 31.

Palermo Stone, VI.

Palestine, Necklace from, 126, with n. 80.

Palm-rib, headdress of god Infinity, 69, with
notes 98, loi; hieroglyph for “year,’' 69,
with n. 99; in reliefs, symbol of gift of years,
69, with n. 100.

Papyrus, carried by goddesses, Meaning of, 179-
80; in designs of seals, signet ring, statue of
goddess-cow, 96, with n. 92; Technique of
design of, 55; Texts for dead inscribed on,

159, with n. 29; Thicket of, as background of
sporting scenes, 58, with n. 44; Thicket of,
unusual as design in jewelry, 57; Umbels of,
imitated in inlaid metal, in circlets, 56, n. 33.

Papyrus Ani, 160, n. 30; 173.

Papyrus Edwin Smith, 39.

Papyrus Harris, see Harris Papyrus.

Papyrus Koller, see Koller Papyrus.

Papyrus Leyden X, see Leyden Papyrus X.

Papyrus Westcar, 52, with n. 16.

Parents of Queen Tiy, Objects from tomb of:
chair, 65, n. 90; Figures of Bes on, 67, n. 92;
model mummy on bier, 173, n. 84; papyrus,
Bk. of Dead, 74, n. 10; samples of gold, with¬
out platinum, 27; scarab sealings, 84, with n.

53.

See Yuya.

Paris, Louvre Museum, Assyrian Section, Relief
in, 211, n. 3.

Louvre Mus., Egypt. Section, Objects in:
amulet, lioness head and collar, 65, with n. 81;
242; bracelets, finger ring, 241 ; relief, i, with
n. 4; scarab-base covering of sheet gold (gen¬
uine ?), 223, n. 4; 224; Serapeum jewelry,
159, in n. 28; 173, n. 83, 240; signet rings,
84, n. 50; 87, with n. 63; 89; 91, with n. 76;
93, n. 82; 102, 240; statuettes, 57, n. 39;
163, n. 40; 194, n. 3; 242; stelae, 4, with n.
26; 103 - 4 -

Parting of gold, silver: Method of, used in an¬
tiquity, 26, with n. 176; Modern methods of,
28, n. 186; Question of time when way of,
became known, 26-7; Whether silver was re¬
covered in, 26, n. 174.

Passalacqua, Jewels found by, 240.

Patches of sheet gold, 37, 59, 80, 140, 141, 150,
151, 195, 213.

Patina, Injurious green, 124, with n. 73.

Paynozem I, Consort of, see Makere.

Pearls, Artificial, 7, 44, 128, 129, 131; crudely

mounted, 125, 126; in late Roman jewelry,
243; Earrings ornamented with, 122, with n.
67; Oriental, 125, 132; when in common
use, 7, 122.

Pectoral, a characteristic Eg5^pt. jewel, 8; Archi¬
tectural form of, 187; of private person, 239;
often balanced by dorsal ornament, 8, with n.
46; Various examples of, 12; 173, n. 83; 238,
239, 240, 241, 243; Ways of wearing, 12,
n. 71.

Miniature: as amulet, 186-7; Heart (or vase)
represented on, 187; Plain examples of, 187,
with n. 123.

Pediamenopet, Royal equipment pictured in tomb
of, 158, n. 26.

Pediese, Jewels surrendered by, 115, 156.

Pedineit, 154, with n. 3; Amulets of, 177, with
n. 102; 178; 192, with n. 142; 193, with
n. 150.

Pedinese, Royal equipment pictured in tomb of,
158, n. 26.

Peet, 8, n. 45; advises caution in drawing con¬
clusions from sources of minerals, 24, with
n. 167; on turquoise, 22.

Cem, of Abydos. IIj 8 , n. 45.

and Loat, Cem. of Abydos. Ill, 50, n. 8 .

See Gardiner and Peet.

Pendant, bivalve shell, 239; Earrings with, 124,
127, 128, 129; 132, with n. 102; 133, with
n. 105; representing triad of gods, 116, with
n. 33; scarab of Ahhotep, 239.

-s, 51; Bell-shaped, 213-14; Conical, 133,

with n. 105; Earrings with, 125, 126, 131,
241-2; flies, of Ahhotep, 62, with n. 72; 239;
god Bes, 66-7; Mould for, 203-4, with n. 37;
lioness heads with broad collar, 64-6, with
notes 81, 82, 91; seated figures holding “was”-
symbols, 68-70, with n. 103; Statuettes as,
194, with n. 8; 196, 242.

See Cylinder-amulet, “Menat,” “Menkhet,”
Pectoral.

Pepi I, Alloy in statues of, and his son, 201, n.

21.

Pepi H, Letter written by, 6, n. 33; Rewards
given to Sebni by, i.

Pernice, Articles by, cited, 195, n. 10; 202, n.
26; Experiments of, as to efficiency of bronze
tools, 203, n. 32; Experiments of, with stone
moulds, 204-5, with n. 49; on divided moulds
to be used repeatedly, 92, n. 78; 205, with
n. 50; on material of moulds, 195, n. 10;
on mode of fastening parts of a mould together,
207, with n. 58; on tools used with wheel
power, 202, n. 26; on use of moulds for im¬
pressing sheet gold, 207, with n. 59; on ways
of manipulating stone dies, 206.

Perrot, 8, n. 44; on ancient moulds resembling
Arab moulds, 204, with n. 47.
and Chipiez, Histoire de Vart, I, 57, n. 38;
II, 123, n. 71; IV, 8, n. 44; VI, 148, n. 4.

Persia, possible source of lapis lazuli, turquoise,

22, n. 150; 24.

[270]

Persian influence, in earring, 143, with n. 124.

Persian reliefs, showing bracelets, 211, with n. 6.

Petrie, 7, n. 40; Articles by, cited, 20, notes 131,
133; 162, n. 38; on amulets, 156.

Opinion of, on: blank ring, 106, n. 121; cast¬
ing bronze statuettes, 92, n. 78; chains, 133,
with n. 103; date of “bar’^ earrings, 125, with
n. 77; date of Qurneh burial, 112, n. 3;
date of tomb of Maket, 86, n. 59; glass, 22-3,
notes 151, 152; hardening of copper, 201, n.
21; introduction of bronze into Eg., 201,
n. 21; introduction of compasses, 200, n. 17;
making of knives, chisels, 202, n. 29; Nefer-
ibre’s signet ring, 102; neolithic per. of Eg.,
20, n. 131; osmiridium, 27, with n. 182;
scarab-base covering, 223, n. 4; shock to wrist
in using Egjpt. hammers, 199, n. 12; source
of early silver, 21, with n. 135; source of
electrum, 19, with n. 125; weights of signet
rings, loi; wire-making, 39, with n. 235;
women’s cylindrical amulets, 49, with n. 4.
Abydos, Ij 178, n. 104; A mama, 67, n. 92;
Amulets, 49, n. Arts and Crafts, 23, n. 151;
Deridereh, 19, n. 126; Deshasheh, 166, n. 51;
Ehnasya, 8, n. 42; Gizeh and Rif eh, 13, n. 77;
Hawara, 36, n. 222; Hawara Portfolio, 184,
n. 116; Historical Scarabs, 223, n. 4; History,
I, 82, n. 41; II, 84, n. 50; Hyksos and Israel¬
ite Cities, 65, n. 82; Illahun, 71, n. 2; Kahun,
76, n. 5; Medum, 30, n. 201; Naukratis I,
106, n. 121; Prehistoric Egypt, 7, n. 40; Pyra¬
mids, Ghizeh, 105; Roman Portraits and
Memphis (IV), 119, n. 55; Royal Tombs I,
20, n. 134; Royal Tombs H, 8, in n. 41;
Qurneh, 72, n. 3; Scarabs and Cylinders, 71,
n. i; Sinai, 22, n. 146; Six Temples, 20i,
n. 24; Tanis I, 134, n. 107; Tanis II, etc., 83,
n. 48; Ten Years Digging, 99, n. 102; Tools
and Weapons, 92, n. 78.
and Mace, Diospolis Parva, 7, n. 40.
and Mackay, Heliopolis, Kafr Ammar and
Shurafa, 128, n. 91.

and Quibell, Naqada and Balias, 20, n. 132.
Wainwright and Gardiner, Tarkhan I and
Memphis V, 170, n. 71.

See Quibell and W. M. F. P.

Pettigrew, Mummies, 219, n. 36.

Phallus-amulet, 193.

Phigaleia, Temple, sculptures, of, 147.

Philadelphia, Museum of Univ. of Penna., Ob¬
jects in: cylindrical amulet, 49-50, with n. 5
(a); earring, 27; finger rings, 97, with n. 98;
98; jewels from Memphis, 242; ornaments
of copper wire, 39, n. 234.

Phoenician finger rings, 80, with n. 30.

Phoenix gift, 160-161, with n. 32; 236.

Photomicrographs, VII, 35, 37, 40; 41, n. 241;
42, n. 243; 43, with n. 246; 48, 73, 99 , 166,
178, 209.

Physical metallurgy, see Metallurgy, Physical.

Piankhi, Jewelry surrendered to, 115, 156; Jew¬
els of time of, 242.

Pickle, Question what Egyptians used for, 38.

Pickling, 38.

Piercing saw. Lack of fine, 199.

Pierret, on scarab-base covering, 223, n. 4.

Rec. (Pinscriptions, II, 4, n. 26; Salle His^
torique, 76, n. l.

Pincers, represented in wall-scenes, 199.

Pins, for fastening clothing, rare in Eg., 7; for
securing clasps, 7-8, n. 41; 60; of lead, for
fastening moulds, 207, with n. 58; “Toggle,”
not indigenous, 8, in n. 41. Cf. Brooches.

Pipe, Definition of word, 42, n. 244.

Plant, of North, 81; of Soutli, 81, 222.

Plasma, iii, n. 141.

Plaster, as filling of earrings, 123; Many-part
moulds of, 195, n. 10; 205; One-piece mould
of, 195, n. 10; used as ground for gold foil,
196.

Plated silver. Earrings of, 117-18, with notes
40, 42-3; Scorpion-amulet of, 189-91; Stat¬
uette of, 194, n. 6; Technique of, 117-18, with
n. 40; 189.

Platinum, 6; 27, with notes 180, 181, 183; 28,
with n. 186. Cf. White metal.

Pliny, References to, 26, n. 175; 107, with n.
127; 170, with n. 72.

Plundering of royal mummies, 10; 155, n. 10.

Pogue, on Nishapur, Sinaitic, turquoise, 22, with
n. 150.

The Turquois, 22, n. 146.

Point-and-e5^elet fastening, 134, 135; 141, n. 118.

Point-and-socket fastening, 127, with n. 85; 130,
with n. 97; 134, 138.

Poliak, on derivation of bracelets with animal
heads, 211, with n. 9.

Goldschmiedearbeiten, II2, n. i.

Pollard, Analyses by, see Analyses.

Pompeii, “Bar” earrings found at, 125, with
notes 78, 79; Wall-painting in, 200, n. 16.

Poppy-fruit, motif in pendants, 204, 222.

Pottery, Glazed, see Glazed pottery.

Pottery core, in earrings, 241.

Prcdynastic period. Deposits of gold more abun¬
dant in, 21, n. 136; Figures of falcons of, 167,
with n. 58; Finger rings of, 78, with notes
13-16; Fly-beads in, 61, with n. 63; Galena
of, 20, n. 133; Glass head of Hathor of, 23,
with n, 152; Kings ruling a united Eg. in, VI;
Lead of, 20, n. 133; Ramie (?) of, 130, n. 95;
Silver of, 20, with n. 132; 28, with n. 187.
See Second Predyn. per.

Priest of Isis of Khufu, 98, 103.

Prime, wrote introduction for Abbott catal., 230.

Primitive decoration. Example of, 215.

Prisse d’Avennes, Article by, 230; Colored plates
of “Menes jewelry” published by, 223; on
forgeries, 224, with n. 10; on “Menes jew-
elr)^,” 221; on Neferibre’s ring, 100, 102.
Histoire de Part, 5, n. 31; Monuinents egyp-
tiens, 82.

Proceedings, Am, Acad, of Arts and Sciences,
105.

[271]

Proceedings, Soc, of Antiquaries of Scotland^ 25,
n. 171, G.

Providence, Rhode Island School of Design, Ear¬
ring in, 133, with n. 105; Necklace in, 126,
with n. 82.

Provincial woman. Jewelry of, 239.

Pry, Signs for, 75, with n. 24.

Psammetich, see Psamtik.

Psamtik I (Wahibre), Ring bearing name of,
106, with n. 122; Scarab bearing name of, 106,
with n. 124.

Psamtik II (Neferibre), Rings bearing name of,
97, with n. 95; 103; 106, with n. 123.

P, S. B, A,, 92, n. 80.

Ptah, 98, 103, 196; as child. Statuette of, 242;

Epithet of, 95; Signet ring with name, 95.
“Ptah of Menes (?),” 104.

“Ptah of Ramses,” 104.

Puimre, Tomb of: Publication of, 5, n. 31; 16,
n. 102; Tribute bearers depicted in, 16, n. 102.
Punches, Round-ended, used for indicating eye-
sockets, 135; Round-ended, used for details on
signet ring, 92; Use of, to be inferred, 199;
Work done by, 55, 90, 91, 94, 96, 99, 125,
149) 165; Whether curved, used, 99. Cf.
Chased work; Liner, Straight.

Punt, Bead jewelry worn by people of, 9, n. 50;
Earrings worn in, 113, with n. 18; Gold
fetched early from, 18, with n. 118; Green
gold procured in, 18, with n. 119; Location of,
18.

Pyramid, Great, V, 100, loi, 102.

Pyramid Age, Alleged example of steel from,
201, n. 22; Finger rings not worn by kings,
nobles, in, 78, n. 18.

Pyramid Texts, Phrases quoted from, 162, with
n. 37; 166.
ed. Sethe, 162, n. 37.

Pyramids of grains. Hollow, 121-2, with notes
63-7; Solid, 122, with notes 61, 62; 132.

Qalhata, Paintings in tomb of, 161, n. 34.
Quantitative analyses, see Analyses, Quantitative.
Quarterly Bull. N.-Y. Hist. Soc., 5, n. 30.
Quartz, Bead of unclouded, 129. Cf. Agate,
Amethyst, Carnelian, Jasper, Rock crj^stal.
Quibell, 4, n. 21 ; on cylindrical amulets, 49, n.
3; 50, with n. 7; 51, n. ii (a) ; on ring of
Senekhkere, 82, n. 41.

Archaic Objects, 20, n. 134; El Kab, 10, n. 55;
Ramessewn, 4, n. 21; Tomb of Yuaa, 25, n.
17I) F.

and Green, Hierakonpolis. II, 191, n. 137.
and W. M. F. P., Hierakonpolis. I, 191, n.

137.

See Petrie and Quibell.

Qurneh, Jewels from, 112, n. 3; 239.

Ram’s head, carved in onyx, 242; on brooches,
8, in n. 41; on earrings, 134, n. 108.

-s, on bracelets, 211, notes 3, 10.

Ramie, 130, with n. 95,

Ramses II, “Asiatic gold” mentioned in time of,
19, n. 128; Bracelets bearing name of, 58, 240;
Earrings of time of, 61, with n. 62; 241 ; had
ears pierced, 114, with notes 21, 22; Painting
of coronet of time of, 57, n. 42; Serapeum
jewels of time of, 159, in n. 28; 173, n. 83;
240; Signet ring bearing name of, 97, with n.
96; Silver of time of, VII, 29; Wells dug by,
15, with n. 95.

Ramses III, “Asiatic gold” in text of, 19, n.
128; Loggia in palace of, 3, n. 16; Mummy
of, shows ears pierced, 114, with n. 21 ; Paint¬
ing of coronet of time of, 57, n. 42; Pectoral
of, 241 ; Record of gifts of, to temples, 13, with
n. 80; 77, with n. 12; Term “good gold” first
known in time of, 26, with n. 178.

Ramses IV, Statue of, showing pierced ears, 114,
n. 22.

Ramses XII (Menmare-Setepneptah), Earrings
bearing names of, 115, with n. 30; 241.

Ranke, 3, n. 13; on derivation of earrings, 113,
with n. 14.

Rathbone, Unit Jewellery, 36, n. 221.

Re, 176, 185, 186; Amulets possibly representing,
186, with n. 120; Uraeus upon head of, 162,
with n. 37.

“Real,” applied to gem-stones, 13, 23, 156.

Rec. de trav., 30, n. 199.

Rectangular section, an aid in curving metal, 124.

Redisiya road. Gold mines reached by, 16; In¬
scriptions in temple on, 18, with n. 121 ; Wells
dug by Seti I on, 15, with n. 96.

Reeds, as blow-pipes, 200.

Reef, or square, knot: Earliest known gold clasp
in form of, 60, with n. 55; Girdle ends,
shoulder straps, tied in, 7, n. 40; Head-bands
tied in, 56, n. 33; Jewelry tied on in, 60, with
n. 54.

Registers, in moulds, 207, 208.

Reisner, 8, n. 46; Amulets found by, 70, with
n. 103; 181 ; Articles by, cited, 14, n. 92; 15,
n. 98; 161, n. 34; 163, n. 41; 218, n. 35;
237; Bell-shaped pendants found by, 214; con¬
siders early gold objects fused, 38; Cylindrical
gold case found by, 54, with n. 28®; Evidence
on car\u*ng of hard stone found by, 203, n. 32;
Figures of flies found by, 61, n. 64; 62, n. 72;
Heart scarabs of Ethiopian kings found by, 75,
with notes 21, 22; on gold used at Kerma, 18,
with n. 117; 19, n. 124; on “Menes jewelry,”
224, with n. 7; on penetration of Nubia by
Egyptians, 15, with n. 98; Ram’s head brooches
found by, 8, in n. 41.

Amulets, 8, n. 46; Kerma, Pt. I, 15, n. 98;
Pt. IV, 62, n. 72; Naga-ed-Der, I, 10,
n. 55.

Rekhmire, Tomb of: Casting of door represented
in, 199, n. 11 ; Publications on, 5, n. 31.

Relief, Archaistic, i, n. 4; from Abu Gurob, 22,
n. 144; from Lahun, 115, n. 29; from temple
of Amenemhet I, 69, n. 100; from temple of
Amenhotep I, 69, n. loi ; from temple of

[272]

Sesostris I, 72, with n. 5; showing cumber¬
some pendant, 194, with n. 8.

-s, from private tombs of Old Kingd., i, with

n. 4; 56, n. 33; 79, n. 24; in temple of Edfu,
193, witli n. 148; 218, with n. 31 ; Late tomb,
2 ( 30 , n. 16; of jewelers, metal-workers, 5, n.
31 (in part) ; 198-9; of presentation of gold,

1, with notes 3, 4; 77, n. ii; 91, with n. 77;
of Senekhkere, 5, n. 30; Persian, 211, with n.
6; Temple, showing collar given to god, 191-2,
with n. 141. See Nuserre, Sahure.

Renouf, 160, n. 31.

Repairs, 37, 59, 80, 109, 150, 161.

Repetition, how far found in ancient art-objects,
148.

Repousse, Work in: 55, 71, 135, 138, 140, 141,
144, 145, 151, 174, 175, 177, 184; imitating
wire appliques, in Tewosret treasure, 58, with
n. 49; 241.

Revue archcologiquej 90.

Revue de Vart anclen et moderne, 154, n. 5.
Rhodes, Scarab, signet ring, from, 106, with n.

124.

Rhomboids, of grains, 142.

Richards, Methods used by, 205, with n. 56;
206, with n. 57; on way of making earring,
117, n. 39.

Richardson, Mrs. (B. M. C.), 50, with n. 9;
51, n. 11 (b) ; 92, n. 78; 155, n. 11 ; on fasten¬
ing of garments, 7, n. 40; on goldsmith’s fur¬
nace, 198, n. 9.

Richter, Miss, Articles by, cited, 126, n. 80; 135,
n. no; on technique of earrings, 205, n. 51;
on bronze, iron, in Bronze Age, 201, n. 23.
Bronzes, 39, n. 232; Gems, 203, n. 35.

Rills, Cross, on wires, 140; on eyelet, 174-5;
loop, 67. Cf. Fluting.

Ring, Finger, see Finger ring; New Egypt, word
for, 77, n. 12.

—s, of gold: as ingots and medium of exchange,

2, n. 7; as rewards, 2, with n. 7.
Ring-guards, for threading holes: Examples of,

79; 80, with n. 34; 165; replace earlier sleeves,
80, with n. 32.

Ringlets, Granulated, 130; 131, with n. 98; 134,
140, 145, 146; Number of, indicates number
of beads, 145-6.

Ring shank. Inner outline of, how varied, 87;
Smallness of one, 99; Thickening of, 87.
Types of: Double, 97, with n. 97; Earliest,
with scarab-bezel, 83, with notes 45, 46; in
one piece with immovable bezel, 92-3, with
notes 82, 83; 94, 96; in one piece with wires
carrying bezel, 79-80, with notes 26, 28-31;
89; Rippled (Rom.), iio-ii, with n. 140;
with wire carrying bezel wound on shoulders,
86-8; strip of sheet ornamented with wire
appliques, 81; soldered to immovable bezel,
90-91; 95, 96, 98, 106, 107; with ends in¬
serted in threading hole of bezel, 83, with n,
47; wire carrying beads, 78, with n. 20; work¬
ing in swivel joint, 85-6.

Riqqeh, Beads from, 67, n. 93; Earrings from,
118, with n. 43; Pectoral from, 239.

Rochemonteix, Edfou, 193, n. 148.

Rock crystal, in amulet, 242; whether ever used
as magnifier, 36.

Rod, 143; used as mandrel, 41, 109, 136, 169,
188, 210.

—s, used to carry hot crucibles, 199.

Roeder, 3, n. 20; Articles by, cited, 190, n. 131;
192, n. 141.

Aegypt, Inschr,, II, Berlin, 3-4, n. 20; Naos,
161, n. 34; “Sargtexte,” 159, n. 29.

Roscher, Lexikon, 190, n. 131.

Rose, Metallurgy, 19, n. 130; Precious Metals,
26, n. 174.

Rosellini, Monumenti, 5, n. 31.

Rosenberg, 32, n. 208; described bead collar from
Cyprus, 33, n. 217; described soldering with
same gold, 39, with n. 230; on enamel, 33,
with n. 215; on granulated work, 33, with n.
218; 48, with n. I; on inlaid work, 32-3, with
notes 211-13; on niello, 33, with n. 216.
Aegyptische Einlage, 32, n. 211; Einfiihrung,
37, n. 224; Gesch, d, Goldschmiedekunst, 32,
n. 208; Granulation, 33, n. 218; Niello, 33,
n. 216; Zellenschmelz I, 32, n. 212; Zellen-
schmelz II, 32, n. 208.

Rosenhain, Physical Metallurgy, 202, n. 28.

Rosetta stone. Cast of, added to Abbott coll., 231.

Rosette, Flowers conventionalized to, 58; Gold,
219; in designs of earrings, 125, 126; on As¬
syrian bracelets, 211, n. 3; on gazelle’s head
in earring, 137.

-s, as wig ornaments, 8, n. 43 ; 238; in Berlin,

177, n. 98; in Rom. necklace, 126, with n. 80.

Rostovtzeff, on earrings of South Russia, 112-13;
Paper by, cited, 24-5, with n. 169.

Iranians and Greeks, 25, n. 170.

Royal equipment of dead, 159, 193; modeled on
king’s dress, 78, n. 18; 158; pictured on cof¬
fins, 32, 162, 164; represented under bier, 161,
with n. 34.

Russegger, 19, n. 124.

Russia, South: Copper Age of, 25, n. 170; 113;
Earrings from, 112-13, with n. 8; 114, with
n. 20; 134. See Crimea.

Ruvo, Earrings from, 150, with n. 8.

Sahure, Gold fetched from Punt in reign of, 18,
with n. 118; Reliefs from temple of, i, with
n. 3; 10, n. 56; 14, with notes 90, 91; 22, n.
144; 5'6, n. 33.

Sais, Serpent bracelet from, 108, n. 132.

Sakkara, Amulets from, 154, with notes 3-5;
186, n. 120; 187, with n. 124; 191, with n.
140; Earrings from, 118, with n. 40; Heart
scarabs from, 75, n. 23; Sarcophagus from,
173, n. 85 (c); Tombs at, 154, n. 5; 158,
n. 26. See Serapeum.

Sale CataL MacGregor ColL, 51, n. ii.

Salt collection. Statuette from, 217, with n. 28.

Samos, Earrings from, 119, with n. 51.

[273]

Sampler, V, VII, 42, 43, 55, 79, 120, 133, I 39 ,
142, 151.

Sanborn, 237, n. i.

Sand, as abrasive, 199; as filling, 120; cf. Fill¬
ing; Moulding, see Moulding sand.

Sapphire, Artificial, iii, n. 139; Draw-plates
(modern) of, 40.

-s, in late Rom. jewelry, 243.

Sard, Engraved, 203.

Sardinian earrings, 122, n. 63.

Sardonyx, 145, n. 129.

Saw, see Piercing saw.

Scales, Gold, combined with inlays, 61; for
weighing, represented in wall-scenes, 199.

Scarab, bearing name of Thutmose IV, 93, n. 85;
Discarded, used in funerary ring, 87-8; drilled
from two ends, 85. See Khian.

-s, as amulets, ornaments, 79, 80, 84; bearing

name Menes, 224, with n. 8; bearing name

Mutnezmet, 71-2, with n. 6 (d) ; bearing

name of Hatshepsut, 86, n. 59; 119, with n.
45; bearing name of Thutmose I, 119, with
n. 45; Bibliography on, 71, n. i; cast of green
glass, 79; found on mummy of Seti II, 155,
n. 10; Gold, 71, with n. 2; Gold-mounted,
86, n. 59; Greek, 71, n. 2; Materials of,

71; Meroitic, 71, n. 2; set in pectorals, 75;
Small, why thought seals, 84; tied on finger,
72, n. 3; 77, in n. 8; 83, with n. 44;

Vertical markings on wing-cases of, 72,

75. . . ,

Scarabaeus sacer, 71, with n. i; 72,* with
notes 70, 71.

Scarabaeus venerabiUs, 72, with n. 4.

Scarab-amulet, Hybrid form of, 172, with n. 78;
in plaque form, 170; Type of, without base,
75 , 170-71, with n. 73; cf. Scarab-pendant;
with base, uninscribed, 72-3. See Heart scar¬
abs, Winged scarab.

Scarab-pendant, Inlaid, of Ahhotep, 239.

Scarab-ring, bearing name of Thutmose III, 85-
6; from Lisht, 83, with n. 47; Funerary, 87-8;
Late, 83, with n. 48; 87; where worn, 76, with
n. 6. See Apophis.

-s, 71, n. 2 (c, d) ; 79-8o, with notes 28, 29,

33; Etruscan, 80, with n. 31; 87, with n. 65;
from Dashur, 77, with n. 10; 83, with n. 45;
from Lahun, 83, with n. 46; Phoenician, 80,
with n. 30.

Scarab-seals, how worn, 72, with n. 3; 83; how
used, 213; When, came in, 82. Cf. Scarab,
Scarab-ring.

Schack-Schackenburg, Das Buck von den zwei
IVegen, 217, n. 27.

Schafer, Articles by, cited, 2, n. 7; 3, n. 15; 75,
n. 16; on amulet, lioness head with broad
collar, 65, n. 88; on scarcity of late jewelry
in Egypt, style, 116, with n. 34; on size of
late pottery finger rings, 77, n. 9.
Goldschmiedearbeiten, 2, n. 9; Mysterien, 5,
n. 29; Priestergr'dber, 166, n. 52; Prunk-
gefdsse, 57, n. 42; Urkunden der Athiopen-

kbnige, 115, n. 25; Von dgyptischer Kunst,
17, n. 108.

Scharff, SonnenUeder, 4, in n. 20.

Scheil, Tornbeaux thebains, 5, n. 31.

Schiaparelli, Antichitd egiz'ie, 103, n. 114.
Schliemann, Objects found by: bar spacers, 9, n.
51; crucible, 198, n. i; masks, 218, n. 34. Cf.
Troy.

llios, 198, n. I.

Schmidt, Schliemann s Sammlung, 9, n. 51.
Schoff, Paper by, cited, 15, in n. 92.

Schreiber, 123; on “bar” earrings, 125, with n.
79; on moulds, 204, with n. 48.

Toreutik, 123, n. 69.

Schweinfurth, Article by, cited, I 7 ) 112.

Scorpions, Figures of: Early, 191, with n. 137;
with human head, 189-90, with notes 128-30;
without human parts, 190, with n. 133.
Seager, on absence of solder in Mochlos jewels,
38-9; on practice of covering bronze signet
rings with gold, I02, n. 109.

Mochlos, 38, n. 229.

Seal, Determinative of word for, 83, in n. 41;
Fancy forms of, 63, with n. 75; 72, n. 6 (c) ;
83; Words for, 82-3, n. 41. See “Button”
seals. Cylinder seal. Scarab, Scarab-ring,
Scarab-seals, Signet ring.

Sealing, Primitive manner of, with finger, 82,
n. 41; with cylinder, 89; with stamp, 82, n.

41; 213.

Sealings, 84-5, with notes 53-5*

Seams, Abutting, require nicer calculation than
overlapping scams, 123; Coiling, on wires, 43,
136, 138, 150, 166; cf. below. Decorative,
Spiral; Decorative, on wires, 136, 144; In¬
visible, or nearly so, 109; 117, with n. 39;
Longitudinal, on wires, 40; 41, with n. 240;
42, 43, 172, 210-11, 213; near ears of animal
head, 145; near horns of animal head, 140;
not soldered, 124; on core of hoops of ear¬
rings, 135, 138; on ruff of animal heads, 151;
Overlapping, 42, 107, iio, 117, 120, p3,
128, 138, 195, 213; Overlapping, on wires,
43; Spiral, on wires, 137, 145; see above.
Coiling; under muzzle of animal heads, 135,
n. iii; 138, 139, 145; Well-finished, 129,
139. See Joints.

Sebni, i.

Second Predynastic period. Materials for jewelry
current in, 16, with n. 103; 24, with n. 166;
Wire of, 39, n. 234.

“Sed” festival. Relief representing, 69, n. 100.
Sekenenre HI, Collar of Two Goddesses pic¬
tured on coffin of, 164, with n. 47.

Sekhmet, 196; assimilated to Bast, Mut, 65, with
n. 85; Headdress of, 65; Pendants in part
representing, 64-6, with notes 81, 82, 91;
represented on signet rings, 97-8; Statues of,
65, n. 83.

Selkis, see Serket.

Semenkhuptah, Finger ring intrusive in tomb
of, 79; Relief from tomb of, 79, n. 24.

[274]

Semerkhet, 15, 21.

Semi-precious stones, 6, 31, 78, 199; in Dashur
jewels, 238; in Serapeum jewels, 240; in Te-
wosret’s jewels, 241. See Gem-stones.

Senb, Amulets of, 50, n. 5 (b) ; 51, with n. ii
(e-g) ; 52, n. 17.

Senebtisi, Objects from tomb of: 238; beads,
their order recovered, 10; “cedar” coffin, 213,
n. 13; clasp, 60, with n. 55; cylindrical amu¬
lets, 51, with notes ii (h), 13; diadem, 9, n.
49 J 57) n. 37 (b) ; funerary anklets, bracelets,
II, with n. 62; funerary collar, ii, with n.
63; jewels, how placed with reference to
mummy wrappings, 88, n. 67; lapis lazuli,
only in one girdle, 24, with n. 165; Publica¬
tion of, 8, n. 43; wig ornaments, 8, n. 43.

Senekhkere, Signet ring bearing name of (?),
82, n. 41; Temple reliefs of, 5, n. 30.

Serabit el-Khadim, Turquoise mines at, 22, with
n. 146.

Serapeum, Bracelets resembling stylistically jew¬
elry from, 241; Jewelry from, 159, in n. 28;
173) n. 83; 240; Priests’ titles on stelae from,

103-4.

Serapis, Die for bust of, 208.

Serket (Selkis), associated with Isis, Neith,
Nephthys, 190; Headdress of, 190; Sj^mbol of,
190-91, with notes 135, 136.

Serpent, Amulets representing, on Kennard tab¬
let, 193; cf. Uraeus-amulet; Jeweliy in form
of, 107-8, with notes 129-34. See Serpent
rings.

-s. Die for two, 208.

Serpent-goddess of North, 192.

Serpent rings, 108-10; 148-9, with notes 5-7;
of early date, 149, with n. 7. Cf. Serpent,
Jewelry in form of.

Sesostris I, Beetle-hieroglyph in name of, 72, with
n. 5; Jewelry given to temple of Abydos by,
13, with n. 81.

Sesostris II, Name of, in design of Lahun pec¬
toral, 12; Uraeus probably worn by, 162, with
n. 38; 238.

Set, as Storm-god, 166, with n. 53; extending
gift of years to king, 69, n. 98.

Sethe, Articles b)^, cited, i, n. i; 193, n. 151;
editor of Pyramid Texts, 162, n. 37; on “Eye
of Re,” 177, with n. 100; on gold flies as mili¬
tary decorations, 62, with n. 71; on name
Hathor, 176, with n. 93; Work of, on Bk.
of Dead, 160, n. 31.

So 7 inenauge, 176, n. 93; Urkunden I, l, n. 2;
IV, 2, n. 5 ; U?'k, iibersetztj 2, n. 5; Unter-
siichungen, IV, Pt. 2, 5, n. 29; V, Pt. 3, 176,
n. 93; VII, Pt. 2, 7, n. 40.

Seti I, Name of, on finger ring, 97, with n. 96;
Name of, on Kennard tablet, 155, n. 10;
Ushebtis of, 155, n. 10; Wells dug by, 15.

Seti II, Amulets, ornaments, found on mummy
of, 155, n. 10; 166, n. 52; had ears pierced,
114, with n. 21; Jewels bearing name of, 241;
once Viceroy of Kush, 4.

Settings, Box-, 73; iii, with n. 141; of finger
rings, 77, 81; of scarabs, 73, 79; 85-6, with n.
58; 88; of gem-stones on earrings, 142, 143,
152; Open, 79.

Seven, in magical texts, 52.

Seyffarth, Papers of, bequeathed to N. Y. Hist.
Soc., 173) n. 85.

Recent Discoveries, 221, n. i.

Shabaka, Heart scarab of, 75, with n. 21.

Shabataka, Hinged collar of time of, 242.

Shank, Ring, see Ring shank.

Shears, Bronze, 198, with n. 4; Lack of, in pre-
Class. times, 199; Use of, in Class, per., 200,
with n. 15; Form of, peculiar to Eg. 200,
n. 15. ^ ^

Sheep, Head of, in design of earring, 144.

Sheet gold. Amulets of, 168, 169, 170, 175, 177,
179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187,
188; Coverings for parts of mummy of, 219-20,
with n. 42; Disks of, in ringlets, 146; How to
work flat strip of, into curve, 149; Imperfec¬
tions in amulets of, 170, 179, 182; Impres¬
sions in, from dies, how secured, 205-7; in
contact with skin, 219, with n. 38; Objects
made of thin, with filling, 140-41, 143; cf. Fill¬
ing; Plate of, on heart scarab, 73; Plate of,
on scarab-seals, 74-5, with n. 15; Rosette of,
219; Strips of, used in making wires, 43-4;
Variety of ornaments obtainable from, 142.
See Fluting; Thickness, Determinations of.

Shell, Finger rings of, 78; Pendant in form of
half of bivalve, 239; of tortoise, see Tortoise
shell.

-s. Cowry, Beads in form of: 242; in girdle,

238.

-s, of turtles, extant, 218, n. 33.

“Shen”-emblem, 173, 188.

Shepherd’s crook, see Crook.

S-hook, Representation of earring with, 146,
n. 131.

Shoulders, formed with draw-plate, whether
ground down, 79, n. 25.

Shurafa, Earrings from, 128, with n. 91; 132,
with n. loi; 146, notes 130, 131.

Side lock, 196.

Signet ring, bearing name: Ahhotep, 84, n. 50;
93, n. 82; of Amenhotep HI, 97, with n. 94;
Nibmare (?), 93; Tewosret, 97, with n. 97;
Tiy, 97, with n. 94; of Tutenkhamon, 240;
see Eye, Harmhab, Nefertiti, Psamtik I.
bearing names of Ramses II, Seti I, 97, with
n. 96; Design on, unusual, 90; Earliest form
of, 80, n. 28; 83; Heaviest (?), extant, 102;
Hieroglyphs on, amuletic, decorative, 93; often
too specific a translation, 77; Supposed, bear¬
ing name of Senekhkere, 82, n. 41; Whether
Huy’s seal of office was a, 76, n. 2; Whether
we possess Amenhotep II’s own, 91; with im¬
movable bezel, when introduced, 84, with
notes 50, 51.

-s, 82-107; bearing name of Amenhotep II,

89-91, with notes 73, 76; 240; bearing name

[275]

of Amenhotep IV, 93, with n. 83; 240; Cast¬
ing of, 92, 205; found with bezels blank, 106,
with notes 120, 121; Gold, whether used as
seals, 84-5; Inscriptions on, 90, 91, 93, 95, 98,
102-5; Moulds used in process of casting, 204,
with notes 42-5; Mycenaean, whether used as
seals, 85, n. 55; Mycenaean, of bronze covered
with gold, 102, n. 109; of glazed pottery, 84;
of movable bezel, entirely of gold, 83, n. 43;
Two classes of, 83; Unfinished, 105; cf. found
with bezels blank; Weights of, 101-2, with n.
109; when introduced, 82-3, with n. 41. See
Nefrure, Psamtik II, Scarab-ring. Cf. Finger
ring.

Sihathor, Inscription of, 18, with n. 120.

Silver, Amount of, in early graves, 20; Coarse
alloys of, with lead, 28, with n. 188; Copper
present in, 28, 29; Density of, 91, n. 71 ; de¬
rived as spoils of war, tribute, 16; Earliest
mention of, 21-2, with n. 144; Earliest occur¬
rence of, in Upper Eg., 16, 20; Earliest, ever
analyzed, 28; Egypt, word for, 30, with n.
200; Examples of, from early Eg., 20, notes
132, 134; Extraction of, 20; Gold present in,
28, with n. 190; 29, 106; Hardness of, 203;
Hittite word for, 19, n. 127; in lead ore found
near Koser, 21; Lead absent from earliest, 28;
Lead present in, 28, 29; Melting point of, 205,
n. 51; Native, in Lake Superior regions, not
known in Sinai and Eastern Desert, 21, n.
140; Native, probably not available to early
man, 20, n. 133.

Objects of: amulets, 68, with n. 96; axe-blades,
given by king as reward, 2; beads, 20, n. 134;
237; box, 194, with n. 7; bracelets, 58, n. 49;
cylinder seal, 237; finger rinp, 77, in n. 8;
78, with n. 16; fly-beads (with gold heads),
61, n. 64; hoops of earrings, 129; jeweler's
stores, 106, n. 120; mouth-covering, 215; ring
shanks, 86-7, 88-9; scarab, 86, n. 59 (d) ;
signet rings, 84, n. 51 (d) ; 90-93; 95) 96-7;
105-6, with notes 120, 122; 240; statuettes,
194-7, with notes 5, 6, 13, 14, 16; wire, 51,
n. 12; women's amulets, 50, n. 9; 51, notes

12, 13.

Opinions as to source of early, 21, 22; Plated,
117-18, with notes 40, 42-3; 189; Proportion
of copper in native, 29-30, with n. 196; Pro¬
portion of copper in, reduced from lead ores,
29-30, with n. 196; Proportion of, in lead
ores, 21, with n. 140; Route by which, first
entered Upper Eg., 20; Scarcity of, in early
Eg., how explained, 20-21 ; Tarnish on, 30,
n. 202; Texts mentioning Nubian, 21, with
n. 138; Tin present with, 29, 92; Vessels of,
represented in Sahure reliefs, 22, n. 144;
whether recovered in parting gold, silver, 21,
with n. 139; 26, n. 174.

See Alloys, Fine silver. White Gold.

Silver chloride, 20, with n. 133; 26, 28, 31 ; 51,
n. 13; 117.

Silver sulphide, 30, n. 202; 93.

Sinai, Bibliography for, 15, n. 94; 16, n. 104;
22, notes 146, 147; Copper mines in, 15; Gar¬
net in, 23, with n. 159; Head of Tiy from,
192, n. 144; Inscriptional records in, 15, with
n. 94; Relief of Semerkhet in, 21; Relief of
Snefru in, 163, n. 41; Royal expeditions to,
15; Turquoise mines in, 15, 22.

Sirenpowet I, Word for “seal" in tomb of, 82,
n. 41.

Sistrum, 95, with notes 88, 90.

Sit-Hathor, Amulets of, 50, n. 10 (a) ; 51, n.
14 -

Sitzungsherichte hayerucher Akademie, 17, n.
108.

Skull, Gilded, 219, n. 37.

Sky-god, Eyes of, 166.

Sky-goddess, 176, 180.

Sleeves, Cylindrical: covering joints, 81; on
bracelet, 210; part of swivel joint, 85-6; pro¬
tecting threading holes, earlier than ring-
guards, 80.

Sliding knot. Earrings fastened with, 127, with
notes 83, 84; 129; 131, with n. 98; Earrings
with, not removable, 127; occurs by Dyn.
XVHI, 127, with notes 83, 84; Utility of, in
bracelets, 127.

Smelting, Art of, known to early Egyptians, 20;
of gold, As to term, 18, n. 117.

Smith, A. H., on Castellani granulated work,
34. See Murray, Smith, and Walters.

Smith, C., Comments by, referred to, 112, n. i.

Smith, E., Collection of: Earring in, 117; Gold¬
smith's combination die, mould, in, 207-8;
Hybrid heart scarab in, 172, with n. 78;
Medical papyrus in, 39.

Smith, G. E., on mummy of Amenhotep 11 , 8,
n. 46; on mummy of Meritamon, 112, n. 4;
on wrapping of mummy hand, 88.

Royal Muni lilies, 8, n. 46.

Smith, J. V. C., A Pilgrimage to Egypt, 229,
n. I.

Smith, Miss L., Inventory of Smith coll, by, 231.

Snefru, character in tale, 52; Collar in relief of,
163, n. 41.

Soft solder, 39, with n. 232; 124.

Solar disk, 179, 186; attribute of Hathor, 179.
See Disk, Sun's.

Solar divinity, Minor, 184.

Solder, Analyses of hard, not obtained, 39; Cop¬
pery tinge in, 67; Electrum used for, 190; em¬
ployed in Dyn. I, according to Petrie, 38;
Excess of, used, 81; Lump of, in chased line,
72; Native alloys as, 38; One grade of, in a
complicated piece, 72; Orange tinge in, 211;
paler than gold united by it, 49, in ; Reddish
tinge in, 81 ; same color as gold united by it,
68, 126; Superfluous, in lumps, 88, n. 66;
Unmelted panels of, 37, 59, 67, 73, 81 ; which
failed to close joint, 37, 66. See Soft solder.

Soldered work: 48, 49, 55, 56, 59, 66, 68, 72,
79, 107, 108, 125, 126, 136, 141, 142, 145,
161, 169, 172-3, 174-5, 181, 184, 185, 189-90,

[276]

2IO-II; its finish compared to modern work,
37, with n. 223; 73; Well-finished, 61, 63, 64,
67, 89, 98; Unskillful, 66, 81. Cf. Joints,
Seams.

Soldering, 37, 38-9; in granulated work, 34, 36;
with panels of same gold, 39, with n. 230.

Solid gold. Objects of: amulets, 184, 185; button
seals, 237; earrings, 121, 130, 131; hoops of
earring, 146; horns on earring, 137; ring
shank, 85; serpent ring, 108; signet rings, 87,
with n. 63; 89-90; 91, with notes 73, 76;
94 , 96; 97 , with notes 97, 98; 98 if.; 102,
with n. 109; 240; statuettes, 194, with notes

“Son of Amon-Re,^* epithet of king, 90.

Sons of Horus, 159, 181, 182, 184.

Soul, Bearded, 93, n. 84; Deceased enabled to
become a, 166; Earliest representations of,
169, with n. 65; Hierogl5'ph for, 93, with n.
84; how represented in Egypt, art, 93, 169; of
Osiris, 93, n. 84; of Re ( ?), 93.
represented: on sarcophagi, 173, with n. 85;
174; on ushebtis, 173, n. 84; settled on
mummy on bier, 173, with n. 84; with ram’s
head, 173, n. 83; when bearded, when not,
169, with n. 66.

Soul-amulet, Picture of, on cover of Abbott catal.,
230.

Types of: standing, wings closed, 169-70, with
notes 65, 68; wings spread, head in high relief
or round, legs close to body, 172-5, with notes
86-91; wings spread, head flat in profile, legs
extended, claws grasping “shen”-emblem, 173-
4, with notes 83, 88 (ist ex.).

-s. Dating of, 157-8, with n. 23; 174, with

n. 86; Position of, on mummy, 174, 175;
without indication of hair, 174.

Sources for study of jewelry. Literary^, 1-2; Pic¬
torial, 5-6, with n. 31; not sufficiently inves¬
tigated, I, n. I.

South, Goddess of, 14, 164, 192, 208; Plant of,
81, 222.

Spacers, 9, n. 51; 10, with notes 54-7.

Specific gravity. Calculation of carat of gold
using, inexact, 25, n. 173; Determinations of,
VII, 90, 91, 92, 94, 96, 97, 99, III, 181,
185; of pure gold, 26, n. 177; of pure lead,
silver, 91, n. 71.

Spectrographic Andy sis, 25, n. 173.

Speleers, Papyrus, Nefer Renpetj 74, n. 10.

Spells, 159, 163, 167. Cf. Charms, Incantations.

Sphinxes, on bracelets, 211, n. 10.

Spirals, Close, with grain at center, 143, with
n. 125 ; 166; Incurving, 126, with n. 82; 127;
in designs of Rom. earrings, 125, 126; in wire
appliques on earring, 138; on beads of Dyn.
I, 12, with notes 73-5; of wire, as earrings,
hair-rings ( ?), 113, with n. 17; 114, with n.
20; of wire on earring, 145.

Statue, of priest of Bast, 65, n. 84; of Mcnkure,
163, n. 41.

-s, of Hathor, as cow, 96; of Khons, Ramses

II, Ramses IV, 114, n. 22; of Pepi I and son,
201, n. 21.

Statuettes, Combination die and mould for mak¬
ing, 207-8; Die-made, with plain back, 208,
with n. 60; of animals, see Scorpions, Tortoise;
of gods, 194-7; see under names Amon, Horus,
etc.; of mortals, 3-4, with n. 20; 4, with notes
21 (a), 25; 8, n. 44; 57, n. 39; 114, n. 20;
163, n. 40. ^ ^

Steatite, Combination die and moulds of, 207-8;
cf. Talc; Heart scarab of, 73; Inlays of, 172,
with n. 80; where found, 23, with n. 157.
See Glazed steatite.

Steel, Examples of, from Eg., 201, with notes
22, 24; how much used by Egypt, artisans,
202; not found in Ahhotep’s jewelry, 239;
Whether Egyptians had tools of, to work hard¬
est stones, 201, n. 23; 203, n. 32.

Steindorff, Urkunden, i, n. 2.

Stelae, 3-4, with notes 20, 26; 13, with notes 81,
82; 18, with notes 120, 122; 65, n. 85; 103-4;
115, n. 25. See Magic stelae.

Stones, held in hand to carry hot crucibles, 199;
used as hammers in beating, perhaps in chasing^
gold, 199; 200, n. 16.

Strabo, Passage from, cited, 19, in n. 123; 26,
n. 175.

Strengthening pieces, 131, 178.

Striking impressions from metal dies, 205-6, with
notes 55, 56.

Stuart gift, 219, n. 37; 236.

StU3wesant Institute, loi, 230.

Sudan, Quality of gold in, 19, n. 127.

Sudan Gold Field, a mining companjy 17, n. 112.

Sulphide process of parting, whether used in an¬
tiquity, 26, n. 176.

Sulphuric acid, 28, with n. 186; 38.

Sun-god, 185; conceived as beetle, 71, 170; 171,
n. 74; conceived as falcon, 167; 171, n. 74;
conceived as scarab with wings of falcon, 171,
n. 74; Eye of, 192; Hathor as eye of, 192;
Names of, 167, 171, 176; Recitation of hymns
to, represented in statuettes, 3-4; Relation of
Hathor to, 179. Cf. Re.

Sun’s disk, see Disk, Sun’s.

Susa, Cylindrical amulets found at, 54, with n.
28.

Swallow, CoflSn Text concerning, 159; 168, n.
62.

Swallow amulet, 168, with n. 61.

“Swallower of Years,” demon in Bk. of Dead,
69, n. 98.

Swivel joint, 85-6.

Swivel ring, 85-6; Time of extinction of, 83-4.

Syria, Earring from, 133, with n. 105; Wood
imported from, 212, with n. ii.

Taharka, Amulets, finger ring, ornaments, of
time of, 242.

Talc, 205, with n. 52. Cf. Steatite.

Tanis, Earring from, 134, with n. 107; 141,
with n. 117; Finger ring from, 108, n. 132.

[277]

Tanutamon, Heart scarab of, 75, with n. 21.

Tapering wires, 43, 136, 138,^ 140, 145.

Technical processes, 31 ff. See in detail Acid
bath, “A jour’’ work, etc.

Tedibast, Amulet bearing name, 242.

“Tefror,” “Tefroret,” 24.

Tell Basta, Jeweler’s stores from, 106, n. 120;
Sliding clasp from, 61, n. 59. Cf. Zagazig.

Tell el-Amarna, see Amarna.

Tell Moqdam, Scorpion-amulet from, 190, with
n. 129.

Tello, Earrings from, 112, with n. 5; 113.

Testudo kle'inmanni, Lortet, T. leithii, Gunther,
218, n. 33.

Teweret, Figures of, 63-4, with notes 77, 80;
Functions of, 64, with notes 78, 79; how rep¬
resented in Egypt, art, 64.

Tew^osret, Jewels of: 241; amulet, 68, n. 97;
bracelets, 58, with n. 49; 211, n. i ; earrings,
118, with n. 44; fly-beads, 62, with n. 66;
finger rings, 78, n. 21; scarab-rings, 80, with
n. 29; 87; signet rings with two cartouches,
97, with n. 97; Teweret pendants, 64, with
n. 80.

Thanhebu, Amulets of, 155, with n. 8; 163,
with n. 44; 169, 174; 187, with n. 123;
Jewelry of, 243; Models of staves, scepters,
etc., of, 158, n. 26; Tomb of, 154, n. 5.

The Art Bulletin, 44, n. 248.

The Chemical News, 25, n. 171, G.

The Jeivelcrs' Weekly, ill, n. 137.

The Museum Journal, 3, n. 16.

The Scientific Mojithly, 15, n. 93.

Thebes, Objects from: box, 212; chisel, 198, with
n. 7; earrings, 134, i35, I37, 142, i45; finger
rings, 80; 82, n. 39; 88; “gold fillet” for liead,
57, in n. 37 (f); jewels of young girl, 240;
serpent armlet, 108, with n. 133; signet rings,
89, 96; steel tools, 201, with n. 24; tortoise
sliell, 217, n. 25; woman’s amulets, 50, n. 10
(b), (c). See Valley of Kings.

Tombs at: 3, with n. 19; 4; 5, with notes 27,
31; 14, n. 89; 16, with n. 102; 74, n. ii;
158, n. 26; 200, n. 16; Balcony scenes in, 3.

Theobald, Article by, cited, 118, n. 40; on gold¬
beater’s blocks, 200, with n. 19.

Theophrastus, 217, n. 23.

Thickness, Determinations of: of sheet copper,
216; of sheet gold, 54, 55; 73, with n. 8; 117,
142; 143, n. 121; 167, with n. 57; 168; 170,
with n. 69; 178, 181, 183, 185, 213, 218, 220;
of sheet silver, 215.

Thomas, Articles by, cited, 17, n. 108; 203, n.
32.

Thoth, 166, 185.

Threading, Double, 214; Lack of provision for,
73, 171, 215; Provision for, 72, 165; see Eye¬
lets, Loop, Threading holes; Spacers used in,
9-10; through opening in amulet, 185.

Threading holes, of scarabs, taper from ends to
center, 85, 88; protected by caps, 89; Ring-
guards for, see Ring-guards; Round, 67;

Sleeves protecting, see Sleeves; Two, in units
of early bracelets, 12-13.

Three-quarters view, 189, with n. 127.

Thumbs, Rings worn on, 76-7, n. 8.

Thutmose I, Gifts of, to Ahmose, 2; Scarab
bearing name of, 96, with n. 92.

Thutmose II, Gifts of, to Ahmose, 2; Vulture
collar pictured on coflSn of, 164, n. 46.

Thutmose III (Menkheperre), Bracelet bearing
name of, 240; designed cultus objects for
Amon, 14; Ring with double bezel of time of,
95, with n. 90; Scarab-ring bearing name of,
85-6; Signet ring bearing name of, 84, n. 51.

Thutmose IV, 112; Earrings worn by sons of,
116, n. 37; Finger ring from tomb of, 78,
n. 21; had ears pierced, 114, with n. 21;
Name of, in pectoral, 8, n. 46; Scarab bearing
name of, 93, n. 85.

Tiffany and Company, Reproductions by, of Cy¬
priote jewelr}^ 34, n. 219.

Tin, as soft solder, 39, 124; Metallic, when
known in Eg., 92, with n. 80; 201, n. 21;
present with gold, 94; present with silver, 29,
92; Proportion of, in Kahun tools, in statues
of Pepi I and son, in Illrd Dyn. sample, 201,
n. 21; Proportion of, varied according to pur¬
pose of bronze, 198; 203, n. 32; Whether
bronze first made by smelting ores containing,
201, n. 21.

Titles, 3-4, 13, 102, 103-4; 154, n. 5.

Tiy, Heads in round of, 114, n. 23; 192, n. 144;
Parents of, see Parents of Queen Tiy; Relief
of head of, 192, n. 144; Signet ring bearing
name, 97, with n. 94.

“Tombeau des graveurs,” 5, with notes 27, 31.

Tombs, of Ibi, Menkheperreseneb, Puimre, Rekh-
mire, Semenkhuptali, Thanhebu, see respective
names; Royal, of late per., undiscovered, 154.
See Thebes, Sakkara.

Tombstone, Goldsmith’s, 200, n. 17.

Tongs, not found until Rom. per., 199; Substi¬
tutes for, 199.

Tongue pattern, 136, 137, 139, 141, 151, 166,
167.

Tongue-plates, 216, n. 19; 220.

Tools, Bronze, how efficient on bronze, 203, n.
32; from Kahun, 201, n. 21; Iron, 201.
Jeweler’s: Composite, 198, n. 2; differen¬
tiated less than modern tools, 199; Improve¬
ments in, 200; Inferences about, drawn from
jewels, 198, 199; Means of sharpening, 203,
with n. 33; of copper alloys, efficient on
precious metals, 203, with n. 32; pictured on
monuments, 198, 199. See names of tools.
Anvils, BellowSj etc.

Set of Steel, 201, with n. 24.

Toronto, Royal Ontario Museum of Archae¬
ology, Rom. earrings in, 126, 128.

Tortoise, as a maleficent being, 217, with n. 29;
as head of tortoise god, 217, with n. 28; Ref¬
erences to, in Bk. of Dead, 218, with n. 32;
Species of, known in Eg., 218, n. 33; Statuette

[278]

of, 216-18; symbolic of darkness, evil, 217-18;
transfixed with spear in temple ceremonies, 218,
with n. 31; whether a sacred beast, 217.

Tortoise (or turtle) amulets, 218, with n. 33.

“Tortoise Face,^’ 217, with n. 27.

Tortoise god, 217, n. 28; Statuette of a, 217,
with n. 28.

Tortoise shell. Entire, used by scribe, 217, n. 25;
Objects of, 217, n. 25.

Touchstone, 107.

Toukh el-Qarmous, Amulets from, 157, with
notes 18, 19; Serpent armlet from, 108, with
n. 130.

Trade routes, 14, with n. 92.

Ti'ans.j 17, n. 109.

Transformations, spells in Bk. of Dead, 167,
169.

Triangles, Granulated: on cylindrical amulets,
47; 49, n. 3 (a) ; on earrings, 144, with notes
126, 127.

Tribute bearers, represented in wall-scenes, 16,
with n. 102.

Trionyx triunguis, 218, n. 33.

Troy, Objects found at: bar spacers, 9, n. 51;
bracelets, 211, with n. 2; crucible for gold,
198, n. i; earrings, 113, with notes 9, 10, 13;
125, with n. 74; 127, n. 85; wires, reference
for, 40, n. 238.

Whether electrum found at, was native, 29,
n. 192.

Tube, Fluted, on earrings, 128, 129; in ring
shank, 42, 107; The term, 42, with n. 244;
Threading, 165.

—s, as wire, 40; Glass, to be converted into
beads, 44. Cf. Tubing.

Tubing, as wire, 42, 43; Eyelet of (?), 141;
Finger ring largely of, 109; How to make
double, 189; in earring (?), 124; Scorpion’s
legs of, 189. Cf. Tube.

Turin, Egypt. Mus., 103; Bk. of Dead in, 176;
181, n. 109; Signet rings in, I02, n. 109;
Statue of Ramses II in, 114, n. 22.

Turquoise, Artificial, 6, 22-3; Expeditions of
kings to mines of, 15; Fish-amulets of, 52, with
n. 17; Geographical sources of, 22; ground for
coloring matter (?), 22; in bracelets of Dyn.
I, 22; 23, n. 154; in jewelry of gods, 13, with
n. 79; 14; in woman’s amulet, 51, n. ii (c) ;
Inlays of, in amulet, 22, 172; of Nishapur, 22;
of Sinai, its tendency to fade, 22; Pogue on,
22, with notes 146, 150; “Real,” 13, 23, 156;
Scarabs of, 22, n. 149; 80, with n. 33; when
first known in Upper Eg., 16.

Turtle amulets, see Tortoise (or turtle) amulets.

Turtles, represented in Egypt, art, 218, n. 33;
Shells of ancient, extant, 218, n. 33.

Tutelary goddesses of Two Lands (North,
South), 208; Collar of, 164, with n. 47; sym¬
bolized on royal brow by two uraei, 192, with
n. 144; 193, n. 145; cf. 162; symbolized by
uraeus and vulture head, 192-3, with notes
144, 145.

Tutenkhamon, Catafalque of, 93, n. 85; Couches
from tomb of, 64, n. 78; Features of, given to
Khons, 114, n. 22; Finger rings from tomb of,
97 ) n. 97; Inlaid work from tomb of, 33; 60,
n. 51; Jewelry of, 10, n. 58; 162, n. 39;
Mannikin from tomb of, 114, n. 22; Signet
ring bearing name of, 240; Ushebti of, 192,
n. 144; Viceroy of Kush under, 4.

Twists, Left- and right-handed: 43, with n. 245;
imitated in repousse, 50, n. 8; 58, with n. 49;
241; on Ahhotep’s bracelets, 57, n. 43; 58;
on bracelets of time of Ramses II, 58, with n.
48; on earring, 142; Sampler for making, 55,
142. See Braid-like ornament.

Single, of one strip of sheet, 128, 135, 136,
138, 141, 145, 150, 167; Single, of two strips
of sheet, 140, 152; Single, of two wires, 43,
n. 245; 140.

Two Lands, Goddesses of, see Tutelary god¬
desses.

Tying on of jewelry, 13, 57, 60; 72, n. 3; 77,
in n. 8; 83, 115, 123, 171, 237.

Unfinished pieces, 105-6, 133.

Uraei, flanking sun’s disk, 70; on bezel of finger
rings, 78, n. 21; 94-5; on rim of diadem,
193, with n. 148; represented on Bersheh cof¬
fins, 162, with n. 36; 192; Significance of two,
on king’s brow, 192, with n. 144.

Uraeus, Gold, of Sesostris II, 162, with n. 38;
238; Gold, on silver diadem, 239; in design
of sistrum, 95; in device of signet ring, 97;
Meaning of, as hieroglyph, 97; a motif in
Egypt, art, 108; on amulet of Khons-Re, 185.
on king’s brow: 158; =eye of Sun-god=:
Hathor, 192; Function of, 162; secondarily
conceived as Serpent-goddess of North, 192.

Uraeus-amulet, 158-9, n. 28; 161-2; Examples
of, found on foreheads of mummies, 162, with
n. 35; 193, with n. 145; included in late lists,
162.

Ushebti, of Clot Bey coll., 230; of Tutenkh¬
amon, 192, n. 144.

-s, in N. Y. Hist. Society’s coll., ii, n. 61;

57, n. 41; of Seti I, 155, n. 10; with Soul
on breast, 173, n. 84.

Uzahor of Hawara, Amulets of, 154, with n. 2;
155, with n. 9; Collar-amulet of, 163; Signet
ring of, 99, with n. 102; Soul-amulets of, 174,
175 -

Uzahor of Memphis, Amulets of, 154, with n. 5;
Supposed girdle-tie of, 187, with n. 124.

Valley of Kings, Jewels found in, 241; Statuette
from, 217, n. 28.

Vase, on pectoral-amulet (?), 186-7; Boston
die, 187.

-s. Amulets representing, 186, with n. 123;

Ceremonial, in Osirian equipment, 187; with
freestanding flowers on rim, 58, with n. 45;
with gold wires, 43, with n. 245.

Vast number. Ideogram for, 69, n. 98.

[279]

Vent holes, in casting, 195; in soldering, 64, 117.
Vernier, 2, n. 9; Articles by, cited, 40, n. 236;
76, n. I; 112, n. i.

Opinion of, on: alloy of a bronze chisel, 198,
with n. 7; borax, 39, with n. 231 ; casting gold
in talc moulds, 205, with n. 52; “coloring”
processes, 37-8; draw-plates, 40-41, wdth n.
239; filling, in thin metal shell, 120, with n.
58; fires used by goldsmith’s, 198; pickle, 38;
plating silver with gold, 117-18, with n. 40;
turquoise, 22; 23, n. 154; use of lead in fire
gilding, 217, n. 24^; waste wax process of
casting, 195, n. 9; wire-making, 39-40, with
n. 236; whether flint tools were used by gold¬
smiths, 202, with n. 31.
studied Cairo jewels, 198, 199.

Bijouteriej 5, n. 31; Bijoux, 2, n. 9.
Verzeichnis, 3, n. 20.

Vessels, Prow and stern ornaments of, 65, n. 90.
Vienna Museums, Egypt. Section: Sarcophagus
in, 173, n. 85 (c) ; Stela in, 104.

Vinegar, as pickle, 38.

Virey, Rekhrnara, 5, n. 31.

Von Bissing, Articles by, cited, 4, n. 21; 86, n.

59.

Denkmaler, 114, n. 22; Ein thehanischer Grah-
fund, 60, n. 58.

Von Lippmann, Entstehung u. Ausbreitung der
Alcheynie, 39, n. 233.

Von Nelidow collection, Earrings in, 139, n.

114; 145, n. 128; Publication of, 112, n. i.
Von Stackelberg, Drawings by, 148.

Graeber der Hellenen, 148, n. 3.

Vulture, as hieroglyph, 188; Bracelet in form
of, 239; Gold, on a Dashur diadem, 238; worn
on king’s head, 192, with n. 144.

-s, represented on Bersheh coffins, 192, with

n. 143; Standing, on rim of diadem, 193, with
n. 148.

Vulture-amulet, Types of: standing, wings
closed, 177, with n. 97; 192-3; with wings
spread, tips drooping, 187-8; with wings spread,
one lowered, one raised, 188-9. Cf. Collar-
amulet, Vulture.

Vulture collars, ii, n. 63; 164, with notes 45,
46; 240.

Vulture goddess, see Nekhbet.

Vulture headdress of queens, 164.

Wadi Alaki, 15, n. 95; 16; 17, n. in; 18.
Wadi Hammamat, 23.

Wadi Maghara, 21.

Wadi Saga, 23, n. 156.

Wahibre, see Psamtik I.

Wainwright, G. A., Discovery by, of earrings
in position, 115, with n. 28; 116, with n. 36.
Balabish, 115, n. 28. See Petrie, Wainwright
and Gardiner.

Wainwright, J. M., Land of Bondage, 229, n. i.
Wall-paintings, Wall-scenes, see Painting, Relief.
Warburton, Crescent and Cross, 229, n. i.
Warren, not often represented in Egypt, art, 63.

“Was,” Meaning of hieroglyph, 69.
“Was”-pillars, supporting sky, 68, 69.
“Was”-staff, attribute of divinities, 69, 94, 185.
“Wash” gold, silver. To, Meaning of terms, 18,
with n. 123.

Washington, Bureau of Standards, Tests made
by, 25, n. 173; Department of Agriculture,
Examination made by, 129-30.

Smithsonian Institution, Late Rom. jewels in,

243.

Waste wax process of casting, 92, n. 78; 195,
with n. 9; 196; 205, n. 51; 216.

Wax, Amulets of gilded, 163, with n. 43; Cast¬
ing of, in stone moulds, 205.

Wax filling, in a statuette, 195.

Wax models, 195 ; 205, with n. 51.

Wear, Evidences of, 11, 12, 49; 50, n. 9; 80,
128, 156, 167, 184, 185.

Weigall, 3, n. 19; Article by, cited, 164, n. 45.

Upper Egyptiaji Deserts, 17, n. 109.

Weights of signet rings, 91; 101-2, with notes
108-110.

Welding of gold, 38-9.

Wells, in Eastern Desert, 15, notes 95-7; 18,
with n. 116.

Westcar papyrus, 52, with n. 16.

Wheel-power, 202, with n. 26; 203.

“Whip,” 158; 165, n. 48; Amulet in form of,
164-5.

White Gold, Alloy resembling modern, 29;

Egyptian term, 30, with n. 201.

White metal. Particles of hard, in gold, electrum:
27, with notes 182, 184; 66, 67, 68, 86, 90,
94, 95, 96, 99, 108, 117, 121, 130, 137, 166,
170, 184, 185, 191, 218, 220.

Finger ring of hard, 106, n. 121.

Whitfield, VII; Analyses by, 29, 106; 118, with
n. 41; 143, with n. 123; on alloy resembling
White Gold, 29.

Whitlock, VI; 22, with n. 149; 23, 31; 79, n.

23; 120, 149; Article by, cited, iii, n. 137.
Wiedemann, on alleged ring of Senekhkere, 82,
n. 41; on “Menes jewelry,” 221.

Agyptische Geschichte, 82, n. 41; Arnulette,
154, n. I.

Wigley, Art of the Goldsmith, 34, n. 219.
Wilkinson, 5, n. 31; Article by, cited, 18, n.
116; on Neferibre’s signet ring, 100.

Handb. for Ti'avellers, 105; Manners and
Customs, ed. Birch, 5, n. 31; Modern Eg, and
Thebes, 105.

Williams, Mrs., Articles by, cited, 37, n. 223;
57, n. 41; 62, in n. 64; 65, n. 85; 69, n. 102;
75, n. 20; 79, n. 24; 115, n. 32; 229, n. i.
Wilson, Silverwork and Jewelry, 32, n. 208.
Winged scarab. Amulet representing, 171, n. 74.
Winlock, 8, n. 43 ; 12, n. 71 ; 203, n. 33; Articles
by, cited, 4, in n. 20; 69, n. loi ; 102, n. 109;
on clasps, 60, with n. 57; on girdles, 7, n. 38;
238.

Temple of Rameses I, 95, n. 88. See Mace
and Winlock.

[280]

Wire, Bracelets of gold, 239; Commercial drawn,
40; Compound, as ring shank, 107; Crafts¬
man’s drawn, 40; drawn hollow from strip of
sheet, 40, with n. 237; 42, 142; drawn solid
from strip of sheet, 41-2; Earlier discussions of,
40, n. 238; Early examples of, 39, n. 234; Fin¬
ger rings of, 76-7, n. 8; Hammered, 125, 210;
hammered from folded-over strip of sheet, 128,
130, 131, 145; hammered from two strips of
sheet first twisted together, 126, 133; of single
strip of sheet twisted over support, 43, 136,
138, 144, 145; of single strip of heavier sheet
twisted without support, 43, 136, 141; of
single wider strip twisted giving plain effect,
138, 166; of two strips of sheet twisted to¬
gether, 43, 140, 152; Ornate, 136, 141, 152;
Plain, 143; rilled crosswise, 140; Ring shanks
of, 78, with n. 20; 83; Silver, 51, n. 12; with
longitudinal seam, 40, 43; 79, n. 25; 172, 210-
II, 213. See Binding wire. Tapering
wires.

—s. Five, on hoop of earring, 136; forming cells
for inlaid work, 33, n. 217; of Dyn. II, 43;
Solid, 55; 86, with n. 60; Surface characteris¬
tics of ancient, 40; Three, on hoop of earring,
145. See Twists, Wire appliques.

Wire appliques, on circlet, 55-6; on C 3 'lindrical
amulet, 50, in n. 5 (a) ; on earrings, 133, 134,
136, 138, 139, 141, 143, 150, 151, 241; on

eye amulet, 166; on falcon-amulet, 167. See
Twists.

Wire-making, Experiments in, 41-3.

Withes, Green, to carry hot crucibles, 199, n. 13.

Women’s jewelry, how far different from that of
men, 7, n. 38; 114. See Cylinder-amulet.

Woolley, Article by, cited, 5, n. 28.

Wood, Box of, 212-13; Clumps of, possibly
served as hammer, 199; Coffins of, see Coffins;
Statuettes of, 57, n. 39; 217, with n. 28. See
Coniferous wood.

Wreszinski, Atlas zur altaffypt. Kulturgesch,, 57,
n. 39; Inschr, aus Wien, 104.

Wright, 100.

Writing, Demotic, 197, n. 15; Hieratic, 161;
Normal direction of Egyptian, 84.

Yielding bed. Work over a, 55, 73, 216, 219;
Resinous mass used as, 216, n. 20; Use of, to
be inferred, 199.

Yui, Ushebti of, 57, n. 41.

Yuya, Vulture collar represented on coffins of,
164, n. 46.

Zagazig, Earrings from, 134. Cf. Tell Basta.

Zante, 147, 148.

Zeitschf’, /. bildende Kunst., 195, n. lO.

Zet (Atotis), Bracelet of time of, 12-13.

Zigzags, of grains, 47; 49, n. 3 (a) ; 53, n. 24.

[281]

Plate III

Z a

Z b

Gold Circlet for the Head ^ c

Diameter, inches (0.165 m. )

Plate IV

2. d

17 d

Above, Appliqued Wires; below, Hieroglyphs Chased in Sheet Gold
2 d, 15 diameters; 17 d, 23 }/^ diameters

2.0 a

^0 d

1 5 a, b

15 c

EO b

2. 0 e

17 a

ZO C

15 6

1 6 a,b

1 5 e

18 a, b

17c

Scarabs, and Finger Rings Set with Scarabs

Actual size, except 17 c and 18, slightly enlarged

Funerary Finger Ring of about 525-200 B. C.

In position, and after removal from the mummy hand
Actual size

msif

Plate VIII

1 9 a

Z4 a, b

26 a, b

2 8 a, b

27 c

Finger Rings

Actual size, except 26 c and 27 c, 2J4 diameters

2 9 a, b

25 a, b

Z 2

26 c

27 a

27 b

4

Plate X

E7d,e

19b

38 b

3 3 c-e

30c.d

Finger Rings

Actual size, except 27d, 29c, 34cl, 2 diameters

Plate XI

SKESO

IT- ■ ■

i

o _ icJI

--

ELEVATION

1:2 SECTION

144b-d

Inscriptions, Beads, Map, Goldsmith’s Die and Mould

12, 21, and 147, actual size; 139 and 144, half actual size

I

34 §

Hieroglyphs Carved and Chased in Solid Gold

23>^ diameters

34 f

Plate XII

i

Hieroglyphs Carved and Chased in Solid Gold

2S}4 diameters

34 h

Plate Xlll

Plate XV

4-4 b

45 a

45 C

44 a

45 d

5tb

45 b

5Z a

Earrings with Slit, “Leach” and “Boat-Shaped” Types, and their
Late Derivatives

Actual size, except 44—51, slightly enlarged

hm .) :l

\m:

Plate XVII

80 a

7451

r:

Ib^

83 b

fila

84

Earrings with Animal’s Head

Actual size, or nearly so

81 b

75 a

70 a

7 7a

79a

79b

71 a

Plate XVIIT

b J- 89 a

Serpent Ring and Earrings from the Greek Island Ithaca

A-F, drawings by Haller von Hallerstein, after Anlike Denkmaeler,

I, Plate 13

88 G

88 G

88 b

87a

89 C

85—89, A—C, actual size; D—F, enlarged

Plate XX

Small Wires Made Each of a Single Coiled Strip of Sheet Gold

15 diameters

At left, Core Visible between Wires; at right, Appliqu^d Wires

15 diameters

Plate XX]V

■ivV«Y,'a® 4 ;

3!5Tilr-^i

ffi l * »!*Wg

PI

^\di&MifiiS3te\

“T/L-tM , . t VWV7

►7.^.<,1

Tivy/feY£?%/

'" ;;.'ft • ‘-^'^ .vJW

hSf&wggjM'i

Mummy Bandage with Vignette of Gold Vulture-Amulet and Funerary Texts

For comparison with No. 92, Plate XXVI

Mummy Bandage with Vignette of Gold Collar-Amulet and Funerary Texts
For comparison with No. 91, Plate XXVI
Actual size

V

V

At left, Wire Appliques; at right, So-Called Cloisonne Work
15 diameters

Plate XXX

At left, Goddess’Figure, with Details Chased in; at right. Drawn Hollow (?) Wires
109 c, 11 diameters; 143 b, 15 diameters

Plate XXXIII

146 b

1 5 1

15 Z a

145 a

145 b

148

149

15 3 a

14 4 a

15 3b

15 3 c

Mouth Piece, Box for Ring, Figure of Tortoise, Beads, and Ornaments

Actual aize

Plate XXXIV

15 7

15 8

156

159

160

15 5a

Ornaments and Gold Coverings for Parts of the Mummy

Actual size

# • >•

^ *

- “ «

c • *

V

* •

' #-f■■”■-;

.*

^ . > f ■ ^ \<

11 , -. *

t *

Vi

V,

l¥

- •

..! -^ * ‘* 'L*^r/

f

-d , * ’ Vw

<*

>• .

f

.# ^

•}

Ff* '

■jC**** '

-I*: •■

k'^ '.'*^

I ■

c

1

^ f ‘

• • «
* ? ,,

#

•j'j ,• •:

irf *,

» - I

I i.

Plate XXXVI

Plate XXXVIII

Modern Sampler in Brass

1, 18, 47, 70, 77, size of originals copied; others, larger than originals

■ • • ■■ - ■ ;. -la^, . • _■ .•-^'^/ ■ *■

-.,. . , . . . ... . _ ^ ’**M'''_'’•-"*;|^ . . ■ ^ *'i

■ . V

^ ■ifiv''^'i^'’ v''

“ i>, ■i-'V'sT

1 ™J?* r*

®’A'

.1':

. >1; 4, V.*

V>

-

'■ r^kJ-

h •-..

m jfc * ^-

i*:;

’ _ ■ . ■;V-/“

* ^ -t <••' .. ' v/j <fS.

‘ t■ ■ . ‘ ■ < • 4 k

-

fe;r^- '■■

.* . T -' '• .

y, " tc,' ' ■< ■.." '•■■

s:

>.

s* **

‘J '-- /’■’> #» ^ •

■*

‘ ^

-

^L*t'■ •■ ..'■ v-i

- i5r

i #^V‘ ,. • , ■ N* ; ,

Plg.:\,r^vv' -.-.f/.

|:fe .rS*J. ‘ V ■ -. . ^

r^"'' ^ ■■ ^STIp#^"-^ i !*■ .

■ill

>'

-

‘•I

»V ,:.*.

\^r ;- t ^

..

• *• '*

’S' fc, ^ ^ A

' ♦ • ^^,-

' "h ''V'-

■■it^ .■ i.-.,• '■'•'■f‘.*'‘i

rJj '.'iE-:' -A?.*

•. ^, r.',